Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 6, 2014

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

QUOTIENT LIMITED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Jersey, Channel Islands   2835   Not applicable
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Pentlands Science Park

Bush Loan, Penicuik, Midlothian

EH26 OPZ, United Kingdom

Tel: 011-44-0131-445-6159

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Stephen Unger

Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc.

301 South State Street, Suite S-204

Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940

(215) 497-7006

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alejandro E. Camacho, Esq.

Per B. Chilstrom, Esq.

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

(212) 878-8000

 

Glenn R. Pollner, Esq.

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

(212) 351-4000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public : As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   x    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

 

Proposed

maximum

aggregate

offering price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

Ordinary Shares of nil par value per share

  $75,000,000   $9,660

 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2)   Includes ordinary shares that may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares. See “Underwriting.”

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 6, 2014

 

                     shares

LOGO

Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our ordinary shares. No public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We are offering all of the              ordinary shares offered by this prospectus. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $                 and $                 per ordinary share.

We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “QTNT.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus summary—Implications of being an emerging growth company.”

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any ordinary shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

       Per ordinary share    Total
Initial public offering price    $                                         $                         
Underwriting discounts    $                                         $                         
Proceeds, before expenses, to us    $                                         $                         

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                  ordinary shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions will be $                 and our total proceeds, before expenses, will be $                .

The underwriters are offering the common stock as set forth under “Underwriting.” Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                     , 2014.

 

UBS Investment Bank   Baird   Cowen and Company

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2014


Table of Contents

  

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     12   

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     45   

Use of proceeds

     47   

Dividend policy

     49   

Capitalization

     50   

Dilution

     52   

Selected consolidated financial data

     54   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     56   

Business

     77   

Management

     106   

Executive compensation

     113   

Certain relationships and related party transactions

     122   

Principal shareholders

     124   

Description of share capital

     126   

Comparison of Jersey, Channel Islands Law and Delaware Law

     132   

Our ordinary shares and trading in the United States

     137   

Shares eligible for future sale

     139   

Certain tax considerations

     141   

Cautionary statement on the enforceability of civil liabilities

     147   

Underwriting

     148   

Legal matters

     156   

Experts

     157   

Where you can find more information

     158   

Index to financial statement s

     F-1   

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Do not rely upon any information or representations made outside of such sources. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell, or soliciting an offer to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer, sale or solicitation is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of its respective date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such date.

We further note that the representations, warranties and covenants made by us in any agreement that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part were made solely for the benefit of the parties to such agreement, including, in some cases, for the purpose of allocating risk among the parties to such agreement, and should not be deemed to be a representation, warranty or covenant made to you or for your benefit. Moreover, such representations, warranties or covenants were accurate only as of the date they were made. Accordingly, such representations, warranties and covenants should not be relied on as accurately representing the current state of our affairs.

Our trademark portfolio includes both United States and foreign trademark registrations and pending United States and foreign trademark applications. Other trademarks or trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are generally referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

Certain market and industry data and forecasts included in this prospectus were obtained from independent market research, industry publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

  

 

 

available information. We did not fund and are not otherwise affiliated with the third party sources that we cite. Industry surveys, publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the market or industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk factors” in this prospectus.

Under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, only holders of ordinary shares in uncertificated form in CREST (an electronic clearing system in the United Kingdom) and legal owners of shares in certificated form may be recorded in our share register as legal shareholders.

Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will hold the ordinary shares sold in this offering in certificated form on behalf of and as nominee for investors who purchase beneficial interests in ordinary shares through this offering. We and DTC have no contractual relationship. Investors who purchase the ordinary shares (although recorded as owners within the DTC system) are legally considered holders only of beneficial interests in those shares and will have no direct rights against us. Each ordinary share reflected within the DTC system will represent evidence of beneficial ownership of one certificated ordinary share held by Cede & Co. The ordinary shares reflected within the DTC system will be freely transferable with delivery and settlement through the DTC system. Our ordinary shares included in this offering will be issued in certificated form and beneficial interests in the ordinary shares as reflected in the DTC system will be, once approved, traded on The NASDAQ Global Market. References in this prospectus to the ordinary shares being listed or traded on The NASDAQ Global Market shall mean the beneficial interests in the ordinary shares held by Cede & Co. Investors may, through their broker, elect to withdraw their ordinary shares from the DTC system, receive a share certificate and be listed as our legal shareholders, subject to customary fees. Please see “Our ordinary shares and trading in the United States.”

Our fiscal year ends on March 31. Unless otherwise noted, any reference to a year preceded by the word “fiscal” refers to the twelve months ended March 31 of that year. For example, references to “fiscal 2013” refer to the twelve months ended March 31, 2013. Any reference to a year not preceded by “fiscal” refers to a calendar year.

For investors outside of the United States:     We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ordinary shares and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our ordinary shares and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk factors” beginning on page 12 and our financial statements and the related notes beginning on page F-1, before deciding to buy our ordinary shares. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Quotient,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Quotient Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries.

OVERVIEW

We are an established, commercial-stage diagnostics company committed to reducing healthcare costs and improving patient care through the development and commercialization of innovative tests for blood grouping and serological disease screening, commonly referred to as transfusion diagnostics. Blood grouping involves specific procedures performed at donor or patient testing laboratories to characterize blood, which includes antigen typing and antibody identification.

Through our subsidiary Alba Biosciences Limited, or Alba, we have over 30 years experience manufacturing and supplying conventional reagent products used for blood grouping within the $2.8 billion global transfusion diagnostics market. We are developing MosaiQ TM , our proprietary technology platform, to better address the comprehensive needs of this large and established market. We believe MosaiQ TM has the potential to be a transformative technology, significantly reducing the cost of blood grouping in the donor and patient testing environments, while improving patient outcomes.

Transfusion medicine demands the highest standard of performance, quality and service. However, there has not been a major advancement in the automation of transfusion diagnostics over the past two decades. Consequently, complex and expensive manual testing procedures remain necessary in both donor and patient testing laboratories. We believe that, if approved for sale, MosaiQ TM will be the first commercially available, fully automated testing platform capable of simultaneously identifying all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies in either donor or patient blood, eliminating manual testing. MosaiQ TM is also designed to perform all currently mandated serological disease screening tests, such as HIV and Hepatitis, and enable the low cost detection of additional pathogens, thereby increasing the safety of the blood supply.

We have designed MosaiQ TM to offer a breadth of diagnostic tests that is unmatched by any commercially available transfusion diagnostic instrument platform. Time to result for MosaiQ TM will be significantly quicker than existing methods for extended antigen typing and antibody identification and is expected to be equivalent to the time to result for current instrument platforms performing basic antigen typing. We believe that customer adoption of MosaiQ TM will lead to improved patient outcomes through better and easier matching of donor and patient blood, given cost-effective extended antigen typing. Improved patient outcomes using MosaiQ TM include the potential for reduced incidence of alloimmunization, where the patient develops allo-antibodies to foreign antigens introduced to the body through transfused blood. MosaiQ TM will also offer the opportunity for substantial cost savings and a range of operational efficiencies for donor and patient testing laboratories.

Our internal feasibility studies have demonstrated a high degree of concordance, across a range of key blood group specificities, between results generated using the MosaiQ TM methodology and results generated using predicate technologies for blood grouping. We used column agglutination technology (or

 

 

1


Table of Contents

CAT) and, where CAT was not feasible, manual testing techniques, as the predicate technologies for our internal feasibility studies. Our antigen typing feasibility study demonstrated concordance of approximately 99% or greater for most tested specificities and our antibody identification feasibility study demonstrated overall concordance of 99.7%. We are continuing to optimize our blood grouping tests for MosaiQ TM .

MosaiQ TM will comprise two separate consumables, one for blood grouping and one for serological disease screening, and initially a high-throughput instrument. We expect to install the manufacturing system for the consumables and begin formal validation studies of the system by the end of 2014. Prototype units of the initial MosaiQ TM instrument are also forecasted to be available at this time. We plan to commence formal field trials for the consumables and the initial MosaiQ TM instrument in the second half of 2015 and we expect to file the necessary regulatory submissions to obtain U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other required marketing clearances in the first half of 2016. We anticipate initial commercial sales of MosaiQ TM consumables, for research use only, in the first half of 2016. If approved for sale, we anticipate full commercial launch for MosaiQ TM in Europe during the second half of 2016 and in the United States during the first half of 2017.

Through Alba, which we acquired in 2007, we have a proven track record and significant expertise in product development, manufacturing and quality, uniquely tailored to the highly regulated transfusion diagnostics market. Since we acquired Alba, we have introduced a range of FDA-licensed products in the United States under the Quotient brand, which we sell directly to donor testing laboratories, hospitals, and independent testing laboratories. We have also increased our emphasis on the development, manufacture, and sale of conventional reagent products to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, such as Ortho Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. (or Ortho), Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. (or Bio-Rad) and Grifols S.A. (or Grifols).

We generated total revenue of $14.4 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and total revenue of $15.1 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013. We generated product sales revenue of $13.8 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and $12.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013. A significant portion of these product sales revenues, 71% and 73%, respectively, were derived from products sold by standing purchase order. We incurred a net loss of $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and a net loss of $5.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  Ø  

Large and established market with attractive industry fundamentals .    We operate within the $2.8 billion global transfusion diagnostics market, which is integral to healthcare systems around the world. In 2011, 92 million blood donations were collected globally. We also estimate that over 90 million patients are blood grouped annually in the developed world. The donor testing market is highly concentrated. In the United States, the American Red Cross and Creative Testing Solutions account for approximately 70% of donor units tested.

 

  Ø  

Extensive expertise developing, manufacturing and commercializing products for the transfusion diagnostics market .    We have developed and manufacture over 40 conventional reagent products that are sold in the United States, a highly regulated market. Since 2010, we have sold directly to over 725 hospitals, donor collection agencies and independent testing laboratories throughout the United States.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
  Ø  

MosaiQ TM —a transformative technology for the transfusion diagnostics market .    If approved for sale, we anticipate MosaiQ TM will be the first fully automated, commercially available testing platform capable of simultaneously identifying all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies, eliminating manual testing, which is complex and expensive. We believe MosaiQ TM will deliver significant cost savings and operational efficiencies for donor testing laboratories and hospitals, while improving patient outcomes.

 

  Ø  

Established technical feasibility .     Our internal feasibility studies have shown a high degree of concordance between results generated using the MosaiQ TM methodology and results generated using predicate blood grouping technologies, which we believe establishes technical feasibility for blood grouping. We have also adopted a similar approach for our disease screening consumable.

 

  Ø  

Advanced development and commercialization plan .    By combining current scientific methods, well-characterized tests and known manufacturing technologies, we believe we have substantially reduced the risks associated with the development of MosaiQ TM . We are working with highly experienced technology development and engineering partners, including The Technology Partnership plc and STRATEC Biomedical AG, and collaborating with key potential customers. We intend to commercialize MosaiQ TM ourselves in the highly concentrated donor testing market. Within the more fragmented global patient testing market, we intend to enter into an arrangement with one or more commercial partners to ensure successful commercialization.

 

  Ø  

Attractive “razor/razor blade” business model with limited reimbursement exposure .    We intend to pursue a “razor/razor blade” business model for MosaiQ , placing instruments and securing long-term agreements for the supply of blood grouping and/or disease screening consumables used by those instruments. MosaiQ is designed to be a highly cost-effective solution. We expect to generate attractive profit margins, while delivering substantial cost savings to our customers. We anticipate that MosaiQ will not be directly subject to reimbursement by governmental or commercial third-party payors in the United States.

 

  Ø  

Experienced senior management team .    We have a highly experienced leadership team with a track record of success within the healthcare industry. Our senior management team has an average of 15 years of individual industry experience, with a balance of skills covering strategy, operations, product development, commercialization and financial management.

OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY

The global transfusion diagnostics market is large and established. Extensive blood grouping procedures are undertaken prior to transfusion in order to prevent transfusion reactions, which can range from mild to fatal. Donor blood and plasma is also screened for specific diseases, such as HIV and Hepatitis.

Total annual product sales, consisting primarily of reagents and instruments, in the global transfusion diagnostics market amounted to $2.8 billion in 2011, of which $1.3 billion occurred within the United States. We believe product sales to the highly concentrated donor testing market accounted for approximately $1.9 billion, with the more fragmented patient testing market accounting for the remaining $0.9 billion of sales.

According to the World Health Organization, 92 million blood donations were collected globally in 2011, with 48% being collected in 37 “high-income” countries. In addition, over 20 million plasma donations are collected each year in the United States and Europe. In the United States, 16 million blood donations were collected during 2011 based on data from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The American Red Cross and Creative Testing Solutions collect or test approximately 70% of the donated blood in the United States.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

We estimate that over 90 million patients are blood grouped annually in the developed world, although only a small portion of these patients actually receive a blood transfusion.

LIMITATIONS OF CURRENT BLOOD GROUPING AND DISEASE SCREENING METHODS

A significant proportion of the overall cost of blood grouping is accounted for by the ongoing need for complex manual testing procedures. Additionally, with over 30 clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies to characterize, the required reagents for blood grouping (whether performed on instruments or manually) are both complex and extensive.

Existing blood grouping methods and instruments have a number of additional drawbacks, including:

 

  Ø  

Extensive antigen typing is not widely undertaken pre-transfusion due to cost and complexity, resulting in more patients developing antibodies, which complicates future transfusions;

 

  Ø  

Requirement for highly trained laboratory technicians;

 

  Ø  

Extensive, complex and expensive reagent requirements, some with shelf lives under 30 days;

 

  Ø  

Supply shortages of licensed reagents for some rare, but clinically significant blood-group antigens;

 

  Ø  

Incremental supervision, technical training and quality assurance costs;

 

  Ø  

Potential for testing or labeling errors given the large manual component;

 

  Ø  

Lower red blood cell or plasma yields for donor collection agencies;

 

  Ø  

Difficulty testing patients that can provide only low volumes of blood samples;

 

  Ø  

Costly service and support infrastructure needed to maintain multiple instrument platforms; and

 

  Ø  

Inability of existing instrument platforms to connect to laboratory automation (or track-based) systems.

Serological disease screening is already largely automated. However, it is undertaken using two separate instrument platforms, neither of which is integrated with commonly used blood grouping instruments.

THE MOSAIQ TM SOLUTION

We believe that MosaiQ TM has the potential to transform transfusion diagnostics by substantially reducing costs and offering a range of operational efficiencies within donor and patient testing laboratories, while also improving patient outcomes through a more complete characterization of donor and patient blood.

MosaiQ TM will comprise two separate consumables, one for blood grouping and one for serological disease screening, and initially, a high-throughput instrument. The MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable will consist of two protein microarrays: one printed with red blood cells and the other printed with antibodies. Our novel approach incorporates existing, well-characterized tests for all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies onto a single multiplex consumable. Using the same approach, we plan to incorporate all currently mandated serological disease screening tests onto a second disease screening consumable. Both consumables are designed to be processed using the same MosaiQ TM high-throughput instrument.

We are collaborating with key potential donor and patient testing customers on the content of the MosaiQ TM consumables and the design and function of the MosaiQ TM instrument, including Creative Testing Solutions, along with several other major healthcare institutions.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

MosaiQ TM Advantages

We expect the use of MosaiQ TM for blood grouping and disease screening will offer both major cost saving opportunities and clinical benefits, including:

 

  Ø  

Improved clinical decision making and better matching of donor and patient blood;

 

  Ø  

Extended antigen typing for all donor units;

 

  Ø  

Comprehensive antibody identification;

 

  Ø  

Significantly reduced need for complex, manual testing procedures;

 

  Ø  

Standardization of blood grouping, reducing the potential for testing or labeling errors;

 

  Ø  

Consolidation of multiple instrument platforms;

 

  Ø  

Significantly simplified consumable requirements;

 

  Ø  

Substantially improved time to result for complex blood grouping procedures;

 

  Ø  

Significantly lower patient sample volume requirements;

 

  Ø  

Significantly increased shelf life for red blood cell-derived tests;

 

  Ø  

Reduced consumable waste;

 

  Ø  

Lower sample logistics costs;

 

  Ø  

Potential to electronically match donor and patient blood; and

 

  Ø  

Ability to integrate onto existing laboratory automation (track-based) systems.

OUR STRATEGY

In pursuing the MosaiQ TM opportunity, we will continue to optimize the blood-grouping and disease screening tests, while working closely with our development partners to complete the manufacturing scale-up for the consumables and develop and manufacture the initial high-throughput instrument. In addition, we intend to:

 

  Ø  

collaborate with our key potential customers;

 

  Ø  

continue our dialogue with regulators to obtain required regulatory licenses and clearances;

 

  Ø  

engage one or more commercial partners for the global patient testing market; and

 

  Ø  

commercialize MosaiQ TM for the global donor testing market.

We also intend to pursue a number of strategies in our conventional reagent business, including strengthening the Quotient brand, expanding our customer base and reinforcing our relationship with the FDA and other key regulators.

RISKS AFFECTING US

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results. These risks are discussed more fully in the section entitled “Risk factors” following this prospectus summary and include:

 

  Ø  

We have incurred losses since our commencement of operations and expect to incur losses in the future.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
  Ø  

The development of MosaiQ™ includes many factors, including factors beyond our control, and we may not commercialize it on a timely basis, or at all.

 

  Ø  

Obtaining regulatory authorization for MosaiQ TM will take time, require material expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.

 

  Ø  

Our substantial reliance on third parties to develop MosaiQ TM exposes us to a number of risks that may delay the development and commercialization of MosaiQ TM or result in higher costs to us.

 

  Ø  

MosaiQ TM consumables have not been manufactured on a commercial scale and are subject to unforeseen scale-up risks.

 

  Ø  

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct studies of MosaiQ™ and our other transfusion diagnostics products that will be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

 

  Ø  

Our commercial success will largely depend upon the degree of market acceptance of MosaiQ™ by donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories.

 

  Ø  

We are dependent upon our three largest OEM clients for a substantial portion of our total revenues. If any of our key OEM customers terminates or reduces the scope of its relationship with us, our product sales will suffer.

 

  Ø  

The transfusion diagnostics market is highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

  Ø  

If we or our commercial partners fail to comply with extensive foreign and domestic regulations, sales of our products in new and existing markets and the development and commercialization of any new product candidates, including MosaiQ TM , could be delayed or prevented.

 

  Ø  

Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for our transfusion diagnostics products could take significant time and require significant development expenditures.

 

  Ø  

The extent to which we can protect our products and technologies through intellectual property rights that we own, acquire or license is uncertain.

 

  Ø  

MosaiQ TM depends on certain technologies that are licensed to us. We do not control these technologies and any loss of our rights to them could prevent us from manufacturing our products.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

 

  Ø  

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

  Ø  

not being subject to non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

  Ø  

an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earlier of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter and we have been publicly reporting for at least 12 months or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced disclosure obligations. The JOBS Act permits emerging growth companies to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

CORPORATE HISTORY AND INFORMATION

Quotient Limited is a limited liability no par value company incorporated under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands. Our registered address is Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, JE2 3RT, Jersey, Channel Islands. Our agent for service of process is our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc., 301 South State Street, Suite S-204, Newton, Pennsylvania 18940.

We were incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands in 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan, Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 OPZ, United Kingdom, and our telephone number is 011-44-0131-445-6159. Our website address is www.quotientbd.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase our ordinary shares.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Ordinary shares offered by us

            shares

 

Option to purchase additional shares

            shares

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale our ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  With the net proceeds from this offering, we expect to invest approximately $             on the conversion of the MosaiQ TM consumable manufacturing facility, which includes the manufacturing system for the initial consumable, and approximately $             on the development of the initial MosaiQ TM consumables and instrument. We will use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes.

 

Prior to final allocation of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of proceeds,” we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering on an interim basis in high-quality, short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments or certificates of deposit.

 

Risk factors

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See the section titled “Risk factors” beginning on page 12 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

“QTNT”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding following this offering is based on 29,239,180 ordinary shares issued as of December 31, 2013 and excludes:

 

  Ø  

200,000 C preference shares issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant as of December 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which will be converted into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, upon closing of this offering;

 

  Ø  

2,252,374 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.81 per ordinary share; and

 

  Ø  

                     ordinary shares reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus does not give effect to a consolidation of our outstanding share capital to be effected immediately prior to this offering and reflects and assumes the following:

 

  Ø  

the conversion of all outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into an aggregate 29,114,088 of ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering;

 

  Ø  

the conversion of the outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share upon closing of this offering;

 

  Ø  

no options, warrants or shares were issued after December 31, 2013 and no outstanding options or warrants were exercised after December 31, 2013;

 

  Ø  

the effectiveness of our Amended Articles of Association upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ø  

the sale of all ordinary shares offered by this prospectus other than the ordinary shares subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of income data for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the historical consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have prepared the unaudited consolidated interim financial information presented below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. You should read the summary of our financial data set forth below together with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and the accompanying notes.

 

 

10


Table of Contents
    Year ended March 31,     Nine months ended
December 31,
 
      2013     2012     2011     2013     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
                      (unaudited)  

Consolidated statement of loss:

         

Revenue:

         

Product sales

  $ 13,753      $ 11,550      $ 9,545      $ 12,332      $ 10,319   

Other revenues

    618        669        489        2,768        618   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

    14,371        12,219        10,034        15,100        10,937   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

    (7,169     (6,749     (5,628     (6,271     (5,384
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,202        5,470        4,406        8,829        5,553   

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    (2,252     (1,674     (1,456     (2,057     (1,630

Research and development, net of government grants

    (2,617     (1,749     (1,703     (4,916     (1,883

General and administrative expenses:

         

Compensation expense in respect of share options and management equity incentives

    (471     —          —          (701     (335

Other general and administrative expenses

    (6,353     (6,011     (5,346     (5,442     (4,584
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expense

    (6,824     (6,011     (5,346     (6,143     (4,919
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (11,693     (9,434     (8,505     (13,116     (8,432
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (4,491     (3,964     (4,099     (4,287     (2,879

Other income (expense):

         

Interest expense, net

    (234     (340     (312     (582     (192

Other, net

    11        (169     (210     (83     29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses), net

    (223     (509     (522     (665     (163
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,714     (4,473     (4,621     (4,952     (3,042

Provision for income taxes

    —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

  $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders

  $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621   $ (4,952   $ (3,042

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

  $ (20.15   $ (24.97   $ (25.97   $ (10.99   $ (13.06

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    233,956        179,116        177,924        450,555        232,883   

 

     As of December 31, 2013
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma  as
Adjusted (2)
           (in thousands)       
           (unaudited)       

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,756      $ 13,756      

Total assets

     26,378        26,378      

Long-term debt

     14,579        14,579      

Total liabilities

     22,184        21,763      

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (26,569   $ 4,615      

 

(1)   Pro forma gives effect to (i) the conversion of all outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 29,114,088 ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and (ii) the conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares as of December 31, 2013 into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our warrant liability to shareholders’ equity (deficit).
(2)   Pro forma as adjusted reflects the pro forma adjustments discussed in footnote (1) and gives effect to our issuance and sale of ordinary shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Risk factors

Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS, INDUSTRY AND FUTURE PLANS

Investors should consider our business and prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we expect to encounter in the markets in which we compete, and the prospects of our development projects, particularly MosaiQ TM . Factors that may contribute to fluctuations in our operating results include many of the risks described in this section. These fluctuations may make financial planning and forecasting difficult. In addition, these fluctuations may result in unanticipated decreases in our available cash, which could negatively affect our business and prospects. Investors should not rely on our operating results for any prior periods as an indication of our future operating performance.

We have incurred losses since our commencement of operations and expect to incur losses in the future.

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations in each fiscal year since we commenced operations in 2007. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $10.1 million. We expect our operating losses to continue at least for the next several years as we continue our investment in the development and commercialization of MosaiQ TM . Our total revenue was $15.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, $14.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and $12.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Our net loss was $5.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and $4.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing and commercializing MosaiQ TM and the other products we may develop, we are unable to predict the magnitude of any future operating losses. Our historic losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our cash resources, shareholders’ deficit and working capital. Our ability to achieve or sustain profitability is based on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including market acceptance of our products, future product development, and our market penetration and margins.

We may need to raise additional capital, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all, and which may cause dilution to shareholders, restrict our operations or adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

We may need or decide to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financing or through other means. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and any additional financings could result in additional dilution to our then existing shareholders or restrict our operations or adversely affect our ability to operate our business. If we are unable to obtain needed financing on acceptable terms, we may not be able to implement our business plan, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results

 

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

of operations. We may not be able to meet our business objectives, our share price may fall and investors may lose some or all of their investment. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, the percentage ownership of our then shareholders will be reduced.

If we do not achieve, sustain or successfully manage our anticipated growth, our business and prospects will be harmed.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth, our financial results could suffer. Furthermore, significant growth will place strains on our management and our operational and financial systems and processes. If we do not successfully forecast the timing of regulatory authorization for product marketing and subsequent demand for our products or manage our anticipated expenses accordingly, our operating results will be harmed.

The development of MosaiQ TM includes many factors, including factors beyond our control, and we may not commercialize it on a timely basis, or at all.

Our future revenue growth and profitability will substantially depend on our ability to successfully commercialize MosaiQ TM . We will need to complete development and obtain marketing authorizations from the FDA and other regulatory authorities before we can commercialize MosaiQ TM . Our ability to successfully commercialize MosaiQ TM may be affected by the following factors, among others:

 

  Ø  

the scope of and progress made in our development activities;

 

  Ø  

our ability to successfully complete field trial studies;

 

  Ø  

our ability to obtain and maintain FDA and other regulatory authorizations;

 

  Ø  

threats posed by competing technologies;

 

  Ø  

our, or any commercial partner’s, ability to market MosaiQ TM to donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories;

 

  Ø  

our ability to successfully optimize the individual tests to be included on both the blood grouping and disease screening consumables;

 

  Ø  

the occurrence of unforeseen technical difficulties in the design and build of the manufacturing system for the consumables;

 

  Ø  

the occurrence of unforeseen technical difficulties in the design and manufacturing of the initial high-throughput instrument;

 

  Ø  

the occurrence of unforeseen technical difficulties in the development of software and the integration of the consumables, the instrument and software;

 

  Ø  

delays resulting from the failure of third-party suppliers or contractors to meet their obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner; and

 

  Ø  

endorsement and acceptance by donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories.

Development and commercialization of novel products, such as MosaiQ TM , is inherently uncertain. At any point, we may abandon development of MosaiQ TM or we may be required to expend considerable resources addressing unforeseen technical challenges or otherwise to complete and commercialize MosaiQ TM , which would adversely impact potential revenue and our expenses. In addition, any delay in product development would provide others with additional time to commercialize competing products

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

  

 

 

before we introduce MosaiQ TM , which in turn may adversely affect our growth prospects and operating results. Although we believe that our cost estimates and our project completion and commercialization schedule for MosaiQ TM are reasonable, we cannot assure you that the actual costs or time required to complete the project will not substantially exceed our current estimates.

Obtaining regulatory authorization for MosaiQ TM will take time, require material expenditures and ultimately may not succeed.

MosaiQ TM will be subject to CE-marking in Europe. In the United States, the FDA has indicated that it will require MosaiQ TM to obtain approval of a biologics license application, or BLA, for the blood grouping consumable and traditional 510(k) clearances for the instrument and the initial disease screening consumable, comprising two tests, Cytomegalovirus, or CMV, and syphilis. The final disease screening consumable, comprising additional tests, will be subject to BLA approval. The process of complying with the requirements of the FDA and comparable agencies is generally costly, time consuming and burdensome, and regulatory authorization is never guaranteed, irrespective of time and financial expenditures. Furthermore, given the complexities of the regulatory pathway for MosaiQ TM , there may be delays in obtaining marketing authorization, or we may not be able to obtain marketing authorization at all. Moreover, the manufacturing process of the MosaiQ TM consumables is based on novel technologies and the FDA and regulatory agencies in other jurisdictions may have limited experience reviewing product candidates using these technologies, which may also result in delays in obtaining regulatory authorization for MosaiQ TM .

Among other things, our manufacturing facility will be subject to pre-approval inspection by the FDA and other applicable regulators. In addition, we are required to perform field trial studies to obtain regulatory authorizations for MosaiQ TM . Field trial studies are subject to factors within and outside of our control and the outcome of these studies is uncertain. For example, success in early feasibility studies may not be replicated in later field trial studies. Although our internal blood grouping feasibility studies have demonstrated a high degree of concordance, across a range of key specificities, between results generated by the MosaiQ TM methodology and results using predicate technologies for antigen typing and antibody identification, and although our initial feasibility work on the disease screening consumable has been positive, there is no guarantee that our analytical testing will meet the FDA’s or other regulatory authorities’ requirements, that our field trial studies will be successful, that the FDA or other regulatory authorities will provide marketing authorization for MosaiQ TM based on the studies we have completed or, if we obtain market authorization, that the prognostic information that may be reported will differentiate MosaiQ TM from alternatives in the United States or other markets. Even if our field trials are successful and we obtain the necessary regulatory authorizations, the regulatory review process will still take time and require material expenditures.

Our substantial reliance on third parties to develop MosaiQ TM exposes us to a number of risks that may delay the development and commercialization of MosaiQ TM or result in higher costs to us.

We have outsourced certain elements of the development of MosaiQ TM . Our dependence on third parties for the development of our manufacturing system for consumables and our initial high-throughput instrument may subject us to a number of risks. For example, our third-party developers may not be able to develop or manufacture components of the MosaiQ TM system, or may apply insufficient resources to the development of MosaiQ TM in the manner required to meet our technical and commercial requirements, on our expected timetable or within our expected cost estimates. If our existing third-party developers are unable, or fail, to meet our requirements, there can be no assurance that we will be able to enter into relationships with other third parties necessary to successfully develop MosaiQ TM . Any of these risks could materially harm our business and adversely affect our future revenues.

 

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

MosaiQ TM consumables have not been manufactured on a commercial scale and are subject to unforeseen scale-up risks.

While we have developed working prototypes of the MosaiQ TM consumables, there can be no assurance that we can manufacture MosaiQ TM consumables at a scale that is adequate for our commercial needs. We may face significant or unforeseen difficulties in manufacturing the MosaiQ TM consumables, including but not limited to:

 

  Ø  

technical issues relating to manufacturing products on a commercial scale at reasonable cost, and in a reasonable time frame;

 

  Ø  

difficulty meeting demand or timing requirements for consumable orders due to excessive costs or lack of capacity for part or all of an operation or process;

 

  Ø  

lack of skilled labor or unexpected increases in labor costs needed to produce or maintain our manufacturing systems or perform certain required operations;

 

  Ø  

changes in government regulations or in quality or other requirements that lead to additional manufacturing costs or an inability to supply product in a timely manner, if at all; and

 

  Ø  

increases in raw material or component supply cost or an inability to obtain supplies of certain critical supplies needed to complete our manufacturing processes.

These and other difficulties may only become apparent when scaling up the manufacturing of the MosaiQ TM consumables to more substantive commercial scale. In the event our MosaiQ TM consumables cannot be manufactured in sufficient commercial quantities, our future prospects could be significantly impacted and our financial prospects would be materially harmed.

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct studies of MosaiQ™ and our other transfusion diagnostics products that will be required by the FDA or other regulatory authorities and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct the field trial studies or other studies that may be required to obtain FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for MosaiQ TM as well as our conventional reagent products. Accordingly, we expect to rely on third parties, such as independent testing laboratories and hospitals, to conduct such studies. Our reliance on these third parties will reduce our control over these activities. These third-party contractors may not complete activities on schedule or conduct studies in accordance with regulatory requirements or our study design. We cannot control whether they devote sufficient time, skill and resources to our studies. Our reliance on third parties that we do not control will not relieve us of any applicable requirement to prepare, and ensure compliance with, various procedures required under good clinical practices. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, if the third parties need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our studies may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for MosaiQ TM or our other transfusion diagnostic products.

 

 

 

15


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our commercial success will largely depend upon the degree of market acceptance of MosaiQ TM by donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories.

MosaiQ TM may not gain sufficient market acceptance by donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories. If the product does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by these critical customer groups, our future revenue growth and profitability would be materially impacted. The degree of market acceptance of MosaiQ TM will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

  Ø  

the efficacy and potential advantages of MosaiQ TM over alternative technologies, techniques and products, including both conventional technologies such as existing testing methods from Ortho, Immucor, Bio-Rad, Grifols and Beckman Coulter, as well as new technologies from such companies or new competitors;

 

  Ø  

limitations contained in the approved labeling for MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

the willingness of our target customers to transition from existing technologies, products and procedures and to adopt MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

the ability to offer attractive pricing for MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

the strength of marketing and distribution support and the timing of market introduction of competitive products; and

 

  Ø  

outcomes from field trial studies, the regulatory approval process, and other publicity concerning MosaiQ TM or competing products.

Our efforts to educate donor collection agencies, hospitals, independent testing laboratories and other members of the medical community on the benefits of MosaiQ TM may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts to educate the marketplace may require more resources than are required by conventional or new technologies marketed by our competitors. If we were to incorrectly forecast our ability to penetrate various markets, expenditures that we make may not result in the benefits that we expect, which could harm our results of operations. Moreover, in the event that MosaiQ TM is the subject of industry or clinical guidelines, field trial studies or scientific publications that are unhelpful or damaging, or otherwise call into question the benefits of MosaiQ TM , we may have difficulty convincing prospective customers to adopt MosaiQ TM .

Our commercialization plan for MosaiQ TM in the patient testing market depends on entering into arrangements with one or more commercial partners.

A key element of our commercialization strategy for MosaiQ TM is to identify and engage one or more partners with existing global sales and support infrastructures to commercialize MosaiQ TM for the patient testing market. Until we engage such a partner to assist us in our commercialization efforts in this highly fragmented market, we do not believe we would be able to optimally commercialize MosaiQ TM without significant additional funds to build a global sales and support infrastructure. To date, we have not entered into any such commercialization arrangements. Any commercial partner with whom we may enter into such arrangements may not commit sufficient resources, as MosaiQ™ may compete for time, attention and resources with such partner’s internal programs, or otherwise may not perform its obligations as expected. Even if we successfully establish new commercialization arrangements, these relationships may never result in the successful commercialization of MosaiQ TM .

Other companies or institutions may develop and market novel or improved methods for transfusion diagnostics, which may make MosaiQ™ less competitive or obsolete.

The market for transfusion diagnostics is large and established, and our competitors may possess significantly greater financial resources and have larger development and commercialization capabilities

 

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

than we do. Although we are not aware of any companies that are pursuing an alternative fully automated blood grouping and disease screening platform like MosaiQ TM , a platform or technology that competes with MosaiQ TM may be developed . We may be unable to compete effectively against these competitors either because their diagnostic platforms are superior or because they may have more expertise, experience, financial resources or stronger business relationships.

We have leased a factory in Eysins, Switzerland, which will become the principal manufacturing site for the MosaiQ TM consumables, and any delay in completing the conversion of this factory space or obtaining regulatory approval, may delay or prevent the launch of MosaiQ TM .

We have leased a manufacturing facility in Eysins, Switzerland, which will become the principal manufacturing site for the MosaiQ TM consumables. Conversion of this facility is expected to require a significant capital commitment, and our failure to complete this project on time and on budget may result in the need for us to raise and expend additional capital. In addition, the building, installation and validation of the MosaiQ TM manufacturing system is subject to many risks, including the fact that, in connection with products that will be sold in the United States, this new facility will be subject to a pre-approval inspection by the FDA, and, in connection with products sold outside the United States, this new facility will be subject to pre-approval inspection by applicable foreign regulators, which could prevent or delay the launch of MosaiQ TM .

Our near-term success is dependent upon our ability to expand our customer base and introduce new conventional reagent products.

Our current customer base is primarily composed of donor testing laboratories and hospitals that use our conventional reagent products for blood grouping, along with original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs (for example, Ortho, Bio-Rad and Grifols). Our success will depend, in part, upon our ability to expand our customer base and increase our market penetration of existing customers through the development and commercialization of new products after obtaining regulatory authorization. Attracting new customers and introducing new products requires substantial time and expense. Any failure to expand our existing customer base, or launch new products, would adversely affect our operating results.

Our financial performance depends in part upon our ability to successfully develop and market new products in a rapidly changing technological and economic environment. If we fail to successfully introduce new conventional reagent products, we could lose market share. We could also lose market share if our competitors introduce new products or technologies that render our conventional reagent products less competitive or obsolete. In addition, delays in the introduction of new products due to regulatory, developmental or other obstacles could negatively impact our revenue and market share, as well as our earnings.

We are dependent upon our three largest OEM clients for a substantial portion of our total revenues. If any of our key OEM customers terminates or reduces the scope of its relationship with us, our product sales will suffer.

We develop, manufacture and sell a range of our conventional reagent products to customers who are major OEMs. These products are sold in bulk, for inclusion in products manufactured by these OEM customers, or as finished, vialled products. Product sales to our three largest OEM customers accounted for 64% of our total revenues and product sales to Ortho accounted for 55% of our total revenues in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. If any of our OEM customer agreements are terminated, particularly our agreement with Ortho, or the scope of our OEM customer relationships is otherwise reduced, our

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

  

 

 

product sales could decrease, and our results of operations may be negatively impacted. In particular, a change of control of any of our OEM customers could negatively impact our relationship. Further, we may not be able to enter into new customer agreements on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our OEM customers, including Ortho, are also our competitors. Our business may be harmed if, as a result of the commercialization of MosaiQ TM , Ortho or our other OEM customers perceive MosaiQ TM as a competitive product, resulting in a discontinuation of Ortho’s or our other OEM customers’ purchases from us. Johnson & Johnson, the parent company of Ortho, has reportedly agreed to sell Ortho to Carlyle Group L.P., a global asset management firm.

Gross margin volatility may negatively impact our profitability.

Our gross margin has been volatile from period to period in the past and may be volatile in the future due to various factors, including changes in product mix, shipment cycles and manufacturing costs. Gross margins on our conventional reagent products vary depending upon the product, with whole blood control products, rare antibodies and red blood cell-derived products generating higher margins. Depending upon the sales mix of these products, our gross margin could vary significantly from period to period. Our conventional reagent products are manufactured by us. As such, gross margins for these products could be impacted by a rise in the costs of raw materials and labor, as well as overhead and the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. Our gross margin may also be negatively impacted by increased competition. Specifically, suppliers in the market seeking to maintain or grow market share may foster a competitive environment of pricing pressures that could negatively impact the profitability of product sales.

If we are unable to maintain our network of direct sales representatives, we may not be able to generate anticipated sales of our current or future products.

We expect our direct sales representatives to develop long-lasting relationships with the customers they serve. If our direct sales representatives fail to adequately promote, market and sell our conventional reagent products, our sales could significantly decrease. If a substantial number of our direct sales representatives were to leave us within a short period of time, our sales could be adversely affected. If a direct sales representative were to depart and be retained by one of our competitors, we may be unable to prevent them from helping competitors solicit business from our existing customers, which could further adversely affect our sales. We may be unable to hire additional qualified direct sales representatives to work with us. We may also not be able to enter into agreements with them on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified direct sales representatives would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales.

We or our suppliers may experience development or manufacturing problems or delays that could limit the growth of our revenue or increase our losses.

We may encounter unforeseen situations in the manufacturing of our conventional reagent products that could result in delays or shortfalls in our production. Our suppliers may also face similar delays or shortfalls. In addition, our or our suppliers’ production processes may have to change to accommodate any significant future expansion of our manufacturing capacity, which may increase our or our suppliers’ manufacturing costs, delay production of our products, reduce our product gross margin and adversely impact our business. If we are unable to keep up with demand for our products by successfully manufacturing and shipping our products in a timely manner, our revenue could be impaired, market acceptance for our products could be adversely affected and our customers might instead purchase our competitors’ products. In addition, developing manufacturing procedures for new products would require developing specific production processes for those products. Developing such processes could be time consuming and any unexpected difficulty in doing so can delay the introduction of a product.

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Demand for our products depends in part on the operating budgets of our customers and their spending levels, a reduction in which could limit demand for our products and adversely affect our business.

In the near term, we expect that our revenue will be derived primarily from sales of our conventional reagent products to hospitals and independent testing laboratories for blood grouping, either directly or through our OEM customers. The demand for our products will depend in part upon the operational budgets of these customers, which are impacted by factors beyond our control, such as:

 

  Ø  

global macroeconomic conditions;

 

  Ø  

changes in the regulatory environment;

 

  Ø  

differences in budgetary cycles;

 

  Ø  

market-driven pressures to consolidate operations and reduce costs; and

 

  Ø  

market acceptance of new technologies.

Our operating results may fluctuate due to reductions and delays in expenditures by our customers. Any decrease in our customers’ budgets or expenditures, or in the size, scope or frequency of operating expenditures, could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

The transfusion diagnostics market is highly competitive. If we fail to compete effectively, our business and operating results will suffer.

We face significant competition in the transfusion diagnostics market. We currently compete with established diagnostic companies that design, manufacture and market instruments and consumables for blood grouping. We believe our principal competitors in the transfusion diagnostics market are Ortho, Immucor and Bio-Rad.

Most of our current competitors have greater financial resources than we do, making them better equipped to fund research and development, manufacturing and marketing efforts or license technologies and intellectual property from third parties. Our competitors can be expected to continue to improve the performance of their products and to introduce new products with competitive price and performance characteristics. Although we believe we have advantages over our competitors, maintaining these advantages will require us to continue to invest in research and development, sales and marketing and customer service and support.

Our current competitors are either privately owned, publicly-traded companies or are divisions of publicly-traded companies, and enjoy a number of competitive advantages over us, including:

 

  Ø  

greater name and brand recognition, financial and human resources;

 

  Ø  

broader product lines;

 

  Ø  

larger sales forces and more established distributor networks;

 

  Ø  

substantial intellectual property portfolios;

 

  Ø  

larger and more established customer bases and relationships; and

 

  Ø  

better established, larger scale, and lower cost manufacturing capabilities.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in all of our target markets include:

 

  Ø  

cost of capital equipment;

 

  Ø  

cost of consumables and supplies;

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

  Ø  

reputation among customers;

 

  Ø  

innovation in product offerings;

 

  Ø  

flexibility and ease-of-use;

 

  Ø  

accuracy and reproducibility of results;

 

  Ø  

compatibility with existing laboratory processes, tools and methods;

 

  Ø  

breadth of clinical decisions that can be influenced by information generated by tests; and

 

  Ø  

economic benefit accrued to customers based on testing services enabled by products.

We cannot assure investors that we will be successful in the face of competition from new products and technologies introduced by our existing competitors or new companies entering our markets. In addition, we cannot assure investors that our competitors do not have or will not develop products or technologies that currently or in the future will enable them to produce competitive products with greater capabilities or at lower costs than ours.

New technologies, techniques or products could emerge that might offer better combinations of price and performance than our current or future products and systems.

It is critical to our success that we anticipate changes in technology and customer requirements and to successfully introduce, on a timely and cost-effective basis, new, enhanced and competitive technologies that meet the needs of current and prospective customers. If we do not successfully innovate and introduce new technology into our product lines or manage the transitions to new product offerings, our revenues, results of operations and business will be adversely impacted. Competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. We anticipate that we will face increased competition in the future as existing companies and competitors develop new or improved products and as new companies enter the market with new technologies.

We are dependent on single source suppliers for some of the components and materials used in our conventional reagent products, and supply chain interruptions could negatively impact our operations and financial performance.

Our products are manufactured by us and we obtain supplies from a limited number of suppliers. In some cases, critical components required to manufacture our products may only be available from a sole supplier or limited number of suppliers, any of whom would be difficult to replace. The supply of any of our manufacturing materials may be interrupted because of poor vendor performance or other events outside our control, which may require us, among other things, to identify alternate vendors and result in lost sales and increased expenses. Even if the manufacturing materials that we source are available from other parties, the time and effort involved in validating the new supplies and obtaining any necessary regulatory approvals for substitutes could impede our ability to replace such components in a timely manner or at all.

In particular, some of our conventional reagent products are derived from blood having particular or rare combinations of antibodies or antigens, which are found in a limited number of individuals. If we had difficulty in obtaining sufficient quantities of such blood, we would need to establish a viable alternative, which may take both time and expense to either identify and/or develop.

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

The loss of a sole supplier would impair our ability to deliver products to our customers in a timely manner and would adversely affect our sales and operating results and negatively impact our reputation. Our business would also be harmed if any of our suppliers could not meet our quality and performance specifications and quantity and delivery requirements.

If our Edinburgh, Scotland facility becomes unavailable or inoperable, we will be unable to produce and ship many of our conventional reagent products.

All our conventional reagent products are produced in our Edinburgh, Scotland manufacturing facility. While we believe we have reliable suppliers of raw materials, our reagent production is highly dependent on the uninterrupted and efficient operation of the Edinburgh, Scotland facility and we currently have no alternative manufacturing capabilities. Therefore, if a catastrophic event occurred at the Edinburgh, Scotland facility, such as a fire or contamination, many of our products could not be produced until the manufacturing portion of the facility was restored and cleared by the FDA. We maintain a disaster plan to minimize the effects of such a catastrophe and we have obtained insurance to protect against certain business interruption losses (we have £22 million of coverage for our Edinburgh manufacturing facility and an additional £1 million of coverage for our research and development activities). However, there can be no assurance that such coverage will be adequate or that such coverage will continue to remain available on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our customers, including our U.S. commercial operations, receive all of their conventional reagent products from our Edinburgh, Scotland manufacturing facility. If circumstances arose that disrupted our international distribution of products from Edinburgh, we would need to establish an alternate distribution channel, which may take both time and expense to establish.

The landlord for our Edinburgh, Scotland manufacturing operation is Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service, or SNBTS. The lease on our Edinburgh, Scotland facility ends in August 2014. We have commenced discussions with SNBTS to extend this lease to allow us time to design and build a new manufacturing facility near Edinburgh, Scotland. There can be no assurance that SNBTS will extend the existing lease on acceptable terms or terms equivalent to those we currently have.

We plan to build a new, expanded manufacturing facility for our conventional reagent products, which may result in overlapping operations and duplicative costs, impair manufacturing operations, delay or prevent the launch of new products or require us to expend additional capital.

To meet expected future demand for our conventional reagent products, we plan to lease a new expanded manufacturing facility in Edinburgh, Scotland near our existing manufacturing facility. Although the new facility will be leased, we will fund its design and completion using our existing cash balances. This project is expected to require a capital commitment of approximately $6 million, and our failure to complete the new facility on time and on budget may result in the need for us to expend additional capital and may impair the efficient operation of our manufacturing system. In addition, moving our manufacturing operations to a new facility may result in overlapping operations and duplicative costs during the transition period. Furthermore, changes in our manufacturing process or procedure, including a change in the location where our products are manufactured, will require prior FDA review and approval of the manufacturing process and procedures. Any new facility will be subject to a pre-approval inspection by the FDA and would again require us to demonstrate product comparability to the FDA. There are comparable foreign requirements as well. This review may be costly and time consuming and could delay or prevent the launch of any new product.

 

 

 

21


Table of Contents

  

 

 

We generate a substantial portion of our revenue internationally and are subject to various risks relating to our international activities.

A significant proportion of our revenues are earned in U.S. Dollars but the costs of our manufacturing operations are payable mainly in Pounds Sterling. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates against the U.S. Dollar could impact our financial results adversely. We believe a significant percentage of our future revenue and costs will come from international sources.

Engaging in international business also involves a number of difficulties and risks, including:

 

  Ø  

required compliance with existing and changing foreign regulatory requirements and laws;

 

  Ø  

required compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and U.K. Bribery Act, data privacy requirements, labor laws and anti-competition regulations;

 

  Ø  

export or import restrictions;

 

  Ø  

various reimbursement and insurance regimes;

 

  Ø  

laws and business practices favoring local companies;

 

  Ø  

longer payment cycles and difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;

 

  Ø  

political and economic instability;

 

  Ø  

potentially adverse tax consequences, tariffs, customs charges, bureaucratic requirements and other trade barriers;

 

  Ø  

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations; and

 

  Ø  

difficulties protecting or procuring intellectual property rights.

The occurrence of any of these factors in the countries in which we operate could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our term loan agreement contains restrictive and financial covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

Our $15 million term loan agreement with MidCap Financial contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, engage in new lines of business, make certain investments, pay dividends, transfer or dispose of assets, amend certain material agreements or enter into various specified transactions. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the term loan agreement. The loan agreement also contains certain financial covenants, including minimum revenue requirements, and is secured by all of our assets. There is no guarantee that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and interest under the agreement. Furthermore, there is no guarantee that future working capital, borrowings or equity financing will be available to repay or refinance the amounts outstanding under the agreement.

Undetected errors or defects in our products could expose us to product liability claims, harm our reputation or decrease market acceptance of our products.

The sale and use of products or services based on our technologies could lead to the filing of product liability claims if someone were to allege that one of our products contained a design or manufacturing

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

defect, which resulted in the failure to adequately perform the analysis for which it was designed. A product liability claim could result in substantial damages and be costly and time consuming to defend, either of which could materially harm our business or financial condition. We maintain insurance that includes product liability coverage of approximately $8 million as of December 31, 2013 and we believe our insurance coverage is adequate for our business. However, there can be no assurance that insurance coverage for these risks will continue to be available or, if available, that it will be sufficient to cover potential claims or that the present level of coverage will continue to be available at a reasonable cost. Our existing insurance may have to be increased in the future if we are successful at introducing new transfusion diagnostics products and this will increase our costs. Under certain of our customer and license agreements, we have agreed to provide indemnification for product liability claims arising out of the use of our products. In the event that we are held liable for a claim or for damages exceeding the limits of our insurance coverage, we may be required to make substantial payments.

Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

  Ø  

decreased demand for our products and product candidates;

 

  Ø  

injury to our reputation;

 

  Ø  

costs of related litigation;

 

  Ø  

substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

 

  Ø  

loss of revenue; and

 

  Ø  

the inability to commercialize our products and product candidates.

Any of these outcomes may have an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and cash flows, and may increase the volatility of our share price.

We may also be subject to warranty claims for damages related to errors or defects in our products. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our products could harm our business and operating results. In the event that we experience a product performance problem, we may be required to, or may voluntarily recall or suspend selling the products until the problem is resolved. Depending on the product as well as the availability of acceptable substitutes, such a product recall or suspension could significantly impact our operating results.

The outcome of any current or future disputes, claims and litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are currently involved in a dispute regarding the 2007 purchase of our Alba subsidiary in which the seller is alleging it is owed approximately $3.1 million. See “Business – Legal proceedings.” In addition, we may, from time to time, be party to litigation in the normal course of business, including class action and product liability lawsuits. Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, it is not possible to predict the final outcome of these lawsuits or determine the amount of any potential losses we may incur. In the event we are required or determine to pay amounts in connection with any such lawsuits, such amounts could be significant and could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are highly dependent on our senior management team and other key employees, and our success depends on our ability to retain our managerial personnel and to attract additional personnel.

Our success is dependent upon the efforts of our senior management and staff, including sales, technical and management personnel, many of whom have very specialized industry and technical expertise that is

 

 

 

23


Table of Contents

  

 

 

not easily replaced. In particular, our success depends in part upon the continued service of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who is critical to the overall management of our company. This includes the shaping of our culture and our strategic direction. If key individuals leave us, we could be adversely affected if suitable replacement personnel are not quickly recruited. We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers and senior managers, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, but none of these agreements guarantees the service of the individual for a specified period of time. Our future success depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. There is intense competition for medical technologists and in some markets there is a shortage of qualified personnel in our industry. If we are unable to continue to attract or retain highly qualified personnel, the development, growth and future success of our business could be adversely affected.

We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of or investments in new or complementary businesses, products or technologies, and the failure to manage acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time, we expect to consider opportunities to acquire or make investments in other technologies, products and businesses that may enhance our capabilities, complement our current products or expand the breadth of our product offerings, markets or customer base. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

  Ø  

problems assimilating the purchased technologies, products or business operations;

 

  Ø  

issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;

 

  Ø  

unanticipated costs associated with acquisitions;

 

  Ø  

diversion of management’s attention from our core business;

 

  Ø  

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

 

  Ø  

risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience;

 

  Ø  

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses; and

 

  Ø  

increased legal and accounting compliance costs.

We have no current commitments with respect to any acquisition or investment. Any acquisitions we undertake could be expensive and time consuming and may disrupt our ongoing business and prevent management from focusing on our operations. If we are unable to manage acquisitions or investments, or integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

We may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.

In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships to develop proposed products and to pursue new markets. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, in-licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process. Other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities or arrangements. We may not identify, secure, or complete any such transactions or arrangements in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

all. We have limited institutional knowledge and experience with respect to these business development activities, and we may also not realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction or arrangement. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products that achieve commercial success or result in significant revenues and could be terminated prior to developing any products.

Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the transaction or arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions, and our collaborators may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations or the ownership or control of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any conflicts arise with our current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators or any future collaborators devote to our collaborators’ or our future products. Disputes between us and our collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements are contractual in nature and may be terminated or dissolved under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium.

RISKS RELATED TO GOVERNMENT REGULATION

If we or our commercial partners fail to comply with extensive foreign and domestic regulations, sales of our products in new and existing markets and the development and commercialization of any new product candidates, including MosaiQ TM , could be delayed or prevented.

Our reagents and other products are subject to regulation by governmental and private agencies in the United States and abroad, which, among other things, regulate the testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, promotion, marketing, import and export of medical supplies and devices. Certain international regulatory bodies also impose import and tax restrictions, tariff regulations, and duties on imported products. Delays in agency review can significantly delay new product introduction and may result in a product becoming “outdated” or losing its market opportunity before it can be introduced. Also, the FDA and international agencies have the authority to require a recall or modification of products in the event of a defect or to prohibit or limit the distribution or importation of the product.

FDA approval of a BLA or clearance of a 510(k) generally is required before we can market new reagents in the United States or make significant changes to existing products. The process of obtaining licenses, marketing clearances and approvals from regulatory agencies can be time consuming and expensive. There is no assurance that marketing authorizations will be granted or that agency reviews will not involve delays that would adversely affect our ability to commercialize our products, including MosaiQ TM .

If any of our products were to fail to perform in the manner represented during review of the product application, particularly concerning clinical performance, one or more of these agencies could place restrictions on the labeling, marketing, distribution or use of the product, require us to cease manufacturing and selling that product, or even recall previously-placed products, and, if the product must be modified in order to resolve the problem, to resubmit the product for market authorization before we could sell it again. Depending upon the product, and the availability of acceptable substitutes, such an agency action could result in significantly reduced revenues and earnings for an indefinite period.

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

  

 

 

We currently anticipate marketing MosaiQ TM consumables to laboratories for research use only, or RUO, in the first half of 2016. While such products are not currently regulated by the FDA as medical devices assuming they meet certain requirements, such as they do not make claims related to safety, effectiveness or diagnostic utility and they are not intended for human clinical diagnostic or prognostic use, if the FDA were to conclude that our RUO-labeled products were medical devices, they would need to meet the requirements applicable to medical devices.

Federal, state and foreign regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of our products are subject to change. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such changes might have on our business. In addition, there can be no assurance that regulation of our products will not become more restrictive in the future and that any such development would not have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

Any product for which we obtain marketing approval or clearance in the United States or in international jurisdictions, along with the manufacturing processes and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. Furthermore, our suppliers may be subject to similar regulatory oversight and may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with applicable regulatory requirements. Our failure or the failure of one of our suppliers to comply with statutes and regulations administered by the FDA and other regulatory bodies, or our failure to take adequate action in response to any observations, could result in, among other things, any of the following enforcement actions, any one of which could harm our reputation and could cause our product sales and profitability to suffer:

 

  Ø  

fines and civil penalties;

 

  Ø  

the requirement to take corrective actions;

 

  Ø  

delays in approving or clearing, or refusal to approve or clear, our products;

 

  Ø  

withdrawal or suspension of approval or clearances by the FDA or other regulatory bodies;

 

  Ø  

product recall or seizures;

 

  Ø  

interruption of production;

 

  Ø  

restrictions on labeling, marketing, distribution or use of our products;

 

  Ø  

an import or export ban on our products;

 

  Ø  

injunctions; and

 

  Ø  

criminal prosecution.

We may also receive warning letters or untitled letters, such as the warning letter we received from the FDA in 2009 regarding compliance with current good manufacturing practices at our Edinburgh facility regarding various antisera products. Following corrective actions that took place between February and April 2009, we received a response acceptance letter from the FDA in June 2009. We have not received any such warning letters or untitled letters since this time.

Any regulatory approval or clearance of a product may also be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed. If the FDA or another regulatory body determines that our promotional materials, training or other activities constitute promotion of an unapproved use, it could request that we cease or modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory

 

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

enforcement actions. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our training or promotional materials to constitute promotion of an unapproved use, which could result in significant fines or penalties under applicable statutory authorities, such as laws prohibiting false claims for reimbursement. Additionally, we may be required to conduct costly post-market testing and we may be required to report adverse events and malfunctions related to our products. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including unanticipated adverse events, manufacturing problems or failure to comply with regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes. Other potential consequences include revisions to the approved labeling, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, fines, suspension of regulatory approvals, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Furthermore, the FDA and various other authorities will inspect our facilities and those of our suppliers from time to time to determine whether we are in compliance with regulations relating to the manufacture of transfusion diagnostics products, including regulations concerning design, manufacture, testing, quality control, product labeling, distribution, promotion and record-keeping practices. A determination that we are in material violation of such regulations could lead to the imposition of civil penalties, including warning or untitled letters, fines, product recalls, field actions, product seizures or, in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.

Additionally, healthcare policy has been a subject of extensive discussion in the executive and legislative branches of the federal and many state governments and healthcare laws and regulations are subject to change. Our reagent product business strategy, and the development of the commercialization strategy for MosaiQ™, have been based on existing healthcare policies. We cannot predict what additional changes, if any, will be proposed or adopted or the effect that such proposals or adoption may have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Approval and/or clearance by the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities for our transfusion diagnostics products could take significant time and require significant development expenditures.

Obtaining FDA and other regulatory clearances or approvals for MosaiQ™ and our newly developed conventional reagent products can be expensive and uncertain. It can take from several months to several years from the date of submission of the application, and generally requires detailed and comprehensive scientific and clinical data. As with all blood transfusion products, the FDA and other regulatory authorities reserve the right to redefine the regulatory path at the time of submission or during the review process, and could require a more burdensome approach than we currently anticipate. In addition, it may be necessary for us to refile regulatory submissions as a result of application deficiencies, which was requested of us by the FDA in 2013 associated with our BLA for additional monoclonal antibody products. In response, we established a dedicated task force to address the identified documentation deficiencies and expect to complete our procedural review in March 2014. We plan to subsequently resubmit the BLA, incorporating the FDA’s required documentation. Notwithstanding the time and expense, these efforts may never result in FDA approval or clearance or that of other regulatory authorities. Even if we were to obtain regulatory approval or clearance, it may not be for the uses we believe are important or commercially attractive, in which case we would not be permitted to market our product for those uses.

 

 

 

27


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our use of biological and hazardous materials and wastes requires us to comply with regulatory requirements, including environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permitting requirements and subjects us to significant costs and exposes us to potential liabilities.

The handling of materials used in the manufacture of transfusion diagnostics products involves the controlled use of biological and hazardous materials and wastes. The primary hazardous materials we handle or use include human blood donations. Our business and facilities and those of our suppliers are subject to federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and the environment, including those governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of, and exposure to, such materials and wastes. In addition, under some environmental laws and regulations, we could be held responsible for costs relating to any contamination at our past or present facilities and at third-party waste disposal sites even if such contamination was not caused by us. A failure to comply with current or future environmental laws and regulations, including the failure to obtain, maintain or comply with any required permits, could result in severe fines or penalties. Any such expenses or liability could have a significant negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, we may be required to incur significant costs to comply with regulatory requirements in the future.

Our relationships with customers are subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other domestic healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians at hospitals and public health departments play a primary role in the recommendation and ordering of our reagents and other products, and may play an important role in the recommendation and ordering of the MosaiQ™ system. Our arrangements with customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our product. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations in the United States include the following:

 

  Ø  

The federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federally funded healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. This statute has been broadly interpreted to apply to manufacturer arrangements with prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others. Several other countries, including the United Kingdom, have enacted similar anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, and healthcare laws and regulations.

 

  Ø  

The federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement material to a false or fraudulent action or improperly avoiding, decreasing or concealing an obligation to pay money to the federal government.

 

  Ø  

HIPAA imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. In addition, HIPAA created criminal liability for knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

 

 

28


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

 

  Ø  

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act requirements under the PPACA (as defined below) require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to HHS information related to payments and other transfers of value made to or at the request of covered recipients, such as physicians and teaching hospitals, and physician ownership and investment interests in such manufacturers. Payments made to physicians and research institutions for clinical trials are included within the ambit of this law. Certain state laws and regulations also require the reporting of certain items of value provided to health care professionals.

 

  Ø  

Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations involve substantial costs. We may be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the government under the federal False Claims Act, with potential liability including mandatory treble damages and significant per-claim penalties, currently set at $5,500 to $11,000 per false claim. Additionally, it is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Exclusion, suspension and debarment from government funded healthcare programs would significantly impact our ability to commercialize, sell or distribute any product. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

We are subject to the U.K. Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We and our commercial partners operate in a number of jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom, the United States and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries

 

 

 

29


Table of Contents

  

 

 

and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements and Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Healthcare policy changes, including recently enacted legislation reforming the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in government policy could have a significant impact on our business by increasing the cost of doing business, affecting our ability to sell our products and negatively impacting our profitability. Such changes could include modifications to existing legislation, such as U.S. tax policy, or entirely new legislation, such as the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (PPACA) that became law in March 2010. The PPACA makes changes that are expected to significantly impact the pharmaceutical and medical device industries and clinical laboratories. Elements of this legislation could meaningfully change the way healthcare services are delivered and may materially impact aspects of our business. We cannot predict whether future healthcare initiatives will be implemented at the federal or state level or in countries outside of the United States in which we may do business, or the effect any future legislation or regulation will have on us.

RISKS RELATED TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

The extent to which we can protect our products and technologies through intellectual property rights that we own, acquire or license is uncertain.

We employ a variety of proprietary and patented technologies and methods in connection with the products we sell or are developing, including MosaiQ TM . We license some of these technologies from third parties. We cannot provide any assurance that the intellectual property rights that we own or license provide effective protection from competitive threats or that we would prevail in any litigation in which our intellectual property rights are challenged. In addition, we cannot provide any assurances that we will be successful in obtaining new proprietary or patented technologies or methods in the future, whether through acquiring ownership or through licenses from third parties.

We cannot assure investors that any of our currently pending or future patent applications will result in issued patents, and we cannot predict how long it may take for a patent to issue on any of our pending patent applications, assuming a patent does issue. Further, we cannot assure investors that other parties will not challenge any patents issued or exclusively licensed to us or that courts or administrative agencies will hold our patents or the patents we license on an exclusive basis to be valid and enforceable. We cannot guarantee investors that we will be successful in defending challenges made against our patents and other intellectual property rights. Any third-party challenge to any of our patents could result in the unenforceability or invalidity of some or all of the claims of such patents and could be time consuming and expensive.

The extent to which the patent rights of life sciences companies effectively protect their products and technologies is often highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions for which

 

 

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

important legal principles remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the proper scope of allowable claims of patents held by such companies has emerged to date in the United States. Various courts, including the U.S. Supreme Court, have rendered decisions that impact the scope of patentability of certain inventions or discoveries relating to diagnostics tests or genomic diagnostics. These decisions generally stand for the proposition that inventions that recite laws of nature are not themselves patentable unless they have sufficient additional features that provide practical assurance that the processes are genuine inventive applications of those laws rather than patent drafting efforts designed to monopolize a law of nature itself. What constitutes a “sufficient” additional feature for this purpose is uncertain. While we do not generally rely on gene sequence patents, this evolving case law in the United States may adversely impact our ability to obtain new patents and may facilitate third-party challenges to our existing owned and exclusively licensed patents.

We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in patents we own or in those to which we have exclusive license rights. For example:

 

  Ø  

the inventor(s) named in one or more of our patents or patent applications might not have been the first to have made the relevant invention;

 

  Ø  

the inventor (or his assignee) might not have been the first to file a patent application for the claimed invention;

 

  Ø  

others may independently develop similar or alternative products and technologies or may successfully replicate our product and technologies;

 

  Ø  

it is possible that the patents we own or in which have exclusive license rights may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties and found to be invalid or unenforceable;

 

  Ø  

any patents we obtain or exclusively license may expire before, or within a limited time period after, the products and services relating to such patents are commercialized;

 

  Ø  

we may not develop or acquire additional proprietary products and technologies that are patentable; and

 

  Ø  

others may acquire patents that could be asserted against us in a manner that could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States or other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights. In particular, in September 2011, the U.S. Congress passed the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the AIA, which became effective in March 2013. The AIA reforms U.S. patent law in part by changing the standard for patent approval for certain patents from a “first to invent” standard to a “first to file” standard and developing a post-grant review system. It is too early to determine what the effect or impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business and the protection and enforcement of our intellectual property. However, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are not published until at least eighteen months after filing and it is possible for a patent application filed in the United States to be maintained in secrecy until a patent issues on the application. In addition, publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries. We therefore cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications that cover inventions that are the subject of pending applications that we own or exclusively license or that we or our licensors, as applicable, were the first to invent the technology (pre-AIA) or first to file (post-AIA). Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering technology that is similar to or the same as our technology. Any such patent

 

 

 

31


Table of Contents

  

 

 

application may have priority over patent applications that we own or exclusively license and, if a patent issues on such patent application, we could be required to obtain a license to such patent in order to carry on our business. If another party has filed a U.S. patent application covering an invention this is similar to, or the same as, an invention that we own or license, we or our licensors may have to participate in an interference or other proceeding in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, or a court to determine priority of invention in the United States, for pre-AIA applications and patents. For post-AIA applications and patents, we or our licensors may have to participate in a derivation proceeding to resolve disputes relating to inventorship. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and it is possible that such efforts would be unsuccessful, resulting in our inability to obtain or retain any U.S. patent rights with respect to such invention.

Some of our competitors may be better able to sustain the costs of complex patent disputes and litigation than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any disputes or litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations.

In addition to pursuing patents on our technology, we seek to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology by entering into intellectual property assignment and non-disclosure agreements with our employees, consultants and third party collaborators. See “—We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.”

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends upon compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non compliance with these requirements.

The PTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent prosecution process and following the issuance of a patent. There are situations in which noncompliance with these requirements can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case if our patent were in force.

Our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to protect our competitive position and to prevent others from manufacturing, using or selling competing products.

The scope of our owned and exclusively licensed intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to prevent others from manufacturing, using or selling competing products. For example, our manufacturing process for MosaiQ TM consumables depends in part on intellectual property that we expect to in-license on an exclusive basis, and such rights may be limited. Our competitors may have obtained or be able to develop or obtain a license to similar intellectual property. Competitors could purchase our product and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies and thereby avoid infringing our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not sufficient to effectively prevent our competitors from developing and selling similar products, our competitive position and our business could be adversely affected.

 

 

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

MosaiQ TM depends on certain technologies that are licensed to us. We do not control these technologies and any loss of our rights to them could prevent us from manufacturing our products.

We rely on licenses to various proprietary technologies that are material to our business, including the development of MosaiQ TM . We have entered into an exclusive license with The Technology Partnership plc, or TTP, to patented technologies to enable high volume manufacturing of MosaiQ TM consumables. In addition, STRATEC Biomedical AG, or STRATEC, has agreed to grant us licenses to certain of its pre-existing technologies, and has granted us licenses to its technologies to be developed under our development agreement with it for the MosaiQ instrument. Our rights to use these technologies will be subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of those licenses. If we were to lose access to these licenses, we would be unable to manufacture MosaiQ TM consumables or commercialize MosaiQ instruments until we obtained access to a comparable technology.

We may not control the prosecution, maintenance or filing of the patents to which we now hold or in the future intend to acquire licenses. Enforcement of our licensed patents or defense of any claims asserting the invalidity of these patents may be subject to the control or cooperation of our licensors. We cannot be certain that our licensors will prosecute, maintain, enforce and defend the licensed patent rights in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. We also cannot be certain that drafting or prosecution of the licensed patents and patent applications by the relevant licensors have been or will be conducted in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, will result in valid and enforceable patents or that any patents or patents that may issue in the future on any patent applications owned by or exclusively licensed to us will provide any competitive advantage.

Certain of our licenses contain, and any future licenses may contain, provisions that allow the licensor to terminate the license upon the occurrence of certain events, such as material breach by us or our insolvency. For example, the licenses granted under the development agreement with STRATEC would be null and void upon termination of the development agreement by STRATEC. The TTP license is for uses that include antigen typing, antibody detection and serological screening of donated blood for infectious diseases (collectively, the initial purpose), as well as all human blood sample diagnostic testing on batch processing instruments (collectively, the additional purposes), with the exception of companion diagnostics, epigenetics, and nucleic acid sequencing. If any of certain agreed upon license payments are not made by us when due, we will lose the license to the additional purposes, but not the initial purpose. TTP may terminate its license agreement with us if we assist another party in disputing the validity and/or scope of any of TTP’s patented intellectual property covered by the agreement. If the licensors of the technologies we rely on were to terminate our license agreements, the commercialization of MosaiQ TM could be prevented or delayed, and we may be unable to find a suitable replacement technology at an acceptable cost or at all. Our rights under each of the licenses may be subject to our continued compliance with the terms of the license, including certain diligence, disclosure and confidentiality obligations and the payment of fees. If we breach any of our license agreements and fail to cure the breach within any applicable cure period, our licensors may take action against us, including termination of the applicable license. Determining the scope of our licenses and related obligations can be difficult and could lead to disputes between us and the licensors. An unfavorable resolution of such a dispute could lead to termination of the license to which a dispute relates. If a licensor terminates a license agreement because of a breach by us that we fail to timely cure, we might no longer have the right to produce or sell some or all of our products and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We may become involved in disputes relating to our intellectual property rights, and may need to resort to litigation in order to defend and enforce our intellectual property rights.

Extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights has been common in the medical diagnostics industry. Litigation may be necessary to assert infringement claims, protect trade

 

 

 

33


Table of Contents

  

 

 

secrets or know-how and determine the enforceability, scope and validity of certain proprietary rights. Litigation may even be necessary to resolve disputes of inventorship or ownership of proprietary rights. The defense and prosecution of intellectual property lawsuits, PTO interference or derivation proceedings and related legal and administrative proceedings (e.g., a re-examination) in the United States and internationally involve complex legal and factual questions. As a result, such proceedings are costly and time consuming to pursue, and their outcome is uncertain.

Even if we prevail in such a proceeding in which we assert our intellectual property rights against third parties, the remedy we obtain may not be commercially meaningful or adequately compensate us for any damages we may have suffered. If we do not prevail in such a proceeding, our patents could potentially be declared to be invalid, unenforceable or narrowed in scope, or we could otherwise lose valuable intellectual property rights. Similar proceedings involving the intellectual property we exclusively license could also have an impact on our business. Further, if any of our other owned or exclusively licensed patents are declared invalid, unenforceable or narrowed in scope, our competitive position could be adversely affected.

We could face claims that our activities or the manufacture, use or sale of our products infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which could cause us to pay damages or licensing fees and limit our ability to sell some or all of our products and services.

Our research, development and commercialization activities may infringe or be claimed to infringe patents or other intellectual property rights owned by other parties of which we may be unaware because the relevant patent applications may have been filed but not yet published. Certain of our competitors and other companies have substantial patent portfolios, and may attempt to use patent litigation as a means to obtain a competitive advantage or to extract licensing revenue. In addition to patent infringement claims, we may also be subject to other claims relating to the violation of intellectual property rights, such as claims that we have misappropriated trade secrets or infringed third party trademarks. The risks of being involved in such litigation may also increase as we gain greater visibility as a public company and as we gain commercial acceptance of our products and move into new markets and applications for our products.

Regardless of merit or outcome, our involvement in any litigation, interference or other administrative proceedings could cause us to incur substantial expense and could significantly divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel. Any public announcements related to litigation or interference proceedings initiated or threatened against us could cause our share price to decline. An adverse determination, or any actions we take or agreements we enter into in order to resolve or avoid disputes, may subject us to the loss of our proprietary position or to significant liabilities, or require us to seek licenses that may include substantial cost and ongoing royalties. Licenses may not be available from third parties, or may not be obtainable on satisfactory terms. An adverse determination or a failure to obtain necessary licenses may restrict or prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products and offering our services. These outcomes could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property outside of the United States.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, and many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents and for licensors, if they were to seek to do so, to stop infringement of patents that are licensed to us. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial

 

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Additionally, prosecuting and maintaining intellectual property (particularly patent) rights are very costly endeavors, and for these and other reasons we may not pursue or obtain patent protection in all major markets. We do not know whether legal and government fees will increase substantially and therefore are unable to predict whether cost may factor into our global intellectual property strategy.

In addition to the risks associated with patent rights, the laws in some foreign jurisdictions may not provide protection for our trade secrets and other intellectual property. If our trade secrets or other intellectual property are misappropriated in foreign jurisdictions, we may be without adequate remedies to address these issues. Additionally, we also rely on confidentiality and assignment of invention agreements to protect our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions. These agreements may provide for contractual remedies in the event of misappropriation, but we do not know to what extent, if any, these agreements and any remedies for their breach, will be enforced by a foreign court. In the event our intellectual property is misappropriated or infringed upon and an adequate remedy is not available, our future prospects will likely diminish. The sale of products that infringe our intellectual property rights, particularly if such products are offered at a lower cost, could negatively impact our ability to achieve commercial success and may materially and adversely harm our business.

Our failure to secure trademark registrations could adversely affect our business and our ability to market our products and product candidates.

Our trademark applications in the United States and any other jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the PTO and in corresponding foreign agencies, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our applications and/or registrations, and our applications and/or registrations may not survive such proceedings. Failure to secure such trademark registrations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions could adversely affect our business and our ability to market our products and product candidates.

We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, or the misappropriation of the intellectual property we regard as our own.

We rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary know how and technological advances, particularly where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. Nevertheless, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, third party collaborators and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements generally require that the other party to the agreement keep confidential and not disclose to third parties all confidential information developed by us or made known to the other party by us during the course of the other party’s relationship with us. These agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Monitoring unauthorized disclosure is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to prevent such disclosure are, or will be, adequate. If we were to seek to pursue a claim that a third party had illegally obtained and was using our trade secrets, it would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. Further, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secrets. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information and therefore be free to use such trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. In addition, our trade secrets and proprietary

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

  

 

 

information may be misappropriated as a result of breaches of our electronic or physical security systems in which case we may have no legal recourse. Failure to obtain, or maintain, trade secret protection could enable competitors to use our proprietary information to develop products that compete with our products or cause additional, material adverse effects upon our competitive business position.

We may be subject to claims that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their former employers.

As is common our industry, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other companies in our industry or in related industries, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR ORDINARY SHARES AND THIS OFFERING

We are eligible to be treated as an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain that the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will not make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we are not required to provide five years of selected financial data in this prospectus. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of September 30 in any fiscal year before that time or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following March 31 or, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

There is no established trading market for our ordinary shares.

This offering constitutes our initial public offering of our ordinary shares, and no public market for our ordinary shares currently exists. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for our ordinary shares

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

will develop or be sustained after this offering is completed. The initial offering price will be determined by negotiations among the lead underwriters and us. Among the factors that may be considered in determining the initial offering price will be our future prospects and the prospects of our industry in general, our revenue, net income and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the financial ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that following this offering our ordinary shares will trade at a price equal to or greater than the offering price.

Our share price is likely to be volatile, and purchasers of our ordinary shares could incur substantial losses.

Like other early-stage medical diagnostic companies, the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to be volatile. The factors below may also have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares:

 

  Ø  

fluctuations in our results of operations;

 

  Ø  

our ability to enter new markets;

 

  Ø  

negative publicity;

 

  Ø  

changes in securities or industry analyst recommendations regarding our company, the sectors in which we operate, the securities market generally and conditions in the financial markets;

 

  Ø  

regulatory developments affecting MosaiQ TM or our industry, including announcement of new adverse regulatory decisions in respect of MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

announcements of studies and reports relating to our products, including MosaiQ TM , or those of our competitors;

 

  Ø  

changes in economic performance or market valuations of our competitors;

 

  Ø  

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our annual and quarterly financial results;

 

  Ø  

conditions in the industries in which we operate;

 

  Ø  

announcements by us or our competitors of new products, acquisitions, strategic relations, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

  Ø  

additions to or departures of our key executives and employees;

 

  Ø  

fluctuations of exchange rates;

 

  Ø  

release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares; and

 

  Ø  

sales or perceived sales of additional shares of our ordinary shares.

In addition, the securities of life sciences companies have recently experienced significant volatility. The volatility of the securities of life sciences companies often does not relate to the operating performance of those companies. As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our products, or to a lesser extent our markets. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

  

 

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or publish negative reports about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares will depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Currently, we do not have any analyst coverage and we may not obtain analyst coverage in the future. In the event we obtain analyst coverage, we will not have any control over such analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our shares or change their opinion of our shares, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline, irrespective of the underlying performance of our business.

Additional sales of our ordinary shares in the public market after this initial public offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  ordinary shares outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. All ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. A limited number of ordinary shares may be available for sale shortly after this offering since they are not subject to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale. The remaining ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be available for sale upon the expiration of a lock-up period, which we expect will expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriters for this offering. To the extent any of these shares are sold into the market, particularly in substantial quantities, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline. See “Shares eligible for future sale.”

We have never paid cash dividends and do not intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.

We have never paid dividends on ordinary shares and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. In addition, pursuant to the term loan agreement with MidCap Financial, we are precluded from paying any cash dividends without MidCap Financial’s consent. Under Jersey, Channel Islands law, any payment of dividends would be subject to relevant legislation and our Amended Articles of Association provide that all dividends must be approved by our Board of Directors and, in some cases, our shareholders, and may only be paid from our distributable profits available for the purpose, determined on an unconsolidated basis.

Galen Partners LLP, Mrs. Deidre Cowan (the wife of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer) and management own a significant percentage of our ordinary shares and will be able to exercise significant influence over matters subject to shareholder approval.

As set forth under the heading “Principal shareholders,” as of December 31, 2013, certain entities affiliated with Galen Partners LLP, Mrs. Deidre Cowan (the wife of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), and our executive officers and directors, together with their respective affiliates, held substantially all of our outstanding ordinary shares and we expect that, upon completion of this offering, the same group will continue to hold at least             % of our outstanding ordinary shares. Accordingly, even after this offering, these shareholders will be able to exert a significant degree of influence over our management and affairs and over matters requiring shareholder approval, including the election of our

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

Board of Directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of entrenching our management and/or our Board of Directors, delaying or preventing a change in our control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on the fair market value of our ordinary shares.

Management will have broad discretion as to the use of the proceeds from this offering, and we may not use the proceeds effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion as to the application of the net proceeds of this offering and could use them for purposes other than those currently contemplated. Our shareholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and spend the net proceeds. Moreover, our management may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes that may not increase our profitability or our market value. See “Use of proceeds” for a description of our management’s intended use of the proceeds from this offering.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

If you purchase ordinary shares in this offering, assuming a public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share and our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering. Moreover, we have previously issued warrants to acquire preference shares, which will be converted into warrants to purchase ordinary shares upon completion of this offering, and options to acquire ordinary shares at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. Based on outstanding warrants and options as of December 31, 2013, following the completion of this offering, there will be 200,000 ordinary shares subject to outstanding warrants and 2,252,374 ordinary shares subject to outstanding options. To the extent that these outstanding warrants or options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company whose ordinary shares are publicly traded in the United States and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, retain a transfer agent, adopt an insider trading policy and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed. In connection with this offering, we are increasing our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage, which will increase our insurance costs. In the future, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our Board of Directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and remuneration committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents

  

 

 

In addition, in order to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, including implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring new accounting or internal audit staff. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our ordinary shares could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NASDAQ.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. We are just beginning the costly and challenging process of implementing the system and processing documentation needed to comply with such requirements. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest formally to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls in the future.

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to satisfy the continued listing standards of NASDAQ going forward.

We expect our ordinary shares to be initially listed on NASDAQ. However, we cannot ensure that we will be able to satisfy the continued listing standards of NASDAQ going forward. If we cannot satisfy the continued listing standards going forward, The NASDAQ Stock Market may commence delisting procedures against us, which could result in our ordinary shares being removed from listing on NASDAQ. If our ordinary shares were to be delisted, the liquidity of our ordinary shares could be adversely affected and the market price of our ordinary shares could decrease. Delisting could also adversely affect our shareholders’ ability to trade or obtain quotations on our shares because of lower trading volumes and transaction delays. These factors could contribute to lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask price for our ordinary shares. You may also not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for such shares or at all.

 

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

The dilutive effect of our warrants could have an adverse effect on the future market price of our ordinary shares or otherwise adversely affect the interests of our ordinary shareholders.

Based on outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2013, there will be an outstanding warrant to purchase 200,000 of our ordinary shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share upon completion of this offering. This warrant is likely to be exercised if the market price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds the warrant exercise price. To the extent such warrant is exercised, additional ordinary shares will be issued, which would dilute the ownership of existing shareholders. Further, if this warrant is exercised at any time in the future at a price lower than the book value per share of our ordinary shares, existing shareholders could suffer dilution of their investment.

 

 

 

41


Table of Contents

  

 

 

RISKS RELATED TO BEING A JERSEY, CHANNEL ISLANDS COMPANY LISTING ORDINARY SHARES

 

Our ordinary shares are issued under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, which may not provide the level of legal certainty and transparency afforded by incorporation in a United States state.

We are organized under the laws of the Jersey, Channel Islands, a British crown dependency that is an island located off the coast of Normandy, France. Jersey is not a member of the European Union. Jersey, Channel Islands legislation regarding companies is largely based on English corporate law principles. A further summary of applicable Jersey, Channel Islands company law is contained in this prospectus. However, there can be no assurance that Jersey, Channel Islands law will not change in the future or that it will serve to protect investors in a similar fashion afforded under corporate law principles in the United States, which could adversely affect the rights of investors.

Beneficial holders of our ordinary shares through the Depository Trust Company will not be legal shareholders of our company and therefore will have no direct rights as shareholders and must act through their participating broker to exercise those rights. As a result of this restriction, we are unable to comply with NASDAQ’s Direct Registration Program.

Under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, only holders of ordinary shares in the U.K.’s CREST electronic system or holders of shares in certificated form may be recorded in our share register as legal shareholders.

Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, will hold the ordinary shares in this offering on behalf of, and as nominee for, investors who purchase ordinary shares. We and DTC have no contractual relationship. Investors who purchase the ordinary shares (although recorded as owners within the DTC system) are legally considered holders of beneficial interests in those shares only and will have no direct rights against us. Investors who purchase ordinary shares in this offering must look solely to their participating brokerage in the DTC system for payment of dividends, the exercise of voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares and for all other rights arising with respect to the ordinary shares.

Under our Amended Articles of Association, the minimum notice period required to convene a general meeting is 14 clear days. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient notice of a shareholders’ meeting to permit you to withdraw your ordinary shares from the DTC system to allow you to directly cast your vote with respect to any specific matter. In addition, a participating DTC brokerage firm may not be able to send voting instructions to you or carry out your voting instructions in a timely manner. We cannot assure you that you will receive voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct your participating DTC brokerage, or its designee, to vote your shares. As a result, you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may lack recourse if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested. In addition, if you hold your shares indirectly through the DTC system, you will not be able to call a shareholder meeting.

As a result of Jersey, Channel Islands law restrictions described above, we are unable to comply with NASDAQ’s Direct Registration Program requirements. NASDAQ Listing Rule 5210(c) requires that all securities listed on NASDAQ (except securities which are book-entry only) must be eligible for a Direct Registration Program operated by a clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that a foreign issuer may follow its home country practice in lieu of this requirement

 

 

 

42


Table of Contents

Risk factors

 

 

if prohibited from complying by a law or regulation in its home country. As noted above, we are unable to comply with this requirement, and will follow our home country requirements providing that only holders of ordinary shares in the CREST electronic system or holders of shares in certificated form will be recorded in our share register. We do not intend to list our shares in the United Kingdom and, accordingly, we only anticipate issuing our shares in certificated form.

A change in our tax residence could have a negative effect on our future profitability.

We are organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands. Our directors seek to ensure that our affairs are conducted in such a manner that we are not resident in any other jurisdiction for tax purposes. It is possible that in the future, whether as a result of a change in law or the practice of any relevant tax authority or as a result of any change in the conduct of our affairs following a review by our directors or for any other reason, we could become, or be regarded as having become, a resident in another higher tax jurisdiction. Should we become a tax resident in another jurisdiction, we may be subject to unexpected tax charges in such jurisdiction. Similarly, if the tax residency of any of our subsidiaries were to change from their current jurisdiction for any of the reasons listed above, we may be subject to similar tax consequences.

We may be or become classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could result in materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors in our ordinary shares.

A non-U.S. corporation will be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for any taxable year in which (1) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the value (determined on a quarterly basis) of its assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. Our status as a PFIC depends on certain facts outside of our control and the application of U.S. federal income tax rules that are not entirely clear. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will not be classified as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which you hold our ordinary shares, such treatment could result in materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to you if you are a U.S. taxable investor. For example, if we are or become a PFIC, you may become subject to increased tax liabilities under U.S. federal income tax laws and regulations, and will become subject to additional reporting requirements. We cannot assure you that we will not be a PFIC for our taxable year ending March 31, 2014 or any future taxable year. U.S. investors considering an investment in our ordinary shares are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding our possible status as a PFIC. See “Taxation—U.S. federal income tax consequences—Passive foreign investment company.”

U.S. withholding tax could apply to a portion of certain payments on the ordinary shares.

The United States has enacted rules, commonly referred to as “FATCA,” that generally impose a new reporting and withholding regime with respect to certain U.S. source payments (including dividends and interest), gross proceeds from the disposition of property that can produce U.S. source interest and dividends and certain payments made by entities that are classified as financial institutions under FATCA. The governments of Jersey, Channel Islands and the United States have entered into an agreement with respect to the implementation of FATCA. Under this agreement, we do not expect to be subject to withholding under FATCA on any payments we receive. Similarly, as currently drafted, we do not expect that withholding under FATCA will apply to payments on the ordinary shares. However, significant aspects of whether or how FATCA will apply to non-U.S. issuers like us remain unclear, and no assurance can be given that withholding under FATCA will not become relevant with respect to payments on the ordinary shares in the future. Even if FATCA were to become relevant to payments on

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

  

 

 

the shares, it would not be applicable earlier than January 1, 2017. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential impact of FATCA, including the agreement relating to FATCA between the governments of Jersey and the United States, to an investment in the ordinary shares.

U.S. shareholders may not be able to enforce civil liabilities against us.

A number of our directors and executive officers and a number of directors of certain of our subsidiaries are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons.

Judgments of U.S. courts may not be directly enforceable outside of the United States and the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts outside of the United States may be subject to limitations. For further information on the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts in Jersey, Channel Islands, see “Cautionary statement on the enforceability of civil liabilities”.

Investors may also have difficulties pursuing an original action brought in a court in a jurisdiction outside the United States for liabilities under the securities laws of the United States.

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, and other future conditions, and include estimates and projections. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “strategy,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “might,” “design” and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain, and are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties.

Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

  Ø  

the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of MosaiQ TM , including :

 

  Ø  

our and our partners’ ability to timely and cost-effectively complete the building of the manufacturing system for consumables;

 

  Ø  

our and our partners’ ability to timely and cost-effectively complete the design and development of the initial high-throughput instrument;

 

  Ø  

our and our partners’ ability to timely and cost-effectively complete the conversion of our recently leased facility located in Eysins, Switzerland to manufacture MosaiQ TM consumables;

 

  Ø  

our ability to timely and successfully complete required regulatory submissions, field trial studies, and marketing clearances;

 

  Ø  

our planned initial and full commercial launches; and

 

  Ø  

our expected arrangements with one or more commercial partners.

 

  Ø  

the design of blood grouping and disease screening capabilities of MosaiQ TM and the benefits of MosaiQ TM for both customers and patients;

 

  Ø  

future demand for and customer adoption of MosaiQ TM , the factors that we believe will drive such demand and our ability to address such demand;

 

  Ø  

our expected profit margins for MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

the size of the market for MosaiQ TM ;

 

  Ø  

the effects of competition;

 

  Ø  

the regulation of MosaiQ TM by the FDA or other regulatory bodies, or any unanticipated regulatory changes or scrutiny by such regulators;

 

  Ø  

future plans for our conventional reagent products;

 

  Ø  

our ability to protect our intellectual property and operate our business without infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others;

 

  Ø  

the status of our future relationships with customers, suppliers, and regulators relating to our conventional reagent products;

 

  Ø  

future demand for our conventional reagent products and our ability to meet such demand;

 

  Ø  

our ability to manage the risks associated with international operations;

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

  Ø  

anticipated changes, trends and challenges in our business and the transfusion diagnostics market;

 

  Ø  

the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation;

 

  Ø  

our anticipated use of the net proceeds of this offering and our cost estimates regarding the conversion of our manufacturing facility in Eysins, Switzerland, the building of the manufacturing system for MosaiQ TM consumables, the development of the initial MosaiQ TM consumables and instrument and other MosaiQ TM costs;

 

  Ø  

our anticipated cash needs, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements and capital expenditures (including the expected cost of a new expanded manufacturing facility in Edinburgh, Scotland); and

 

  Ø  

our plans for executive and director compensation for the future.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place significant reliance on our forward-looking statements. The inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that the future plans, estimates or expectations that we contemplate will be achieved. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. Important factors that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include those identified under the heading “Risk factors.” These factors should not be construed as exhaustive, and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements included in this prospectus.

Many important factors, in addition to the factors described in this prospectus, may adversely and materially affect our results as indicated in forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different and worse from what we expect.

The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of              ordinary shares in this offering will be approximately $                 million at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $                 million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase or decrease our expected net proceeds by $                , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We also may increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share remains the same. Conversely, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share remains the same.

With the net proceeds from this offering, we expect to invest approximately $                 on the conversion of our recently leased facility in Eysins, Switzerland to manufacture MosaiQ consumables, which includes the manufacturing system for the initial consumable, and approximately $                 on the development of the initial MosaiQ consumables and instrument. We intend to use the balance of the net proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes. Based on our current cost estimates, we believe the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to complete the conversion of the Eysins facility and the development of the initial MosaiQ consumables and instrument. The remaining net proceeds, together with our existing capital resources, will be sufficient to fund our remaining expected development costs for MosaiQ through the completion of formal field trials.

Our expected use of the net proceeds from this offering is based upon our present plans and business condition. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual use of proceeds will vary depending on numerous factors, in addition to the factors described under the heading “Risk factors” in this prospectus. As a result, management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds.

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Prior to final allocation of the net proceeds of this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering on an interim basis in high-quality, short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments or certificates of deposit.

We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to opportunistically acquire, license and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses. However, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction.

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be made at the complete discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on then existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial conditions, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

 

 

49


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

Ø  

on an actual basis;

 

Ø  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (1) the conversion of all outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares as of December 31, 2013 into an aggregate of 29,114,088 ordinary shares upon closing of this offering, (2) the conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares as of December 31, 2013 into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our warrant liability to shareholders’ equity (deficit) and (3) the effectiveness of our Amended Articles of Association upon the closing of this offering; and

 

Ø  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, reflecting the pro forma adjustments discussed above and to give effect to our issuance and sale of                  ordinary shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Selected consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Capitalization

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2013
      Actual     Pro forma  

Pro Forma

As Adjusted

    (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
    (unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 13,756       
 

 

 

     

Long-term debt

  $ 14,579       

A preference shares (nil par value), 12,719,954 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    13,180       

B preference shares (nil par value), 14,583,407 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    14,991       

C preference shares (nil par value), 929,167 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    2,592       

Shareholders’ deficit(1):

     

Ordinary shares (nil par value), 125,092 ordinary shares, 762,943 A ordinary shares and 118,617 B ordinary shares issued and outstanding actual;                  ordinary shares issued and                  outstanding pro forma and                 ordinary shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted, and no A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma or pro forma as adjusted basis

    59       

Distribution in excess of capital

    (17,025    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    479       

Accumulated deficit

    (10,082    
 

 

 

     

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

    (26,569    
 

 

 

     

Total capitalization

  $ 18,773       
 

 

 

     

 

(1)   A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per ordinary share (the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus) would increase or decrease our actual cash and cash equivalents by $            , after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. An increase of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share remains the same. Conversely, a decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $                , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share remains the same.

The table above does not include:

 

  Ø  

200,000 C preference shares issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant as of December 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which will be converted into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, upon closing of this offering;

 

  Ø  

2,252,374 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.81 per ordinary share; and

 

  Ø  

                 ordinary shares reserved for future grant or issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

 

 

51


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Dilution

If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our ordinary shares in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our ordinary shares after this offering. Dilution occurs because the per share offering price of our ordinary shares in this offering is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.

As of December 31, 2013, we had a historical net tangible book value of $3.6 million, or $0.12 per ordinary share, taking into account (1) the conversion of our outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and (2) the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares into a warrant to purchase ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and the resultant reclassification of our warrant liability to shareholders’ equity (deficit). Without giving effect to the conversion of our outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares into a warrant to purchase ordinary shares, we had a historical net tangible book value of $3.2 million, or $25.57 per ordinary share, as of December 31, 2013. Historical net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding ordinary shares.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to (1) the conversion of all of our preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares upon closing of this offering, (2) the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares into a warrant to purchase ordinary shares upon closing of this offering and (3) the sale of                  ordinary shares in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been $                 million, or $                 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $                 per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $                 per share to investors participating in this offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $               

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 25.57     

Decrease attributable to the conversion of outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares

   $ (25.45  
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ 0.12     

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $       

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

     $      
    

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $                 per share representing an immediate dilution of $                 per share to new investors, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents

Dilution

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $                , or $                 per share, and the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering by $                , or $                 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed public offering price would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $                , or $                 per share, and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $                , or $                 per share assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $                 remains the same.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2013, the differences between the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration and the average price per share paid by existing shareholders (giving effect to the conversion of all of our preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares and the conversion of our outstanding warrant to purchase C preference shares into a warrant to purchase ordinary shares upon closing of this offering) and by investors participating in this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the range of prices set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New investors

                   $                                 $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100                   $                
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering is based on ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and excludes the following:

 

  Ø  

200,000 C preference shares issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant as of December 31, 2013, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, which will be converted into a warrant to purchase 200,000 ordinary shares, at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, upon closing of this offering;

 

  Ø  

2,252,374 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.81 per ordinary share;

 

  Ø  

             ordinary shares reserved for future grant or issuance under the 2014 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

To the extent that new options are issued under the 2014 Plan or we issue additional ordinary shares in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. See “Risk factors—You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.”

 

 

 

53


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Selected consolidated financial data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The consolidated statement of income for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement of income for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have prepared the unaudited consolidated interim financial information presented below on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. You should read the summary of our financial data set forth below together with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace our financial statements and the accompanying notes.

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

 

 

 

     Year ended March 31,     Nine months ended
December 31,
 
       2013     2012     2011     2013     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  
                       (unaudited)  

Consolidated statement of loss:

          

Revenue:

          

Product sales

   $ 13,753      $ 11,550      $ 9,545      $ 12,332      $ 10,319   

Other revenues

     618        669        489        2,768        618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     14,371        12,219        10,034        15,100        10,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues

     (7,169     (6,749     (5,628     (6,271     (5,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,202        5,470        4,406        8,829        5,553   

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     (2,252     (1,674     (1,456     (2,057     (1,630

Research and development, net of government grants

     (2,617     (1,749     (1,703     (4,916     (1,883

General and administrative expenses:

          

Compensation expense in respect of share options and management equity incentives

     (471     —          —          (701     (335

Other general and administrative expenses

     (6,353     (6,011     (5,346     (5,442     (4,584
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expense

     (6,824     (6,011     (5,346     (6,143     (4,919
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (11,693     (9,434     (8,505     (13,116     (8,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,491     (3,964     (4,099     (4,287     (2,879

Other income (expense):

          

Interest expense

     (234     (340     (312     (582     (192

Other, net

     11        (169     (210     (83     29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expenses), net

     (223     (509     (522     (665     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,714     (4,473     (4,621     (4,952     (3,042

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621   $ (4,952   $ (3,042

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

   $ (20.15   $ (24.97   $ (25.97   $ (10.99   $ (13.06

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     233,956        179,116        177,924        450,555        232,883   

 

     As of March 31,     As of December 31,  
           2013             2012             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated balance sheet data:

         (unaudited

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,219      $ 4,354      $ 13,756   

Total assets

     12,891        12,357        26,378   

Long-term debt

     3,000        3,000        14,579   

Total liabilities

     7,931        7,286        22,184   

Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (23,061   $ (18,687   $ (26,569

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the financial statements and the related notes to those statements included later in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk factors.”

OVERVIEW

We were incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands on January 28, 2012. On February 16, 2012, we acquired the entire issued share capital of Alba Bioscience Limited (or Alba), Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. (or QBDI) and QBD (QSIP) Limited (or QSIP) from Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited (or QBDG), our predecessor.

The acquisition of Alba, QBDI and QSIP by us is treated for accounting purposes as a combination of entities under common control as these entities were all controlled by QBDG prior to their acquisition by us. We recognized the assets and liabilities of Alba, QBDI and QSIP at their carrying amounts in the financial statements of those companies. We are a continuation of QBDG and its subsidiaries and, accordingly, our consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the subsidiaries transferred since their inception.

Our Business

We are an established, commercial-stage diagnostics company committed to reducing healthcare costs and improving patient care through the development and commercialization of innovative tests for blood grouping and serological disease screening, commonly referred to as transfusion diagnostics. Blood grouping involves specific procedures performed at donor or patient testing laboratories to characterize blood, which includes antigen typing and antibody identification.

Through our subsidiary Alba, we have over 30 years experience manufacturing and supplying conventional reagent products used for blood grouping within the $2.8 billion global transfusion diagnostics market. We are developing MosaiQ TM , our proprietary technology platform, to better address the comprehensive needs of this large and established market. We believe MosaiQ TM has the potential to be a transformative technology that will significantly reduce the cost of blood grouping in the donor and patient testing environments while improving patient outcomes.

We currently operate as one business segment with over 170 employees in the United States and the United Kingdom. Our principal markets are the United States, the United Kingdom and Japan. Based on the location of the customer, revenues outside the United States accounted for 48% of total revenue for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 58% and 60% during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations in each fiscal year since we commenced operations in 2007. As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $10.1 million. We expect that our operating losses will continue at least for the next several years as we

 

 

 

56


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

continue our investment in the development and commercialization of MosaiQ™. Our total revenue was $15.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, $14.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and $12.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Our net loss was $5.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and $4.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

Revenue

We generate revenue from the sale of conventional reagent products directly to hospitals, donor collection agencies and independent testing laboratories in the United States, the United Kingdom and to distributors in Europe and the rest of the world, and indirectly through sales to our OEM customers. We recognize revenues in the form of product sales when the goods are shipped. Products sold by standing purchase orders as a percentage of revenue were 73% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 71% and 58% during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We also provide product development services to our OEM customers. We recognize revenue from these contractual relationships in the form of product development fees, which are included in Other revenues. For a description of our revenue recognition policies, see “—Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates—Revenue recognition and accounts receivable.”

Our revenue is denominated in multiple currencies. Sales in the United States and to certain of our OEM customers are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Sales in Europe and the rest of the world are denominated primarily in Pounds Sterling, Euros or Yen. Our expenses are generally denominated in the currencies in which our operations are located, which is primarily in the United Kingdom and United States. We operate globally and therefore changes in foreign currency exchange rates may become material to us in the future due to factors beyond our control. See “—Quantitative and qualitative disclosure about market risk—Foreign currency exchange risk.”

Cost of revenue and operating expenses

Cost of revenue consists of direct labor expenses, including employee benefits, overhead expenses, material costs and freight costs, along with the depreciation of manufacturing equipment and leasehold improvements. Our gross profit represents total revenue less the cost of revenue, and gross margin represents gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. Our gross margin was 58% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 50% and 45% the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Excluding other revenues, which consist of product development fees, our gross margin on product sales was 49% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 48% and 42% the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect our overall cost of revenue to increase in absolute U.S. Dollars as we continue to increase our product sales volumes. However, we also believe that we can continue to achieve additional efficiencies in our manufacturing operations, primarily through increasing sales volumes, which should improve our gross margin on product sales.

Our sales and marketing expenses include costs associated with our sales organization, including our direct sales force, as well as our marketing and customer service personnel. These expenses consist principally of salaries, commissions, bonuses and employee benefits, as well as travel costs related to our sales activities. These expenses also include direct and indirect costs associated with our product marketing activities. We expense all sales and marketing costs as incurred. We expect sales and marketing expense to increase in absolute U.S. Dollars, primarily as a result of commissions on increased product sales in the United States, but decline as a percentage of product sales.

Our research and development expenses include costs associated with performing research, development, field trials and our regulatory activities. Research and development expenses include research personnel-

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

  

 

 

related expenses, fees for contractual and consulting services, travel costs, laboratory supplies and depreciation of laboratory equipment. We expense all research and development costs as incurred, net of government grants received. In 2008, we were awarded grant funding totaling £1.8 million by Scottish Enterprise, a public body of the Scottish Government, relating to the development of MosaiQ TM . Our research and development efforts are focused on developing new products and technologies for the global transfusion diagnostics market. We segregate research and development expenses for the MosaiQ TM project from expenses for other research and development projects. We do not maintain detailed records of these other costs by activity. Since the 2007 purchase of Alba to December 31, 2013, total expenditures on the MosaiQ TM project have amounted to approximately $12.2 million. We expect overall research and development expense to increase in absolute U.S. Dollars as we focus on completing the development of MosaiQ TM .

Our general and administrative expenses include costs for our executive, accounting and finance, legal, corporate development, information technology and human resources functions. We expense all general and administrative expenses as incurred. These expenses consist principally of salaries, bonuses and employee benefits for the personnel performing these functions, including travel costs. These expenses also include share-based compensation, professional service fees (such as audit, tax and legal fees), costs related to our Board of Directors, and general corporate overhead costs, which includes depreciation and amortization. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase after this offering, primarily due to the costs of operating as a public company, such as additional legal, accounting and corporate governance expenses, including expenses related to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, directors’ and officers’ insurance premiums and investor relations expenses.

Net interest expense consists primarily of interest charges on our loan balances and the amortization of debt issuance costs. We amortize debt issuance costs over the life of the loan and report them as interest expense in our statements of operations.

Net other income (expense) consists primarily of realized exchange fluctuations resulting from the settlement of transactions in currencies other than the functional currencies of our businesses. Monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in foreign currencies are measured at the period-end closing rate with resulting unrealized exchange fluctuations. The functional currencies of our businesses are Pounds Sterling and U.S. Dollars depending on the entity.

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts of certain components of our statements of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented by these items, showing period-to-period changes.

 

     Nine months ended December 31,        
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:             

Product sales

   $ 12,332        82   $ 10,319        94   $ 2,013        20

Other revenues

     2,768        18     618        6     2,150        348
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,100        100     10,937        100     4,163        38

Cost of revenue

     6,271        42     5,384        49     887        16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,829        58     5,553        51     3,276        59
Operating expenses:             

Sales and marketing

     2,057        14     1,630        15     427        26

Research and development

     4,916        33     1,883        17     3,033        261

General and administrative

     6,143        41     4,919        45     1,224        25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     13,116        87     8,432        77     4,684        56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (4,287     -28     (2,879     -26     (1,408     49
Other income (expense):             

Interest expense, net

     (582     -4     (192     -2     (390     203

Other, net

     (83     -1     29        0     (112     N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (665     -5     (163     -2     (502     308
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,952     -33     (3,042     -28     (1,910     63

Provision for income taxes

     0        0     0        0     0        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,952     -33   $ (3,042     -28   $ (1,910     63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Total revenue increased by 38% to $15.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $10.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. This increase in revenue was driven by growth from product sales of $2.0 million, or 20%, and $2.2 million from other revenues, which include product development fees. Products sold by standing purchase order were 73% of product sales for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with 72% for the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

The below table sets forth revenue by product group:

 

     Nine months ended December 31,        
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount      % of revenue     Amount      % of revenue     Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:                

Product sales—OEM customers

   $ 8,718         58   $ 7,301         67   $ 1,417         19

Product sales—direct customers and distributors

     3,614         24     3,018         27     596         20

Other revenues

     2,768         18     618         6     2,150         348
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 15,100         100   $ 10,937         100   $ 4,163         38
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

59


Table of Contents

  

 

 

OEM Sales.     Product sales to OEM customers increased 19% to $8.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $7.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. This growth was primarily driven by increased sales of our whole blood control products to existing OEM customers and initial shipments of our rare anti-sera products.

Direct Sales to Customers and Distributors.     Direct product sales increased 20% to $3.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, compared with $3.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. Direct sales in the United States increased by $0.8 million primarily driven by sales of our reagent red blood cell products launched in July 2012. Direct sales outside the United States declined by $0.2 million primarily as a result of our initiative to better utilize manufacturing capacity by offering fewer products in Europe, which we started in April 2012.

Other Revenues.     Other revenues increased by $2.2 million to $2.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $0.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. During the nine months ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $2.7 million of product development fees associated with the development of a range of rare antisera products for an OEM customer.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by 16% to $6.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $5.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012, reflecting growth in product sales volumes. Gross margin, which represents gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue, increased to 58% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with 51% for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. The gross margin improvement was primarily attributable to the increase in other revenues, which included $2.8 million of product development fees. Excluding other revenues, gross margin on product sales increased to 49% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 period compared with 48% for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. The improved gross margin on product sales reflects increased sales volumes, improved revenue mix, the effect of our continuous manufacturing process improvement program and our decision to offer fewer products in Europe.

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expense increased by 26% to $2.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $1.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. This increase resulted primarily from commissions paid on greater direct product sales in the United States and increased marketing expenses associated with a major industry conference. As a percentage of total product sales, sales and marketing expenses were 17% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with 16% for the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

Research and development expenses

 

     Nine months ended December 31,        
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount      %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Research and development expenses:              

MosaiQ TM research and development

     3,949        26     1,953        18     1,996         102

Other research and development

     1,260        8     883        8     377         43

Grant income

     (293     -2     (953     -9     660         -69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     4,916        33     1,883        17     3,033         261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by $3.0 million to $4.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $1.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012, reflecting increased expenditure for MosaiQ TM and reduced government grant income. Government grant income decreased by $0.7 million to $0.3 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $1.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses increased to 33% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with 17% for the same period in 2012.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 25% to $6.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $4.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012, reflecting greater personnel-related costs, increased facility rental charges and increased corporate development costs. We recognized $0.7 million of stock compensation expense in the nine months ended December 31, 2013 compared with $0.3 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 41% for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with 45% for the same period in 2012.

Other income (expense)

Net interest expense was $0.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013, compared with $0.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012. Interest expense primarily consisted of interest charges on $3.0 million of borrowings from Haemonetics, Inc., which bore interest at 7.5% per annum, and on $15.0 million of borrowings from MidCap Financial LLC, which bore interest at LIBOR plus 6.7% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%). Part of the proceeds of the MidCap financial borrowings were used to repay the Haemonetics borrowings in full on December 9, 2013. Net interest expense for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 also included an exceptional charge of $0.3 million related to unamortized fees associated with the Haemonetics borrowings. For a description of these borrowings, see “—Liquidity and capital resources—Haemonetics Loan Notes” and “—Liquidity and capital resources—MidCap Term Loan Facility”. Net other expense included foreign exchange losses arising on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies.

 

 

 

61


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts of certain components of our statements of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented by these items, showing period-to-period changes.

 

     Fiscal year ended March 31,        
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:             

Product sales

   $ 13,753        96   $ 11,550        95   $ 2,203        19

Other revenues

     618        4     669        5     (51     -8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     14,371        100     12,219        100     2,152        18

Cost of revenue

     7,169        50     6,749        55     420        6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,202        50     5,470        45     1,732        32
Operating expenses:             

Sales and marketing

     2,252        16     1,674        14     578        35

Research and development

     2,617        18     1,749        14     868        50

General and administrative

     6,824        47     6,011        49     813        14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,693        81     9,434        77     2,259        24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (4,491     -31     (3,964     -32     (527     13
Other income (expense):             

Interest expense, net

     (234     -2     (340     -3     106        -31

Other, net

     11        0     (169     -1     180        -107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (223     -2     (509     -4     286        -56
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,714     -33     (4,473     -37     (241     5

Provision for income taxes

     0        0     0        0     0        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,714     -33   $ (4,473     -37   $ (241     5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Total revenue increased by 18% to $14.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $12.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. This increase reflected growth in product sales of $2.2 million, which was partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in other revenues. Products sold by standing purchase order were 71% of product sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with 58% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

The below table sets forth revenue by product group:

 

     Fiscal year ended March 31,        
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount      % of revenue     Amount      % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:               

Product sales—OEM customers

   $ 9,557         67   $ 7,754         63   $ 1,803        23

Product sales—direct customers and distributors

     4,196         29     3,796         31     400        11

Other revenues

     618         4     669         5     (51     -8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 14,371         100   $ 12,219         100   $ 2,152        18
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

OEM Sales .    Product sales to OEM customers increased by 23% to $9.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $7.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. This growth was primarily driven by increased sales of our whole blood control products to existing OEM customers.

Direct Sales to Customers and Distributors .    Direct product sales increased 11% to $4.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $3.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Direct sales in the United States increased by $0.9 million, primarily driven by sales of our reagent red blood cell products launched in July of 2012. Direct sales outside the United States declined by $0.5 million primarily as a result of our initiative to better utilize manufacturing capacity by offering fewer products in Europe, which started in April 2012.

Other Revenues .    Other revenues declined by $0.1 million to $0.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. During our fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, we recognized $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, of product development fees from a third-party project. We also recognized $0.1 million and $0.3 million of development fees from OEM customers during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by 6% to $7.2 million for fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $6.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, reflecting the growth in product sales volumes. Gross margin, which represents gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue, increased to 50% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with 45% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Excluding other revenues, the gross margin on product sales increased to 48% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared with 42% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, reflecting increased sales volumes, improved product mix, the effect of our continuous manufacturing process improvement program and our decision to offer fewer products in Europe. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, our manufacturing operations experienced higher scrap costs, amounting to $0.2 million (or 2% of product sales).

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expense increased by 35% to $2.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. This increase resulted primarily from higher personnel-related costs in our United States sales and marketing operations, including commissions on greater direct product sales in the United States. We also incurred additional marketing expenditures associated with the July 2012 introduction of our reagent red blood cell products in the United States. As a percentage of total product sales, sales and marketing expenses were 16% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with 14% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

Research and development expenses

 

     Fiscal year ended March 31,              
     2013     2012     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Research and development expenses:

            

MosaiQ TM research and development

     2,582        18     1,390        11     1,192        86

Other research and development

     1,321        9     672        5     649        97

Grant income

     (1,286     -9     (313     -2     (973     311
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     2,617        18     1,749        14     868        50
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Research and development expenses increased by $0.9 million to $2.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, reflecting increased product development expenditures of $0.7 million relating to our conventional reagent business. Increased expenditure on MosaiQ TM of $1.2 million was offset by higher government grant income of $1.0 million. We recorded grant income of $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses increased to 18% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with 14% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 14% to $6.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $6.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, reflecting higher personnel-related costs as we expanded and strengthened our senior management team. We recognized $0.5 million of stock compensation expense in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with none in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 47% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with 49% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

Other income (expense)

Net interest expense was $0.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, compared with $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Interest expense primarily consists of interest charges on $3.0 million borrowings from Haemonetics, which bore interest at 7.5% per annum. The decrease in net interest expense was a result of higher average cash balances and reduced short-term borrowings in the twelve months ended March 31, 2013, compared with the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. Net other expense included foreign exchange gains arising on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Net other expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 also included a $127,000 charge related to the grant of warrants to shareholders in February 2012.

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Comparison of fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the amounts of certain components of our statements of operations and the percentage of total revenue represented by these items, showing period-to-period changes.

 

     Fiscal year ended March 31,        
     2012     2011     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:             

Product sales

   $ 11,550        95   $ 9,545        95   $ 2,005        21

Other revenues

     669        5     489        5     180        37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     12,219        100     10,034        100     2,185        22

Cost of revenue

     6,749        55     5,628        56     1,121        20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     5,470        45     4,406        44     1,064        24
Operating expenses:             

Sales and marketing

     1,674        14     1,456        15     218        15

Research and development

     1,749        14     1,703        17     46        3

General and administrative

     6,011        49     5,346        53     665        12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,434        77     8,505        85     929        11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     (3,964     -32     (4,099     -41     135        -3
Other income (expense):             

Interest expense, net

     (340     -3     (312     -3     (28     9

Other, net

     (169     -1     (210     -2     41        -20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (509     -4     (522     -5     13        -2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,473     -37     (4,621     -46     148        -3

Provision for income taxes

     0        0     0        0     0        N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,473     -37   $ (4,621     -46   $ 148        -3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue increased by 22% to $12.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $10.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. This increase reflected growth from product sales of $2.0 million, or 21%, and a $0.2 million increase in other revenues. Products sold by standing purchase order were 58% of product sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 49% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

The below table sets forth revenue by product group:

 

    Fiscal year ended March 31,        
    2012     2011     Change  
      Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
    (in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:            

Product sales—OEM customers

  $ 7,754        63   $ 6,280        63   $ 1,474        23

Product sales—direct customers and distributors

    3,796        31     3,265        33     531        16

Other revenues

    669        5     489        5     180        37

Total revenue

  $ 12,219        100   $ 10,034        100   $ 2,185        22

OEM Sales .    Product sales to OEM customers increased 23% to $7.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $6.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 This growth was primarily driven by increased sales of our whole blood control products to existing OEM customers.

 

 

 

65


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Direct Sales to Customers and Distributors .    Direct product sales increased 16% to $3.8 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Direct sales in the United States increased by $0.9 million, while direct sales outside the United States declined by $0.4 million as we discontinued certain lower margin product sales.

Other Revenues .    Other revenues increased by $0.2 million to $0.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $0.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Other revenues during both periods related primarily to two development programs that generated product development fees.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by 20% to $6.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $5.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, reflecting growth in product sales volumes. Gross margin, which represents gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue, increased to 45% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 44% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Excluding other revenues, the gross margin on product sales increased to 42% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 41% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, reflecting increased sales volumes and improved product sales mix offset by higher scrap costs, amounting to $0.2 million (or 2% of product sales).

Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expense increased by 15% to $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, reflecting primarily commissions on greater direct product sales in the United States. As a percentage of total product sales, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 14% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 15% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

Research and development expenses

 

     Fiscal year ended March 31,              
     2012     2011     Change  
       Amount     % of revenue     Amount     % of revenue     Amount     %  
     (in thousands, except percentages)              

Research and development expenses:

            

MosaiQ TM research and development

     1,390        11     1,385        14     5        —  

Other research and development

     672        5     627        6     45        7

Grant income

     (313     -2     (309     -3     (4     1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

     1,749        14     1,703        17     46        3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development expenses remained relatively constant at $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. We recorded grant income of $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. As a percentage of total revenue, research and development expenses decreased to 14% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 17% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 12% to $6.0 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $5.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, reflecting primarily greater personnel-related costs. As a percentage of total revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 49% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with 53% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Other income (expense)

Net interest expense was $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, compared with $0.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Interest expense primarily consisted of interest charges on $3.0 million borrowings from Haemonetics, which bore interest at 7.5% per annum. The increase in net interest expense was a result of lower average cash balances and increased short-term borrowings in the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 compared with the twelve months ended March 31, 2011. Net other expense includes foreign exchange gains and losses arising on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign exchange losses in the twelve months ended March 31, 2012 were $42,000, compared with $210,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Net other expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 included a $127,000 expense related to the grant of warrants to shareholders in February 2012.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for our seven most recent completed fiscal quarters. We have prepared the consolidated quarterly operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the quarterly consolidated operations data reflects all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this data. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods and the results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Quarter ended  
    2012     2013  
      Jun 30     Sept 30     Dec 31     Mar 31     Jun 30     Sept 30       Dec 31  
    (Dollars in thousands, except percentages)  
Revenue:              

Product sales

  $ 3,112      $ 3,776      $ 3,431      $ 3,435      $ 3,907      $ 4,515      $ 3,910   

Other revenues

    356        262        —          —          2,768        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    3,468        4,038        3,431        3,435        6,675        4,515        3,910   

Cost of revenue

    (1,623     (1,969     (1,792     (1,786     (2,055     (2,275     (1,941
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,845        2,069        1,639        1,649        4,620        2,240        1,969   
Operating expenses:              

Sales and marketing

    (476     (529     (625     (621     (620     (610     (826

Research and development

    (678     (568     (637     (734     (1,618     (1,591     (1,708

General and administrative

    (1,615     (1,612     (1,692     (1,906     (1,879     (2,030     (2,234
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    (2,769     (2,709     (2,954     (3,261     (4,117     (4,231     (4,768
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

    (924     (640     (1,315     (1,612     503        (1,991     (2,799
Other income (expense):              

Interest expense, net

    (65     (53     (74     (42     (77     (81     (424

Other, net

    62        (55     22        (18     (31     (7     (45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

    (3     (108     (52     (60     (108     (88     (469
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (927     (748     (1,367     (1,672     395        (2,079  

 

(3,268

Provision for income taxes

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (927   $ (748   $ (1,367   $ (1,672   $ 395      $ (2,079   $ (3,268
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Product Sales from Standing Purchase Order

    72%        70%        73%        71%        74%        72%        72%   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

67


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our quarterly product sales can fluctuate depending upon the shipment cycles for our red blood cell based products, which account for approximately two-thirds of our current product sales. For these products, we typically experience 13 sales cycles per year. This equates to three shipments of each product per quarter, except for one quarter per year when four shipments occur, which is usually in the first and second quarter of the fiscal year. The timing of shipment of bulk antisera products to our OEM customers may also move revenues from quarter to quarter. We also experience some seasonality in demand around holiday periods in both Europe and the United States. As a result of these factors, we expect to continue to see seasonality and quarter-to-quarter variations in our product sales.

The timing of product development fees included in other revenues is mostly dependent upon the achievement of pre-negotiated project and milestones.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Since our commencement of operations in 2007, we have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. During the nine months ended December 31, 2013, we had a net loss of $5.0 million and used $4.6 million of cash for operating activities. We incurred a net loss of $4.7 million and used $3.6 million of cash for operating activities during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, we incurred a net loss of $4.5 million and used $3.1 million of cash for operating activities. As described under results of operations, this use of cash was primarily attributable to our investment in the development of MosaiQ TM . As of December 31, 2013, we had an accumulated deficit of $10.5 million.

Our principal source of funding has been investment in new share capital by our shareholders, which in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 amounted to $4.3 million and $12.2 million, respectively. From March 31, 2013 to December 31, 2013, we issued new share capital amounting to $2.9 million and also incurred net new borrowings of $11.4 million. From our incorporation in 2012 to December 31, 2013, we have raised $18.3 million of gross proceeds through the private placement of our ordinary and preference shares. As of December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.8 million.

Haemonetics Loan Notes

In 2010, we borrowed $3.0 million from Haemonetics, Inc., a healthcare company providing blood management solutions, by issuing loan notes in the same amount. Our borrowings from Haemonetics bore interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, and were redeemable in March of 2017. On December 9, 2013, we repaid our Haemonetics borrowings in full with the proceeds of our MidCap Financial term loan agreement described below.

MidCap Term Loan Facility

On December 6, 2013, we entered into a secured term loan facility with MidCap Financial LLC under which MidCap Financial advanced $15.0 million to our U.S. subsidiary. The term loan bears interest at LIBOR + 6.7% (with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%). Interest is payable monthly in arrears and principal is repayable commencing on July 1, 2015 in 30 monthly installments. The loan is secured by all of our assets, including the equity of all our subsidiaries. Under the terms of the agreement, we granted MidCap Financial a warrant to purchase 200,000 C preference shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. We used $3.0 million of the proceeds of this facility to repay the Haemonetics borrowings and the balance is available for general working capital purposes, including ongoing investment in MosaiQ TM .

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

Additionally, the terms of the term loan agreement contain various affirmative and negative covenants. In particular, we are not permitted to allow our consolidated net product revenue over a 12-month period to be lower than a range of minimum thresholds specified in the agreement, which increase each month. The testing dates are on the 15th of each month from January 2014 to February 2017, and the testing periods are the twelve full months ending one full calendar month preceding each testing date. In the event of our breach of the agreement, we may not be allowed to draw amounts under the agreement, and to the extent we have any amounts outstanding at the time of any breach, we may be required to repay such amounts earlier than anticipated. In addition, in the event of a default, the lender could foreclose on the collateral securing the loan.

CASH FLOWS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $4.6 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013, which included net losses of $5.0 million and non-cash items of $1.1 million. Non-cash items were depreciation and amortization expense of $376,000 and a share-based compensation expense of $701,000. We also experienced a net cash outflow of $0.7 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities during the period, consisting primarily of an increase in inventory of $0.9 million. The increase in inventory was primarily related to the growth of our product sales revenue.

Net cash used in operating activities was $2.1 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2012, which included net losses of $3.0 million and non-cash items of $0.9 million. Non-cash items were depreciation and amortization expense of $568,000 and share-based compensation expense of $335,000. We also had a net cash outflow of $49,000 from changes in operating assets and liabilities during the period.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These amounts related primarily to purchases of property and equipment and capitalized expenditures related to obtaining regulatory licenses for our conventional reagent products.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $14.2 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013, consisting primarily of share issuance proceeds of $2.9 million and net borrowings of $11.4 million, which was offset by $149,000 of capital lease payments. Net cash provided by financing activities during the nine months ended December 31, 2012 was $299,000 related to proceeds from capital leases.

CASH FLOWS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013 AND 2012

Operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $3.6 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, which included net losses of $4.7 million and non-cash items of $1.2 million. Non-cash items were depreciation and amortization expense of $691,000 and share-based compensation expense of $471,000. We also had a net cash outflow of $0.1 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities during the period, including an increase in inventory of $0.8 million offset by an increase in accrued compensation

 

 

 

69


Table of Contents

  

 

 

expenses of $0.7 million. The increase in inventory was due primarily to the growth of our product sales. The increase in accrued compensation expenses was primarily related to increases in accrued bonuses.

Net cash used in operating activities was $3.1 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, which included net losses of $4.5 million and non-cash items of $1.1 million. The non-cash items consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $989,000 and a preference share warrant charge of $127,000. We also had a net cash inflow of $0.3 million from changes in operating assets and liabilities during the period, including an increase in inventory of $0.4 million offset by an increase in accounts payable of $1.1 million. The increase in inventory and accounts payable were primarily due to the growth of our product sales.

Investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, consisting of purchases of property and equipment of $0.9 million and purchases of intangible assets of $0.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, consisting of purchases of property and equipment of $0.3 million and purchases of intangible assets of $0.1 million.

Financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.7 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, consisting of $4.3 million from the issuance of preference shares and $0.4 million of net capital lease financing.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $6.7 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, consisting primarily of $12.2 million from the issuance of preference shares, offset by payments to QBDG amounting to $1.8 million for outstanding intercompany balances, the repurchase of A preference shares for $1.6 million, and a $1.8 million payment for intellectual property rights. We also repaid a $273,000 outstanding balance drawn on an invoice discounting facility

OPERATING AND CAPITAL EXPENDITURE REQUIREMENTS

We have not achieved profitability on an annual basis since we commenced operations in 2007 and we expect to incur net losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our operating expenses will increase as we continue to invest in MosaiQ TM , grow our customer base, expand our marketing and distribution channels, hire additional employees and invest in other product development opportunities.

Additionally, as a public company, we will incur significant audit, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We believe that our existing capital resources, including funds available under our term loan with MidCap Financial, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next several years.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

  Ø  

our progress in developing and commercializing MosaiQ TM and the cost required to complete development, obtain regulatory approvals and complete our manufacturing scale up;

 

  Ø  

our ability to enter into arrangements with one or more commercial partners with respect to the commercialization of MosaiQ in the highly fragmented patient market;

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

 

  Ø  

our ability to manufacture and sell our conventional reagent products, including the costs and timing of further expansion of our sales and marketing efforts;

 

  Ø  

our ability to collect our accounts receivable;

 

  Ø  

our ability to generate cash from operations;

 

  Ø  

any acquisition of businesses or technologies that we may undertake; and

 

  Ø  

our ability to penetrate our existing market and new markets.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

We have contractual obligations for non-cancelable facilities leases, our credit facilities, equipment leases and purchase commitments. The following table sets forth a summary of our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013.

 

     Payment due by period  
Contractual Obligations    Total     

Less than

1 year

     1 to 3 years      4 to 5 years      After 5 years  

Haemonetics loan notes(1)

   $ 3,000       $ —         $ —         $ 3,000       $ —     

Operating and capital leases

     2,403         998         1,094         309         2   

Purchase obligations

     3,052         2,460         592         —           —     

Interest on Haemonetics loan notes

     1,138         413         500         225         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 9,593       $ 3,871       $ 2,186       $ 3,534       $ 2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   On December 9, 2013, we drew $15.0 million under the term loan agreement with MidCap Financial, and repaid our Haemonetics borrowings in full with the proceeds. Unless repaid sooner, the aggregate amount that will become due under the MidCap Financial term loan, inclusive of interest, is $18.3 million, with $1.3 million due in less than 1 year, $1.8 million due in 1-3 years and $15.2 million due in 3-5 years.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND SIGNIFICANT JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES

We have prepared our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, expenses and related disclosures at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could therefore differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable

Revenue is recognized in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic No. 605, “Revenue Recognition,” when the following four basic criteria have been met: (1) persuasive evidence of

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

  

 

 

an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services are rendered; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. For product sales, the application of this policy results in sales revenue being recorded at the point of delivery of product to the customer.

We also earn revenue from the provision of development services to a small number of OEM customers. These development service contracts are reviewed individually to ensure that our revenue recognition is in accordance with applicable accounting standards, including ASC Topic No. 605. In the last eighteen months, our product development revenues have been commensurate with achieving milestones specified in the respective development agreements relating to those products. These milestones may include the approval of new products by the European or U.S. regulatory authorities, which are not within our control. While there can be no assurance that we will earn product development revenues when milestones are achieved, the nature of the milestones have been such that they effectively represent full completion of a particular part of a development program. As a result, we typically fully recognize milestone-related revenues as the milestones are achieved in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

Under certain development contracts, we also manufacture and supply the customer with finished products once it has been approved for use by relevant regulatory agencies. These agreements reflect both arrangements for product development and the sales prices and other contractual terms for subsequent supply of the product to the customer. Under these development contracts, we view the development service revenue as distinct from subsequent product sales revenue, and we recognize each separately as described above.

Accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from OEM customers, hospitals, donor testing laboratories, and distributors. Accounts receivable are reported net of an allowance for uncollectible accounts, which we also refer to as doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents a reserve for estimated losses resulting from our inability to collect amounts due from our customers. Direct sales, where we may make many low value sales to a large number of customers, represents a larger risk of doubtful accounts, as opposed to OEM customer sales consisting primarily of a small number of well established businesses with whom we have a long trading history. The collectability of our trade receivables balances is regularly evaluated based on a combination of factors such as the ageing profile of our receivables, past history with our customers, changes in customer payment patterns, customer credit-worthiness and any other relevant factors. Based on these assessments, we adjust the reserve for doubtful accounts recorded in our financial statements.

Inventories

We record inventories at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable value), net of reserves. We record adjustments to inventory based upon historic usage, expected future demand and shelf life of the products held in inventory. We also calculate our inventory value based on the standard cost of each product. This approach requires us to analyze variances arising in the production process to determine whether they reflect part of the normal cost of production, and should therefore be reflected as inventory value, or whether they are a period cost and should thus not be included in inventory.

Intangible assets

The intangible assets included in our financial statements include intangible assets identified as at the time of the acquisition of the business of Alba Bioscience on August 31, 2007. At the time of this acquisition, we identified intangible assets related to customer relationships, master cell lines and certain other items, which include domain names and product trademarks. The customer relationships have been amortized over a five-year period, which resulted in them becoming fully amortized at August 31, 2012. The other items are being amortized over a seven-year period from August 31, 2007.

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

The intangible assets related to master cell lines reflect the know-how and market recognition associated with the cell lines, which are used as the source material of certain of our products. These cell lines are maintained by us and have an indefinite life. We have nevertheless decided to amortize the intangible assets over a forty-year period to reflect the possibility of market changes or other events resulting in the lines becoming technically obsolete at some future date. In the event that any of the lines cease to be used, we would record additional amortization at that point.

We also include in intangible assets the costs of obtaining product licenses for our products. These include external costs such as regulatory agency fees associated with the approval and bringing to market of our products once the development is complete. We amortize these over an expected product life of eight years, although if any such product ceased to be produced, we would record additional amortization at that point.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires, among other things, that deferred income taxes be provided for temporary differences between the tax basis of our assets and liabilities and their financial statement reported amounts. In addition, deferred tax assets are recorded for the future benefit of utilizing NOLs and research and development credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

We follow the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. We accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that we would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. We did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax positions, and there were no such interest or penalties recognized during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 or 2013.

Stock compensation expense

Stock compensation expense is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense in the income statement over the vesting period of the award. The calculation of the stock compensation expense is sensitive to the fair value of the underlying ordinary shares. The fair value of the award at the grant date is calculated using the Black-Scholes model, which uses a number of assumptions to determine the fair value. Details of the assumptions used are set out in the notes to the financial statements included in this prospectus.

The preparation of the financial statements presented in this prospectus in accordance with U.S. GAAP has been performed only for the purposes of this offering. As part of this exercise, the directors have performed a retrospective review of the fair values of our ordinary shares as at the date of each equity award. This has resulted in fair values of the ordinary shares that were generally higher than the option exercise prices or share issue prices contained in the original awards. As a result, the stock compensation expense recorded in the financial statements is higher than it would have been had the initially contemplated fair value of the relevant award been used to calculate the stock compensation expense.

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

  

 

 

We have made the following equity incentive awards in the past year:

 

Equity award issuance    Date      Number of
securities
     Type of securities      Per share
fair value
     Estimated
offering price
per share
 

Issue of options

     April 11, 2013         300,000         Ordinary shares       $ 0.95       $               

Issue of options

     June 28, 2013         755,045         Ordinary shares       $ 1.05       $               

Issue of options

     Nov 18, 2013         188,546         Ordinary shares       $ 3.00       $               

Issue of options

     Feb 13, 2014         37,500         Ordinary shares       $         $               

In determining the fair values of the ordinary shares underlying our equity awards, our directors have not used external evaluators because they believe that our capital structure, operating losses, and the development time frame and risks associated with developing and commercializing MosaiQ TM suggest that standard valuation techniques are not suitable. The directors believe that they are better placed to judge the progress of MosaiQ TM than an external evaluator.

Since no ordinary shares had been issued until December 23, 2013, the directors value the ordinary shares underlying our equity awards based on preference share issuances and sales, less an appropriate discount. This discount reflects certain differences between our preference shares and our ordinary shares. For example, our preference shares benefit from substantial economic rights and preferences over our ordinary shares, including a liquidation preference. The preference shares also may be converted to ordinary shares at any time at the option of the preference shareholder and automatically convert upon the completion of our initial public offering. These rights make the preference shares more valuable than our ordinary shares. As the development of MosaiQ TM has advanced, however, and the completion of an initial public offering becomes more likely, the discount applicable to the ordinary shares as compared with the value of the preference shares decreases.

The directors reduced the discount between the two classes of shares to zero at the end of June 2013 because, based on feasibility studies that showed high concordance, they believed that MosaiQ TM would likely proceed and receive required funding through an initial public offering. As a result, the preference shares would likely convert to ordinary shares at some future date. The growth in share value between June and November 2013 reflects continuing progress with the development of the MosaiQ TM technology over the summer and autumn of 2013. In addition, by November 2013, we had reached agreement in principal on the terms of the MidCap Financial loan and the $3.00 issue price of new preference share capital issued in December 2013.

As of February 28, 2014, we have 2,288,374 outstanding options of which 187,637 are vested and 2,100,737 are unvested. Based on the estimated offering price of $             per share, the intrinsic value of the vested options is $                 and the intrinsic value of the unvested options is $                .

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose.

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

 

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These market risks are principally limited to interest rate fluctuations and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

Interest rate sensitivity

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates as it impacts our interest income and expense.

Cash and cash equivalents .    At December 31, 2013, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.8 million. Our exposure to market risk includes interest income sensitivity, which is impacted by changes in the general level of U.S. and European interest rates. Our cash and cash equivalents are invested in interest-bearing savings and money market accounts. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the conservative nature of our investment portfolio, which is predicated on capital preservation of investments with short term maturities, we do not believe an immediate one percentage point change in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and therefore we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be significantly affected by changes in market interest rates.

Term loan facility .    In December 2013, we entered into a $15.0 million term loan with MidCap Financial LLC, with the full facility being drawn down at the outset. The term loan carries a variable interest rate of 6.7% above LIBOR, with a LIBOR floor of 2.00%. If there is a rise in LIBOR interest rates above 2.00%, our debt service obligation would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, which would affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Assuming no change in our debt obligations from the amount drawn down under the term loan, a hypothetical one percentage point change in underlying variable rates would not currently change our annual interest expense and cash flow from operations.

Foreign currency exchange risk

We are subject to market risks arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Our functional currency is U.S. Dollars, although our U.K. operations have a significant proportion of working capital represented by assets and liabilities that are denominated in Pounds Sterling and Euros. Accordingly, fluctuations in the U.S. Dollar versus Pounds Sterling and U.S. Dollar versus Euro exchange rate give rise to exchange gains and losses. These gains and losses arise from the conversion of Pounds Sterling and Euros to U.S. Dollars and the retranslation of cash, accounts receivable, intercompany indebtedness and third party debt balances. These are both asset and liability balances in the group balance sheet and we currently attempt to manage the net amounts held overseas in U.S. Dollars at any particular time to a net balance of less than $1 million. The net balance will fluctuate from time to time, but we estimate that a hypothetical instantaneous 5% devaluation of the U.S. Dollar against the Pound Sterling and the Euro would give rise to recognition of an exchange gain (which for financial reporting purposes would be netted against, and therefore reduce, other expenses) of less than $0.1 million, before income tax effects. On the same basis, we estimate that a hypothetical instantaneous 5% devaluation of the Pound Sterling and Euro against the U.S. Dollar would give rise to recognition of an exchange loss (which for financial reporting purposes would be included in other expenses) of less than $0.1 million before income tax effects.

A significant proportion of the revenues of our group are earned in U.S. Dollars but the costs of our manufacturing operations are payable mainly in Pounds Sterling. We therefore closely monitor the results of our U.K. operations to address this difference. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, the net loss arising in Pounds Sterling from our U.K. operations amounted to $9.1 million. This loss was largely

 

 

 

75


Table of Contents

  

 

 

due to the conversion of U.S. Dollar revenues into Pounds Sterling. We have therefore entered into forward contracts to hedge against the effects of fluctuations in the U.S. Dollar versus the Pounds Sterling exchange rate. These contracts provide for the conversion of $300,000 per month to Pounds Sterling at a rate of $1.51 to £1.00 each month through June 2014. Based on this, a hypothetical instantaneous 5% strengthening of the Pound Sterling against the U.S. Dollar would reduce our net income by $0.4 million in the twelve month period ending December 31, 2014, after taking account of the shelter provided by our existing hedging arrangements through June 2014. Similarly, a hypothetical instantaneous 5% weakening of the Pound Sterling against the U.S. Dollar would increase group net income by $0.4 million over the same period. Our U.K. operations also have exposure to fluctuations in the Euro versus Pounds Sterling exchange rate, but to a lesser extent.

We do not use financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes.

Our management does not believe that inflation in past years has had a significant impact on our results from operations. In the event inflation affects our costs in the future, we will offset the effect of inflation and maintain appropriate margins through increased selling prices.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

We have considered recent accounting pronouncements and determined that they are either not applicable to our business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.

JOBS ACT

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies that become public can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards following the completion of this offering and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

 

76


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Business

OVERVIEW

We are an established, commercial-stage diagnostics company committed to reducing healthcare costs and improving patient care through the provision of innovative tests for blood grouping and serological disease screening, commonly referred to as transfusion diagnostics. Blood grouping involves specific procedures performed at donor or patient testing laboratories to characterize blood, which includes antigen typing and antibody identification.

Through our subsidiary Alba Biosciences Limited, or Alba, we have over 30 years experience developing, manufacturing and commercializing conventional reagent products used for blood grouping within the $2.8 billion global transfusion diagnostics market. We are developing MosaiQ TM , our proprietary technology platform, to better address the comprehensive needs of this large and established market. We believe MosaiQ TM has the potential to transform transfusion diagnostics, significantly reducing the cost of blood grouping in a donor or patient testing environment, while improving patient outcomes.

Transfusion medicine demands the highest standard of performance, quality and service. However, there has not been a major advancement in the automation of transfusion diagnostics over the past two decades. Consequently, complex and expensive manual testing procedures remain necessary in both donor and patient testing laboratories. We believe that, if approved for sale, MosaiQ TM will be the first commercially available, fully automated testing platform capable of simultaneously identifying all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies in either donor or patient blood, eliminating manual testing. MosaiQ is also designed to perform all currently mandated serological disease screening tests, such as HIV and Hepatitis, and enable the low cost detection of additional pathogens, thereby increasing the safety of the blood supply.

MosaiQ TM leverages our transfusion diagnostics expertise and combines novel manufacturing techniques and well-characterized blood grouping and disease screening tests to create a multiplex testing consumable for use on a high-throughput instrument.

We have designed MosaiQ TM to offer a breadth of diagnostic tests that is unmatched by any commercially available transfusion diagnostic instrument platform. Time to result for MosaiQ TM will be significantly quicker than existing methods for extended antigen typing and antibody identification and is expected to be equivalent to the time to result for current instrument platforms performing basic antigen typing. We believe that customer adoption of MosaiQ TM will lead to improved patient outcomes through better and easier matching of donor and patient blood, given cost-effective extended antigen typing. Improved patient outcomes using MosaiQ TM include the potential for reduced incidence of alloimmunization, where the patient develops allo-antibodies to foreign antigens introduced to the body through transfused blood. MosaiQ TM will also offer the opportunity for substantial cost savings and a range of operational efficiencies for donor and patient testing laboratories, including:

 

  Ø  

full characterization of blood-group antigens and antibodies present in donor or patient blood, eliminating manual testing by skilled technicians;

 

  Ø  

simplification of required consumables;

 

  Ø  

consolidation of multiple instrument platforms in donor testing laboratories;

 

  Ø  

significant reduction of sample volume requirements;

 

  Ø  

reduction of consumable and reagent waste; and

 

  Ø  

streamlined process for finding and matching donor units to patients.

 

 

 

77


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our internal feasibility studies have demonstrated a high degree of concordance, across a range of key blood group specificities, between results generated by the MosaiQ TM methodology and results generated using predicate technologies for blood grouping. We used column agglutination technology (or CAT) and, where CAT was not feasible, manual testing techniques as the predicate technologies for our internal feasibility studies. Our antigen typing feasibility study demonstrated concordance of approximately 99% or greater for most tested specificities and our antibody identification feasibility study demonstrated overall concordance of 99.7%. We are continuing to optimize our blood grouping tests for MosaiQ TM .

MosaiQ TM will comprise two separate consumables, one for blood grouping and one for serological disease screening, and initially a high-throughput instrument. We expect to install the manufacturing system for the MosaiQ consumables and begin formal validation studies of the system by the end of 2014. Prototype units of the initial MosaiQ TM instrument are also forecast to be available at this time. We plan to commence formal field trials for the consumables and the initial MosaiQ TM instrument in the second half of 2015 and we expect to file the necessary regulatory submissions to obtain FDA and other required marketing clearances in the first half of 2016. We anticipate initial commercial sales of MosaiQ TM consumables, for research use only, in the first half of 2016. If approved for sale, we anticipate full commercial launch for MosaiQ TM in Europe during the second half of 2016 and in the United States during the first half of 2017.

Through Alba, which we acquired in 2007, we have a proven track record and significant expertise in product development, manufacturing and quality, uniquely tailored to the highly regulated transfusion diagnostics market. Since we acquired Alba, we have introduced a range of FDA-licensed products in the United States under the Quotient brand, which we sell directly to donor testing laboratories, hospitals, and independent testing laboratories. We have also increased our emphasis on the development, manufacture, and sale of conventional reagent products to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, such as Ortho, Bio-Rad and Grifols.

We currently derive revenue from a portfolio of products used for blood grouping, as well as whole blood controls used daily for quality assurance testing of third-party blood grouping instruments. We are developing additional conventional reagent products for our OEM customers and for sale in the United States under the Quotient brand.

We generated total revenue of $14.4 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and total revenue of $15.1 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013. We generated product sales revenue of $13.8 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and $12.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2013. A significant portion of our product sales revenues, 71% and 73%, respectively, were derived from products sold by standing purchase order. We incurred a net loss of $4.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and a net loss of $5.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013.

OUR MARKET OPPORTUNITY

The global transfusion diagnostics market is large and established. Total annual product sales in this market amounted to $2.8 billion in 2011, of which $1.3 billion occurred within the United States. We believe global product sales, consisting primarily of reagents and instruments used for blood grouping was $1.2 billion, disease screening using serological methods was $0.7 billion and disease screening using molecular methods was $0.9 billion. We believe product sales in 2011 to the highly concentrated donor testing market accounted for approximately $1.9 billion, with patient testing accounting for the remaining $0.9 billion of sales. Performed primarily within hospitals, the patient testing market is more fragmented.

 

 

 

78


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

According to the World Health Organization, 92 million blood donations were collected globally in 2011, with 48% being collected in 37 “high-income” countries primarily located in North America, Western Europe and Eastern Asia. In addition, over 20 million plasma donations are collected each year in the United States and Europe. While plasma is not subject to blood grouping, it is subject to disease screening. In the United States, 16 million blood donations were collected during 2011 based on data from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

We estimate that over 90 million patients are blood grouped annually in the developed world, although only a small proportion of these patients actually receive a blood transfusion.

The global transfusion diagnostics market has generally been stable from year to year, with modest annual growth driven by positive demographic trends in the developed world. In the United States, blood usage (and thus donor blood collection and testing) has declined in recent years, driven by medical innovation and various hospital cost containment measures, including a greater focus on the more appropriate use of blood. Specifically, since reaching a peak level of 15.0 million transfused units in 2008, volumes declined to 13.8 million in 2011, and we estimate volumes of 12.6 million in 2013. We forecast a floor of 12.0 to 12.5 million transfused units to be reached by 2015, followed by a return to growth starting in 2016. We believe that positive demographics associated with an aging U.S. population and greater healthcare utilization by previously uninsured citizens will be positive drivers of domestic blood demand going forward.

The recent decline in the annual number of blood units transfused in the United States has had a significant financial impact on donor collection agencies through reduced revenues. As a result of the highly competitive market for blood, donor collection agencies in the United States have limited pricing power. Given high fixed cost operations, they have been forced to dramatically reduce costs. For example, several testing laboratories have been consolidated under Creative Testing Solutions, which tests 5.0 to 5.5 million donations annually, while the American Red Cross, which tests 5.5 to 6.0 million donations annually, recently announced the planned closure of one of its five national testing laboratories. These two organizations test approximately 70% of donated blood in the United States. By fully automating and modernizing blood grouping and disease screening processes, we believe MosaiQ TM will offer donor testing laboratories an opportunity to realize significant cost savings through widespread workflow efficiencies.

Combined, the cost of procuring and characterizing blood for transfusion represents a significant cost to the global healthcare system. The costs and expenses related to donor blood grouping and disease screening are typically included in the price a hospital pays for a unit of blood. In the United States, the average price of a unit of red blood cells is approximately $225, while the average price of antigen negative blood is estimated at an additional $80 per antigen. The costs and expenses related to patient blood grouping at hospitals are not specifically reimbursed by a third party payor, but typically absorbed within the reimbursement structure of a broader medical procedure. According to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services 2014 laboratory fee schedule, the reimbursement rate for outpatient services associated with basic antigen typing and an antibody screen is $36 per sample. For an antibody identification procedure, the reimbursement rate is an additional $92 per sample.

Blood Grouping

Prior to blood transfusion, or when there is likelihood that a blood transfusion might be required, extensive blood grouping procedures are undertaken on patient and donor blood using in vitro diagnostic products. These procedures ascertain the blood group of the patient and ensure the compatibility of donor blood. The testing regime is designed to prevent transfusion reactions, which can range from mild to fatal.

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Red blood cells (the cellular portion) and plasma (the fluid portion) are the principal components of blood. On the exterior of red blood cells are antigens that determine an individual’s blood group (A, B, AB, O), or ABO group, and type (RhD positive or RhD negative), or Rh type. In addition, there are at least another 32 clinically significant blood-group antigens that may be present on patient and donor red blood cells. Plasma contains many different kinds of proteins, including: (i) naturally occurring blood-group antibodies; (ii) blood-group antibodies developed by the body in response to foreign red blood cell antigens introduced during transfusion (allo-antibodies); or (iii) blood-group antibodies developed following pregnancy. Blood-group antibodies mirror the antigen families that are present on red blood cells. In its normal state, blood does not contain antibodies that will react with its own red blood cell antigens (auto-antibodies).

Because of the potential for a reaction of blood-group antigens and antibodies, it is crucial that clinicians correctly identify the blood-group antigens or antibodies present in donor and patient blood before transfusion. If a donor’s red blood cells contain antigens that are recognized by and react with existing blood-group antibodies in the patient’s plasma, the transfused red blood cells could be destroyed in a potentially life-threatening reaction. The identification of blood-group antigens on donor and patient red blood cells is typically referred to as blood typing or basic antigen typing, with a more comprehensive characterization being referred to as extended antigen typing. The identification of blood group antibodies in plasma is typically referred to as antibody identification.

All patients potentially requiring a blood transfusion will generally be blood grouped, including pregnant women, cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy, patients undergoing surgery or patients suffering from chronic diseases that require regular blood transfusions, such as thalassemia or sickle cell disease.

Patient blood will typically be subject to a basic antigen typing and an antibody screen. Less than 1% of patients that have not received a blood transfusion will screen positive for an antibody. The incidence of blood-group antibodies, however, increases significantly to 3 to 8% in patients who have previously received a blood transfusion and women that have given birth to two or more children. When an antibody screen proves positive, a complex and time consuming procedure will be performed by skilled technicians to identify all clinically significant blood group antibodies in the patient’s plasma. This largely manual process may take two to six hours to complete, although more complex cases can take one or more days to complete. Antibody identification represents a significant cost to hospitals, particularly those that treat large numbers of patients suffering from thalassemia or sickle cell disease. Reagents used for antibody identification also have a short shelf life, typically being shipped on a 28-day cycle, making management of blood-grouping reagent inventories more complex and increasing waste.

The increasing incidence of allo-antibodies developing in patients who have received multiple transfusions, commonly referred to as alloimmunization, has prompted clinicians to request costly, extended antigen matching of donor blood for at-risk patient groups, such as those suffering from thalassemia or sickle cell disease. The incidence of antibodies present in these patient groups is estimated to be 20 to 30%. According to a study published in January 2014, the estimated total cost of extended antigen typing is $364, which is a base case that involves 14 antigens at an estimated cost of $26 per antigen.

Donor blood will typically be subject to a basic antigen typing and an antibody screen. Clinicians will request specific antigen-negative donor blood for patients with one or more blood-group antibodies. In this instance, multiple donor units will be selected from inventory by the donor-collection agency and subjected to an extended antigen typing procedure to select the most appropriate units for the patient. This procedure is completed to ensure that the corresponding antigen to the patient’s antibody is not present on the donor’s red blood cells.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

The number of donor units that need to be screened to identify specific antigen-negative units varies depending upon blood group. In the Caucasian population, for example, ten donor units on average would need to be screened to find two units of donor blood negative for the Duffy-A antigen. Similarly, to identify two units of donor blood negative for the little-e antigen, one hundred donations would need to be screened and, to identify two units of blood negative for the little-k antigen one thousand donations would need to be screened. Additionally, the numbers of units needed to be screened increases significantly if the patient has two or more antibodies.

The identification of antigen-negative units of blood is largely a manual and labor intensive process. Because of the additional testing procedures required and the large numbers of donor units that must be screened, antigen negative donor units are more expensive for hospitals to purchase. In the United States, these units may cost as much as four times the cost of donor blood that does not require extended antigen typing. Identifying donor units that are negative to multiple antigens is much more expensive and difficult to find.

Disease Screening

The safety of donor blood is ultimately the responsibility of donor collection agencies, with regulatory agencies in individual countries establishing safeguards and standards to ensure patient safety. In the developed world, donor blood is subject to mandatory screening for infectious diseases before it can be released to hospitals. Two different methods of testing have been adopted – a serological approach (testing for specific antigens or antibodies) and, for certain viruses, a molecular approach (testing for nucleic acid). The United States, many countries in Western Europe and Japan require both serological and molecular disease screening be performed on donor blood. In the United States, it is mandatory to screen donor blood using serological techniques for the following: Syphilis, Hepatitis B Surface Antigen, Hepatitis B Core Antibody, Hepatitis C Antibody, Human Immunodeficiency Viruses, or HIV, Type 1 and Type 2 Antibodies and Human T-Lymphotropic Antibodies. Most blood collection agencies will also screen for Cytomegalovirus, or CMV, using the same serological approach and the FDA recommends donor blood to be screened for Chagas disease. Molecular disease screening is required to be performed on donated blood to screen for Hepatitis B, Hepatitis C, HIV and West Nile virus. Other pathogens, such as Babesia Microti, Dengue and Malaria are transmissible by blood, but there is no test currently available, given cost or technology limitations.

Serological disease screening is already largely automated, with current testing typically performed on two separate instrument platforms offered by different vendors.

DONOR & PATIENT TESTING ENVIRONMENTS

Blood grouping and disease screening techniques have remained generally unchanged for many years, with a handful of instrument platforms available for basic antigen typing, antibody screening and some additional antigen typing. However, significant manual intervention is still required to complete more complex blood grouping procedures, such as extended antigen typing and antibody identification. In many cases, it is also not possible to obtain a sufficient blood sample volume from patients (for example, from anemia patients and babies) for blood grouping using existing instrument platforms.

Donor Testing

In the developed world, the testing of donated blood is primarily completed by donor collection agencies. In the United States, two agencies, the American Red Cross and Creative Testing Solutions, test approximately 70% of all blood donations collected. Throughout Western Europe, Japan, Australia and

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Canada, national collection agencies, or a small number of regional collection agencies, typically collect and test all donated blood. Donor testing laboratories must adopt multiple instrument platforms, as well as undertake complex manual testing procedures for extended antigen typing or antibody identification, to complete the required testing for donated blood. Maintaining multiple instrument platforms requires complex quality control and assurance procedures, along with costly service and support infrastructures.

In the United States, a typical large donor testing laboratory might utilize several of each of the following instruments:

 

  Ø  

Beckman Coulter PK7300—used to complete a basic antigen type and a serological disease screen for CMV and Syphilis;

 

  Ø  

Immucor Neo or Galileo or Ortho Provue—used to complete an antibody screen;

 

  Ø  

Abbott Prism or Ortho Summit/Vitros—used to complete the remaining mandated serological disease screen requirements; and

 

  Ø  

Novartis Procleix Tigris System—used to complete the molecular disease screen.

Single instrument platforms for each testing procedure have typically been adopted within and across laboratory networks. However, neither of the two most widely used serological disease-screening platforms, Abbott’s Prism and Ortho’s Summit, are integrated with existing blood grouping instrument platforms that are utilized within the donor-testing environment. In addition, donor testing laboratories utilize costly manual testing techniques to identify antigen negative donor units and to carry out any antibody identification procedures required, since the processes for these types of testing are not currently automated.

Patient Testing

Patients are typically blood grouped in hospitals. Large-to-medium hospitals will generally adopt one of several semi-automated instrument platforms to perform basic blood grouping procedures. These instruments employ either column agglutination technology supplied by companies such as Ortho, Bio-Rad and Grifols, or solid-phase microplate technologies supplied by companies such as Immucor. These platforms offer only a limited number of blood grouping tests per testing run and are therefore cumbersome, especially if a more comprehensive characterization of the patient’s blood is required. Consequently, laboratories that have adopted a blood grouping instrument platform will continue to use manual or semi-manual techniques to undertake more complex procedures, such as antibody identification or extended antigen typing.

Because of the continued need for manual testing, many small to medium-sized hospitals choose not to adopt existing instrument platforms. Instead, they will use manual or semi-manual techniques for basic blood grouping. Complex procedures, such as antibody identification, may also be outsourced to independent testing laboratories by these hospitals.

We believe the continued requirement for manual testing and drawbacks of existing instrument platforms for blood grouping have limited the attraction of offering blood-grouping services to hospitals by large independent testing laboratories, such as LabCorp and Quest Diagnostics.

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

LIMITATIONS OF CURRENT BLOOD GROUPING AND DISEASE SCREENING METHODS

A significant proportion of the overall cost of blood grouping is accounted for by the ongoing need for complex manual testing procedures. Additionally, with over 30 clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies to characterize, the required reagents for blood grouping (whether performed on instruments or manually) are both complex and extensive.

We believe both donor collection agencies and hospitals would prefer to fully characterize donor units through extended antigen typing prior to transfusion, although the time and expense required to undertake such procedures is generally prohibitive. As a consequence, extended antigen typing is only undertaken as needed (i.e., where the patient has a specific antibody) on a small percentage of donor units.

Existing blood grouping methods and instruments have a number of additional drawbacks, including:

 

  Ø  

Extensive antigen typing is not widely undertaken pre-transfusion due to cost and complexity, resulting in more patients developing antibodies, which complicates future transfusions;

 

  Ø  

Requirement for highly trained laboratory technicians;

 

  Ø  

Extensive, complex and expensive reagent requirements, some with shelf lives under 30 days;

 

  Ø  

Supply shortages of licensed antisera for some rare, but clinically significant blood-group antigens;

 

  Ø  

Incremental supervision, technical training and quality assurance costs, given the lack of standardization resulting from complex manual testing procedures;

 

  Ø  

Potential for testing or labeling errors given the large manual component;

 

  Ø  

Lower red blood cell or plasma yields for donor collection agencies, given test volume requirements;

 

  Ø  

Difficulty testing patients that can provide only low volumes of blood samples, including anemia patients and babies;

 

  Ø  

Costly service and support infrastructure needed to maintain multiple instrument platforms in a donor testing environment; and

 

  Ø  

Inability of existing instrument platforms to connect to laboratory automation (or track-based) systems.

Serological disease screening is already largely automated. However, it is typically undertaken using two separate instrument platforms, neither of which is integrated with commonly used blood grouping instruments. Automation platforms for serological disease screening have been on the market for many years but lack many of the attributes users benefit from in other diagnostic fields such as user-interface, remote diagnostics, ability to link to laboratory automation systems and software compatibility with laboratory information systems. Additionally, existing disease screening platforms lack the ability to easily add additional tests as the market and regulators dictate.

THE MOSAIQ TM SOLUTION

We are developing MosaiQ TM to address the comprehensive needs of the global transfusion diagnostics market. We believe MosaiQ TM has the potential to transform transfusion diagnostics by substantially reducing costs and offering a range of operational efficiencies within donor and patient testing laboratories, while improving patient outcomes through a more complete characterization of donor and patient blood.

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

  

 

 

MosaiQ TM will comprise two separate consumables, one for blood grouping and one for serological disease screening, and initially, a high-throughput instrument. In a donor testing environment, MosaiQ TM is designed to conduct both blood grouping and disease screening tests simultaneously, while only blood grouping would be performed in a patient testing environment. The MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable will consist of two protein microarrays: one printed with red blood cells and the other printed with antibodies. Our novel approach incorporates existing, well-characterized tests for all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies onto a single, multiplex consumable for the global market. Using the same approach, we plan to incorporate all currently mandated serological disease screening tests onto a second disease screening consumable. Both consumables are designed to be processed using the same MosaiQ TM high-throughput instrument.

We intend to pursue a “razor/razor blade” business model for MosaiQ TM , placing instruments and securing long-term agreements for the supply of blood grouping and/or disease screening consumables used by those instruments. We expect donor and patient laboratories to adopt MosaiQ TM because it is designed to offer a complete characterization of all clinically relevant blood group antigens and antibodies, while also offering the opportunity for substantial cost savings and a range of operational efficiencies. We believe these customers would prefer to fully characterize the blood of all donors and patients to facilitate better blood matching. While MosaiQ TM is designed to be a highly cost-effective solution, delivering substantial cost savings to our customers, we also expect to generate attractive profit margins.

We anticipate initial commercial sales of the MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable, for research use only, to commence in the first half of 2016. If approved for sale, we anticipate full commercial launch for MosaiQ TM in Europe during the second half of 2016 and in the United States during the first half of 2017.

MosaiQ TM Overview

We have designed MosaiQ TM leveraging our transfusion diagnostics expertise. MosaiQ TM combines novel manufacturing techniques and well-characterized blood grouping and disease screening tests to create a multiplex testing consumable for use on a high-throughput instrument. Through miniaturization, we are combining a full portfolio of existing serological tests on two distinct consumables for use on MosaiQ TM – one for blood grouping and one for serological disease screening. Both consumables have been designed to run in parallel, utilizing the same donor sample and the same MosaiQ TM instrument. Each consumable is designed to address the worldwide requirements for blood grouping or serological disease screening.

Specifically, we are developing MosaiQ TM to simultaneously:

 

  Ø  

Determine the full antigen profile of patient and donor red blood cells and identify all clinically significant antibodies in patient and donor plasma; and

 

  Ø  

Serologically screen donor blood for specific viruses.

Blood Grouping Consumable

The MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable is designed to fully characterize donor and patient blood, identifying all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies. We believe MosaiQ TM , when launched, will be the only commercially available automation platform capable of offering this scope of testing.

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

In the following table, we list the tests we plan to incorporate on the blood grouping consumable:

 

Antibody-ID

   Antigen Typing

Group

  

Specificity

   Group   

Specificity

ABO

   A and B    ABO    A (A 1 , A 2 , A 3 ) and B

Rhesus

   D, C, c, E, e, V and  C w    Rhesus    D, C, c, E, e, V and C w

Kell

   K, k, Kp a , Kp b , Js a and Js b    Partial D    Weak D (Type 1 or 2), D II and DNU, D III, D IV, DV, DCS, D VI, D VII, DOL, DFR, DMH, DAR, DHK & DAU-4, DBT and R 0 Har

Duffy

   Fy a and Fy b    H    H

Kidd

   Jk a and Jk b    Kell    K, k, Kp a , Kp b , Js a and Js b

Lewis

   Le a and Le b    Duffy    Fy a and Fy b

MNS

   M, Mi a , N, S, s, and V w    Kidd    Jk a and Jk b

P

   P1    Lewis    Le a and Le b

Lu

   Lu a and Lu b    MNS    M, Mi a , N, S, s and V w

Wr

   Wr a    P    P1

Diego

   Di a and Di b    Lu    Lu a and Lu b

Xg

   Xg a    Wr    Wr a

Other

   U, Co a , Co b and VS    Diego    Di a and Di b
      Xg    Xg a
      Other    U, Co a , Co b and VS

Disease Screening Consumable

The disease screening consumable is being designed to incorporate all tests required to meet current regulatory requirements in the markets in which we operate for serological disease screening of donor blood. We are including tests to screen serologically for Syphilis, Hepatitis B Surface Antigen, Hepatitis B Core Antibody, Hepatitis C Antibody, HIV Type 1 and Type 2 and Human T-Lymphotropic Antibodies Type I/II, along with a test for CMV. The disease screening consumable has been specifically designed with the capacity to include additional disease screening tests as may be mandated by regulatory requirements.

Instrumentation

The MosaiQ TM instrument is designed to fully automate blood grouping and perform a simultaneous disease screen in a donor testing laboratory. Consistent with the typical workflow of donor or patient testing laboratories, centrifuged tubes of whole blood will be placed on the MosaiQ TM instrument for processing. The instrument will then complete a full blood group characterization of each blood sample, combined with a parallel disease screen in a donor testing environment, with the results being reported through existing laboratory information management systems (or LIMS).

We are developing a high-throughput, floor standing MosaiQ TM instrument for use by both donor collection agencies and medium to large-sized hospitals. This initial MosaiQ TM instrument is being designed to process 900 to 1,000 consumables per eight-hour shift, giving a capacity to test 450 to 500 donor samples (utilizing a blood-grouping consumable and a disease screening consumable) or 900 to 1,000 patient samples (blood grouping only). We may also introduce a second smaller instrument solely for blood grouping, which would utilize the same blood grouping consumable and would also incorporate a “razor/razor blade” business model. This instrument will be designed to be a lower-cost, bench-top instrument with the capacity to test 100 to 200 consumables per eight-hour shift, suitable for

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

  

 

 

use in small and medium-sized hospitals. It may also be suitable as a backup instrument in hospitals adopting the initial high-throughput instrument. Both instruments are expected to fully characterize donor or patient blood in less than 35 minutes and to have the capability to prioritize urgent patient sample testing, commonly referred to as STAT testing.

Development Process

MosaiQ TM is at an advanced stage of development and we are commencing the process of industrial scale-up for final product validation and commercialization. We expect to install the initial manufacturing system for MosaiQ TM consumables and initiate formal validation studies of the system by the end of 2014. We have conducted extensive feasibility work internally to demonstrate the performance of the MosaiQ TM methodology compared with predicate blood grouping technologies. As a result, we believe the development pathways to adapt each of the tests for the blood grouping consumable are well defined. For the disease screening consumable, we are following the same development pathway for each of the tests to be included with the assistance of Future Diagnostics, or Future. We are optimizing individual tests to be included on both of the MosaiQ TM consumables in parallel with the development of the MosaiQ TM instrument and the building of the consumable manufacturing system.

We have commenced building the manufacturing system for MosaiQ TM consumables with the assistance of TTP, a leading European technology development company. We have leased a facility near Geneva, Switzerland where we plan to locate the MosaiQ TM consumable manufacturing operation. MosaiQ TM consumables will be produced on a manufacturing system incorporating novel, patented printing technology that we have further developed with TTP. As planned, this print technology enables us to industrialize the consumable manufacturing process. We are not aware of any alternative technology suitable and commercially available for this purpose.

We have partnered with STRATEC, a leading global developer of diagnostics instruments, to design, develop and manufacture the initial high-throughput instrument for MosaiQ TM . STRATEC has been operating for over 30 years and has significant experience designing, developing and manufacturing in vitro diagnostics instruments, including a number of existing instruments used today for blood grouping and disease screening. We have completed the initial design of the instrument and expect individual modules for key instrument functions to be delivered to us by STRATEC for design verification in the first quarter of 2014. Prototype units of the initial high-throughput instrument are expected to be delivered to us in the fourth quarter of 2014.

We are also collaborating with key potential donor and patient testing customers on the content of the MosaiQ TM consumables and the design and function of the MosaiQ TM instrument, including Creative Testing Solutions, along with several other major healthcare institutions.

We expect to begin field trials in the second half of 2015 and to file the necessary regulatory submissions to obtain FDA and other required marketing clearances in the first half of 2016.

MosaiQ TM will be subject to CE-marking in Europe. In the United States, the FDA has indicated it will require MosaiQ TM to obtain approval of a biologics license application, or BLA, for the blood grouping consumable and traditional 510(k) clearances for the instrument and the initial disease screening consumable, comprising two tests, CMV and Syphilis. The final disease screening consumable, consisting of additional tests, will be subject to BLA approval. The instrument is expected to be classified as a Class II medical device. We plan to hold additional meetings with regulators as we advance the manufacturing process for MosaiQ TM consumables and the design of the MosaiQ TM instrument. We expect to test individual donor or patient samples during a multi-site field trial program, against all specificities on

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

either the blood grouping or disease screening consumable, which is a typical pathway for transfusion and multiplex diagnostic products. The majority of tests planned for inclusion on the MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable will be derived from raw materials used in existing conventional reagent products already licensed by the FDA or that are currently being developed for use in the United States.

Development of the disease screening consumable is less advanced than blood grouping, although we have only two tests to initially optimize for this consumable. The initial feasibility results for the first two tests, Syphilis and CMV, have been positive and we continue to optimize these tests for MosaiQ TM with our development partner, Future. We believe the disease screening consumable may be subject to greater regulatory scrutiny, given heightened sensitivity to patient safety associated with the potential transmission of harmful viruses. As a consequence, the regulatory pathway of the blood grouping and disease screening consumables have been separated by us to mitigate the risk of regulatory delay for the blood grouping consumable. If approved for sale, we expect to introduce the disease screening consumable within twelve months after the launch of our blood grouping consumable.

MosaiQ TM Advantages

We expect the use of MosaiQ TM for blood grouping and disease screening will offer both major cost saving opportunities and clinical benefits, including:

 

  Ø  

Improved clinical decision making and better matching of donor and patient blood, with the potential to reduce the incidence of alloimmunization;

 

  Ø  

Extended antigen typing for all donor blood;

 

  Ø  

Comprehensive antibody identification, eliminating the need for an antibody screen and expensive manual testing;

 

  Ø  

Significantly reduced need for complex, manual testing procedures, delivering major workflow efficiencies;

 

  Ø  

Standardization of blood grouping, reducing the potential for testing or labeling errors;

 

  Ø  

Consolidation of multiple instrument platforms and complicated manual testing procedures onto a single automated instrument;

 

  Ø  

Significantly simplified consumable requirements, with one consumable for blood grouping and one consumable for disease screening;

 

  Ø  

Substantially improved time to result for complex blood grouping procedures, such as antibody identification and extended antigen typing;

 

  Ø  

Significantly lower donor testing volume requirements, increasing plasma and red blood cell yields per donation;

 

  Ø  

Lower patient sample volume requirements, potentially eliminating the need for manual testing where sufficient sample volume proves difficult to obtain (for example, from babies and patients suffering from anemia);

 

  Ø  

Significantly increased shelf life for red blood cell-derived tests;

 

  Ø  

Reduced consumable waste;

 

  Ø  

Lower sample logistics costs;

 

  Ø  

Potential to electronically match donor and patient blood; and

 

  Ø  

Ability to integrate onto existing laboratory automation (track-based) systems.

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

  

 

 

MosaiQ TM Methodology Validation

We have conducted extensive feasibility work internally to demonstrate the performance of the MosaiQ TM methodology compared with predicate technologies for specific antigen typing and antibody identification tests to be included on the MosaiQ TM blood-grouping consumable. This work focused on demonstrating specificity of the antigen typing tests for key blood group systems (ABO, Rh and Kell) and the specificity and sensitivity of the antibody identification assay. We designed these studies to evaluate the MosaiQ TM methodology with a large data set and direct our future development efforts.

In our formal feasibility study for antigen typing, we tested 1,022 samples (except for Anti-Cw, where 830 samples were tested) for each of the nine antigens comprised in the key blood group systems.

In our formal feasibility study for antibody identification, we tested 1,000 random samples and 34 known positive samples. Known positive samples included 22 different specificities, as well as multiple samples of the same target antibody, to demonstrate specificity and sensitivity.

We compared the results using the MosaiQ TM methodology to results using column agglutination technology, or CAT, or manual testing (where CAT reagents are unavailable) with the same samples. Our objective was to demonstrate greater than 95% correlation between the MosaiQ TM methodology and predicate technologies, and to identify process steps for further development.

Tests using the MosaiQ TM methodology were processed and analyzed manually. Overall concordance was calculated by adding true positive results and true negative results and dividing the result by the total number of tests. We expect correlation between results generated using the MosaiQ TM methodology and results generated using predicate technologies to improve as: (i) blood grouping reagents to be included on the MosaiQ TM consumable are further optimized; (ii) the manufacture of microarrays is further optimized; and (iii) as the liquid handling process and analysis process of MosaiQ TM arrays become fully automated.

The results of our formal feasibility studies are summarized below:

Antigen Typing

 

System    Antigen
Target
   Number
of Tests
   Predicate    MosaiQ TM(1)    Overall
Concordance
         Positive    Negative    True
Positive
   False
Positive
   True
Negative
   False
Negative
  

ABO

   A    1,022    358    664    352    4    660    6    99.0%
   B    1,022    110    912    107    4    908    3    99.3%

Rh

   D    1,022    793    229    788    3    226    5    99.2%
   C    1,022    645    377    639    2    375    6    99.2%
   c    1,022    855    167    844    4    163    11    98.5%
   E    1,022    266    756    264    0    756    2    99.8%
   e    1,022    996    26    672    5    21    324    67.8%
   Cw    830    15    815    13    2    813    2    99.5%

Kell

   K    1,022    80    942    36    7    935    44    95.0%

 

(1)   Multiple antibodies can be used to target the same antigen. The above results reflect the antibody that demonstrated the highest sensitivity for the applicable antigen target.

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

The results of our antigen typing feasibility study were generally positive, demonstrating concordance of approximately 99% or greater for most tested specificities. We investigated the results where our 95% concordance objective was not exceeded, and specifically note the following:

 

(1)   Anti-e. The best performing anti-e antibody used in the feasibility study for e-antigen detection was received just prior to study commencement. Unlike the other eight specificities, the formulation of this antibody was not optimized (in terms of purification and concentration) prior to its inclusion in the feasibility study, resulting in poorer performance. To address this issue, we have subsequently purified and optimized four different anti-e antibodies, each from a different cell line, with each demonstrating substantially improved results; and

 

(2)   Anti-K. Only a single batch of anti-K antibody, which was manufactured in 2002, was available to us for K-antigen detection at the time of study commencement. The high rate of false negatives observed with this reagent was determined to result from low antibody concentration and high levels of degradation within the formulation.

Antibody Identification

 

     

Number
of Tests

 

    Predicate     MosaiQ TM    

Overall
Concordance

 

 
    Positive     Negative     True
Positive
    False
Positive
    True
Negative
    False
Negative
   

Antibody Identification

    1,034        38        996        35        0        996        3        99.7

Of the 1,000 random samples tested, four positive samples were identified using predicate technologies. Of these, three were detected and identified using the MosaiQ TM methodology. Reactions typically have a grade range of 0.0 to +4.0. The one sample that resulted in a false negative was subsequently determined to be a very weak anti-K (+0.5 grade reaction). No false positives were recorded.

Of the 34 known positive samples, 20 individual specificities and 12 subgroups of the anti-D specificity were detected and identified using the MosaiQ TM methodology. There were two false negative results for two rare specificities (anti-Di a and anti-Wr a ). Upon subsequent investigation, we determined that the false negative results were a direct result of the use of previously frozen reference cells. The freezing and storage process for red blood cells on the blood-grouping consumable remains to be optimized.

Our Conventional Reagent Business

Through Alba, we have over 30 years experience in the development, manufacturing and commercialization of conventional reagent products for blood grouping. Our conventional reagent products are used primarily to identify blood-group antigens and antibodies in donor and patient blood and to perform daily quality assurance testing for third-party blood grouping instrument platforms. We also undertake product development projects for our OEM customers, generating product development fees. Following development, we enter into long-term supply contracts with our OEM customers to manufacture and supply the products we have developed.

We currently develop, manufacture and commercialize the following key products:

 

  Ø  

Antisera Products —These products contain antibodies used to identify blood-group antigens. The majority of our antisera products are monoclonal antibodies manufactured from master cell lines we own;

 

  Ø  

Reagent Red Blood Cells —These products are comprised of human red blood cells formulated to enable the identification of blood-group antibodies. We source human red blood cells with the desired antigen profiles globally, primarily from donor collection organizations;

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

  Ø  

Whole Blood Controls —We are an industry leader in the development and manufacture of whole blood control products, with a significant relationship with Ortho and other major OEM customers. These products contain both human red blood cells and antisera specifically formulated for use as daily quality assurance tests on third-party blood grouping instrument platforms; and

 

  Ø  

Ancillary Products —These products and solutions are used to support blood grouping, but are not directly involved in blood group determination. They include Anti-Human Globulin, enhancement media, and kits for training and staff certification.

In the United States, we currently offer directly to our customers a portfolio of 35 conventional reagent products focused on blood grouping and we have over 35 additional products at various stages of development or FDA licensing. Conventional reagent products sold in the United States under the Quotient brand include antisera products, reagent red blood cells and other ancillary products. We currently serve over 725 hospitals, donor collection agencies and independent testing laboratory customers throughout the United States. Global direct sales, including sales to distributors, accounted for 31% of our product sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and 29% during the nine months ended December 31, 2013.

We sell the majority of our conventional reagent products to our OEM customers for use with their blood grouping instruments as specific tests or controls. OEM customers accounted for 69% of product sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and 71% during the nine months ended December 31, 2013. We have long-standing relationships with three leading global transfusion diagnostics companies: Ortho, Bio-Rad and Grifols.

Products sold to OEM customers range from bulk material incorporated into the customer’s own products to finished, vialled products sold under our customer’s label. We retain ownership of the intellectual property for these finished, vialled products and their associated regulatory licenses.

We have a significant relationship with Ortho, the world’s largest supplier of transfusion diagnostic products. We have developed several conventional reagent products launched by Ortho over the past five years. As a result, Ortho accounted for 55% and 57% of our product sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. See “—Our customers.”

We are currently developing a range of rare antisera products for use on Ortho’s instrument platforms. In May 2013, the first 14 of these products received CE-Marking for sale in Europe and we expect to file a BLA to obtain FDA marketing approval for these products in the near future. We also sell a range of whole blood control products, red blood cell products and ancillary products to Ortho worldwide, many of which have been launched over the past five years.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe our competitive strengths include the following:

 

  Ø  

Large and established market with attractive industry fundamentals.     We operate within the $2.8 billion global transfusion diagnostics market, which is integral to healthcare systems around the world. In 2011, 92 million blood donations were collected globally, with 48% being collected in 37 “high-income” countries. We also estimate that over 90 million patients are blood grouped annually in the developed world. The safety of the global blood supply relies on the correct characterization of donor and patient blood, making blood grouping both critical and non-discretionary. Despite this

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

 

importance, there has been little technological innovation for blood grouping over the past two decades. The characterization of both donor and patient blood continues to require complex manual testing procedures, which account for considerable operating costs within donor and patient testing laboratories. Given considerable cost containment pressure within donor collection agencies and hospitals, we believe a transformative new technology platform, such as MosaiQ TM , is necessary for these customers to realize meaningful future operating efficiencies and cost savings. The donor testing market is highly concentrated. Combined, the American Red Cross and Creative Testing Solutions test approximately 11 million blood donations annually, accounting for approximately 70% of donated blood in the United States.

 

  Ø  

Extensive expertise developing, manufacturing and commercializing products for the transfusion diagnostics market.     We have a proven track record and significant expertise in product development, manufacturing and quality assurance uniquely tailored to the highly regulated transfusion diagnostics market. Specifically, we have developed and manufacture over 20 different conventional reagent products sold by our OEM customers in the United States, Europe and Japan. We also have 35 Quotient-branded conventional reagent products that are licensed by the FDA for sale in the United States and we have 35 additional products at various stages of development and FDA licensing. Since 2010, we have sold directly to over 725 hospitals, donor collection agencies and independent testing laboratories throughout the United States. Our total revenues increased by 38% to $15.1 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 compared with $10.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2012.

 

  Ø  

MosaiQ TM —a transformative technology for the transfusion diagnostics market.     We have designed MosaiQ TM to be fully automated and to offer a breadth of blood grouping and disease screening tests unmatched by other instrument platforms currently available. If approved for sale, MosaiQ TM will be the first commercially available testing platform capable of simultaneously identifying all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies, eliminating manual testing procedures, which are complex and expensive. MosaiQ TM combines the work currently performed by three instruments and complex manual testing for blood grouping and disease screening onto a single instrument. As a result, we believe MosaiQ will deliver significant cost savings and operational efficiencies for donor testing laboratories and hospitals, while improving patient outcomes.

 

  Ø  

Established technical feasibility.     Using patent-protected manufacturing technologies, MosaiQ TM is expected to incorporate over 90 well-characterized tests for all clinically significant blood-group antigens and antibodies onto a single, multiplex consumable. Our internal feasibility studies have shown a high degree of concordance between results generated using the MosaiQ TM methodology and results generated using blood grouping predicate technologies, which we believe establishes technical feasibility for blood grouping. We have also adopted a similar approach for our disease screening consumable, which will screen for specific viruses, such as HIV and Hepatitis.

 

  Ø  

Advanced development and commercialization plan.     By combining current scientific methods, well-characterized tests and known manufacturing technologies, we believe we have substantially reduced the risks associated with the development of MosaiQ TM . We are working with highly experienced technology development and engineering partners, including TTP and STRATEC, to design, build and validate the manufacturing system for MosaiQ consumables and the initial high-throughput instrument. We are also collaborating with key potential customers on the design of MosaiQ . We expect to begin field trials in the second half of 2015 and to file the necessary regulatory submissions in the first half of 2016. We anticipate initial commercial sales of the MosaiQ TM blood grouping consumable, for research use only, to commence in the first half of 2016. If approved for sale, we anticipate full commercial launch for MosaiQ TM to commence in Europe during the second half of 2016 and in the United States during the first half of 2017. We intend to

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

commercialize MosaiQ ourselves in the highly concentrated global donor testing market. Within the more fragmented global patient testing market, we intend to enter into an arrangement with one or more commercial partners to ensure successful commercialization in this market.

 

  Ø  

Attractive “razor/razor blade” business model with limited reimbursement exposure.     We intend to pursue a “razor/razor blade” business model for MosaiQ TM , placing instruments and securing long-term arrangements for the supply of blood grouping and/or disease screening consumables used by those instruments. MosaiQ TM is designed to be a highly cost-effective solution. We expect to generate attractive profit margins, while delivering substantial cost savings to our customers. We anticipate that MosaiQ will not be directly subject to reimbursement by governmental or commercial third-party payors for healthcare services in the United States.

 

  Ø  

Experienced senior management team.     We have a highly experienced leadership team with a track record of success within the healthcare industry. Our senior management team has an average of 15 years of individual industry experience, with a balance of skills covering strategy, operations, product development, commercialization and financial management. Members of our management team have extensive experience in high volume consumable manufacturing, instrument development, manufacturing and field service support and commercial operations, having worked with several major multinational medical diagnostics groups.

OUR STRATEGY

In pursuing the MosaiQ TM opportunity, we will continue to optimize the blood grouping and disease screening tests, while working closely with our development partners to complete manufacturing scale-up for the consumables, and development and manufacturing of the initial high-throughput instrument.

In addition, we intend to:

 

  Ø  

collaborate with our key potential customers;

 

  Ø  

continue our dialogue with regulators to obtain required regulatory licenses and clearances;

 

  Ø  

engage one or more commercial partners for the global patient testing market; and

 

  Ø  

build a highly-focused sales and support infrastructure to successfully commercialize MosaiQ™ within the global donor testing market.

In our conventional reagent business, we intend to strengthen the Quotient brand, expand our customer base, reinforce our relationship with the FDA and other key regulators, continue to service our OEM customers and expand the number of conventional reagent products we offer directly in the United States.

OUR CUSTOMERS

The customers of our conventional reagent products include donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratories, as well as OEMs. We currently serve over 725 donor collection agencies, hospitals and independent testing laboratory customers throughout the United States. The products we sell to our non-OEM customers in the United States are finished, vialled antisera and red blood cell-derived products that are sold under our label. The products we sell to our OEM customers range from bulk material incorporated into our customer’s own products to finished, vialled products sold under the customer’s label. Our OEM customers include Ortho, Bio-Rad, and Grifols.

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

Ortho Clinical Diagnostics

Sales to Ortho accounted for 55% and 57% of our product sales in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and the nine months ended December 31, 2013, respectively. We have entered into long-term agreements with Ortho for the manufacture and sale of conventional reagent products. The supply and related agreements contain terms related to each product we sell to Ortho, including quality, price, exclusivity and territory. The supply agreement expires on January 1, 2019 and can be terminated by either party upon 18 months’ written notice.

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY

Conventional Reagent Products

We manufacture all of our conventional reagent products at our Edinburgh, Scotland manufacturing facility using our own cell lines or from raw materials purchased from a limited number of suppliers. We believe we have good relationships with our suppliers.

We plan to use our existing cash balances to replace and expand our existing facility in Edinburgh for the development and manufacture of conventional reagent products. The new facility will be leased, although we expect its design and completion to be largely funded by us.

MosaiQ TM

We have leased factory space at a manufacturing facility located in Eysins, Switzerland (near Geneva), which we expect will become the principal manufacturing site for the MosaiQ TM consumables. We are working with our engineering partners to complete the conversion of this facility. We are also working with our technology development partner, TTP, to design, build, install and validate the initial manufacturing system for the MosaiQ consumables, with STRATEC on the design, development and manufacture of the initial high-throughput instrument and with Future Diagnostics on the development of the tests to be incorporated on the disease screening consumable.

The Technology Partnership plc

We have entered into a master development agreement with TTP to design, build, install and validate the manufacturing system for the MosaiQ consumables. TTP has agreed to certain development work programs for each phase of the development and we have agreed to pay for development costs, including costs of materials, third party costs and specified professional fees for the time of TTP’s engineers and scientists. Either party may terminate the agreement for certain breaches by the other party or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving the other party. In addition, we may terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ notice for any reason. Upon termination of the agreement, we are responsible for paying any unpaid development and other costs of TTP.

We have entered into an exclusive, royalty-bearing, world-wide license with TTP to certain patented technologies and trade secrets to enable high volume manufacturing of MosaiQ consumables. Pursuant to this license agreement, we will pay TTP a license fee that is payable in installments through March 2019. The license is for uses that include antigen typing, antibody detection and serological screening of donated blood for infectious diseases (collectively, the initial purpose) as well as all human blood sample diagnostic testing on batch processing instruments (collectively, the additional purposes), with the exception of companion diagnostics, epigenetics and nucleic acid sequencing. We will also pay a low single digit royalty to TTP based on our net sales for 20 years or for so long as the licensed intellectual property is protected by patent in the country of sale. If license fee payments are not made by us when due, we will lose the license to the additional purposes, but not to the initial purpose. TTP will also

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents

  

 

 

grant us a non-exclusive, fully paid, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, world-wide license to use certain other intellectual property TTP owns and incorporates into bespoke components of the manufacturing system for MosaiQ consumables. The agreement will remain in effect so long as the licensed intellectual property is subject to patent or other intellectual property protection. TTP may terminate the agreement if we assist another party in disputing the validity and/or scope of any of TTP’s patented intellectual property covered by the agreement. Either party may terminate the agreement with immediate effect by notice to the other party upon the occurrence of bankruptcy events. Any fee disputes are subject to mandatory dispute resolution.

STRATEC Biomedical AG

We have entered into a development agreement with STRATEC pursuant to which it will develop the initial high-throughput instrument for MosaiQ . STRATEC has agreed to certain milestones that run through July 31, 2016 and will receive development fees based on the achievement of those milestones. The agreement has an indefinite term, and either party may terminate the agreement for certain breaches by the other party or in the event of certain bankruptcy events involving the other party. Upon termination by STRATEC in connection with our breach or bankruptcy, certain termination payments are payable by us depending upon the stage of completion of the development program at the time of termination, and we are also responsible for certain costs. We will also enter into a manufacturing agreement with STRATEC pursuant to which we will be required to purchase a fixed minimum number of high-throughput instruments during the six years following delivery of the first field trial instruments.

Pursuant to the development agreement, STRATEC has granted us an irrevocable, fully-paid, perpetual, royalty-free, world-wide license to intellectual property that is developed for use by, or the manufacture of, the MosaiQ instrument, as well as an exclusive right to market and sell the MosaiQ instrument. STRATEC has additionally granted us, or agreed to grant, similar rights to its pre-existing technologies for use in development and manufacturing activities for the MosaiQ instrument. We may only exercise our rights to manufacture in limited circumstances when STRATEC fails to perform under the manufacturing agreement, and such rights are subject to a to be negotiated license fee. Upon termination of the development agreement by STRATEC, the licenses granted under the development agreement will be null and void.

Future Diagnostics BV

We have entered into an agreement with Future Diagnostics BV, or Future, for the development of disease screening assays and the performance of contract manufacturing services. The specific terms for each product developed by Future for us are contained in a schedule prepared from time to time in connection with such product. The agreement has an indefinite term and can be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events or with 90 days’ written notice.

Subject to our continued compliance with our agreement with Future, including the performance of our payment obligations, Future has granted us a world-wide, limited, non-transferable (other than as permitted by the agreement), non-sub-licensable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid license to use technologies owned by Future solely to the extent reasonably necessary to commercialize MosaiQ . Future has also granted us a similar license in respect of any technologies jointly owned by us and Future, which would include technologies that are jointly developed by the parties and not based on our confidential information.

 

 

 

94


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

QUALITY

Our quality function (comprised of quality assurance, quality control and validation) oversees the quality of our manufacturing as well as the quality systems used in research and development and sales and marketing. We have established a control system that oversees implementation and maintenance, document control, supplier qualification, corrective or preventative actions, as well as employee training processes that we believe ensures quality across our operations. We continuously monitor and seek to improve quality over time and believe the implementation of these processes has supported product performance, customer satisfaction, and a culture of continuous improvement.

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

We currently market our conventional reagent products directly in the United States and United Kingdom. Outside of these territories, we sell our products to a range of third-party distributors and customers. In countries where we have a direct presence, we use a combination of sales managers, sales representatives, customer service staff and technical experts to interact with laboratory managers and administrative staff, purchasing directors, medical directors and other individuals and groups involved in the implementation of blood testing programs. Our goal is to educate these groups about the technical and economic benefits of switching from competing offerings to our products. Our customer service staff and technical experts are also involved in the practical training of customers, as well as answering customer questions. These teams are supported by various marketing activities, which include advertising, medical education, attendance at scientific meetings and other awareness-raising activities. As of December 31, 2013, we had 12 employees engaged worldwide in sales, marketing and customer service functions.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

Our research and development efforts are focused on the development of MosaiQ TM and new conventional reagent diagnostic tests. We believe we have assembled an experienced research and development team with the scientific talent needed to develop new products that leverage our significant blood grouping expertise. We believe that our experience in developing tests based on existing serological testing methods will allow us to conceive, develop and validate comprehensive multiplex tests utilizing MosaiQ TM .

As of December 31, 2013, we had 33 employees engaged in research and development functions. In addition, over 50 engineers and scientific staff employed by TTP, STRATEC and Future have been assigned to various MosaiQ TM development activities.

CUSTOMER FUNDING AND REIMBURSEMENT

In the United States, our products are not directly subject to reimbursement by governmental or commercial third party payors for health care services. The costs and expenses related to donor blood grouping and disease screening are typically included in the price to a hospital of a unit of blood. The costs and expenses related to patient blood grouping at hospitals are not specifically reimbursed by a third party payor, but absorbed within the reimbursement structure of a broader medical procedure.

We supply products to our customers, including hospitals, donor testing laboratories, independent testing laboratories and OEM customers based on negotiated prices.

 

 

 

95


Table of Contents

  

 

 

COMPETITION

In the past 10 to 15 years, the transfusion diagnostics market has experienced considerable consolidation, particularly in the United States. Given significant barriers to entry, there are only a small number of vendors currently addressing this market. These vendors can be divided into four groups: (i) those offering instrument platforms for blood grouping and related consumables, in addition to conventional reagent products for manual testing; (ii) those only offering conventional reagent products for manual blood grouping; (iii) those offering raw materials for inclusion in products used on instrument platforms for blood grouping and in conventional reagent products; and (iv) those offering instruments for disease screening and related consumables. A small number of donor collection agencies continue to manufacture a limited range of products, primarily for internal use.

In our view, barriers to entry for the transfusion diagnostics market include:

 

  Ø  

the need to manufacture a broad range of complex antisera products, with annual volume requirements ranging from hundreds of milliliters to hundreds of liters, depending upon individual blood group specificities;

 

  Ø  

the ability to reliably procure and formulate red blood cell donations with the appropriate antigen profiles to support the manufacture of red blood cells for antibody identification and whole blood control products;

 

  Ø  

rigorous global regulatory requirements; and

 

  Ø  

customers who can be reluctant to change product suppliers.

For products sold to OEM customers, the cost of switching vendors (raw material and/or finished costs) can be considerable, given regulatory scrutiny of the manufacturing process and the potential need to modify instrument software.

Our principal competitors in the United States are Immucor, Ortho and Bio-Rad. The principal market participants in Europe are Bio-Rad, Ortho, Grifols and Immucor and the principal market participants in Japan are Ortho and Immucor.

For OEM business, we consider Merck/Millipore and Diagast to be our primary competitors. We are also a customer of each of these two organizations. We believe the complexity and high cost of switching suppliers, together with our ownership of key products and associated regulatory licenses, reduce the risk of loss of our important OEM business. We believe the FDA-licensed status of our manufacturing facility also offers major benefits as our key OEM clients seek to either establish or defend their position in the United States market.

For serological disease screening, only two vendors have instruments approved for sale in the United States – Abbott and Ortho. Outside the United States, Abbott, Ortho and Bio-Rad are the principal instrument providers.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We have an issued U.S. patent related to blood typing that expires in September 2027. This patent provides methods of detecting the presence of red blood cells coated (or sensitized) with host antibody and/or components of the complement system. We received counterpart patents for this U.S. patent in Europe, Australia and Japan, which also expire in September 2027, and filed a counterpart patent application in Canada in September 2007, which is currently pending.

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

We have recently filed two new UK patent applications. The first application, filed January 2014, concerns a novel method for cross matching blood using MosaiQ TM . In contrast to prior methods, our novel cross matching techniques involve fewer steps and we believe are more efficient. The second application, filed February 2014, provides a new method for detecting red blood cells, also using MosaiQ TM . The technology finds particular application in immunological assays where it can be used as the basis of positive controls to confirm the addition of red blood cells.

We also rely upon copyright protection, trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our success will depend in part on our ability to obtain patent protection for our products and processes, to preserve our copyrights and trade secrets, and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties.

We have developed several conventional reagent products launched by Ortho over the past five years. We generally retain ownership of the intellectual property for these products and their associated regulatory licenses.

We have relied, and expect to continue to rely, on various exclusive and non-exclusive license agreements, granting rights to patent-protected technologies relating to the manufacture of MosaiQ TM consumables and instruments. We have entered into an exclusive license with TTP to patented technologies to enable high volume manufacturing of MosaiQ TM consumables. In addition, STRATEC has agreed to grant us licenses to certain of its pre-existing technologies, and has granted us licenses to its technologies to be developed under our development agreement with it, for use in the sale of MosaiQ TM instruments, and in the development and manufacture of the MosaiQ TM instrument, which it will undertake on our behalf. See “Business—Manufacturing and Supply—MosaiQ TM —The Technology Partnership plc” and “—STRATEC Biomedical AG” for additional information about these agreements. These licenses are material to the development and commercialization of MosaiQ TM . The remaining lives of the patents for key existing technologies that we have licensed currently exceed 10 years.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

FDA Regulatory Authority

In the United States, medical products are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, the Public Health Service Act, or the PHSA, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of medical products. Prior to marketing certain medical products, manufacturers are required to obtain permission from the FDA via a product approval or clearance. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to file submissions, refusal to approve or clear products, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, field actions, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, refusal to permit the importation of product, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

The FDA regulates in vitro diagnostic, or IVD, products intended to evaluate blood as either biological products or medical devices. In general, reagents used to identify blood types, including extended antigen typing, and detect and identify antibodies in plasma, as well as assays intended for disease screening of the blood supply are regulated as biological products, while the instruments that conduct the analyses and quality assurance products intended to test the accuracy of instrument platforms are regulated as medical devices.

 

 

 

97


Table of Contents

  

 

 

FDA Regulation of In Vitro Diagnostic Biological Products

Biological Product Approval Process

Biological products intended to be used for the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of a human being are subject to regulation under the FDC Act, except the section of the FDC Act which governs the approval of new drug applications, or NDAs. Biological products are approved for marketing under provisions of the PHSA via biologics license applications, or BLAs. Among the products regulated as biological products are those used to screen blood for communicable diseases or otherwise analyze blood samples, for example, for blood grouping. Such products are generally regulated by the FDA’s Center for Biologic Research and Evaluation, or CBER, which is the Center responsible for products related to the blood supply and blood collection and transfusion.

New biological products or certain changes to an approved product in the U.S. require studies to establish the safety and effectiveness of the product for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Generating the data to satisfy FDA pre-market approval requirements and the subsequent review process can take years. The actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product.

Sponsors of BLAs for IVD biological products generally conduct a series of product tests to establish analytical performance as well as clinical trials to demonstrate the product’s safety and effectiveness. These tests include studies to demonstrate product performance, including specificity, and attainment of product specifications throughout the manufacturing process, as well as consistency in the manufacturing process from one production lot to another. The product may be compared to other currently-marketed products of the same type, to the extent that such other products are commercially available, or to other scientifically established methods. In addition, a large clinical study may need to be conducted to demonstrate the clinical performance of the new product. For blood grouping products, the sponsor will need to develop appropriate methodologies to validate the analytical and clinical performance with respect to rarer antigens in which clinical studies are not feasible.

Clinical trials, also called field trials, for IVD biological products generally must be conducted: (i) in compliance with applicable federal regulations; (ii) in a manner that ensures the reliability of the data; and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial. The study protocol in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

After completion of the required development and testing, a BLA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the BLA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The BLA must include the results of all clinical and other testing, and compile data relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting a BLA is substantial.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of a BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. Most applications for a standard review of biological products are reviewed within ten to twelve months. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

The FDA may also refer applications to an advisory committee – typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts – for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should

 

 

 

98


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving a BLA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical sites. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the product is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, is satisfactory and the BLA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the biological product is safe and effective for the indication studied.

After the FDA evaluates the BLA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in an amendment to the BLA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biological product with specific labeling for specific indications. Labeling for products that are approved through BLAs but intended for IVD use must meet the labeling requirements for biological products and for IVD medical devices.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. A BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures in reviewing BLA supplements as it does in reviewing BLAs.

Biological Product Post-Approval Requirements

Once a BLA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of biologics, including restrictions on off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the internet. Biologics may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of a BLA. In addition, quality control, manufacturing, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs after approval. Manufacturers of biological products and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and list their products. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs and the conditions of the BLA. FDA may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

Additional Controls for Biological Products

The PHSA provides authority to the FDA to immediately suspend licenses in situations where there exists a danger to public health. In addition, after a BLA is approved, the product may also be subject to official lot release as a condition of approval. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

  

 

 

showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency, and effectiveness of biological products. After approval of biological products, manufacturers must address any safety issues that arise, are subject to recalls or a halt in manufacturing and distribution, and are required to submit periodic reports and reports of certain adverse events to the FDA.

FDA Regulation of Medical Devices, Including In Vitro Diagnostic Devices

General Requirements

The definition of a medical device includes an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including any component part, or accessory which is: (i) intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions in man or other animals; or (ii) intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals.

The FDC Act classifies medical devices into one of three categories based on the risks associated with the device and the level of control necessary to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed to be low risk and are subject to the fewest regulatory controls. Class II devices are of intermediate level of risk such that additional controls, beyond the Class I general controls, are necessary to provide reasonable assurances of product safety and effectiveness. Class III devices are generally the highest risk devices and are subject to the highest level of regulatory control to provide reasonable assurance of the device’s safety and effectiveness. While most Class I and some Class II devices can be marketed without prior FDA authorization, most medical devices can be legally sold within the U.S. only if the FDA has: (i) approved a premarket approval, or PMA, application prior to marketing, generally applicable to Class III devices; or (ii) cleared the device in response to a premarket notification, or 510(k) submission, generally applicable to Class I and II devices. There is also an alternative pathway to approval of a PMA or clearance of a 510(k) for low or moderate risk devices that are not classified and for which no predicate device exists, known as de novo classification.

IVDs are tests that can detect diseases, conditions, or infections, or the presence of other biomarkers. Some tests are used in laboratory or other health professional settings and other tests are for consumers to use at home. IVD devices are regulated under the FDC Act. FDA typically classifies instruments used to perform IVD tests or quality control kits as Class II medical devices that require clearance of a 510(k).

Although medical devices are typically regulated by the FDA’s Center for Devices and Radiological Health, medical devices that are intended to be used or indicated for the collection, processing, storage or administration of blood products, blood components or analogous products, as well as screening or confirmatory clinical laboratory tests associated with blood banking practices and other process testing procedures are regulated by CBER, using the statutory provisions and regulations applicable to medical devices. In instances where the reagents intended to be used on an instrument have not previously been approved for this purpose, an instrument regulated as a medical device by CBER will generally require clearance simultaneously with the approval (via a BLA) of the reagents intended to be used on the instrument.

Clearance or Approval Process for Medical Devices

Most Class II and some Class I devices typically need to obtain clearance of a 510(k) by the FDA before they can be commercially distributed in the U.S. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, referred to as the predicate device. A predicate device may be a previously 510(k) cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for submission of PMA applications. The manufacturer must show that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics, or it is shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device.

There are three types of 510(k)s: (i) traditional, where there is a predicate device that can be referenced in the submission; (ii) special, for devices that are modified and the modification needs a new 510(k) but the modification does not affect the intended use or alter the fundamental scientific technology of the device; and (iii) abbreviated, for devices that conform to a recognized standard. The special and abbreviated 510(k)s are intended to streamline review. The FDA intends to process special 510(k)s within 30 days of receipt, and abbreviated 510(k)s within 90 days of receipt. Though statutorily required to review a traditional 510(k) within 90 days of receipt, the clearance pathway for traditional 510(k)s can take from four to 12 months, or even longer, and the review may not result in clearance.

A clinical trial or prospective or retrospective analysis fo clinical specimens is generally required to generate data to support a premarket notification of an IVD. During the study, the sponsor must comply with the FDA’s investigational device exemption, or IDE, requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, and record keeping, unless the study is exempt from such requirements. Many clinical studies with IVDs qualify for this exemption. As with clinical trials of IVD biological products, clinical trials or field trials of IVD medical devices generally must be conducted: (i) in compliance with applicable federal regulations; (ii) in a manner that ensures the reliability of the data; and (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial. Clinical trials are designed to permit FDA to evaluate the clinical performance of the device, to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device, and to provide adequate information for the instructions for use and labeling of the device. As with clinical trials conducted on biological products, clinical trials of medical devices must be approved by an IRB.

After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, requires either a new 510(k) clearance or could require a PMA approval before the change is implemented. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA can review any such decision. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s decision not to seek a new 510(k) clearance, the agency may require the manufacturer to seek 510(k) clearance or PMA approval. The FDA also can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA approval is obtained.

The PMA approval process is generally more rigorous, lengthy and uncertain than the 510(k) premarket notification process and requires proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. A PMA application must provide extensive preclinical and clinical trial data and also information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. As part of the PMA review, the FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer’s facilities for compliance with Quality System Regulation, or QSR, requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The FDA’s review of a PMA application typically takes one to three years, but may last longer. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the manufacturer.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Medical Device Post-Market Requirements

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: continued compliance with QSR, labeling regulations, the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off label” uses, the Medical Device Reporting regulation (which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur), and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA). Generally, establishments that manufacture devices, including manufacturers, contract manufacturers, sterilizers, repackagers and relabelers, specification developers, and U.S. manufacturers of export-only devices, are required to register their establishments with the FDA and provide FDA a list of the devices that they handle at their facilities.

For a Class II 510(k) device, FDA also may require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor the effects of the cleared product. The FDA may place conditions on a device that could restrict the distribution or use of the product, including restrictions on the intended use. In addition, quality-control, manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to QSRs after clearance. FDA periodically inspects device manufacturers to assess compliance with QSRs and other regulatory requirements. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with QSRs. The FDA may withdraw product approvals or recommend product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory requirements. The FDA has the authority to conduct mandatory recalls of devices, but that authority is rarely used. The FDA may also refuse to allow imports of non-compliant products.

Products sold to Laboratories for Research Use Only

A research use only, or RUO product is one that is not intended for use in a clinical investigation or for clinical diagnostic use outside an investigation and must be labeled “For Research Use Only. Not for use in diagnostic procedures.” Products that are intended for research use only and are properly labeled as RUO are exempt from compliance with the FDA requirements discussed above, including the approval or clearance and QSR requirements. A product labeled RUO but intended to be used diagnostically may be viewed by the FDA as adulterated and misbranded under the FDC Act and is subject to FDA enforcement activities, including the refusal to allow importation of the device. The FDA may consider the totality of the circumstances surrounding distribution and use of an RUO product, including how the product is marketed, when determining its intended use.

Advertising, Promotion, Anti-Kickback, and False Claims Laws

A biological product or a medical device may be marketed only for the indications for use for which it was approved or cleared. In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of biological products and medical devices, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the medical product industry. These laws include anti-kickback statutes and false claims statutes. The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, the exchange (or offer to exchange), of anything of value, in an effort to induce (or reward) the referral or use of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid, or other federally financed healthcare programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers and purchasers on the other. Violations of the anti-kickback statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe

 

 

 

102


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchases, or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor.

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid. Certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate false claims laws. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

Other Federal and State Regulatory Requirements

The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, has issued a final rule that requires manufacturers of certain biological products and medical devices to begin collecting and reporting information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers were required to begin collecting information on August 1, 2013, with the first reports due March 31, 2014. The reported data will be posted in searchable form on a public website beginning September 30, 2014. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.

In addition, several states now require medical product companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of products and to report gifts and payments to individual physicians in these states. Other states prohibit various other marketing-related activities. Still other states require the posting of information relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. In addition, California, Connecticut, Nevada, and Massachusetts require pharmaceutical companies to implement compliance programs and/or marketing codes. Several additional states are considering similar proposals. Compliance with these laws is difficult and time consuming, and companies that do not comply with these state laws face civil penalties.

International medical device regulations

International marketing of medical devices is subject to foreign government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The European Commission is the legislative body responsible for directives with which manufacturers selling medical products in the European Union and the European Economic Area, or EEA, must comply. The European Union includes most of the major countries in Europe, while other countries, such as Switzerland, are not part of the EEA and have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that generally mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. The European Union has adopted directives that address regulation of the design, manufacture, labeling, clinical studies and post-market vigilance for medical devices, including IVDs. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive, including the IVD Directive (Directive 98/79 EC), will be entitled to bear the CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms to the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be marketed throughout the European Union and EEA.

Outside of the European Union, regulatory pathways for the marketing of medical devices vary greatly from country to country. In many countries, local regulatory agencies conduct an independent review of IVD medical devices prior to granting marketing approval. The process in non-European countries may be lengthy and require the expenditure of significant resources, including the conduct of clinical trials. In

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

  

 

 

other countries, the regulatory pathway may be shorter and/or less costly. The timeline for the introduction of new IVD medical devices is heavily impacted by these various regulations on a country-by-country basis, which may become more lengthy and costly over time.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Our operations require the use of hazardous materials, which, among other matters, subjects us to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety laws, regulations and permitting requirements, including those relating to the handling, storage, transportation and disposal of biological and hazardous materials and wastes. The primary hazardous materials we handle or use include human blood samples and solvents. Some of the regulations under the current regulatory structure provide for strict liability, holding a party liable for contamination at currently and formerly owned, leased and operated sites and at third-party sites without regard to fault or negligence. We could be held liable for damages and fines as a result of our, or others’, operations or activities should contamination of the environment or individual exposure to hazardous substances occur. We could also be subject to significant fines for failure to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety requirements. We cannot predict how changes in laws or development of new regulations will affect our business operations or the cost of compliance.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2013, we had 170 employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement, nor have we experienced any work stoppages. We believe our employee relations are good.

FACILITIES

Our U.K. corporate headquarters, including our development laboratory facility, and our manufacturing facility for conventional reagent products are located in Edinburgh, Scotland. We also have a manufacturing facility in Eysins, Switzerland, which we expect will become the principal manufacturing site for the MosaiQ TM consumable. Our U.S. corporate headquarters are located in Newtown, Pennsylvania. The table below provides selected information regarding our facilities, all of which are leased.

 

Facility/Use

   Location      Size (sq. ft.)      Expiration  
      Office      Laboratory     

U.K. Corporate Headquarters/ Development Laboratory Facility

     Edinburgh, Scotland         3,500         5,000         July 31, 2017   

Manufacturing Operations—Conventional Reagents

     Edinburgh, Scotland         6,200         16,000         August 31, 2014   

Manufacturing Operations—MosaiQ TM

     Eysins, Switzerland         13,600         31,600         March 15, 2020   

U.S. Corporate Headquarters

     Newtown, Pa., USA         1,200                 January 31, 2014   

U.S. Direct Sales Operation

     Chapel Hill, N.C., USA         1,000                 January 31, 2014   

We believe our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available to accommodate future growth of our business. We plan to use our existing cash balances to replace and expand our existing Edinburgh manufacturing facility with a new leased facility in Edinburgh for the development and manufacture of conventional reagent products.

 

 

 

104


Table of Contents

Business

 

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Other than as set forth below, we are not currently a party to any pending legal proceedings that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition. However, we may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time.

Our subsidiary Alba is involved in a dispute with the Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service, or SNBTS, acting on behalf of the Common Services Agency, relating to an agreement entered into between the parties in 2007, pursuant to which Alba purchased its current business from SNBTS. SNBTS claims that, pursuant to a deferred consideration provision in this agreement, it is entitled to approximately $3,100,000. We believe that no sums are due, and on September 23, 2013, Alba initiated an action against SNBTS in the Court of Session, the highest civil court based in Scotland, for a declaration that no sums are due. Both parties have agreed to appoint an independent accountant to value Alba’s continuing business. SNBTS has committed to paying the costs associated with the independent accountant’s appointment in the event the court finds in Alba’s favor.

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Management

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Below is a list of the names, ages as of January 1, 2014 and positions, and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age      Position

Paul Cowan

     52       Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Jeremy Stackawitz

     38       President

Edward Farrell

     43       President

Stephen Unger

     44       Chief Financial Officer

Roland Boyd

     57       Group Financial Controller and Treasurer

Thomas Bologna

     65       Director

Frederick Hallsworth

     60       Director

Brian McDonough

     66       Director

Zubeen Shroff.

     49       Director

John Wilkerson

     70       Director

Paul Cowan, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

Paul Cowan is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors. Mr. Cowan founded us through the acquisition of Alba Bioscience in 2007. He has a broad range of healthcare industry experience gained through over 15 years of employment within industry and investment banking. Previously, Mr. Cowan served as the Chief Financial Officer of Inveresk Research Group, a global contract research organization that was acquired by Charles River Laboratories in 2004. Prior to joining Inveresk in 2001, Mr. Cowan was a senior executive within the Investment Banking department of Bear Stearns & Co., where he led the European biotechnology practice. Prior to Bear Stearns, Mr. Cowan was a senior executive within the Investment Banking department of Morgan Grenfell (acquired by Deutsche Bank in 1990). Mr. Cowan received a Bachelor of Business in accounting from Queensland University of Technology.

The Board believes that Mr. Cowan is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive leadership, executive, managerial, business, and healthcare industry experience, along with his years of experience in healthcare investment banking.

Jeremy Stackawitz, President

Jeremy Stackawitz joined us in March 2009 and serves as one of our two Presidents. Mr. Stackawitz has over 17 years of healthcare industry experience gained through various consulting and industry roles. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Stackawitz was Worldwide Commercial Director for Immunohematology of Ortho Clinical Diagnostics, a Johnson & Johnson company. Prior to this senior role, Mr. Stackawitz held positions from 2006 to 2007 at Therakos, a biotechnology company, from 2004 to 2006 at Ortho Biotech, and from 2000 to 2003 at Purdue Pharma L.P. He also held consulting positions at ISO Healthcare Group (now part of Monitor Group) from 1997 to 2000 and McKinsey & Company in 2003. Mr. Stackawitz received a B.S. in chemistry from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

 

 

106


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

Edward Farrell, President

Edward Farrell joined us in February 2013 and serves as one of our two Presidents. Mr. Farrell has over 20 years of engineering and manufacturing experience gained through various industry roles with a particular emphasis on medical diagnostics. From March 2001 to February 2013, Mr. Farrell held several senior positions with Bayer Diagnostics, which was acquired by Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics in 2007. Starting in 2010, Mr. Farrell was Managing Director and Vice President of Manufacturing for a high volume immunoassay reagent manufacturing plant in the United Kingdom. From 2007 to 2010, Mr. Farrell was Managing Director and Vice President of Manufacturing for a facility in the United Kingdom that develops and manufactures point-of-care diagnostic instruments and consumables. From 2005 to 2007, he worked in the United States as Director of Distribution, Service and Repair and initially worked in 2001 as a Senior Manufacturing Manager in a large instrument manufacturing plant in Ireland. Prior to Bayer Diagnostics, Mr. Farrell worked at Ingersoll Rand as a Production Manager from 1999 to 2001, Intel as a Manufacturing Engineer and Supervisor from 1995 to 1999, and Barlo plc as a Project Engineer from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Farrell received a B.E (Mechanical) and a Masters in Engineering Science from University College Dublin.

Stephen Unger, Chief Financial Officer

Stephen Unger joined us in January 2014 and serves as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Unger has over 20 years of financial and health care industry experience gained through various roles in investment banking and public accounting. Mr. Unger was a consultant to us on financial and strategic matters from April 2013 to December 2013. From 2009 to 2012, Mr. Unger was a Senior Equity Research Analyst following the medical diagnostics industry at Lazard Capital Markets, LLC, and worked from 1998 to 2008 in the Equity Research Department of Bear, Stearns & Co., where he was ultimately promoted to the position of Managing Director/Principal. He was also a Senior Accountant in the Audit Department of Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1993 to 1996. Mr. Unger is Certified Public Accountant (Inactive) and a Chartered Financial Analyst. He received a B.B.A. in accounting, finance, investment, and banking from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and an M.B.A. with Honors from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Roland Boyd, Group Financial Controller and Treasurer

Roland Boyd joined us in August 2012 and serves as our Group Financial Controller and Treasurer. Mr. Boyd has over 35 years of financial experience gained through various roles in industry and public accounting. From 2006 to 2012, Mr. Boyd served as the Chief Financial Officer at Chiltern International Group, a global contract research organization. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Boyd was Group Financial Controller at Inveresk Research Group and was a consultant to Charles River Laboratories until 2006 following Charles River’s 2004 acquisition of Inveresk. Prior to that, Mr. Boyd spent over 20 years with Arthur Andersen, becoming a Partner in 1997. Mr. Boyd is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales. Mr. Boyd received a B.A. (Hons) in accounting and finance from Lancaster University.

Thomas Bologna, Director

Thomas Bologna is a Director, appointed in February 2012. Mr. Bologna is presently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Response Genetics, Inc., a publicly-traded healthcare company focused on molecular diagnostics. From April 2006 until this appointment in December 2011, Mr. Bologna served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Orchid Cellmark, Inc., a public corporation that provides DNA testing services. He was Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of Quorex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (2004 to 2005), a pre-clinical stage anti-infective company and Ostex International, Inc. (1997 to 2003), which developed, manufactured, and marketed products for the management of osteoporosis. From 1996 to 1997,

 

 

 

107


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Mr. Bologna was a principal at Healthcare Venture Associates, a consulting firm. He was Chief Executive Officer, President, and a director of Scriptgen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (1994 to 1996), a biotechnology company that developed orally active drugs to regulate gene expression, and Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Gen-Probe Incorporated (1987 to 1994), a company commercializing molecular diagnostics products. Mr. Bologna’s prior experience also includes senior-level positions with Becton Dickinson & Company and Warner-Lambert Company. Mr. Bologna currently serves as a director of Special Diversified Opportunities Inc., and has also served on the boards of several private companies, including Aperio Technologies until its sale to Danaher in 2012. Mr. Bologna received an M.B.A. and a B.S. from New York University.

The Board believes that Mr. Bologna is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive experience in the diagnostics industry, experience with operations, and his prior experience as the chief executive officer of multiple public and private companies.

Frederick Hallsworth, Director

Frederick Hallsworth is a Director, appointed in February 2011. Mr. Hallsworth spent 25 years with Arthur Andersen, becoming a partner in 1989. At Andersen, Mr. Hallsworth held a number of senior management positions, including Head of Corporate Finance, Head of Audit and Managing Partner of Andersen Cambridge, and Managing Partner and Head of Audit of Andersen Scotland. He joined Deloitte Scotland in 2002, where he served as Senior Client Service Partner, and Head of TMC Practice until 2005. He is also currently a director of memsstar (2006), CMA Scotland (2007), and Metaforic (2009). Former directorships include: Scottish Enterprise (2004-2010), Microvisk (2006-2012), Forth Dimension Displays (2007-2011), Elonics (2006-2010), Golden Charter (2009-2011), Infinite Data Storage plc (2005-2007), 3Way Networks (2005-2007), Innovata plc (2005-2007), and AT Communications plc (2008-2009). Mr. Hallsworth has been a Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland since 1978. Mr. Hallsworth received a Bachelor of Accountancy from Glasgow University 1974.

The Board believes that Mr. Hallsworth is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive accounting experience and experience providing strategic direction to multiple life science and technology companies.

Brian McDonough, Director

Brian McDonough is a Director, appointed in May 2012. Mr. McDonough is presently a Principal of Dx Consulting, a consultancy specializing in transfusion diagnostics. From 2003 through 2009, Mr. McDonough was Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Donor Screening at Ortho Clinical Diagnostics, a Johnson and Johnson company. From 2000 through 2003, he was President of the North American Blood Products Group of the Medical Division of Pall Corporation, a company specializing in medical filtration products. Prior to holding these senior executive positions, Mr. McDonough had an extensive career at the American Red Cross spanning over 30 years. From 1968 through 1982 Mr. McDonough worked in American Red Cross BioMedical Services as Executive Head of the St. Louis Regional Blood Services Unit. In 1982, he became the Executive Director of the Irwin Memorial Blood Bank of San Francisco, where he also served on several public health committees addressing the spread of AIDS. In 1987, Mr. McDonough returned to the American Red Cross as Regional Vice President of BioMedical Services and in 1994 served under Elizabeth Dole as Chief Operating Officer, Blood Services of the American Red Cross BioMedical Services, with overall responsibility for national blood and plasma programs. Brian received a B.A. in liberal arts from Wichita State University and an M.H.A. from Central Michigan University.

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

The Board believes that Mr. McDonough is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive experience within the transfusion diagnostics industry and operational experience at the American Red Cross.

Zubeen Shroff, Director

Zubeen Shroff is a Director, appointed in July 2013. Mr. Shroff is a Managing Director of Galen Partners, a leading healthcare growth equity firm founded in 1990. Mr. Shroff has 25 years of experience working with entrepreneurs and their Board of Directors in building high-growth healthcare companies. Mr. Shroff joined Galen in 1996, from The Wilkerson Group, where he was a Principal with a client base including pharmaceutical, diagnostics, device and biotech companies, plus a select number of venture capital firms. Prior to joining The Wilkerson Group, Mr. Shroff worked at Schering-Plough France, a manufacturer of healthcare products and medicines, where he helped launch their biotech product, alpha-Interferon, in several new indications. Currently, Mr. Shroff is Treasurer and on the Executive Committee of the Board for The Westchester Medical Center Public Benefit Corporation, as well as Chairman of its Foundation. Since 2004, he has served on the Advisory Committees to Boston University Medical School and The Center for Global Health & Development. In addition, Mr. Shroff is on the Advisory Board of the Joslin Diabetes Center. In addition to the above positions, over the past 10 years, Mr. Shroff has served on the Board of Directors of numerous privately held Galen portfolio companies in the industry. Mr. Shroff served on the public Board of Directors of Pet DRx Corporation until July 2010 and Encore Medical until June 2006. Mr. Shroff received a BA in Biological Sciences from Boston University and an MBA from the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

The Board believes that Mr. Shroff is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive experience in providing strategic guidance to companies in the healthcare industry, particularly in the areas of medical devices, diagnostics, and capital equipment.

Dr. John Wilkerson, Director

Dr. John Wilkerson is a Director, appointed in February 2012. Dr. Wilkerson co-founded Galen Partners in 1990 and currently serves as a Senior Advisor to Galen. Dr. Wilkerson has focused on healthcare throughout his career, beginning as a Group Product Director for Ortho Diagnostics Inc., a Johnson & Johnson company. He was a Vice President covering medical device companies at Smith Barney before moving in 1980 to Channing, Weinberg & Co., Inc., a management consulting firm for pharmaceutical, diagnostic, medical device and biotechnology companies, which he purchased and renamed The Wilkerson Group (acquired by IBM in 1996).

Dr. Wilkerson currently serves as a director Cardiva and TPS and was previously the Chairman of Atlantic Health Systems, a New Jersey hospital system. He is a trustee and former President of the Museum of American Folk Art and founder of the E. L. Rose Conservancy. Dr. Wilkerson received a Ph.D. from Cornell University.

The Board believes that Mr. Wilkerson is qualified to serve as a Director based upon his extensive experience providing strategic direction to companies in the life sciences industry, as well as his operational experience in the transfusion diagnostics industry.

COMPOSITION OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors is currently composed of six directors. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, each of our directors must “retire,” and, if they wish to continue to serve as a director, they become subject to re-election to the Board of Directors by our shareholders.

 

 

 

109


Table of Contents

  

 

 

The listing standards of NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, remuneration and nominating and governance committees be independent. In addition, the listing standards of NASDAQ require that audit committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and that the remuneration committee members satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 5605(d) of NASDAQ rules. The listing standards of NASDAQ further provide that a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s Board of Directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Our Board of Directors has determined that all of our directors, except Paul Cowan and                 , are independent directors. In making this determination, our Board of Directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares. As a result, in accordance with listing standards of NASDAQ, a majority of our directors are independent.

COMMITTEES OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Upon the completion of this offering, our Board of Directors will have three standing committees: the audit committee; the remuneration committee; and the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit committee

Following this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Messrs. Hallsworth, McDonough and Bologna, with Mr. Hallsworth serving as chairman of the committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of NASDAQ. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Hallsworth is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of NASDAQ. The audit committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

Ø  

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø  

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

Ø  

reviewing the internal audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

 

Ø  

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

Ø  

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

Ø  

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

Ø  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our audited financial statements to be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

Ø  

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Management

 

 

 

Ø  

preparing the audit committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

Ø  

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to our Board of Directors for approval;

 

Ø  

viewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

Ø  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.

Remuneration committee

Following this offering, our remuneration committee will be composed of Messrs.             , McDonough, Hallsworth, and Bologna, with              serving as chairman of the committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of the remuneration committee is “independent” as defined under the applicable listing standards of NASDAQ. The remuneration committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

Ø  

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

Ø  

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

Ø  

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

Ø  

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the remuneration committee;

 

Ø  

conducting the independence assessment outlined in the rules of NASDAQ with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the remuneration committee;

 

Ø  

producing a remuneration committee report on executive compensation as required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

Ø  

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of NASDAQ;

 

Ø  

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation philosophy and policy;

 

Ø  

overseeing and administering our compensation and equity-based plans;

 

Ø  

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards; and

 

Ø  

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors with respect to director compensation.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

Following this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Messrs.             , Bologna, McDonough and Hallsworth, with Mr.              serving as chairman of the committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined under the applicable listing standards of NASDAQ. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

Ø  

establishing a policy under which our shareholders may recommend a candidate to the nominating and corporate governance committee for consideration for nomination as a Director;

 

 

 

111


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

Ø  

identifying individuals qualified to become members of our Board of Directors, consistent with criteria approved by our Board of Directors;

 

Ø  

recommending to our Board of Directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the committees of our Board of Directors;

 

Ø  

developing and recommending to our Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles;

 

Ø  

articulating to each director what is expected, including reference to the corporate governance principles and directors’ duties and responsibilities;

 

Ø  

reviewing and recommending to our Board of Directors practices and policies with respect to directors;

 

Ø  

recommending to our Board of Directors qualified individuals to serve as members of the committees of our Board of Directors;

 

Ø  

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to our Board of Directors for approval;

 

Ø  

overseeing the systems and processes established by us to ensure compliance with our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics; and

 

Ø  

performing an evaluation of the performance of the committee.

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of the members of our remuneration committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of our Board of Directors or remuneration committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or remuneration committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our remuneration committee and affiliates of such members, please see “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”

FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS

There is no family relationship between any director, executive officer or person nominated to become a director or executive director.

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

We intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, prior to the completion of this offering. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website, www.quotientbd.com. We intend to disclose any amendment to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Executive compensation

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table summarizes information regarding the compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 awarded to, earned by or paid to Paul Cowan, our Chief Executive Officer, Jeremy Stackawitz, one of our two Presidents, and Roland Boyd, who served as our Chief Financial Officer during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and currently serves as our Group Financial Controller and Treasurer. Messrs. Stackawitz and Boyd were our two most highly compensated executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. We refer to these three individuals in this prospectus as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position  

Fiscal

Year

Ended

March 31,

    Salary     Bonus    

Option

awards

   

Nonqualified

deferred

compensation

earnings

   

Non-equity

incentive

plan

compensation

   

All other

compensation

    Total  

Paul Cowan,

               

Chief Executive Officer

    2013      $ 240,000        —        $ 59,419 (1)       —          —          —        $ 299,419   

Jeremy Stackawitz,

               

President

    2013      $ 309,309      $ 70,000        —          —          —          —        $ 379,309   

Roland Boyd,

               

Former Chief Financial Officer; current Group Financial Controller and Treasurer

    2013      $ 101,749      $ 32,000      $ 95,000 (2)       —          —        $ 14,200      $ 292,949   

 

(1)   Represents 62,546 options at the fair market value of the underlying securities of $0.95 on August 31, 2012.
(2)   Represents 100,000 options at the fair market value of the underlying securities of $0.95 on February 13, 2013.

 

 

 

113


Table of Contents

  

 

 

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 31, 2013. All options are options to purchase ordinary shares.

OPTION AWARDS

 

Name   

Vesting start

date

    

Number of

securities

underlying

exercisable

options

    

Equity

incentive plan

awards:

number of

securities

underlying

unexercisable

options (1)

    

Option

exercise

price (2)

    

Option

expiration date

 
            (#)      (#)      ($)         

Paul Cowan,
Chief Executive Officer

     August 31, 2015         —           62,546         0.46         August 30, 2022   

Jeremy Stackawitz,
President

     —           —           —           —           -   

Roland Boyd,
Former Chief Financial Officer; current Group Financial Controller and Treasurer

     August 14, 2015         —           100,000         0.46         February 12, 2023   

 

(1)   Vesting of all options is subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(2)   The option exercise prices are lower than the fair market value of the underlying securities. As described more fully in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Valuation of share options,” as part of the preparation of this prospectus, the Board has reviewed the fair value of our ordinary shares at the various dates in recent years when option and share awards have been granted. This review has resulted in certain instances in the Board concluding that the fair value of the underlying securities is higher than the option exercise prices determined at the time. The resulting increase in compensation expense has been reflected in our financial statements.

Incentive compensation

Mr. Cowan was granted options to acquire 557,554 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $1.0525658 on June 28, 2013, and 62,546 options on August 31, 2012, at an exercise price of £0.2901.

Mr. Stackawitz was issued 138,386 A ordinary shares, 39,539 A deferred shares and 118,617 B deferred shares at a subscription price of $0.001 per share on February 16, 2012. He also was issued 300,000 C deferred shares at a subscription price of £0.2901, equivalent to approximately $0.46 per share on the same date. We issued these shares in connection with our acquisition of our predecessor’s business to replace equivalent shares previously issued to Mr. Stackawitz by our predecessor. Prior to March 3, 2014, we were owed approximately $138,000 of the purchase price for these shares from Mr. Stackawitz. On February 28, 2014, we paid Mr. Stackawitz a cash bonus, a portion of which was used to repay this amount in full. Subsequent to February 16, 2012, Mr. Stackawitz’s A, B, and C deferred shares converted into an additional 339,539 A ordinary shares and 118,617 B ordinary shares. Our Articles of Association specify a number of restrictions on the shareholdings held by Mr. Stackawitz and they also specify certain conditions which may cause these shares to be forfeit or which may require Mr. Stackawitz to compulsorily transfer his shareholdings to us for an aggregate consideration of £1, including if Mr. Stackawitz were to end his employment with us.

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

Mr. Boyd was granted 100,000 options on February 15, 2013, at an exercise price of £0.2901 per share, and 25,000 options on June 28, 2013, at an exercise price of £1.0525658 per share.

AGREEMENTS WITH OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Paul Cowan

We entered into a service agreement with Paul Cowan dated February 16, 2012 that sets forth the terms and conditions under which Mr. Cowan serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement has no specific term. Mr. Cowan’s current annual base salary for fiscal year 2014 is $450,000.

Both we and Mr. Cowan must give a minimum of 12 months’ prior notice to terminate his employment, other than for cause (as defined in his service agreement). We have the right to place Mr. Cowan on paid leave rather than allowing him to continue to provide services during this notice period. Mr. Cowan is obligated to refrain from competition with us for nine months after his termination, unless that period is shortened by a period of leave. After notice to terminate has been given by Mr. Cowan or us, all or part of the duration of the notice period of leave would be counted as part of the non-competition period. Upon termination, we would owe Mr. Cowan the balance of his base salary for the remaining term of the agreement.

For fiscal years ending March 31, 2014 onwards, Mr. Cowan is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus equal to 100% of his base salary, subject to achievement of corporate performance goals and individual performance goals.

Jeremy Stackawitz

We entered into an employment agreement with Jeremy Stackawitz dated March 9, 2009 that sets forth the terms and conditions of Mr. Stackawitz’s employment as one of our two Presidents. The agreement has no specific term and establishes an at-will employment relationship. Mr. Stackawitz’s current annual base salary for fiscal year 2014 is $320,000.

We may terminate Mr. Stackawitz’s employment with or without cause, but Mr. Stackawitz is required to provide at least two months’ advance notice to us if he is terminating his employment. If we terminate Mr. Stackawitz’s employment other than for cause (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive, subject to certain conditions, severance equal to 12 months of his then current base salary and employee benefits (as defined in his employment agreement), payable as a lump sum as soon as practicable after the date of termination, but in no event later than March 15 th of the following year. Mr. Stackawitz is obligated to (i) refrain from engaging in competition with us in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct our business for a period of one year after any termination and (ii) refrain from soliciting any of our executives, suppliers or customers for a period of two years after any termination.

We have agreed to indemnify Mr. Stackawitz to the maximum extent permitted by the organizational documents of Alba and applicable law, including against any actions, suits, proceedings or claims for which Mr. Stackawitz may be liable that may arise from our agreement with Ortho.

Mr. Stackawitz is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, subject to achievement of corporate performance goals and individual performance goals. In addition, Mr. Stackawitz is eligible for an annual revenue target bonus, subject to the achievement of certain revenue targets, up to a maximum of 150% of his base salary.

 

 

 

115


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Edward Farrell

We entered into an employment agreement with Edward Farrell dated November 21, 2012 that sets forth the terms and conditions of Mr. Farrell’s employment as one of our two Presidents. Mr. Farrell’s employment commenced on February 14, 2013. The agreement has no specific term and establishes an at-will employment relationship. Mr. Farrell’s current annual base salary for fiscal year 2014 is £185,000 or approximately $296,000.

Both we and Mr. Farrell must give a minimum of 12 months’ prior notice to terminate his employment, other than for cause (as defined in his service agreement). We have the right to place Mr. Farrell on paid leave rather than allowing him to continue to provide services during this notice period. Mr. Farrell is obligated to refrain from competition with us for 12 months after his termination, unless that period is shortened by a period of leave. After notice to termination has been given by Mr. Farrell or us, all or part of the duration of the notice period of leave would be counted as part of the non-competition period. Upon termination, we would owe Mr. Farrell the balance of his base salary for the remaining term of the agreement.

In addition to his salary, Mr. Farrell is also entitled to a car allowance of £11,000 or approximately $17,600 per annum, contributions by his employer to a personal pension plan of 6% of salary and private healthcare benefits of £1,860 or approximately $2,976 per annum. For fiscal years ending March 31, 2014 onwards, Mr. Farrell is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, subject to achievement of corporate performance goals and individual performance goals. In April 2013, we granted Mr. Farrell an option to purchase 300,000 shares at an exercise price of £0.01 per share.

Roland Boyd

We entered into a service agreement with Roland Boyd dated August 14, 2012 that sets forth the terms and conditions under which Mr. Boyd has served as our Chief Financial Officer and serves as Group Financial Controller and Treasurer. The agreement has an indefinite term. Mr. Boyd’s current annual base salary for fiscal year 2014 is £120,000.

Both we and Mr. Boyd must give a minimum of 6 months’ prior notice to terminate his employment, other than for cause (as defined in his service agreement). We have the right to place Mr. Boyd on paid leave rather than allowing him to continue to provide services during this notice period. Mr. Boyd is obligated to refrain from competition with us for 12 months after his termination, unless that period is shortened by a period of leave. After notice to terminate has been given by Mr. Boyd or us, all or part of the duration of the notice period of leave would be counted as part of the non-competition period. Upon termination, we would owe Mr. Boyd the balance of his base salary and contractual benefits for the remaining term of the agreement.

In addition to his salary, Mr. Boyd is also entitled to a car allowance of £550 per month (or a company car up to a value of £35,000), contributions by his employer to a personal pension plan of 6% of salary and private healthcare benefits of £1,860 or approximately $2,976 per annum. For fiscal years ending March 31, 2014 onwards, Mr. Boyd is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus equal to 33.33% of his base salary, subject to achievement of corporate performance goals and individual performance goals.

Stephen Unger

We entered into an employment agreement with Stephen Unger dated March 5, 2014 that sets forth the terms and conditions of Mr. Unger’s employment as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Unger’s employment commenced on January 1, 2014. The agreement has no specific term and establishes an at-will employment relationship. Mr. Unger’s current annual base salary for fiscal year 2014 is $300,000.

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

We may terminate Mr. Unger’s employment with or without cause, but Mr. Unger is required to provide at least two months’ advance written notice to us if he terminates his employment. If we terminate Mr. Unger’s employment other than for cause (as defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive, subject to certain conditions, severance equal to 12 months of his then current base salary and employee benefits then in effect (as defined in his employment agreement), payable as a lump sum as soon as practicable after the date of termination, but in no event later than March 15th of the following year. Mr. Unger is obligated to (i) refrain from engaging in competition with us in the United States or in other countries in which we conduct our business for a period of one year after any termination and (ii) refrain from soliciting any of our executives, suppliers or customers for a period of two years after any termination.

We have agreed to indemnify Mr. Unger to the maximum extent permitted by our organizational documents and applicable law, for any acts or decisions made in good faith while performing services for us.

Mr. Unger is eligible for an annual discretionary bonus equal to 50% of his base salary, subject to achievement of corporate performance goals and individual performance goals, starting with the financial year ending March 31, 2015. Upon completion of this offering, we will pay Mr. Unger a bonus of $250,000. We will also grant Mr. Unger options to purchase, or restricted stock units in respect of, 210,000 ordinary shares, which will vest in equal installments with one-third vesting upon the first anniversary following his commencement of employment, and the remainder vesting in equal installments on the second and third anniversary. These options will vest automatically upon a change of control (as defined in the employment agreement). In June 2013, in connection with his consulting services provided to us, we granted Mr. Unger an option to purchase 100,000 shares at an exercise price $1.05.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

We do not pay any cash or equity director compensation to Mr. Cowan, as he is compensated as an employee of our company. Prior to this offering, we also have not paid cash director compensation to directors who are affiliated with one or more of the investment funds that hold significant share ownership positions in our company, including Messrs. Wilkerson and Shroff.

We have three directors who are unaffiliated with our significant shareholders: Mr. Hallsworth, who chairs the Audit Committee and, Messrs. McDonough and Bologna. Prior to this offering, we have not paid cash director compensation to these unaffiliated directors. The following table sets forth the share options held by the directors as of March 31, 2013, other than Mr. Cowan; for information regarding Mr. Cowan’s executive compensation see the summary compensation table above. All options are options to purchase ordinary shares.

 

Name    Vesting start date     

Number of

securities

underlying

exercisable

options

    

Equity

incentive plan

awards:

number of

securities

underlying

unexercisable

options (1)

    

Option

exercise

price (2)

    

Option expiration

date

 
            (#)      (#)      ($)         

John Wilkerson

     August 31, 2012         62,546         62,546         0.46         August 30, 2022   

Brian McDonough

     August 31, 2012         125,091         125,091         0.46         August 30, 2022   

David Azad

     August 31, 2012         62,546         62,546         0.46         August 30, 2022   

Thomas Bologna

     August 31, 2012         125,091         125,091         0.46         August 30, 2022   

Frederick Hallsworth

     August 31, 2012         62,546         62,546         0.46         August 30, 2022   

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents

  

 

 

 

(1)   Vesting of all options is subject to continued service through the applicable vesting date.
(2)   The option exercise prices are lower than the fair market value of the underlying securities. As described more fully in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Valuation of share options,” as part of the preparation of this prospectus, the Board has reviewed the fair value of our ordinary shares at the various dates in recent years when option and share awards have been granted. This review has resulted in certain instances in the Board concluding that the fair value of the underlying securities is higher than the option exercise prices determined at the time. The resulting increase in compensation expense has been reflected in our financial statements.

Following completion of this offering, we expect our Board of Directors to adopt a director compensation program. Under this director compensation program, we will pay our non-employee directors that are unaffiliated with our significant shareholders an annual cash retainer for service on the Board of Directors of $35,000.

We will also reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending our Board of Director and committee meetings.

Our non-employee directors will also generally be eligible to receive restricted shares, options and other share based equity awards under 2013 Plan. For additional information, see “—Equity and incentive plans—2014 Stock Incentive Plan.” Further, each non-employee director serving on our Board of Directors effective upon the pricing of this offering will receive an option to purchase          shares. Each such option will be granted with an exercise price of $         and will vest following the grant date, subject to the director’s continued service as a director.

The director compensation program is intended to provide a total compensation package that enables us to attract and retain qualified and experienced individuals to serve as directors and to align our directors’ interests with those of our shareholders.

EQUITY AND INCENTIVE PLANS

Our shareholders and Board of Directors previously adopted the 2013 Enterprise Management Plan, or the 2013 Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan.

As of December 31, 2013, the number of shares reserved for issuance, number of shares issued, number of shares underlying outstanding share options and number of shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2013 Plan is set forth in the table below. The table below also reflects the shares associated with the 2014 Plan, which will become effective upon the pricing of the offering. Our Board of Directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2013 Plan following the closing of this offering.

 

Name of Plan   

Number of Shares

Reserved for

Issuance

    

Number of

Shares Issued

    

Number of

Shares

Underlying

Outstanding

Options

    

Number of Shares

Remaining

Available for

Future Issuance

 

2013 Enterprise Management Plan

     2,639,229         125,092         2,252,374         261,763   

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

        —           —        

Subsequent to December 31, 2013, in February 2014, we granted to certain of our employees options to acquire 37,500 ordinary shares under the 2013 Plan. All such options were granted with an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

 

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

In                     , 2014, our Board of Directors approved the grant of an aggregate of options to purchase ordinary shares under the terms of the 2014 Plan, effective upon the pricing of this offering, of which options will be awarded to our non-employee directors and options will be awarded to employees, including our executive officers. All such options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the price in this offering.

The following description of each of our share incentive plans is qualified by reference to the full text of those plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

2013 Enterprise Management Incentive Plan

We adopted the 2013 Enterprise Management Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, to enhance our ability to attract, retain and motivate persons expected to make important contributions to our company by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives. All of our employees are eligible to be granted options under the 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan is administered by our Board of Directors. Subject to certain conditions, the 2013 Plan permits grants of enterprise management incentive options, or EMI options, under the terms of Schedule 5 to the U.K. Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003 (or ITEPA) for U.K.-based employees.

Options may be exercised upon the occurrence of certain events, including among other events, (i) in a sale of any shares of our share capital, which confers more than 50% of the total voting rights of all our issued shares; (ii) in the sale of all or substantially all of the undertakings of our company and our subsidiaries, and (iii) in the event of a listing of our shares on any “Recognized Investment Exchange” as defined in Section 841(a) of the Corporation Taxes Act 2009. In the event our shares are listed, an option may be exercised, in three equal installments, on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of the grant. Options must be exercised during an employee’s term of employment or service or within 40 days of termination of employment or service (or within one year in the case of termination on account of a participant’s death). The options lapse after specified periods upon the occurrence of applicable events, including, forty days after (i) the sale of any shares of our share capital which confers more than 50% of the total voting rights of all our issued shares or (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the undertakings of our company and our subsidiaries.

The maximum term of an option award is ten years.

Each option grant is documented through an option agreement. The exercise price per share of all options is determined by our Board of Directors at the time of the grant.

Awards are non-transferable and our Board of Directors retains discretion to amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award. Awards may be accelerated to become immediately exercisable in full or in part upon approval of our Board of Directors.

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2013 Plan, as well as the exercise price per share of each outstanding option may be appropriately adjusted by our Board of Directors. The 2013 Plan provides for certain exchange rights in the event of change in control and provides for conditional exercise in connection with a court-ordered reorganization of our company or our amalgamation with any other company or companies.

As of December 31, 2013, there were 2,252,374 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.81 per ordinary share. Subsequent to such date, in February 2014, we granted options to acquire 37,500 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

 

 

 

119


Table of Contents

  

 

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

Our Board of Directors and our shareholders have approved the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides us flexibility with respect to our ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, officers, directors, consultants and other service providers upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the successful conduct and development of our business depends, and to provide additional incentives to such persons to devote their effort and skill to the advancement and betterment of our company, by providing them an opportunity to participate in the ownership of our company and thereby have an interest in its success and increased value.

We have reserved an aggregate of                  ordinary shares for issuance under the 2014 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, share split, share consolidation, reclassification, share dividend or other change in our capital structure. To the extent that an award terminates, or expires for any reason, then any shares subject to the award may be used again for new grants. However, shares which are (i) not issued or delivered as a result of the net settlement of outstanding share appreciation rights, or SARs, or options, (ii) used to pay the exercise price related to outstanding options, (iii) used to pay withholding taxes related to outstanding options or SARs or (iv) repurchased on the open market with the proceeds from an option exercise, will not be available for re-grant under the 2014 Plan.

The number of ordinary shares reserved for issuance will automatically increase on April 1 of each fiscal year, from April 1, 2014 (assuming the 2014 Plan becomes effective before such date) through April 1, 2022, by         % of the total number of shares of our ordinary shares outstanding on March 31 of the preceding fiscal year, or such smaller amount as determined by our Board of Directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options under the 2014 Plan is                  shares.

The 2014 Plan permits us to make grants of (i) incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422 of the Code and (ii) non-qualified stock options. Incentive share options may only be issued to our employees. Non-qualified share options may be issued to our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers. The option exercise price of each option granted pursuant to the 2014 Plan will be determined by our remuneration committee and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant, subject to certain exceptions. The term of each option will be fixed by the our remuneration committee and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. All option grants under the 2014 Plan are made pursuant to a written option agreement.

The 2014 Plan permits us to sell or make grants of restricted shares. Restricted shares may be sold or granted to our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers (or of any current or future parent or subsidiary of our company). Restricted shares issued under the 2014 Plan is sold or granted pursuant to a written restricted shares purchase agreement.

The 2014 Plan also permits us to issue SARs. SARs may be issued to our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers. The base price per share of ordinary shares covered by each SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the ordinary shares on the date of grant, subject to certain exceptions. SAR grants under the 2014 Plan are made pursuant to a written SAR agreement.

Further, the 2014 Plan permits us to issue restricted share units, or RSUs. RSUs may be issued to our employees, directors, consultants and other service providers. RSU grants under the 2014 Plan are made pursuant to a written RSU agreement.

The 2014 Plan is administered by our remuneration committee, which has the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the 2014 Plan. In particular, the remuneration committee

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

 

 

has the authority to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, incentive share options, nonqualified share options, restricted shares, SARs or RSUs shall be granted, the number of shares to be represented by each option agreement or covered by each restricted share purchase agreement, SAR agreement or RSU agreement and the exercise price of such options and the base price of such SARs. In addition, our remuneration committee has the authority to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award, and to determine the specific terms, conditions and restrictions of each award. The remuneration committee will be composed exclusively of individuals intended to be, to the extent provided by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, independent directors and will, at such times as we are subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, qualify as outside directors for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Unless provided otherwise within each written option agreement, restricted share purchase agreement, SAR agreement or RSU agreement as the case may be, the vesting of all options, restricted share, SARs and RSUs granted under the 2014 Plan shall accelerate automatically in the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2014 Plan) effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control unless such equity awards are to be assumed by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof) or equity awards of comparable value are to be issued in exchange therefor or the equity awards granted under the 2014 Plan are to be replaced by the acquiring entity with other incentives under a new incentive program containing such terms and provisions as our remuneration committee in its discretion may consider equitable.

Our Board of Directors may from time to time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Plan in such respects as our Board of Directors may deem advisable, provided that no such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall substantially affect or impair the rights of any participant under any awards previously granted without such participant’s consent.

No awards may be granted under the 2014 Plan after the date that is ten years from the date the 2014 Plan was approved by our shareholders.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PENSION PLAN

We operate a defined contribution pension plan for our employees. Our executive officers and directors do not participate in this plan. The assets of the plan are held separately from us in an independently administered fund. Pension costs during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $263,000, $228,000 and $208,000 respectively.

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions

The following is a description of transactions, since January 1, 2011, in which (a) we were a participant, (b) the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and (c) one or more of our executive officers, directors or 5% shareholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” had a direct or indirect material interest. We refer to these as “related person transactions.”

REORGANIZATION AND GALEN INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

We were incorporated on January 18, 2012. Upon our incorporation, we issued two ordinary shares to Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited, or QBDG, a holding company that previously owned our subsidiaries, Alba Bioscience Limited (or Alba), Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. (or QBDI) and QBD (QSIP) Limited (or QSIP), and is wholly-owned and controlled by Deidre Cowan, the spouse of our chief executive officer, Paul Cowan.

On February 16, 2012, in connection with the investment in us by Galen Partners LLP and affiliated entities, or Galen, we completed the following transactions:

 

  (1)   we issued 14,023,552 A preference shares to QBDG in connection with the acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Alba, QBDI and QSIP;

 

  (2)   we issued 177,295 A ordinary shares, 59,309 A deferred shares, 118,617 B deferred shares and 525,710 C deferred shares to certain of our senior executives to replace equivalent shares previously issued to the same senior executives by QBDG;

 

  (3)   we issued 10,450,653 new B preference shares to Galen and 190,011 to our director, Thomas Bologna, for a total consideration of $11.2 million;

 

  (4)  

we paid a total consideration of $1.8 million to QBDG for the intellectual property rights relating to MosaiQ ;

 

  (5)   we repurchased 1,553,598 A preference shares from QBDG for a total consideration of $1.6 million;

 

  (6)   we repaid all inter-company balances owed by Alba to QBDG, and, simultaneously, QBDG repaid all inter-company balances owed by it to QBDI; and

 

  (7)   we granted warrants to subscribe up to 4,750,296 A preference or B preference shares at a total subscription price of $5.0 million to QBDG (950,059), Galen (3,762,316) and Thomas Bologna (37,921).

FEBRUARY 2013 WARRANT EXERCISES

On February 14, 2013, we issued the following shares in connection with certain exercises of outstanding warrants by the holders thereof:

 

  (1)   we issued an aggregate of 3,762,316 B preference shares to Galen for an aggregate purchase price of $3,960,085; and

 

  (2)   we issued 250,000 A preference shares to QDBG for an aggregate purchase price of $263,141.

DECEMBER 2013 REFINANCING TRANSACTIONS

On December 6, 2013, in connection with the refinancing of our Haemonetics borrowings with the MidCap Financial term loan agreement, we completed the following transactions:

 

  (1)   we issued 666,667 C preference shares to Galen for a total consideration of $2,000,001;

 

  (2)   we issued 83,333 C preference shares to Paul Cowan for a total consideration of $249,999; and

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related party transactions

 

 

 

  (3)   we issued 50,000 C preference shares to our Group Financial Controller and Treasurer, Roland Boyd, for a total consideration of $150,000.

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

In connection with Galen’s investment in our company, we have entered into an agreement with Galen and certain of our other shareholders. Pursuant to this agreement, Galen agreed to share voting rights over certain corporate actions, including amendments to the articles, the issuance of any shares, declarations of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, significant borrowings, asset sales, and other transactions. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

We are party to service or employment agreements with our executive officers. For additional information, see “Executive compensation—Agreements with our executive officers.”

EQUITY AWARDS

We have issued certain shares and granted share options to our executive officers and our directors. For additional information, see “Executive compensation—Outstanding equity awards at fiscal year end” and “—Director compensation.”

INDEMNIFICATION

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors to indemnify them against certain liabilities and expenses arising from their being a director (but specifically excluding any circumstance where they are determined to have violated their fiduciary duty to us). Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR APPOINTMENT LETTERS

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into letters of appointment with each of our non-executive directors. These letters set forth the main terms on which each of our non-executive directors serve on our Board of Directors. Continued appointment under the letter is contingent on continued satisfactory performance, re-nomination by the remuneration committee and approval of the Board of Directors, re-election by the shareholders and any relevant statutory provisions and provisions of our articles of association relating to removal of a director.

PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Currently, under our Related Party Transaction Policy,          is charged with the primary responsibility for determining whether, based on the facts and circumstances, a related person has a direct or indirect material interest in a proposed or existing transaction. To assist          in making this determination, the policy sets forth certain categories of transactions that are deemed not to involve a direct or indirect material interest on behalf of the related person. If, after applying these categorical standards and weighing all of the facts and circumstances,          determines that the related person would have a direct or indirect material interest in the transaction,          must present the transaction to the Audit Committee for review or, if impracticable under the circumstances, to the Chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee must then either approve or reject the transaction in accordance with the terms of the policy.

 

 

 

123


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Principal shareholders

The following table sets forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2013 and immediately after the closing of this offering, for:

 

  Ø  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

  Ø  

each of our directors;

 

  Ø  

each of our executive officers; and

 

  Ø  

all directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. In general, under these rules a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is computed on the basis of 29,239,180 ordinary shares issued as of December 31, 2013, which reflects the assumed conversion of all of our outstanding preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering.

The percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering is computed on the basis of ordinary shares outstanding, which assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 2013 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of such person’s holdings, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group.

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe that the shareholders named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown to be beneficially owned by them, based on information provided to us by such shareholders.

 

 

 

124


Table of Contents

Principal shareholders

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Quotient Limited, P.O. Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, JE4 2QP, Jersey, Channel Islands.

 

            Percentage of ordinary
shares beneficially owned
Name and address of beneficial owner   

Number of

ordinary shares

beneficially

owned

     Before offering     After offering(1)
5% shareholders:        

QBDG(2)

     12,719,954         43.5  

Galen Partners(3)

     15,004,728         51.3     
Executive officers and directors:        

Paul Cowan(4)

     12,803,287         43.8     

Jeremy Stackawitz

     596,542         2.0     

Edward Farrell

     6,667         *     

Stephen Unger

     25,000         *     

Roland Boyd

     50,000         *     

Thomas Bologna

     400,525         1.4     

Frederick Hallsworth

     136,715         *     

Brian McDonough

     64,169         *     

Zubeen Shroff(5)

     15,004,728         51.3     

John Wilkerson(5)

     15,004,728         51.3     

All Directors and Executive Officers as a group

     29,087,633         99.5  

 

*   Denotes less than 1%.
(1)   Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. See “Underwriting.”
(2)   Deidre Cowan, Mr. Cowan’s spouse, exercises sole voting and dispositive power over the 12,719,954 ordinary shares held of record by QBDG.
(3)   The business address of Galen Partners is 680 Washington Blvd., Stamford, CT 06901. Includes 13,708,981 ordinary shares held of record by Galen Partners V LP, 1,170,655 ordinary shares held of record by Galen Partners International V LP and 125,092 ordinary shares held of record by Galen Management, LLC (collectively, “Galen Partners”). John Wilkerson, David Jahns, and Zubeen Shroff exercise voting, investment and dispositive rights over our securities held of record by Galen Partners.
(4)   Includes 83,333 ordinary shares held of record by Mr. Cowan and 12,719,954 ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Cowan’s spouse, Deidre Cowan, who exercises sole voting and dispositive power over 12,719,954 ordinary shares held of record by QBDG.
(5)   Consists solely of the ordinary shares identified in footnote 3. Each of Mr. Shroff and Mr. Wilkerson disclaims beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares identified in footnote 3, except to the extent of his proportionate pecuniary interest in such shares.

 

 

 

125


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Description of share capital

GENERAL

Quotient Limited was originally formed as a private limited liability, no par value company named QBDG (Newco) Limited, on January 18, 2012 under the Companies (Jersey, Channel Islands) Law 1991 (referred to below, as amended, as the “Jersey Companies Law”) with the registered number 109886. The company changed its name to Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited on January 27, 2012, and changed its name to Quotient Limited on May 10, 2013. On , 2014, the company’s status was changed to a public limited liability no par value company.

The registered office of Quotient Limited is at c/o Quotient Limited, P.O. Box 1075, Elizabeth House 9 Castle Street St Helier Jersey, Channel Islands, JE2 2QP and its principal executive office is at Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan, Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 OPZ, United Kingdom.

INTRODUCTION

This section describes the rights available to legal shareholders. Under Jersey, Channel Islands law, only persons who hold shares in CREST (an electronic clearing system in the United Kingdom) or holders of shares in certificated form may be recorded as shareholders in our share register maintained by our share registrar (also known as a transfer agent). The shares sold in this offering will, at least initially, be held in certificated form by Cede & Co., as nominee for the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, which will establish accounts in its electronic system for participating brokerage firms. Investors who purchase these shares will be reflected within the DTC system, but will not appear on our official share register. Therefore holders in “street name” through participating DTC brokerage firms will not be directly entitled to the rights conferred on our shareholders by our Articles of Association, or the Articles, or the rights conferred on shareholders of a Jersey company under the Jersey Companies Law, including rights related to voting and payments of dividends. Rather, holders in “street name” through participating DTC brokerage firms must look to DTC as the shareholder of record. DTC, in turn, is expected to distribute to participating DTC brokerage firms dividend payments that we have remitted to DTC in a single lump sum, and to authorize participating DTC brokerage firms to coordinate voting matters. There is no contract or other agreement between us and DTC that requires DTC to perform any action with respect to investors reflected within the DTC system; however, investors may have rights enforceable against DTC (but not us) through their contractual relationship with participating DTC brokerage firms.

Investors who purchase beneficial interests in the DTC system in our ordinary shares through NASDAQ must look solely to their brokerage firm, and in turn, DTC, for the payment of dividends, the exercise of voting rights and all other rights associated with our ordinary shares.

Investors who wish to hold their shares directly in certificated form, rather than indirectly through DTC’s electronic system, may request through their broker, who in turn will coordinate with             , as our share registrar (transfer agent) that they be issued a share certificate. This may require payment of administrative fees and additional requirements by individual brokers in order to process trades of ordinary shares represented by share certificates through NASDAQ. Please see “Our ordinary shares and trading in the United States.”

AUTHORIZED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

We are a no par value company, meaning that our shares do not have any nominal or par value. Our constitutional documents permit us to issue an unlimited number of shares.

 

 

 

126


Table of Contents

Description of share capital

 

 

The issued share capital of our company as of                 , 2014 was                  fully paid ordinary shares of nil par value.

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Public limited companies formed under the laws of Jersey are governed in general by two organizational documents, a Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association. The Memorandum of Association sets forth the basic constitutional details of the company and its authorized share capital. The Articles of Association set forth other general corporate matters, including the rights of shareholders and provisions concerning shareholder and director meetings and directors’ terms and fees. The full text of both our Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association are exhibits to this prospectus and are also available at our website, www.quotientbd.com. Information contained on our website or that is accessible through it is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase our ordinary shares.

QUOTIENT MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

Under the Jersey Companies Law, the capacity of a Jersey company is not limited by anything contained in its Memorandum or Articles of Association. Accordingly, we are able to operate in any markets and to provide any services which are legally permissible and that the directors deem appropriate. Our Memorandum of Association permits us to issue an unlimited number of shares.

QUOTIENT ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Voting rights

Each shareholder is entitled to one vote on a show of hands and to one vote per share held by such shareholder on a poll. There is no cumulative voting of shares.

Shareholders are ineligible to vote (unless our board determines otherwise) if any call or other sum presently payable by the shareholder to us in connection with such shares remains unpaid.

Transfer of shares

Shareholders may transfer certificated shares through a customary share transfer form and the presentation of the applicable physical share certificate. Under Jersey law, legal title to shares may not be held or transferred in uncertificated form in the DTC system. Accordingly, any of our shares purchased on NASDAQ represent only beneficial interests in the underlying aggregate certificated share position held by DTC. Transfers in “street name” through the DTC system are legally considered a transfer of the beneficial interest and are to be conducted in accordance with NASDAQ and DTC procedures.

Beneficial holders in “street name” may request at any time that actual ordinary shares in certificated form be registered in their name which would therefore accord them full rights as legal shareholders under Jersey law. Please see “Our ordinary shares and trading in the United States.”

 

 

 

127


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our Board of Directors in its discretion may suspend the registration of transfers of shares for periods not exceeding 30 days in any year. Our Board of Directors may also decline to register transfers of shares:

 

  Ø  

that are not fully paid; and

 

  Ø  

upon which we have a lien.

If our Board of Directors declines to register a transfer of shares, we must notify the transferee within two months thereafter.

Dividends and other distributions

In order to be able to declare any dividends, our directors must issue a statutory solvency statement to the effect that, immediately following the date on which the dividends are proposed to be paid, the company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to the prospects of the company and to the intentions of the directors with respect to the management of the company’s business and the amount and character of the financial resources that will in the view of the directors be available to the company, the company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the dividend is proposed to be paid (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

Dividends must be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid on shares, unless otherwise specified in the rights attached to a specific class or classes of shares. Dividends do not accrue interest and may, if unclaimed, be invested by our Board of Directors on our behalf until claimed. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date of declaration of such dividend or the date on which such dividend became due for payment is forfeited and becomes our property.

Our Articles of Association provide that if we have been authorized by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders, our Board of Directors may offer our shareholders the right to receive in lieu of any cash dividend (or part thereof) that we declare on our ordinary shares, such number of our ordinary shares that are (or nearly as possible) equivalent in value to the cash dividend, based on the market price of such shares determined in accordance with our Articles of Association.

Winding up

If we are wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision, or by the courts of Jersey) the liquidator (or the board, where no liquidator is appointed) may, with the authority of a special resolution of our shareholders, divide among our shareholders part or all of our assets, or transfer any part of our assets to a trustee for the benefit of our shareholders.

Changes in capital and allotment of securities

We may, by special resolution of our shareholders, alter our Memorandum of Association to increase or reduce the number of shares that we are authorized to issue, to consolidate all or any of our shares (whether issued or not) into fewer shares or to divide all or any of our shares (whether issued or not) into more shares, in each case in compliance with the Jersey Companies Law.

Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, our board has the discretion to issue authorized but unissued shares.

 

 

 

128


Table of Contents

Description of share capital

 

 

Variation of class rights

The rights attaching to any class of shares may only be altered by written consent of holders of not less than two-thirds in number of the issued shares of that class, or by special resolution of the relevant class passed at a class shareholder meeting by the holders of not less than two-thirds in number of the issued shares of that class being voted in person or by proxy at such meeting.

Change in Control

There are no provisions in our Articles of Association which would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

General meetings

An annual general meeting and any other shareholders’ meeting (whether convened for the passing of an ordinary or a special resolution of our shareholders) shall be called by at least 14 clear days’ notice given to our shareholders, directors and our auditors.

Borrowing powers

Our Board of Directors has the full authority to authorize our entry into agreements to borrow money, to grant security over our assets and to issue debentures and other securities whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of us or of any third party.

Directors

We may, by resolution of our shareholders, vary the minimum or maximum number of directors (subject to a minimum of two directors). Currently the minimum number of directors is two and the maximum is 12. We currently have six members on our Board of Directors.

Shareholders are only able to appoint a person as a director at a shareholder meeting if (i) the relevant person has been recommended by our board or is a serving director who is retiring at that shareholder meeting; or (ii) if a shareholder (other than the person proposed as a director) who is entitled to attend and vote at that shareholder meeting has submitted written notice to us of their intention to nominate the relevant person no less than seven and no more than 42 full days prior to the date of that shareholder meeting, along with a notice from the relevant person confirming their willingness to be appointed.

Directors are required to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to any contract or proposed contract or any other arrangement or proposed arrangement with us.

OTHER JERSEY, CHANNEL ISLANDS LAW CONSIDERATIONS

Purchase of own shares

As with declaring a dividend, we may not buy back or redeem our shares unless our directors who are to authorize the buy back or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buy back or redemption is proposed, the company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buy back or redemption is proposed (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

 

 

 

129


Table of Contents

  

 

 

If the above conditions are met, we may purchase shares in the manner described below.

We may purchase on a stock exchange our own fully paid shares pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify:

 

  Ø  

the maximum number of shares to be purchased;

 

  Ø  

the maximum and minimum prices which may be paid; and

 

  Ø  

a date, not being later than 18 months after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a stock exchange pursuant to a special resolution of our shareholders but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. The shareholder from whom we propose to purchase or redeem shares is not entitled to take part in such shareholder vote in respect of the shares to be purchased.

We may fund a redemption or purchase of our own shares from any source. We cannot purchase our shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would remain in issue.

If authorized by a resolution of our shareholders, any shares that we redeem or purchase may be held by us as treasury shares. Any shares held by us as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by us are cancelled where we have not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory purchases and acquisitions

The Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person has made an offer to acquire a class of all of our outstanding shares not already held by the person and has as a result of such offer acquired or contractually agreed to acquire 90% or more of such outstanding shares, that person is then entitled (and may be required) to acquire the remaining shares. In such circumstances, a holder of any such remaining shares may apply to the Jersey court for an order that the person making such offer not be entitled to purchase the holder’s shares or that the person purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those under which the person made such offer.

Other than as described above, we are not subject to any regulations under which a shareholder that acquires a certain level of share ownership is then required to offer to purchase all of our remaining shares on the same terms as such shareholder’s prior purchase.

Compromises and arrangements

Where we and our creditors or shareholders or a class of either of them propose a compromise or arrangement between us and our creditors or our shareholders or a class of either of them (as applicable), the Jersey court may order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors or of our shareholders or class of shareholders (as applicable) to be called in such a manner as the court directs. Any compromise or arrangement approved by a majority in number representing 75% or more in value of the creditors or 75% or more of the voting rights of shareholders or class of either of them (as applicable) if sanctioned by the court, is binding upon us and all the creditors, shareholders or members of the specific class of either of them (as applicable).

 

 

 

 

130


Table of Contents

Description of share capital

 

 

Whether the capital of the company is to be treated as being divided into a single or multiple class(es) of shares is a matter to be determined by the court. The court may in its discretion treat a single class of shares as multiple classes, or multiple classes of shares as a single class, for the purposes of the shareholder approval referred to above taking into account all relevant circumstances, which may include circumstances other than the rights attaching to the shares themselves.

No pre-emptive rights

The Jersey Companies Law does not confer any pre-emptive rights to purchase our shares on our shareholders.

Rights of Minority Shareholders

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. What amounts to unfair prejudice is not defined in the Jersey Companies Law. There may also be common law personal actions available to our shareholders.

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating our affairs, requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by us or by any of our other shareholders.

 

 

 

131


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Comparison of Jersey, Channel Islands Law and Delaware Law

Set forth below is a comparison of certain shareholder rights and corporate governance matters under Delaware law and Jersey law:

 

Corporate Law Issue   Delaware Law   Jersey Law
Special Meetings of Shareholders   Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.   Shareholders holding 10% or more of the company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require our directors to call a meeting of shareholders. The Jersey Financial Services Commission, or JFSC, may, at the request of any officer, secretary or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offense on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.
Interested Director Transactions  

Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:

 

Ø    either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

 

Ø     the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

 

 

 

An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company or one of its subsidiaries. Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

 

Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court shall not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the

 

 

 

132


Table of Contents

Comparison of Jersey, Channel Islands Law and Delaware Law

 

 

Corporate Law Issue   Delaware Law   Jersey Law
    transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.
Cumulative Voting   The certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections of directors of the corporation under specified circumstances.   There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent   Unless otherwise specified in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, shareholders may take action permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting, without a meeting, prior notice or a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated and are only effective if the requisite signatures are collected within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation.   A unanimous written consent by each shareholder entitled to vote on the matter may effect any matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of our auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several instruments, is last signed or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.
Business Combinations   With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the Board of Directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.   Although our Articles of Association do not require shareholder approval of business combinations, the Jersey Companies Law (in the case of a merger) requires such approval by special resolution passed by at least two-thirds of the shares being voted in person or by proxy at a meeting or by unanimous written consent signed by each of the shareholders entitled to vote.
Limitations on Directors Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers   A Delaware corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation provisions limiting the personal liability of its directors to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for many types of breach of fiduciary duty. However, these provisions may not limit liability for any breach of the duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or  

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers for, liabilities:

 

Ø    incurred in defending any proceedings (whether civil or criminal):

 

 

 

 

133


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Corporate Law Issue   Delaware Law   Jersey Law
  a knowing violation of law, the authorization of unlawful dividends, stock repurchases or shares barring redemptions, or any transaction from  

 

Ø    in which judgment is given in the person’s favor or the person is acquitted,

 

which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Moreover, these provisions would not be likely to bar claims arising under United States federal securities laws.

 

In addition, Delaware law permits a corporation, under specified circumstances, to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding brought by third parties by reason of the fact that they were or are directors, officers, employees or agents of the corporation, if such directors, officers, employees or agents acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reason to believe their conduct was unlawful.

 

In a derivative action, i.e., one by or in the right of the corporation, indemnification may be made only for expenses actually or reasonably incurred by directors, officers, employees or agents in connection with the defense or settlement of an action or suit, and only with respect to a matter as to which they shall have acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made if such person shall have been adjudged liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which the action or suit was brought

 

 

Ø    which are discontinued otherwise than for some benefit conferred by the person or on the person’s behalf or some detriment suffered by the person, or

 

Ø    which are settled on terms which include such benefit or detriment and, in the opinion of a majority of the directors of the company (excluding any director who conferred such benefit or on whose behalf such benefit was conferred or who suffered such detriment), the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

 

Ø    any liability incurred otherwise than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

 

Ø    any liability incurred in connection with an application made under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

 

Ø    any liability against which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

 

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Comparison of Jersey, Channel Islands Law and Delaware Law

 

 

Corporate Law Issue   Delaware Law   Jersey Law
  shall determine upon application that the defendant directors, officers, employees or agents are fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnify for such expenses despite such adjudication of liability.  
Appraisal Rights   A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights under which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder would otherwise receive in the transaction.   No appraisal rights.
Shareholder Suits   Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.  

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

There may also be common or customary law personal actions available to shareholders.

 

Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.

 

 

 

135


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Corporate Law Issue   Delaware Law   Jersey Law
Inspection of Books and Records   All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.   The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge.
    The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its Articles or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.
Amendments to Charter   Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate of incorporation. A provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.   The Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of a Jersey company each may only be amended by special resolution approved by holders of at least 2/3rds of the shares being voted in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting or by unanimous written consent signed by each of the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

 

 

136


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Our ordinary shares and trading in the United States

If our application is approved, all of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares will be listed for trading on NASDAQ.

OUR ORDINARY SHARES IN THE UNITED STATES WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED

The ordinary shares to be sold through this offering have been registered with the SEC. In the United States, participating brokerage firms hold freely-tradable shares electronically (also referred to as “book-entry” or in “street name”) through the Depository Trust Company, or DTC, a third party that was founded and is owned by member brokerage firms. DTC then establishes an account in its electronic system and allocates interests in the shares among the brokerage firms, which in turn credit the accounts of brokerage customers. In accordance with market practice in the United States and system requirements of stock markets, the underwriters have designated that the ordinary shares sold in this offering both by us and our selling shareholders be issued or transferred, as applicable, to DTC. There is no contractual arrangement between us and DTC.

Accordingly, we will issue a single share certificate for the shares sold in this offering, both by us and the selling shareholders, in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee used by DTC. Beneficial interests in these ordinary shares therefore will be eligible for trading through a member brokerage firm and will be held in electronic form through DTC. DTC will then establish an electronic account and allocate the beneficial interests in the certificated shares among its member brokerage firm accounts, who will in turn credit the beneficial interests to the accounts of the brokerage customers. Under Jersey law, legal title to the ordinary shares that we and the selling shareholders are offering through this prospectus will be registered in the name of Cede & Co. and held in certificated form. Persons who wish to derive the economic benefit of our shares based upon our quotation on NASDAQ will own beneficial interests in our shares (each beneficial interest will represent one ordinary share). DTC will track ownership of such beneficial interests through its standard automated system. Under Jersey law, holders of beneficial interests in our shares will not be Quotient shareholders and, accordingly, will not have the rights conferred on shareholders by our Articles of Association or the Jersey Companies Law. As the legal owner of the shares, Cede & Co. for DTC will be entitled to enjoy and exercise all of the rights attaching to the shares. If you purchase beneficial interests in our ordinary shares in the offering, you must look solely to your broker or bank for the payment of all dividends, the exercise of voting rights attaching to our ordinary shares and all other rights arising in respect of our ordinary shares. Your broker or bank must, in turn, look solely to DTC for the payment of all dividends, the exercise of voting rights attaching to our ordinary shares and all other rights arising with respect to our ordinary shares. You may request through your broker to hold shares directly in certificated form instead of holding shares indirectly through DTC. Your broker may obtain on your behalf shares in certificated form through                     , our transfer agent. However, the conversion from a beneficial interest in shares legally owned by Cede & Co. as holder of legal title to the ordinary shares to actual ordinary shares, and vice versa, may require both time and the payment of processing fees to our transfer agent in addition to fees that may be levied by your brokerage firm. If you elect to hold shares directly in certificated form in your own name, which will be represented by a paper certificate, you will be a shareholder of our company and therefore you may be more easily able to exercise the shareholder rights attaching to the shares than would be the case where you hold beneficial interests in the shares held by Cede & Co. for DTC. Conversely, if you decide to hold your beneficial interests in the shares held by Cede & Co. for DTC through your brokerage or safekeeping account, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or bank. Please consult with your broker or bank to determine those procedures. If you hold your beneficial interests in our shares through DTC, because you are not an actual shareholder of our company, you may look only to your broker or bank for recourse related to your beneficial interest in the ordinary shares.

 

 

 

137


Table of Contents

  

 

 

OUR SHARE REGISTRAR (TRANSFER AGENT)

We have retained                  to act as our share registrar and transfer agent following the consummation of this offering.          may be contacted at                 . Affiliates of          in Jersey and the United States are collectively responsible for managing both our legal share register in Jersey, Channel Islands and our interaction, including moving our shares into and out of, the DTC system. Our legal share register is kept at                             .

VOTING RIGHTS

Holders of beneficial interests in the ordinary shares held by Cede & Co. for DTC will be instructed by their brokerage firms on how to exercise the voting rights for the relevant ordinary shares. The voting rights of holders of ordinary shares are described under the heading “Description of Share Capital” in this registration statement. If you are a holder of beneficial interests in our ordinary shares through Cede & Co. for DTC, we have no legal obligation to mail to you any notice of our shareholders’ meetings. However, we may provide either DTC, or the designee of DTC’s participating brokerage (in the United States, generally Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.) materials related to shareholders’ meetings and the related notices of meeting. In turn, the designee may distribute copies of materials related to shareholders’ meetings or notices to you, if you are a holder of beneficial interests through DTC, through your brokerage firm. You may instruct your brokerage firm as to how you wish it to exercise the voting rights attached to the shares in which you hold beneficial interests. However, please note that there may be practical and legal limitations in voting such shares and there is no assurance the vote associated with the ordinary shares beneficially held on your behalf by DTC will be cast in a timely manner. Your sole recourse for any voting matters will be to your brokerage firm and DTC as you are not legally considered our shareholder under Jersey law.

Holders of shares in certificated form are shareholders of our company and will receive materials and notices of meeting directly from us or our designee. Voting materials must be submitted directly back to us or as the voting materials otherwise require.

JERSEY REGULATORY MATTERS

A copy of this prospectus has been delivered to the registrar of companies in accordance with Article 5 of the Companies (General Provisions) (Jersey) Order 2002, and the registrar has given, and has not withdrawn, consent to its circulation.

The Jersey Financial Services Commission has given, and has not withdrawn, its consent under Article 2 of the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 to the issue of our ordinary shares.

It must be distinctly understood that, in giving these consents, neither the registrar of companies nor the Jersey Financial Services Commission takes any responsibility for the financial soundness of the company or for the correctness of any statements made, or opinions expressed, with regard to it.

If you are in any doubt about the contents of this prospectus you should consult your stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other financial adviser.

The directors of the company have taken all reasonable care to ensure that the facts stated in this prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects, and that there are no other facts the omission of which would make misleading any statement in this prospectus, whether of facts or of opinion. All the directors accept responsibility accordingly.

It should be remembered that the price of securities and the income from them can go down as well as up.

 

 

 

138


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our ordinary shares after completion of this offering. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our ordinary shares to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. Although we have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on the NASDAQ under the symbol “QTNT,” there can be no assurance that we will be allocated such symbol.

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                  ordinary shares, after giving effect to the issuance of                  ordinary shares in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our preference shares, A ordinary shares and B ordinary shares into ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering, our ordinary shares were held of record by 19 shareholders.

Of the shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 described below. In addition, following this offering,                  ordinary shares issuable pursuant to options granted under the 2013 plan that will be covered by a registration statement on Form S-8 will be freely tradable in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions described below. The remaining                  ordinary shares outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We and each of our directors and executive officers and all of our shareholders, who collectively own                  ordinary shares following this offering, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Cowen and Company, LLC offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless extended pursuant to its terms. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail in the section under the heading “Underwriting.”

RULE 144

In general, under Rule 144, immediately upon completion of this offering, any person who is not our affiliate and has held its shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner

 

 

 

139


Table of Contents

  

 

 

other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held its shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.

A person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held its shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the number of ordinary shares outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; and (ii) the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

RULE 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired ordinary shares from us in connection with a written compensatory shares or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 is entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without compliance with certain of the requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, under Rule 701 persons who are not our affiliates may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our affiliates may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements.

SHARE OPTIONS AND FORM S-8 REGISTRATION STATEMENT

As of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,252,374 of our ordinary shares, 125,091 of which options were vested. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of our ordinary shares subject to outstanding options issued under the 2013 Plan and options and other awards issuable pursuant to the 2014 Plan. For additional information, see “Executive Compensation—Equity and Incentive Plans.” Accordingly,                  of our ordinary shares will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-8, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

 

 

 

140


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Certain tax considerations

U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion is the opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in ordinary shares, based upon the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, the U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, revenue rulings and revenue procedures of the Internal Revenue Service, and other administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, all available as of the date hereof. This discussion is applicable to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally property held for investment).

For purposes of this discussion you are a “U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of an ordinary share that is:

 

  Ø  

an individual citizen or resident of the United States, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  Ø  

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ø  

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  Ø  

a trust if it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This discussion does not address U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including if you are:

 

  Ø  

a dealer in securities or currencies;

 

  Ø  

a financial institution;

 

  Ø  

a regulated investment company;

 

  Ø  

a real estate investment trust;

 

  Ø  

an insurance company;

 

  Ø  

a tax exempt organization;

 

  Ø  

a person holding our ordinary shares as part of a hedging, integrated or conversion transaction, a constructive sale or a straddle;

 

  Ø  

a trader in securities that has elected the mark to market method of accounting for your securities;

 

  Ø  

a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ø  

a U.S. expatriate or former U.S. citizen or long-term resident;

 

  Ø  

an investor that holds ordinary shares through a financial account at a foreign financial institution that does not meet the requirements for avoiding future withholding with respect to certain payments under Section 1471 of the Code;

 

  Ø  

persons who acquired ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;

 

  Ø  

a person who actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock; or

 

  Ø  

a person whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar.

 

 

 

141


Table of Contents

  

 

 

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding ordinary shares, you should consult your tax advisors.

The authorities upon which this discussion is based are subject to change, which could apply retroactively, and are subject to differing interpretations, either of which could affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences discussed below. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may apply to you in light of your particular circumstances. Moreover, this discussion does not address any state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences, or any aspects of U.S. federal tax law other than income taxation. If you are considering the purchase, ownership or disposition of ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular circumstances as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

The discussion below under “—Distributions” and “—Sale or other disposition of ordinary shares” is subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed under “—Passive foreign investment company.” See the discussion under “—Passive foreign investment company.”

DISTRIBUTIONS

Distributions will be includible in a U.S. Holder’s income as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax free return of capital, and the balance in excess of a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. However, we do not expect to calculate our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and, accordingly, U.S. Holders should expect that a distribution will generally be reported as a dividend (as discussed above) even if that distribution (or a portion thereof) would otherwise be treated as a tax-free return of capital or as capital gain. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations for dividends received from other U.S. corporations.

Dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation are treated as qualified dividends provided that an investor holds the stock for at least 61 days within a specified 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the ex-dividend date and other requirements are satisfied. A non-U.S. corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends received from that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. U.S. Department of the Treasury guidance indicates that shares are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States if they are listed on NASDAQ, as our ordinary shares are expected to be. Qualified dividends received by non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, are taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains, which are lower than the rates applicable to ordinary income. We should be treated as a qualified foreign corporation so long as we are listed on NASDAQ. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given their particular circumstances.

Generally, dividends will constitute non-U.S. source “passive category” income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

 

 

 

142


Table of Contents

Certain tax considerations

 

 

SALE OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION OF ORDINARY SHARES

A U.S. Holder will recognize U.S. source capital gain or loss upon the sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized upon the disposition and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares (generally their cost in U.S. dollars). Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the ordinary shares have been held for more than one year at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition. Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, are eligible for reduced rates of taxation on long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding how to account for sale or other disposition proceeds that are paid in a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

MEDICARE CONTRIBUTIONS TAX

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or certain trusts must pay a 3.8% tax on their “net investment income.” Net investment income generally includes, among other things, dividend income and net gains from the disposition of stock. A U.S. Holder that is an individual, estate or trust should consult its tax advisor regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in our ordinary shares.

PASSIVE FOREIGN INVESTMENT COMPANY

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is treated as a PFIC for any taxable year in which: (i) at least 75% of our gross income for such year is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value (determined on a quarterly basis) of our assets during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income (which we refer to as the PFIC asset test). For this purpose, passive income includes dividends, interest, certain royalties and rents and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If a non-U.S. corporation owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock of another corporation, such non-U.S. corporation will be treated, for purposes of the PFIC tests, as owning its proportionate share of the other corporation’s assets and receiving its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

The PFIC asset test is generally determined based on the fair market value of a non-U.S. corporation’s assets. However, under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. corporation is required to calculate the PFIC asset test based on the adjusted tax bases of its assets. We expect to determine the value of our assets for the PFIC asset test using the fair market value of our assets, but the application of certain aspects of the relevant U.S. tax rules is not entirely clear and it is possible that we may be required to determine the value of our assets for certain quarters based on the adjusted tax bases of our assets. If we are required to do so, it is more likely that we will be classified as a PFIC for a given taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holders holds ordinary shares, our ordinary shares will continue to be treated as shares in a PFIC with respect to that U.S. Holder for all succeeding taxable years during which that U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares, unless we cease to be a PFIC and a U.S. Holder makes a “deemed sale” election with respect to the ordinary shares. If a U.S. Holder makes a deemed sale election, such U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold the ordinary shares held at their fair market value as of the last day of the last year during which we were a PFIC (which we refer to as the termination date). U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding our possible status as a PFIC as well as the benefit of making an actual or protective deemed sale election.

Based on the projected composition of our income and value of our assets (determined using their fair market values), we do not currently expect to be a PFIC for the taxable year ending March 31, 2014 or

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

  

 

 

the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard because our status as a PFIC depends, in part, on the application of complex U.S. federal income tax rules, which are subject to differing interpretations. A non-U.S. corporation is classified as a PFIC in any year in which it meets either the income or asset test discussed above, which depends on the actual financial results for each year in question. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or any future taxable year due to changes in our asset or income composition. Because we will value our goodwill based on the market value of our equity following this offering, a decrease in the price of our ordinary shares may also result in our becoming a PFIC. In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holders holds our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder will be subject to special tax rules with respect to any “excess distribution” received and any gain realized from a sale or other disposition, including a pledge, of ordinary shares. Distributions received in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares will be treated as excess distributions. Under these special tax rules:

 

  Ø  

the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

  Ø  

the amount allocated to the current taxable year, and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC, will be treated as ordinary income; and

 

  Ø  

the amount allocated to each other year will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and the interest charge applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the resulting tax attributable to each such year.

The tax liability for amounts allocated to taxable years prior to the year of disposition or excess distribution in which we were a PFIC cannot be offset by any net operating losses for such years, and gains (but not losses) realized on the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares cannot be treated as capital, even if a U.S. Holders holds the ordinary shares as capital assets. In addition, non-corporate U.S. Holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from us, if we are a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. A U.S. Holder will be required to file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621 (or any other form specified by the U.S. Department of the Treasury) if such U.S. Holder holds our ordinary shares in any year in which we are a PFIC.

In certain circumstances, in lieu of being subject to the excess distribution rules discussed above, a U.S. investor may make an election to include gain on the stock of a PFIC as ordinary income under a mark-to-market method, provided that such stock is “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” In general, our ordinary shares will be treated as “regularly traded” for a given calendar year if more than a de minimis quantity of our ordinary shares is traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter of such calendar year. We have applied to have our ordinary shares listed on NASDAQ, which should be a “qualified exchange” for this purpose. No assurance can be given that our ordinary shares will be regularly traded on a qualified exchange for purposes of the mark-to-market election.

If a U.S. Holders makes an effective mark-to-market election, such U.S. Holder will include in each year as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of the year over the adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Such U.S. Holder will be entitled to deduct as an ordinary loss each year the excess of the adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over their fair market value at

 

 

 

144


Table of Contents

Certain tax considerations

 

 

the end of the year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares will be increased by the amount of any income inclusion and decreased by the amount of any deductions under the mark-to-market rules. Any distributions that we make would generally be subject to the rules discussed above under “Distributions,” except that the lower rate applicable to qualified dividend income would not apply. If a U.S. Holders makes a mark-to-market election it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors about the availability and advisability of the mark-to-market election in their particular circumstances.

Investors in certain PFICs can elect to be taxed on their share of the PFIC’s ordinary income and net capital gain by making a qualified electing fund election (which we refer to as a QEF election), which, if made, would result in tax treatment different from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment for PFICs described above under the excess distribution regime. We do not expect that a U.S. Holder will be eligible to make a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares.

Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding ordinary shares if we are a PFIC in any taxable year during its holding period.

HOLDER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Non-corporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, that hold “specified foreign financial assets,” as defined in the Treasury regulations (which may include ordinary shares), other than in an account at a U.S. financial institution or the U.S. branch of a non-U.S. financial institution, are required to report certain information relating to such assets. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this and any other reporting requirements on their ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares. Failure to comply with applicable reporting requirements could result in the imposition of substantial penalties.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

A U.S. Holder may be subject to information reporting on amounts received by such U.S. Holder from a distribution on, or disposition of, ordinary shares, unless such U.S. Holder establishes that it is exempt from these rules. If a U.S. Holder does not establish that it is exempt from these rules, it may be subject to backup withholding on the amounts received unless it provides a taxpayer identification number and otherwise complies with the requirements of the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and the amount of any backup withholding from a payment that is received will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

You should consult your own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of ordinary shares in your particular circumstances.

Jersey, Channel Islands Taxation

The following summary of the anticipated treatment of our company and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey, Channel Islands) is based on Jersey taxation law and practice as they are

 

 

 

145


Table of Contents

  

 

 

understood to apply at the date of this document and is subject to changes in such taxation law and practice. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not address all aspects of Jersey tax law and practice. Prospective investors in our ordinary shares should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, buying, selling or otherwise disposing of our ordinary shares under the laws of any jurisdiction in which they may be liable to taxation.

TAXATION OF QUOTIENT

We are regarded as resident for tax purposes in Jersey, Channel Islands. On the basis that we are neither a financial services company nor a utility company for the purposes of the Income Tax (Jersey) Law 1961, as amended, we are subject to income tax in Jersey at a rate of 0%. Dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by us without withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax and holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX

Jersey charges a tax on goods and services supplied in the Island (which we refer to as GST). On the basis that we do not belong in Jersey for the purposes of the Goods and Services Tax (Jersey) Law 2007, GST is not chargeable on supplies of services made by us. Our Directors intend to conduct our business such that no GST will be incurred by us.

STAMP DUTY

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situate in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situate in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there other estate duties.

If you are in any doubt as to your tax position you should consult your professional tax adviser.

 

 

 

146


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Cautionary statement on the enforceability of civil liabilities

U.S. laws do not necessarily extend either to us or our officers or directors. We are organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands. Certain of our directors and officers reside outside of the United States. Substantially all of the assets of both us and our directors and officers residing outside of the United States are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process on either us or those officers and directors within the United States.

Judgments of U.S. courts may not be directly enforceable outside of the United States and the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts outside of the United States may be subject to limitations.

For example, we have been advised by our Jersey, Channel Islands counsel, Carey Olsen, that a judgment of a U.S. court is not directly enforceable in Jersey, Channel Islands. However, subject to the principles of private international law as applied by Jersey law, by which, for example, foreign judgments may be impeachable, if a final and conclusive judgment under which a debt or a definite sum of money is payable (excluding sums payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty or multiple damages) were obtained against the company or its directors or officers in any U.S. court having jurisdiction against the relevant party in respect of the relevant matter(s), (a) the courts of Jersey would, on an application properly made, recognize such judgment and give a judgment for liquidated damages in the amount of such judgment without reconsidering its merits and (b) such judgment of the courts of Jersey would thereafter be enforceable.

A judgment of a U.S. court will generally not be impeached by the courts of Jersey where the relevant U.S. court did not have jurisdiction to give the judgment, where it was obtained by fraud, where the recognition or enforcement of the judgment is contrary to public policy in Jersey or where the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were opposed to natural justice.

Certain defendants may also qualify for protection under Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980, an act of the United Kingdom extended to Jersey and amended by the Protection of Trading Interests Act 1980 (Jersey) Order, 1983, or the PTI Act. The PTI Act provides that no court in Jersey shall entertain proceedings at common law against a qualifying defendant (i) for multiple damages, in excess of that required for actual compensation, (ii) based on a provision or rule of law specified or described in an order made under the relevant section of the PTI Act (as of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any rule of law that has been so specified or described) or (iii) on a claim for contribution in respect of damages awarded by a judgment falling within (i) or (ii) above. A “qualifying defendant” for the purposes of the PTI Act is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies, a corporation or other body corporate organized under the laws of the United Kingdom, Jersey or other territory for whose international relations the United Kingdom is responsible or a person carrying on business in Jersey.

Investors may also have difficulties pursuing an original action brought in a court in a jurisdiction outside the Unites States for liabilities under U.S. securities laws.

 

 

 

147


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Underwriting

We are offering the ordinary shares described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Cowen and Company, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of ordinary shares listed next to its name in the following table.

 

Underwriters    Number
of Shares

UBS Securities LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the ordinary shares if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our ordinary shares are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

 

  Ø  

receipt and acceptance of our ordinary shares by the underwriters; and

 

  Ø  

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our ordinary shares but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of                  additional ordinary shares. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional ordinary shares approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

 

 

 

148


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to                  additional shares.

 

       No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $         million.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our executive officers and directors, and all holders of all of our ordinary shares have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Cowen and Company, LLC offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares. These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time during the 180-day restricted period we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws and either (1) during the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days before the last day of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, then the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the date that is 15 calendar days plus three business days after the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

UBS Securities LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Cowen and Company, LLC may, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our ordinary shares may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our ordinary shares.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ QUOTATION

We have applied to have our ordinary shares approved for listing on NASDAQ under the symbol “QTNT.”

 

 

 

149


Table of Contents

  

 

 

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares during and after this offering, including:

 

  Ø  

stabilizing transactions;

 

  Ø  

short sales;

 

  Ø  

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

  Ø  

imposition of penalty bids; and

 

  Ø  

syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our ordinary shares, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ordinary shares than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing ordinary shares on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result of these activities, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

 

 

150


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

  Ø  

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

  Ø  

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

  Ø  

our past and present financial performance;

 

  Ø  

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

  Ø  

the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

 

  Ø  

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded ordinary shares of generally comparable companies; and

 

  Ø  

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our ordinary shares or that the ordinary shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in these securities and instruments.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other ordinary shares. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares

 

 

 

151


Table of Contents

  

 

 

sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision to the lock-up agreements described above. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors or executive officers shall be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AREA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “ Relevant Member State ”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the “ Shares ”) may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

(a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

 

(b)   by the Managers to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of Lead Manager for any such offer; or

 

(c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement for the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “ offer to the public ” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “ Prospectus Directive ” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “ 2010 PD Amending Directive ” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

 

 

 

152


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN AUSTRALIA

This offering memorandum is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This offering memorandum does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this offering memorandum is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN HONG KONG

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN JAPAN

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or

 

 

 

153


Table of Contents

  

 

 

sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SINGAPORE

This document has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this document and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “ SFA ”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

 

(1)   to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(2)   where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(3)   where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

(4)   as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN SWITZERLAND

The Prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (“CO”) and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the Prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

 

 

 

154


Table of Contents

Underwriting

 

 

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN UNITED KINGDOM

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS IN THE DUBAI INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CENTRE

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to Professional Clients who are not natural persons. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

 

 

155


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of our ordinary shares offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Carey Olsen, our Jersey, Channel Islands counsel, and certain other matters will be passed upon for us by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, New York, New York.

 

 

 

156


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Experts

The financial statements of Quotient Limited at March 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the three years ended March 31, 2011, March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013, appearing in this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

 

 

157


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the ordinary shares offered hereby, please refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address is www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.

 

 

 

158


Table of Contents

  

 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

       Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares and changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

INDEX TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

       Page  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013

     F-27   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the quarter and nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-28   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares and Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the nine months ended December 31, 2013

     F-29   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-30   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-31   

 

 

 

F-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Quotient Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quotient Limited as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preference shares and change in shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Quotient Limited at March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Belfast, United Kingdom

January 21, 2014

 

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data)

 

     March 31,  
       2013     2012  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,219      $ 4,354   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     1,516        1,513   

Inventories

     3,324        2,659   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,112        1,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     10,171        9,969   

Property and equipment, net

     1,650        1,176   

Intangible assets, net

     1,070        1,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 12,891      $ 12,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,338      $ 2,120   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,064        357   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,024        1,712   

Capital lease obligation

     198        43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     4,624        4,232   

Long-term debt

     3,000        3,000   

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     307        54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,931        7,286   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

     —          —    

A Preference shares (nil par value) 12,719,954 and 12,469,954 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Aggregate preference in liquidation of $15,123 and $13,281 at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     13,180        12,917   

B Preference shares (nil par value) 14,440,901 and 10,640,664 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Aggregate preference in liquidation of $16,737 and $11,333 at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     14,841        10,841   

Shareholders’ deficit:

    

Ordinary shares (nil par value) zero Ordinary shares, 237,233 and 217,463 A Ordinary shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively;

     —          —     

Deferred shares (nil par value) zero and 19,770 A Deferred shares, 118,617 and 118,617 B deferred shares, 525,710 and 525,710 C deferred shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively;

     —          —     

Distribution in excess of capital

     (17,745     (18,324

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (186     53   

Accumulated deficit

     (5,130     (416
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (23,061     (18,687
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preference shares and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 12,891      $ 12,357   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-3


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data)

 

     Year ended March 31,  
       2013     2012     2011  

Revenue:

      

Product sales

   $ 13,753      $ 11,550      $ 9,545   

Other revenues

     618        669        489   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     14,371        12,219        10,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

     (7,169     (6,749     (5,628
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     7,202        5,470        4,406   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     (2,252     (1,674     (1,456

Research and development, net of government grants of $1,286, $313 and $309

     (2,617     (1,749     (1,703

General and administrative expenses:

      

Compensation expense in respect of share options and management equity incentives

     (471     —          —     

Other general and administrative expenses

     (6,353     (6,011     (5,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expense

     (6,824     (6,011     (5,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (11,693     (9,434     (8,505
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,491     (3,964     (4,099

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     57        87        —     

Interest expense

     (291     (427     (312

Other, net

     11        (169     (210
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

     (223     (509     (522
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,714     (4,473     (4,621

Provision for income taxes

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Foreign currency (loss) gain

   $ (239   $ 548      $ 504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (239     548        504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (4,953   $ (3,925   $ (4,117
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders 

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

   $ (20.15   $ (24.97   $ (25.97

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     233,956        179,116        177,924   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES AND CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preference Shares
          Ordinary Shares     Deferred Shares     Distribution
in Excess of
Capital
   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income

   

Accumulated

Deficit

   

Total
Shareholders’

Equity

 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances, March 31, 2010

    —        $ —              5,574,983      $ 8,443        —        $ —        $ —        $ (366   $ (3,552   $ 4,525   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of shares

    3,447,485        1,595            59,308        —          296,542        —          —          —          —          —     

Conversion of deferred shares

    —          —              98,846        —          (98,846     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,621     (4,621

Foreign currency translation gain

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          504        —          504   
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          504        —          504   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, March 31, 2011

    3,447,485      $ 1,595            5,733,137      $ 8,443        197,696      $ —        $ —        $ 138      $ (8,173   $ 408   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of shares

    3,447,485        1,586            —          —          525,710        —          —          —          —          —     

Conversion of deferred shares

    —          —              19,770        —          (19,770     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,057     (4,057

Foreign currency translation gain

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          495        —          495   
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          495        —          495   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at February 16, 2012

    6,894,970      $ 3,181            5,752,907      $ 8,443        703,636      $ —        $ —        $ 633      $ (12,230   $ (3,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Removal of share capital and reserves of predecessor on transfer of net assets via a common control transaction

    (6,894,970     (3,181         (5,752,907     (8,443     (703,636     —          27        (633     12,230        3,181   

Issue of A ordinary and deferred shares

    —          —              177,924        —          703,636        —          —          —          —          —     

Issue of A Preference shares, net of issue costs of $209

    14,023,552        14,552            —          —          —          —          (14,761     —          —          (14,761

Issue of B Preference shares, net of issue costs of $360

    10,640,664        10,841            —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Repurchase of A preference shares

    (1,553,598     (1,635         —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Settlement of intercompany debt with predecessor

    —          —              —          —          —          —          (1,750     —          —          (1,750

Payment to predecessor shareholder

    —          —              —          —          —          —          (1,840     —          —          (1,840

Conversion of deferred shares

    —          —              39,539        —          (39,539     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —            (416     (416

Foreign currency translation gain

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          53        —          53   
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          53          53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, March 31, 2012

    23,110,618      $ 23,758            217,463      $ —          664,097      $ —        $ (18,324   $ 53      $ (416   $ (18,687
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of A Preference shares, upon exercise of warrants

    250,000        263            —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issue of B Preference shares, upon exercise of warrants

    3,800,237        4,000            —          —          —          —          108        —          —          108   

Conversion of deferred shares

    —          —              19,770        —          (19,770     —          —          —          —          —     

Net loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          —          (4,714     (4,714

Foreign currency translation loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          (239     —          (239
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —              —          —          —          —          —          (239     —          (239

Stock-based compensation,

    —          —              —          —          —          —          471        —          —          471   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, March 31, 2013

    27,160,855      $ 28,021            237,233      $ —          644,327      $ —        $ (17,745   $ (186   $ (5,130   $ (23,061
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-5


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
       2013     2012     2011  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net loss

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     691        989        980   

Share-based compensation

     471        —          —     

Fair value of preference share warrants

     —          127        —     

Net change in assets and liabilities:

      

Trade accounts receivable, net

     (64     (86     (455

Inventories

     (776     (417     (22

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     (200     1,107        292   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     720        (72     285   

Other assets

     254        (240     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (3,618     (3,065     (3,557

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Purchase of property and equipment

     (891     (350     (88

Purchase of intangibles assets

     (234     (65     (69
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,125     (415     (157

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Proceeds from (repayment of) finance leases

     410        (41     (112

Proceeds from issuance of preference shares, net of issue costs

     4,263        12,217        1,595   

Repurchase of preference shares

     —          (1,635     —     

Settlement of debt with former parent company

     —          (1,750     —     

Payment to predecessor shareholder

     —          (1,840     —     

Proceeds from (repayment of) invoice discounting facility

     —          (273     273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     4,673        6,678        1,756   

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

     (65     597        178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     (135     3,795        (1,780

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     4,354        559        2,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,219      $ 4,354      $ 559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

      

Income taxes paid

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Interest paid

   $ 123      $ 412      $ 15   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Note 1.    Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Business

On January 18, 2012, Quotient Limited was incorporated in accordance with the Companies (Jersey) Law. On February 16, 2012, in consideration for the issue of 14,023,552 A Preference shares to Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited (“QBDG” or “the Predecessor”) Quotient Limited acquired the entire issued share capital of Alba Bioscience Limited (“Alba”), Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. (“QBDI”) and QBD (QSIP) Limited (“QSIP”) from QBDG.

On February 16, 2012 Quotient Limited also: (i) issued 10,640,664 B Preference shares to third-party investors; (ii) issued 177,924 A Ordinary shares, 59,309 A Deferred shares, 118,617 B Deferred shares and 525,710 C Deferred shares to the holders of equivalent shares in QBDG; (iii) repurchased 1,553,598 A Preference shares; and (iv) received certain intellectual property rights relating to MosaiQ TM from QBDG.

The acquisition of Alba, QBDI and QSIP by Quotient Limited is a combination of entities under common control as these entities were all controlled by QBDG both prior to their acquisition by Quotient Limited and also immediately following the transaction. It recognized the assets and liabilities of Alba, QBDI and QSIP at their carrying amounts in the financial statements of those companies. The excess of the subscription value of A Preference shares issued to QBDG over the carrying amounts of transferred net assets was treated as an equity transaction and was recorded as distribution in excess of capital in the Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preference Shares and Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit. Quotient Limited is a continuation of QBDG and its subsidiaries, accordingly, the consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities and results of operations of the subsidiaries transferred since their inception. The transfer of intellectual property rights from QBDG to QSIP is accounted for as a transaction between entities under common control. All of the amounts paid by QSIP in exchange for the asset is shown as a payment to predecessor shareholder in the statements of cash flows.

The principal activity of Quotient Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Group” and or the “Company”) is the development, manufacture and sale of products for the global transfusion diagnostics market. Products manufactured by the Group are sold to hospitals, blood banking operations and other diagnostics companies worldwide.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany transactions and balances. All gains and losses realized from foreign currency transactions denominated in currencies other than the foreign subsidiary’s functional currency are included in foreign currency exchange gain (loss) as part of other income or expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. Adjustments resulting from translating the financial statements of all foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and changes in shareholders’ deficit. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated from their respective functional currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenue and expense amounts are translated at rates approximating the weighted average rates during the period.

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company’s valuation techniques used to measure fair value maximized the use of observable inputs and minimized the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs:

 

Ø  

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Ø  

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Ø  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

See Note 4, “Fair Value Measurements,” for information and related disclosures regarding our fair value measurements.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, all cash and cash equivalents comprised readily accessible cash balances held with two related financial institutions.

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest bearing. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as general and administrative expenses. The Company reviews its trade receivables to identify specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In addition, the Company maintains an allowance for all other receivables not included in the specific reserve by applying specific rates of projected uncollectible receivables to the various aging categories. In determining these percentages, the Company analyzes its historical collection experience, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. The allowance for doubtful accounts at March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $45 and $0, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risks and Other Uncertainties

The carrying amounts for financial instruments consisting of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Derivative instruments, consisting entirely of foreign exchange contracts, are stated at their estimated fair values, based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Company’s derivative instruments consist of large financial institutions of high credit standing.

The Company’s main financial institution for banking operations holds 99% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013.

The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from net revenue to customers and distributors located in the United States and other countries. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. The Company provides reserves for potential credit losses but has not experienced significant losses to date. There were two customers whose accounts receivable balance represented 10% or more of total accounts receivable, net, as of March 31, 2013 or March 31, 2012. These customers together represented 53% and 54% of the accounts receivable balances, as of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, respectively.

The Company currently sells products through its direct sales force and through third-party distributors. There was one direct customer that accounted for 10% or more of total product sales for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. This customer represented 55%, 45% and 37% of total product sales for the fiscal years March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost) or market, with cost determined on the first-in-first-out method. Accordingly, allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory is based on normal capacity of production. Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and spoilage are expensed as incurred and not included in overhead. No stock-based compensation cost was included in inventory as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Property and equipment

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

Ø  

Plant, machinery and equipment—4 to 25 years;

 

Ø  

Leasehold improvements—the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Repairs and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered improvements and do not extend the useful life of property and equipment, are expensed as incurred.

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. During the fiscal year ended 2013, 2012 and 2011, no impairment losses have been recorded.

 

 

 

F-9


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets related to product licenses are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets related to technology and other intangible assets acquired in acquisitions are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, on a straight-line basis as follows:

Customer relationships—5 years

Brands associated with acquired cell lines—40 years

Product licenses—10 years

Other intangibles assets—7 years

The Company reviews its intangible assets for impairment and conducts the impairment review when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of a long-lived asset may be impaired by estimating the future undiscounted cash flows to be derived from an asset to assess whether or not a potential impairment exists. If the carrying value exceeds the Company’s estimate of future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment value is calculated as the excess of the carrying value of the asset over the Company’s estimate of its fair market value. Events or circumstances which could trigger an impairment review include a significant adverse change in the business climate, an adverse action or assessment by a regulator, unanticipated competition, significant changes in the Company’s use of acquired assets, the Company’s overall business strategy, or significant negative industry or economic trends. No impairment losses have been recorded in any of the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Goodwill resulting from a business combination in 2007 has been fully impaired.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Customers have no right of return except in the case of damaged goods. The Company has not experienced any significant returns of its products. Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of product sales. In those cases where the Company bills shipping and handling costs to customers, the amounts billed are classified as revenue.

The Company enters into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of its products and services. The terms of these arrangements may include non-refundable upfront payments, milestone payments, other contingent payments and royalties on any product sales derived on collaboration. Up-front fees received in connection with collaborative agreements are deferred upon receipt, are not considered a separate unit of accounting and are recognized as revenues over the relevant performance periods. Revenues related to research and development services included in a collaboration agreement is recognized as research and services are performed over the related performance periods for each contract. A payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone is recognized in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved.

Revenue from technology licenses are generally fully recognized only after the license period has commenced, the technology has been delivered and no further involvement of the Company is required.

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

  

 

 

When the Company has continuing involvement related to a technology license, revenue is recognized over the license term. Revenue related to research and development services, not included in a collaboration agreement is recognized as the related service is performed based on the performance requirements of the relevant contract.

Advance payments received in excess of amounts earned, such as funds received in advance of products to be delivered or services to be performed, are classified as deferred revenue until earned.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for company-sponsored and collaborative research and development activities. These costs include direct and research-related overhead expenses. The Company expenses research and development costs, including the expenses for research under collaborative agreements, as such costs are incurred. Where government grants are available for the sponsorship of such research, the grant receipt is included as a credit against the related expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

In determining fair value of the stock-based compensation payments, the Company uses the Black–Scholes model and a single option award approach, which requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include: the fair value of the underlying share, estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (expected term), the estimated volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares price over the expected term (expected volatility), risk-free interest rate (interest rate), expected dividends and the number of shares subject to options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (forfeitures).

Preference Share Warrant Liability

The Company accounts for freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its redeemable convertible preference shares as a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. The warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preference shares are recorded as a liability because the underlying shares are contingently redeemable and, therefore may obligate the Company to transfer value at some point. The warrants are recorded at fair value upon issuance and are subject to re-measurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, with any change in fair value recognized as component of other income (expense), net on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, the completion of a deemed liquidation event, conversion of redeemable convertible preference shares into ordinary shares, or until the holders of the redeemable convertible preference shares can no longer trigger a liquidation event. At that time, the preference share warrant liability will be classified into permanent equity.

Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Company’s financial position is routinely subjected to market risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company’s policy is to mitigate the

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

effect of these exchange rate fluctuations on certain foreign currency denominated business exposures. The Company has a policy that allows the use of derivative financial instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on forecasted revenue denominated in foreign currencies. The Company carries derivative financial instruments (derivatives) on the balance sheet at their fair values. The Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its foreign currency hedges, as counterparties are large, global and well-capitalized financial institutions. To hedge foreign currency risks, the Company uses foreign currency exchange forward contracts, where possible and prudent. These forward contracts are valued using standard valuation formulas with assumptions about future foreign currency exchange rates derived from existing exchange rates, interest rates, and other market factors.

The Company considers its most current forecast in determining the level of foreign currency denominated revenue to hedge as cash flow hedges. The Company combines these forecasts with historical trends to establish the portion of its expected volume to be hedged. The revenue and expenses are hedged and designated as cash flow hedges to protect the Company from exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. If the underlying forecasted transaction does not occur, or it becomes probable that it will not occur, the related hedge gains and losses on the cash flow hedge are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss at that time.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements, but have not been reflected in taxable income. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value. Therefore, the Company provides a valuation allowance to the extent that is more likely than not that it will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets.

Note 2.    Intangible Assets

 

     March 31, 2013  
       Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life
 

Customer relationships

   $ 2,989       $ (2,989   $ —           —     

Brands associated with acquired cell lines

     617         (86     531         34.4 years   

Product licenses

     626         (126     500         8 years   

Other intangibles

     194         (155     39         1.4 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,426       $ (3,356   $ 1,070      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

  

 

 

     March 31, 2012  
       Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Useful Life
 

Customer relationships

   $ 3,130       $ (2,899   $ 231         0.4 years   

Brands associated with acquired cell lines

     649         (74     575         35.4 years   

Product licenses

     417         (82     335         8 years   

Other intangibles

     205         (134     71         2.4 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,401       $ (3,189   $ 1,212      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Amortization expense was $354, $713 and $692 in financial years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Total future amortization expense for intangible assets that have definite lives, based upon the Company’s existing intangible assets and their current estimated useful lives as of March 31, 2013, is estimated as follows:

 

2014

   $ 103   

2015

     88   

2016

     76   

2017

     76   

2018

     76   

Thereafter

     651   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,070   
  

 

 

 

Note 3.    Debt

In 2010, Alba issued $3,000 of loan notes to Haemonetics S.A. (Haemonetics). The loan notes were issued in conjunction with an Evaluation; Supply and License Agreement entered into by Alba and Haemonetics. Under that agreement, Haemonetics was granted a license to evaluate the use of blood-typing reagents developed and manufactured by the Company within the Haemonetics products. The loan notes are redeemable in March 2017 and incur interest at a rate of 7.5% per annum.

Note 4.    Fair Value Measurements

Assets and liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     March 31, 2013  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts(1)

   $ 20       $ —         $ —         $ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 20       $ —         $ —         $ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     March 31, 2013  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Fair value of preference share warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 19       $ 19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 19       $ 19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     March 31, 2012  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts(1)

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     March 31, 2012  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Fair value of preference share warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 127       $ 127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 127       $ 127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Contract fair values are determined based on quoted prices for similar assets in active markets using inputs such as currency rates and forward points.

The change in the estimated fair value of preference share warrant liabilities is summarized below:

 

March 31, 2011

   $  —     

Issue of warrants

     127   
  

 

 

 

March 31, 2012

     127   

Exercise of warrants

     (108
  

 

 

 

March 31, 2013

   $ 19   
  

 

 

 

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and accounts payable reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate their respective fair values because of the short term nature of these accounts. The fair value of long-term debt approximates the recorded value.

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Note 5.    Consolidated Balance Sheet Detail

Inventory

The following table summarizes inventory by category for the periods presented:

 

     March 31,  
       2013      2012  

Raw materials

   $ 1,029       $ 782   

Work in progress

     1,303         1,424   

Finished goods

     992         453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,324       $ 2,659   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment

The following table summarizes property and equipment by categories for the periods presented:

 

     March 31,  
       2013     2012  

Plant and machinery

   $ 2,752      $ 2,234   

Leasehold improvements

     340        118   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     3,092        2,352   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (1,442     (1,176
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 1,650      $ 1,176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were $337, $276 and $288 in financial years 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Accrued compensation and benefits

Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following:

 

     March 31,  
       2013      2012  

Salary and related benefits

   $ 61       $ 58   

Accrued vacation

     36         29   

Accrued payroll taxes

     397         270   

Accrued incentive payments

     570         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 1,064       $ 357   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     March 31,  
       2013      2012  

Accrued legal and professional fees

   $ 68       $ 642   

Accrued interest

     169         90   

Goods received not invoiced

     264         355   

Fair value of preference share warrants liability

     19         127   

Other accrued expenses

     504         498   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 1,024       $ 1,712   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6.    Commitments and Contingencies

Lease commitments

The Company leases its facilities and certain equipment under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2019. Some of the leases contain renewal options, escalation clauses, rent concessions, and leasehold improvement incentives. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense was $746, $576 and $627 in financial years ended March 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The following is a schedule by years of minimum future rentals on non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2013:

 

2014

   $ 800   

2015

     514   

2016

     273   

2017

     218   

2018

     91   

Thereafter

     2   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 1,898   
  

 

 

 

The company has entered into capital leases for the purchase of equipment that has a gross and net book value of $804 and $609 respectively as of March 31, 2013 and $363 and $205 respectively as of March 31, 2102.

The following is a schedule of future annual repayments on capital leases as of March 31, 2013:

 

2014

   $ 198   

2015

     172   

2016

     135   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 505   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Purchase obligations

The Company has purchase obligations that are associated with agreements for purchases of goods or services. Management believes that cancellation of these contracts is unlikely and thus the Company expects to make future cash payments according to the contract terms.

The following is a schedule by years of purchase obligations as of March 31, 2013:

 

2014

   $ 2,460   

2015

     546   

2016

     46   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future purchase obligations

   $ 3,052   
  

 

 

 

Government Grant

In 2008, the Company was awarded research and development grant funding from Scottish Enterprise amounting to £1,791 for the development of its MosaiQ TM product. The total grant claimed to March 31, 2013 is £1,521. Regular meetings are held to update Scottish Enterprise with the status of the project and while the terms of the grant award provide for full repayment of the grant in certain circumstances, the Company does not consider that any repayment is likely.

Hedging arrangements

During March 2013, the Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom (“UK”) entered into twelve foreign currency forward contracts to sell $300 and purchase pounds sterling at a rate of £1:$1.51 in each calendar month in the financial year ending March 31, 2014. There was no significant gain or loss on these contracts at March 31, 2013.

The foreign currency forward contracts were entered into to mitigate the foreign exchange risk arising from the fluctuations in the value of US dollar denominated transactions in entered into by our UK subsidiary. These foreign currency forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges and are carried on the Company’s balance sheet at fair value with the effective portion of the contracts’ gains or losses included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently recognized in revenue/expense in the same period the hedged items are recognized.

At inception and at each quarter end, hedges are tested prospectively and retrospectively for effectiveness. Changes in the fair value of foreign currency forward contracts due to changes in time value are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness and are recognized in revenue in the current period. The change in time value related to these contracts was not material for all reported periods. To qualify for hedge accounting, the hedge relationship must meet criteria relating both to the derivative instrument and the hedged item. These criteria include identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s cash flows will be measured. There were no gains or losses during the twelve months ended March 31, 2013 associated with ineffectiveness or forecasted transactions that failed to occur.

To receive hedge accounting treatment, hedging relationships are formally documented at the inception of the hedge and the hedges must be tested to demonstrate an expectation of providing highly effective offsetting changes to future cash flows on hedged transactions.

Note 7.    Geographic Information

The Company operates in one business segment. Revenues are attributed to countries based on the location of the Company’s channel partners as well as direct customers.

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table represents revenue attributed to countries based on the location of the customer:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
       2013      2012      2011  

Revenue:

        

United States

   $ 6,027       $ 4,874       $ 3,560   

United Kingdom

     1,253         1,878         2,336   

France

     2,825         1,099         482   

Japan

     2,030         1,805         1,506   

Other foreign countries(1)

     2,236         2,563         2,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,371       $ 12,219       $ 10,034   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   No individual country represented more than 10% of the respective totals.

The table below lists the Company’s property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, by country. With the exception of property and equipment, the Company does not identify or allocate its assets by geographic area:

 

     March 31,  
       2013      2012  

Long-lived assets:

     

United Kingdom

   $ 1,642       $ 1,160   

United States

     8         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,650       $ 1,176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 8.    Ordinary, Deferred and Preference Shares

Ordinary and Deferred shares

The Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary and deferred shares consist of the following:

 

      

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

March 31,
2013

     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding,
March 31,
2012
 

Ordinary shares

     —           —     

A Ordinary shares

     237,233         217,463   

B Ordinary shares

     —           —     

A Deferred shares

     —           19,770   

B Deferred shares

     118,617         118,617   

C Deferred shares

     525,710         525,710   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     881,560         881,560   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On February 16, 2012, the Company issued 177,924 A Ordinary shares, 59,309 A Deferred shares, 118,617 B Deferred shares and 525,710 C Deferred shares to the holders of similar shares in QBDG, the former holding company of the group.

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

  

 

 

The pertinent rights and privileges of holders of the various classes of shares are as follows:

Dividend Rights .    The Ordinary shares, the A Ordinary shares and the B Ordinary shares are eligible to receive dividends and share equally with the B Preference shares in any dividends paid by the Company provided that the fixed dividend due on the A Preference Shares has been paid. The A, B and C deferred shares are not eligible to receive dividends.

Conversion Rights.     The A Deferred shares convert to A Ordinary shares over time at a rate of one A Ordinary share for each A Deferred share. The B Deferred shares convert to B Ordinary Shares at a rate of one B Ordinary share for each B Deferred share upon a fundraising or exit event with a value of $40 million or more. The C Deferred shares convert to A Ordinary shares at a rate of one A Ordinary share for each C Deferred share upon the earlier of an exit event or September 21, 2013.

Redemption Rights.     The Ordinary shares, the A Ordinary shares, the B Ordinary shares, the A Deferred shares, the B Deferred shares and the C Deferred shares have no redemption rights.

Liquidation Rights.     The assets of the Company are to be applied in the following order of priority in the event of a liquidation of the Company. Firstly, to pay to the holders of the A Preference shares and the B Preference Shares an amount equal to the original subscription price of $1.0526 per share, and a dividend of 12% per annum calculated on the original subscription price from the date of issue of the shares to the date of liquidation to the extent such dividend has not previously been paid. Secondly, to pay to the holders of the Ordinary shares an amount equal to the original subscription price. Thirdly, to pay to the holders of the A Ordinary shares and the B Ordinary shares, an amount equal to the original subscription price. Fourthly to pay to the holders of the Deferred shares the sum of one pound sterling in aggregate and the balance of any remaining assets is to be distributed equally between the holders of the Ordinary shares, the A Ordinary shares and the B Ordinary shares.

Voting rights.     The Ordinary shares have one vote per share. The A Ordinary shares, the B Ordinary shares, the A Deferred shares, the B Deferred shares and the C Deferred shares have no voting rights.

Preference shares

The Company’s issued and outstanding preference shares consist of the following:

 

      

Shares
Issued and
Outstanding

March 31,
2013

     Shares
Issued and
Outstanding,
March 31,
2012
    

Liquidation
amount
per share

March 31,
2013

    

Liquidation
amount
per share

March 31,
2012

 

A Preference shares

     12,719,954         12,469,954       $ 1.19       $ 1.07   

B Preference shares

     14,440,901         10,640,664       $ 1.16       $ 1.07   
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

     27,160,855         23,110,618         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

On February 16, 2012, the Company issued 10,640,664 no par value B Preference shares for cash of $1.0526 per share. On the same date it also issued 14,023,552 no par value A Preference shares in exchange for 100% of the issued share capital of Alba, QSIP and QBD and repurchased 1,553,598 A Preference shares from QBDG for $1.0526 per share payable in cash. It also granted warrants for the issue of up to 3,800,237 B Preference shares and 950,060 A Preference shares at $1.0526 per share. On February 14, 2013 all of the B Preference and 250,000 of the A Preference share warrants were exercised resulting in the issue of 3,800,237 B Preference shares for cash of $4,000 and 250,000 A Preference shares for cash of $263. At March 31, 2013 warrants for the issue of 700,060 A Preference shares at $1.0526 per share remain outstanding.

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company recorded the A Preference shares and the B Preference shares at fair value of $1.0526 per share on the date of issuance. The Company classifies A Preference shares and the B Preference shares outside of shareholders’ equity because the shares contain certain redemption features that are not solely within the Company’s control. For the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of A Preference shares and the B Preference shares to the deemed redemption values of such shares since no events requiring redemption of such shares were probable at each balance sheet date. Subsequent adjustments to increase the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only when it becomes probable that such events will occur.

The rights of holders of A Preference shares and the B Preference shares are as follows:

Dividend Rights.     The holders of A Preference shares are entitled to receive cumulative fixed dividends at the per share rate of 12% per annum of the original issue price out of funds legally available to be paid on September 30 each year, subject to the consent of the holders of the B preference shareholders. To date, no dividend payments have been approved or made. The holders of the B Preference shares are only entitled to dividends if and when the directors of the Company determine that such a dividend should be paid.

Conversion Rights.     The A Preference shares and the B Preference shares convert to Ordinary shares at a rate of one Ordinary share for each A Preference share or B preference share at any time at the option of the holders of the Preference shares or automatically upon closing of a Qualified Public Offering as defined in the Company’s Articles of Association.

Redemption Rights.     The A Preference shares and the B Preference shares are both redeemable in equal amounts at any time after February 12, 2017 at the option of the holders of the B Preference shares.

Liquidation Rights.     The assets of the Company are to be applied in the following order of priority in the event of a liquidation of the Company. Firstly, to pay to the holders of the A Preference shares and the B Preference Shares an amount equal to the original subscription price of $1.0526 per share, and a dividend of 12% per annum calculated on the original subscription price from the date of issue of the shares to the date of liquidation to the extent such dividend has not previously been paid. Secondly, to pay to the holders of the Ordinary shares an amount equal to the original subscription price. Thirdly, to pay to the holders of the A Ordinary shares and the B Ordinary shares, an amount equal to the original subscription price. Fourthly to pay to the holders of the Deferred shares the sum of one pound sterling in aggregate and the balance of any remaining assets is to be distributed equally between the holders of the Ordinary shares, the A Ordinary shares and the B Ordinary shares.

Voting Rights.     The A Preference shares and the B Preference Shares both have one vote per share.

The fair value of the above warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
           2013              2012      

Fair value of preferred shares

     —         $ 1.05   

Risk free interest rate

     —           2.05

Weighted-average expected lives (years)

     —           1.0   

Volatility

     —           72.43

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Note 9.    Share-Based Compensation

The Company records share-based compensation expense in respect of options issued under the 2012 Option Plan and in respect of the deferred shares issued to employees. Share-based compensation expense amounted to $471 in the year ended March 31, 2013 and $0 in prior years.

2012 Option Plan

The 2012 Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) was designed in order to grant options on Ordinary shares in the capital of the Company to certain of its directors and employees. The purpose of the Option Plan is to provide employees with an opportunity to participate directly in the growth of the value of the Company by receiving options for shares.

Each option converts into one Ordinary share of the Company on exercise.

The 2012 Option Plan was approved by the shareholders as part of the arrangements relating to the issue of the A Preference Shares and B Preference shares on February 16, 2012.

The total number of shares in respect of which options may be granted under the 2012 Option Plan is limited at 2,081,675. Options that lapse or are forfeited are available to be granted again.

Options generally vest over a period of three years but certain employees have shorter vesting periods. The contractual life of all options is 10 years. Options are also only exercisable after the Company becomes a public company or in the event of an acquisition of 75% or more of the share capital of the Company by a third party.

Share option activity

The following table summarizes share option activity:

 

       Number
of Share Options
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Months)
    

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value(1)

 

Outstanding—March 31, 2012

     —         $ —           —         $ —     

Granted

     1,154,375         0.46         120         566   

Exercised

     —           —           —           —     

Forfeited

     —           —           —           —     

Repurchased

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

          

Outstanding—March 31, 2013

     1,154,375       $ 0.46         116       $ 566   
  

 

 

          

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2013

     981,219       $ 0.46         116       $ 481   

Exercisable—March 31, 2013

     —         $ —           —         $ —     

 

(1)   Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of the end of each reporting period and the exercise price of the option.

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the options granted in 2013 with their exercise prices, the fair value of ordinary shares as of the applicable grant date, and the intrinsic value, if any:

 

Grant Date    Number of
Options Granted
    

Weighted
Average

Exercise Prices

     Ordinary Shares
Fair Value Per
Share at Grant
Date
     Intrinsic
Value
 

August 31, 2012

     565,366       $ 0.46       $ 0.95       $ 277   

February 15, 2013

     589,009       $ 0.46       $ 0.95       $ 289   

Determining the fair value of share options

The fair value of each grant of share options was determined by the Company using the Black-Scholes options pricing model.

Assumptions used in the option pricing models are discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected volatility .    The expected volatility was based on the historical share volatilities of a selection of the Company’s publicly listed peers over a period equal to the expected terms of the options as the Company did not have a sufficient trading history to use the volatility of its own ordinary shares.

Fair value of ordinary shares.     Transactions involving the preference share capital of the Company determined the fair values of the ordinary shares at the grant dates. The preference shares have preferred rights versus the ordinary shares as regards capital redemption and dividends but after all other shares have been paid out the balance of any residual assets is shared amongst the ordinary shareholders. The preference shareholders may convert their shares to ordinary shares at any time.

Based on these share rights, the fair value of the ordinary shares will not exceed the fair value of the preference shares but may equal it, if it appears likely that the value of the company as a whole exceeds the entitlements of the preference shares thus making it more likely than not that the preference shareholders will opt to convert their shares.

The directors have considered the progress of the company at each option award date and determined the fair market value of the ordinary shares by reference to the fair values of the preference shares plus an appropriate discount.

Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the UK Government 10-year bond yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Expected term.     The expected term is determined after giving consideration to the contractual terms of the share-based awards, graded vesting schedules ranging from one to three years and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its share-based awards.

Expected dividend.     According to the terms of the awards, the exercise price of the options is adjusted to take into account any dividends paid. As a result dividends are not required as an input to the model, as these reductions in the share price are offset by a corresponding reduction in exercise price.

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

  

 

 

A summary of the weighted-average assumptions applicable to the share options is as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
       2013     2012  

Risk free interest rate

     2.05     N/A   

Weighted-average expected lives (years)

     2.33        N/A   

Volatility

     64     N/A   

Dividend Yield

     0.00     N/A   

Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)

   $ 0.95      $ —     

Value Granted (total)

   $ 1,097      $ —     

Number granted in year

     1,154,375        —     

The directors deemed the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares to be $0.95 per share on March 31, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, total compensation cost related to unvested share options granted to employees not yet recognized was $783 net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized to expense over a weighted average remaining period of 2 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

Deferred shares

Deferred shares were granted as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
           2013             2012      

Weighted average grant date fair value (per share)

   $ —        $ 0.89   

Value Granted (total)

   $ —        $ 626   

Number granted in year

     —          703,636   

As of March 31, 2013, total compensation cost related to deferred shares granted to employees not yet recognized was $247 net of estimated forfeitures. This cost will be amortized to expense over a weighted average remaining period of 0.83 years and will be adjusted for subsequent changes in estimated forfeitures.

Note 10.    Income Taxes

No provision has been made for current or deferred income taxes in any period. The statutory tax rate of the Company in Jersey is 0%. The principal operating subsidiaries operate in the United States and the United Kingdom and are subject to corporate income taxes in those countries. Both these entities have incurred trading losses and no corporate income taxes have been provided for. A reconciliation of the income tax expense at the statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     March 31,  
       2013     2012     2011  

Income Tax Expense at Statutory Rate

   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Foreign Tax Rate Differential

     (488     (681     (1,044

Increase in valuation allowance against deferred tax assets

     488        681        1,044   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Income Taxes

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Significant components of deferred tax assets are as follows:

 

     March 31,  
       2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Provisions and reserves

   $ 5      $ 8   

Net operating loss carry forwards

     4,200        3,746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   $ 4,205      $ 3,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fixed asset basis difference

     (174     (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

   $ (174   $ (211
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 4,031      $ 3,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation Allowance

     (4,031     (3,543
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company maintains a valuation allowance on net operating losses and other deferred tax assets in jurisdictions for which it does not believe it is more likely than not to realize those deferred tax assets based upon all available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating performance, carryback periods, reversal of taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and earnings expectations.

As of March 31, 2013, the Company has net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $10,939 and $4,099 of U.S. state net operating losses, which will be available to offset future taxable income. If not used, approximately $2,625 of these tax effected carry forwards will expire between 2029 and 2033. The remaining portion of the carry forwards arose in jurisdictions where losses do not expire.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in tax expense. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 through March 31, 2013, the Company had no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company does not currently anticipate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will result in material changes to its financial position within the next 12 months.

The Company has evaluated its tax positions in all jurisdictions at each year end and has concluded that there are no material uncertain tax positions.

The Company files consolidated and separate company income tax returns in its domestic and foreign jurisdictions. All necessary income tax filings in all jurisdictions have been completed for all years up to and including March 31, 2013 and there are no ongoing tax examinations in any jurisdiction.

Note 11.    Defined Contribution Plan

The Company operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Company in an independently administered fund. The pension cost charge represents the contribution payable by the Company to the fund during the year. Pension costs during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $263, $228 and $208, respectively.

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Note 12.    Net Loss Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method when computing its earnings per share, which requires that net income per share for each class of share (ordinary shares and preference shares) be calculated assuming 100% of the Company’s net income is distributed as dividends to each class of share based on their contractual rights.

In accordance with ASC 260 “Earnings Per Share”, basic earnings available to ordinary shareholders per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings available to ordinary shareholders per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period, plus potential ordinary shares considered outstanding during the period, as long as the inclusion of such shares is not anti-dilutive. Potential ordinary shares consist of the incremental ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options (using the treasury shares method), the conversion of the Company’s deferred and preference shares and the warrants to acquire preference shares.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic loss per ordinary share. Diluted earnings per share figures are not applicable due to losses:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
       2013     2012     2011  

Numerator:

      

Net loss

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders—diluted

   $ (4,714   $ (4,473   $ (4,621
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     233,956        179,116        177,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

   $ (20.15   $ (24.97   $ (25.97

B preference shares are participating securities with no contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Accordingly, no losses were allocated to B preference shares in the calculation of loss per share in the periods presented.

No cumulative dividend is included in net loss for EPS calculation as A preference share dividends, based on their terms are not considered earned.

Basic and diluted loss per share in 2012 and 2011 have been computed assuming the ordinary shares issued to the Company’s shareholders upon its formation were outstanding for all periods presented.

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The options to purchase ordinary shares, the deferred shares, the A Preference shares, the B Preference shares and the warrants to purchase A Preference Shares and B Preference shares have been excluded from the above computation of earnings per share for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive. The following sets out the numbers of the shares, deferred shares, options and warrants excluded from the above computation of earnings per share for the years ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012, as their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
       2013      2012        2011  

A Preference shares

     12,719,954         12,469,954           N/A   

Warrants to purchase A Preference shares

     700,060         950,060           N/A   

B Preference shares

     14,440,901         10,640,664           N/A   

Warrants to purchase B Preference shares

     —           3,800,237           N/A   

Deferred shares

     644,327         664,097           N/A   
          

Options to purchase ordinary shares

     1,154,375         —             N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive shares

     29,659,617         28,525,012           N/A   
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Note 13.    Litigation

Our subsidiary Alba is involved in a dispute with Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service (“SNBTS”) related to an agreement between the two parties in 2007 pursuant to which Alba purchased its business from SNBTS. SNBTS claims that pursuant to this agreement, it is entitled to 15% of the value of the continuing business of Alba as at August 31, 2012 or approximately $3,100. Alba believes that no sums are due.

Note 14.    Subsequent Events

On December 6, 2013, the Company completed a refinancing which resulted in the issuance for cash of 929,167 new C preference shares at a price of $3.00 per share. The C preference shares have the same rights as the B preference shares in existence at March 31, 2013. In addition, at the same time the Company drew down $15 million under a new secured bank facility agreement with MidCap Financial LLC and repaid the $3 million of long term debt with Haemonetics outstanding at March 31, 2013. The new facility is repayable over a four year period with no repayments being due until eighteen months from the date of drawdown and then equal amounts being repayable monthly over the remaining thirty months.

On December 9, 2013, our newly formed Swiss subsidiary entered into the lease of a property in Eysins, Switzerland with an annual rental of 1.2 million Swiss francs. The lease runs until March 15, 2020 and there are options for the tenant to extend the lease beyond this date.

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (unaudited)

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data)

 

       December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2013
 
     (unaudited)        

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,756      $ 4,219   

Trade accounts receivable, net

     1,841        1,516   

Inventories

     4,469        3,324   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,410        1,112   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     23,476        10,171   

Property and equipment, net

     1,907        1,650   

Intangible assets, net

     995        1,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 26,378      $ 12,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 3,125      $ 2,338   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,225        1,064   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,865        1,024   

Finance lease liabilities

     196        198   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,411        4,624   

Long-term debt

     14,579        3,000   

Finance lease liabilities, less current portion

     194        307   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     22,184        7,931   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —     

A Preference shares (nil par value) 12,719,954 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013.

     13,180        13,180   

B Preference shares (nil par value) 14,583,407 and 14,440,901 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively

     14,991        14,841   

C Preference shares (nil par value) 929,167 and zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

     2,592        —     

Shareholders’ deficit:

    

Ordinary shares (nil par value) 125,092 and zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively;

     59       —     

A Ordinary shares (nil par value) 762,943 and 237,233 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively;

     —          —     

B Ordinary shares (nil par value) 118,617 and zero shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively;

     —          —     

Deferred shares (nil par value) zero A Deferred shares, zero and 118,617 B deferred shares, zero and 525,710 C deferred shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively;

     —          —     

Distribution in excess of capital

     (17,025     (17,745

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     479        (186

Accumulated deficit

     (10,082     (5,130
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (26,569     (23,061
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preference shares and shareholders’ deficit

   $ 26,378      $ 12,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (unaudited)

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data)

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
 
       2013     2012  

Revenue:

    

Product sales

   $ 12,332      $ 10,319   

Other revenues

     2,768        618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     15,100        10,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

     (6,271     (5,384
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     8,829        5,553   

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

     (2,057     (1,630

Research and development, net of government grants

     (4,916     (1,883

General and administrative expenses:

    

Compensation expense in respect of share options and management equity incentives

     (701     (335

Other general and administrative expenses

     (5,442     (4,584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total general and administrative expense

     (6,143     (4,919
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (13,116     (8,432
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (4,287     (2,879

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense, net

     (582     (192

Other, net

     (83     29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other (expense), net

     (665     (163
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,952     (3,042

Provision for income taxes

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency gain

   $ 665      $ 22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

     665        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (4,287   $ (3,020
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders—basic and diluted

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

   $ (10.99   $ (13.06

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     450,555        232,883   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERENCE SHARES AND CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (unaudited)

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preference Shares
          Ordinary Shares     Deferred Shares     Distribution
in Excess of
Capital
   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income

   

Accumulated

Deficit

    Total
Shareholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balances, March 31, 2013

    27,160,855      $ 28,021            237,233      $ —          644,327      $ —        $ (17,745   $ (186   $ (5,130   $ (23,061
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issue of shares, upon exercise of warrant

    142,506        150            —         —         —         —         19        —         —         19   

Issue of shares, net of expenses of $195

    929,167        2,592            125,092        59        —          —          —          —          —          59   

Conversion of shares

    —         —             644,327        —         (644,327     —         —         —         —         —    

Net loss

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         —         (4,952     (4,952

Foreign currency translation gain

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         665        —         665   
                   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

    —         —             —         —         —         —         —         665        —         665   

Stock-based compensation, net of repurchases

    —         —             —         —         —         —         701        —         —         701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances, December 31, 2013

    28,232,528      $ 30,763            1,006,652      $ 59       —        $ —        $ (17,025   $ 479      $ (10,082   $ (26,569
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (unaudited)

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars)

 

     Nine months ended
December 31,
 
       2013     2012  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     376        568   

Stock-based compensation

     701        335   

Net change in assets and liabilities:

    

Trade accounts receivable, net

     (148     (263

Inventories

     (949     (530

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     821        (60

Accrued compensation and benefits

     154        564   

Other assets

     (592     338   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (4,589     (2,090

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of property and equipment and intangible assets

     (416     (675

Refund (purchase) of intangibles assets

     87        (82
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (329     (757

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from (repayment of) finance leases

     (149     299   

Proceeds from drawdown of new debt

     15,000        —    

Repayment of debt

     (3,000     —     

Debt issue costs

     (557     —    

Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares

     59        —    

Proceeds from issuance of preference shares

     2,885        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     14,238        299   

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents

     217        (87
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

     9,537        (2,635

Beginning cash and cash equivalents

     4,219        4,354   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending cash and cash equivalents

   $ 13,756      $ 1,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

    

Income taxes paid

   $ —       $ —    

Interest paid

   $ 296      $ 114   

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in thousands of U.S. Dollars — except for share data and per share data, unless otherwise stated)

Note 1.    Description of Business and Basis of Presentation

Description of Business

The principal activity of Quotient Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the Group) is the development, manufacture and sale of products for the global transfusion diagnostics market. Products manufactured by the Group are sold to hospitals, donor collection agencies, independent testing laboratories, and other diagnostics companies worldwide.

Basis of Presentation

The condensed statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). In accordance with those rules and regulations, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) for complete financial statements.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. The March 31, 2013 balance sheet was derived from audited financial statements, but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. However, the Company believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements at and for the year ended March 31, 2013 included in this Form S-1. The results of operations for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the year ending March 31, 2014.

Note 2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, all cash and cash equivalents comprised readily accessible cash balances.

Trade accounts receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and are not interest bearing. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. Additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded as general and administrative

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

expenses. The Company reviews its trade receivables to identify specific customers with known disputes or collectability issues. In addition, the Company maintains an allowance for all other receivables not included in the specific reserve by applying specific rates of projected uncollectible receivables to the various aging categories. In determining these percentages, the Company analyzes its historical collection experience, customer credit-worthiness, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013 was $45 and $45, respectively.

Concentration of Credit Risks and Other Uncertainties

The carrying amounts for financial instruments consisting of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Derivative instruments, consisting entirely of foreign exchange contracts, are stated at their estimated fair values, based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments. The counterparties to the agreements relating to the Company’s derivative instruments consist of large financial institutions of high credit standing.

The Company’s main financial institution for banking operations and its subsidiary together hold 99% of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013.

The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from net revenue to customers and distributors located in the United States and other countries. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. The Company provides reserves for potential credit losses but has not experienced significant losses to date. There was one customer whose accounts receivable balance represented 10% or more of total accounts receivable, net, as of December 31, 2013 or March 31, 2013. This customer represented 56% and 53% of the accounts receivable balances, as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013, respectively.

The Company currently sells products through its direct sales force and through third-party distributors. There was one direct customer that accounted for 10% or more of total product sales for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. This customer represented 57% and 55% of total product sales for the nine months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company’s valuation techniques used to measure fair value maximized the use of observable inputs and minimized the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs:

 

Ø  

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Ø  

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

Ø  

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

  

 

 

See Note 6, “Commitment and Contingencies,” for information and related disclosures regarding our fair value measurements.

Inventory

Inventory is stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost) or market, with cost determined on the first-in-first-out method. Accordingly, allocation of fixed production overhead to inventory is based on normal capacity of production. Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and spoilage are expensed as incurred and not included in overhead. No stock-based compensation cost was included in inventory as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2013.

Property and equipment

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as follows:

 

Ø  

Plant, machinery and equipment—4 to 25 years;

 

Ø  

Leasehold improvements—the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Repairs and maintenance expenditures, which are not considered improvements and do not extend the useful life of property and equipment, are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets related to product licenses are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets related to technology and other intangible assets acquired in acquisitions are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, on a straight-line basis as follows:

Customer relationships—5 years

Brands associated with acquired cell lines—40 years

Product licenses—10 years

Other intangibles assets—7 years

The Company reviews its intangible assets for impairment and conducts the impairment review when events or circumstances indicate the carrying value of a long-lived asset may be impaired by estimating the future undiscounted cash flows to be derived from an asset to assess whether or not a potential impairment exists. No impairment losses have been recorded in either nine month period ended December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Customers have no right of return except in the case of damaged goods. The Company has not experienced any significant returns of its products. Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of product sales. In those cases where the Company bills shipping and handling costs to customers, the amounts billed are classified as revenue.

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The Company enters into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables of its products and services. The terms of these arrangements may include non-refundable upfront payments, milestone payments, other contingent payments and royalties on any product sales derived on collaboration. Up-front fees received in connection with collaborative agreements are deferred upon receipt, are not considered a separate unit of accounting and are recognized as revenues over the relevant performance periods. Revenues related to research and development services included in a collaboration agreement is recognized as research and services are performed over the related performance periods for each contract. A payment that is contingent upon the achievement of a substantive milestone is recognized in its entirety in the period in which the milestone is achieved.

In June 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics Inc. (“OCD”) to develop a range of rare antisera products. The Company had been working on this project for more than a year before the formal agreement was signed with OCD. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is entitled to receive milestone payments of $2,750 upon the receipt of CE-marks for the rare antisera products, $1,400 upon the receipt of FDA approval of the rare antisera products and two further milestones of $500 each upon the updating of the CE-mark and FDA approvals to cover use of the products on OCD’s automation platform. The Company concluded that as each of these milestones required significant levels of development work to be undertaken and there was no certainty at the start of the project that the development work would be successful, these milestones are substantive and will be accounted for under the milestone method of revenue recognition. During the nine month period ended December 31, 2013, the Company recognized $2,750 of milestone revenue relating to the achievement of the CE marketing milestone. The agreement also contains one further milestone of $650 payable when OCD orders $250 of the rare antisera products covered by the agreement. This payment, if received at some future date, will represent a royalty payment and will be recognized when the sales target is achieved.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for company-sponsored and collaborative research and development activities. These costs include direct and research-related overhead expenses. The Company expenses research and development costs, including the expenses for research under collaborative agreements, as such costs are incurred. Where government grants are available for the sponsorship of such research, the grant receipt is included as a credit against the related expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss.

In determining fair value of the stock-based compensation payments, the Company uses the Black–Scholes model and a single option award approach, which requires the input of subjective assumptions. These assumptions include: the fair value of the underlying share, estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (expected term), the estimated volatility of the Company’s ordinary shares price over the expected term (expected volatility), risk-free interest rate (interest rate), expected dividends and the number of shares subject to options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (forfeitures).

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Note 3.    Intangible Assets

 

     December 31, 2013  
       Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
    

Weighted-Average
Remaining

Useful Life

 

Customer relationships

   $ 3,261       $ (3,261   $ —           —     

Brands associated with acquired cell lines

     672         (106     566         33.7 years   

Product licenses

     595         (186     409         6.9 years   

Other intangibles

     212         (192     20         0.7 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,740       $ (3,745   $ 995      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
     March 31, 2013  
       Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
    

Weighted-Average
Remaining

Useful Life

 

Customer relationships

   $ 2,989       $ (2,989   $ —           —     

Brands associated with acquired cell lines

     617         (86     531         34.4 years   

Product licenses

     626         (126     500         8.0 years   

Other intangibles

     194         (155     39         1.4 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,426       $ (3,356   $ 1,070      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Note 4.    Debt

Long-term debt comprises:

 

     December 31,
2013
    March 31,
2013
 

Long-term debt

   $ 15,000      $ 3,000   

Fair value of associated preference share warrant

     (421     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 14,579      $ 3,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On December 9, 2013, the Company drew down $15,000 under a new secured bank facility agreement with MidCap Financial LLC and repaid the $3,000 of long-term debt with Haemonetics outstanding at March 31, 2013. The new facility is repayable over a four year period with no repayments being due until eighteen months from the drawdown date and then equal amounts being repayable monthly over the remaining thirty months. The facility bears interest at LIBOR plus 6.7%. The LIBOR rate applicable is the higher of the actual market rate from time to time or 2.0%.

The outstanding debt is repayable as follows:

 

2014

   $ —     

2015

     —     

2016

     4,500   

2017

     6,500   

2018

     4,500   
  

 

 

 

Total debt

   $ 15,000   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Note 5.    Consolidated Balance Sheet Detail

Inventory

The following table summarizes inventory by category for the periods presented:

 

       December 31,
2013
    

March 31,

2013

 
Raw materials    $ 1,208       $ 1,029   
Work in progress      2,111         1,303   
Finished goods      1,149         992   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total    $ 4,468       $ 3,324   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment

The following table summarizes property and equipment by categories for the periods presented:

 

       December 31,
2013
   

March 31,

2013

 

Plant and machinery

   $ 3,305      $ 2,752   

Leasehold improvements

     477        340   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     3,782        3,092   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (1,875     (1,442
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 1,907      $ 1,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were $298 and $245 in nine month periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively.

Accrued compensation and benefits

Accrued compensation and benefits consist of the following:

 

       December 31,
2013
    

March 31,

2013

 

Salary and related benefits

   $ 250       $ 61   

Accrued vacation

     40         36   

Accrued payroll taxes

     278         397   

Accrued incentive payments

     657         570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued compensation and benefits

   $ 1,225       $ 1,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

       December 31,
2013
    

March 31,

2013

 

Accrued legal and professional fees

   $ 537       $ 68   

Accrued interest

     94         169   

Goods received not invoiced

     621         264   

Fair value of preference share warrants liability

     421         19   

Other accrued expenses

     1,192         504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   $ 2,865       $ 1,024   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 6.    Commitments and Contingencies

Government Grant

In 2008, the Company was awarded research and development grant funding from Scottish Enterprise amounting to £1,791 for the development of MosaiQ TM . The total grant claimed to December 31, 2013 is £1,702. Regular meetings are held to update Scottish Enterprise with the status of the project. While the terms of the grant award provide for full repayment of the grant in certain circumstances, the Company does not consider that any repayment is likely.

Hedging arrangements

The Company’s subsidiary in the United Kingdom (“UK”) has entered into six forward exchange contracts to sell $300 and purchase pounds sterling at a rate of £1:$1.51 in each calendar month through June 2014.

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, by level, within the fair value hierarchy:

 

     December 31, 2013  
       Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 174       $ —         $ —         $ 174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 174       $ —         $ —         $ 174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Fair value of preference share warrants

   $ 421       $ —         $ —         $ 421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 421       $ —         $ —         $ 421   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

     March 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Foreign currency forward contracts

   $ 20       $ —         $ —         $ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 20       $ —         $ —         $ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     March 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Fair value of preference share warrants

   $ —         $ —         $ 19       $ 19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —         $ —         $ 19       $ 19   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The change in the estimated fair value of preference share warrant liabilities is summarized below:

 

March 31, 2013

   $ 19   

Exercise of warrants

     (19

Issue of warrants

     421   
  

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

   $ 421   
  

 

 

 

Note 7.    Ordinary, Deferred and Preference Shares

Ordinary and Deferred shares

The Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary and deferred shares consist of the following:

 

      

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding

December 31,

2013

    

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding,

March 31,

2013

     Par value  

Ordinary shares

     125,092         —         $ —     

A Ordinary shares

     762,943         237,233         —     

B Ordinary shares

     118,617         —           —     

B Deferred shares

     —           118,617         —     

C Deferred shares

     —           525,710         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     881,560         881,560       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Preference shares

The Company’s issued and outstanding preference shares consist of the following:

 

      

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding

December 31,

2013

    

Shares

Issued and

Outstanding,

March 31,

2013

    

Liquidation

amount per

share

December 31,

2013

    

Liquidation

amount per

share

March 31,

2013

 

A Preference shares

     12,719,954         12,719,954       $ 1.11       $ 1.19   

B Preference shares

     14,583,407         14,440,901       $ 1.25       $ 1.16   

C Preference shares

     929,167         —         $ 3.03         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

     28,232,528         27,160,855         
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

142,506 A Preference shares warrants were exercised on June 28, 2013 resulting in the issue of 142,506 A Preference shares for cash of $1.0526 per share. The remaining outstanding warrants to acquire A Preference shares were cancelled on that date. The 142,506 A Preference shares issued on June 28, 2013 were converted to B Preference shares in December 2013. On December 6, 2013, the Company issued 929,167 new C Preference shares at a price of $3.00 per share. The C Preference shares have the same rights as the B Preference shares.

Note 8.    Stock-Based Compensation

The Company records stock-based compensation expense in respect of options issued under the 2012 Option Plan and in respect of the deferred shares issued to employees. Stock-based compensation expense amounted to $701 and $335 in the nine month periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 respectively.

2012 Option Plan

Share option activity

The following table summarizes share option activity:

 

      

Number

of Share Options

Outstanding

   

Weighted-

Average Exercise

Price

    

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(Months)

    

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value(1)

 

Outstanding—March 31, 2013

     1,154,375        0.46         116         2,932   

Granted

     1,243,591        1.09         120         2,372   

Exercised

     (125,092     0.46         —           (318

Forfeited

     (20,500     0.46         —           (52

Repurchased

     —          —           —           —     
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2013

     2,252,374      $ 0.81         111       $ 4,394   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2013

     1,914,518      $ 0.81         111       $ 4,193   

Exercisable—December 31, 2013

     125,091      $ 0.46         104       $ 318   

 

(1)   Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of the end of each reporting period and the exercise price of the option.

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the options granted in the current financial year with their exercise prices, the fair value of ordinary shares as of the applicable grant date, and the intrinsic value, if any:

 

Grant Date   

Number of

Options Granted

    

Weighted

Average

Exercise Prices

    

Ordinary Shares

Fair Value Per

Share at Grant

Date

     Intrinsic
Value
 

April 11, 2013

     300,000       $ 0.001       $ 0.95       $ 285   

June 28, 2013

     755,045       $ 1.05       $ 1.05       $ —     

November 18, 2013

     188,546       $ 3.00       $ 3.00       $ —     

Determining the fair value of share options and deferred shares

The fair value of each grant of share options and deferred shares was determined by the Company using the Black-Scholes options pricing model.

Assumptions used in the option pricing models are discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected volatility .    The expected volatility was based on the historical share volatilities of two of the Company’s publicly listed peers over a period equal to the expected terms of the options as the Company did not have a sufficient trading history to use the volatility of its own ordinary shares.

Fair value of ordinary shares.     Transactions involving the preference share capital of the Company determined the fair values of the preference shares at those dates. The preference shares have preferred rights versus the ordinary shares as regards capital redemption and dividends but after all other shares have been paid out the balance of any residual assets is shared amongst the ordinary shareholders. The preference shareholders may convert their shares to ordinary shares at any time.

Based on these share rights, the fair value of the ordinary shares will not exceed the fair value of the preference shares but may equal it, if it appears likely that the value of the company as a whole exceeds the entitlements of the preference shares thus making it more likely than not that the preference shareholders will opt to convert their shares.

The directors have considered the progress of the company at each option award date and determined the fair market value of the ordinary shares by reference to the fair values of the preference shares plus an appropriate discount.

Risk-Free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on the UK Government 10-year bond yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

Expected term.     The expected term is determined after giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, graded vesting schedules ranging from one to three years and expectations of future employee behavior as influenced by changes to the terms of its stock-based awards.

Expected dividend.     According to the terms of the awards, the exercise price of the options is adjusted to take into account any dividends paid. As a result dividends are not required as an input to the model, as these reductions in the share price are offset by a corresponding reduction in exercise price.

 

 

 

F-40


Table of Contents

  

 

 

A summary of the assumptions applicable to the share options issued in the current financial year is as follows:

 

       April 11, 2013     June 28, 2013     November 18, 2013  

Risk free interest rate

     2.05     2.05     2.77

Expected lives (years)

     3        3        3   

Volatility

     59.97     59.97     59.72

Dividend Yield

     —          —          —     

Grant date fair value (per share)

   $ 0.95      $ 1.05      $ 3.00   

Value Granted (total)

   $ 285      $ 793        566   

Number granted

     300,000        755,045        188,546   

Note 9.    Net Loss Per Share

The Company applies the two-class method when computing its earnings per share, which requires that net income per share for each class of share (ordinary shares and preference shares) be calculated assuming 100% of the Company’s net income is distributed as dividends to each class of share based on their contractual rights.

In accordance with ASC 260 “Earnings Per Share”, basic earnings available to ordinary shareholders per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings available to ordinary shareholders per share is computed based on the weighted- average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period, plus potential ordinary shares considered outstanding during the period, as long as the inclusion of such shares is not anti-dilutive. Potential ordinary shares consist of the incremental ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of share options (using the treasury shares method), the conversion of the Company’s deferred and preference shares and the warrants to acquire preference shares.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per ordinary share. Diluted earnings per share figures are not applicable due to losses:

 

     Nine months ended
December 31
 
       2013     2012  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders—basic

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to ordinary shareholders—diluted

   $ (4,952   $ (3,042
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average ordinary shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     450,555        232,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss per ordinary share—basic and diluted

   $ (10.99   $ (13.06

The options to purchase ordinary shares, the deferred shares, the A Preference shares, the B Preference shares, the C Preference shares and the warrants to purchase A Preference shares, B Preference shares and C Preference shares have been excluded from the above computations of earnings per share.

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

QUOTIENT LIMITED

 

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

B Preference shares and C Preference shares are participating securities with no contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Accordingly, no losses were allocated to B Preference shares and C Preference shares in the calculation of loss per share in the periods presented.

No cumulative dividend is included in net loss for the loss per share calculation as A Preference share dividends, based on their terms are not considered earned.

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

LOGO

Until         , 2014, 25 days after the date of this prospectus, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of ordinary shares being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

Item    Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,660   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 11,750   

The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

   $ 125,000   

Blue sky fees and expenses

   $ *   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ *   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ *   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ *   

Transfer agent fees and expenses

   $ *   

Miscellaneous expenses

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

* To be furnished by amendment

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers

Upon the consummation of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our officers which may require us to indemnify them against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers (other than with respect to claims where they are determined to have breached their fiduciary duties to us), and to advance their expenses, including legal expenses, incurred as a result of any investigation, suit or other proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Generally, the maximum obligation under such indemnifications is not explicitly stated and, as a result, the overall amount of these obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. If we were to incur a loss in connection with these arrangements, it could affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors and officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act.

On February 18, 2011, our predecessor, Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited, or QBDG, issued 1,723,742 preference shares to Deidre Cowan for a purchase price of £500,000.

 

 

 

II-1


Table of Contents

  

 

 

On April 15, 2011, QBDG issued 39,539 A ordinary shares to Jeremy Stackawitz upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On May 15, 2011, QBDG issued 9,885 A ordinary shares to an employee upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On June 15, 2011, QBDG issued 9,885 A ordinary shares to an employee upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On August 10, 2011, QBDG issued 1,723,743 preference shares to Deidre Cowan for a purchase price of £500,000, and an aggregate of 525,710 C deferred shares to certain of its senior executives for an aggregate purchase price of $240,831.

On November 3, 2011, QBDG issued 1,723,742 preference shares to Deidre Cowan for a purchase price of £500,000.

On February 16, 2012, we issued 14,023,552 A preference shares to QBDG in connection with our acquisition of 100% of the issued share capital of Alba Bioscience Limited, Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. and QBD (QSIP) Limited. We issued 177,295 A ordinary shares, 59,309 A deferred shares, 118,617 B deferred shares and 525,710 C deferred shares to certain of our senior executives to replace equivalent shares previously issued to the same senior executives by QBDG. We also issued 10,640,664 new B preference shares to Galen Partners LLP and affiliated entities, or Galen, and Thomas Bologna at an issue price of $1.0526 per new B preference share, raising $11.2 million. We granted warrants to QBDG, Galen and Thomas Bologna allowing them to subscribe for up to 4,750,296 A preference or B preference shares for a total subscription price of $5.0 million.

On March 20, 2012, we issued 39,539 A ordinary shares to Jeremy Stackawitz upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On May 20, 2012, we issued 9,885 A ordinary shares to an employee upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On June 10, 2012, we issued 9,885 A ordinary shares to an employee upon the conversion of previously issued A deferred shares.

On August 31, 2012, we granted options to acquire 565,366 ordinary shares at an exercise price of £0.2901 per share to certain of our directors and employees.

On February 14, 2013, we issued an aggregate of 3,762,316 B preference shares to Galen, after Galen exercised its warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,960,085. We issued 37,921 B preference shares to Thomas Bologna, after Thomas Bologna exercised his warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $39,914. We issued 250,000 A preference shares to QDBG, after QDBG exercised its warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $263,141.

On February 15, 2013, we granted options to acquire 589,009 ordinary shares at an exercise price of £0.2901 per share to certain of our employees.

On April 11, 2013, we granted options to acquire 300,000 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $0.001 per share to Edward Farrell.

On June 28, 2013, we granted options to acquire 755,045 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $1.05 per share to certain of our directors and employees.

 

 

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Part II    Information not required in prospectus

 

 

On July 9, 2013, we issued 142,506 A preference shares to QDBG, after QDBG exercised its warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $149,997.

On September 21, 2013, we issued 525,710 A ordinary shares to certain of our senior executives upon conversion of previously issued C deferred shares.

On November 18, 2013, we granted options to acquire 188,546 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share to certain of our directors and employees.

On December 6, 2013, in connection with the refinancing of certain of our outstanding indebtedness with the MidCap facility described below, we issued 666,667 C preference shares to Galen for an aggregate purchase price of $2,000,001. We also issued an aggregate of 262,500 C preference shares to certain of our officers, directors and employees for an aggregate purchase price of $787,500.

On December 6, 2013, we entered into a secured term loan facility with MidCap Financial LLC, or MidCap. Under the terms of the agreement, we granted MidCap a warrant to purchase 200,000 C preference shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

On December 6, 2013, we also issued 118,617 B ordinary shares to Jeremy Stackawitz upon conversion of previously issued B deferred shares and 142,506 B preference shares to certain of our directors upon conversion of previously issued A preference shares.

On December 23, 2013, we issued 62,546 ordinary shares to David Azad and John Wilkerson, each, after they exercised their share options, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,653.

On February 13, 2014, we granted options to acquire 37,500 ordinary shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share to certain of our employees.

The above issuances were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, as transactions occurring outside of the United States, or under Section 3(a)(9) thereof, as transactions involving exchanges with existing security holders, or under Section 4(a)(2) thereof, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, or Rule 701, as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts related to compensation. No underwriters were used in connection with any of the foregoing transactions. The purchasers of securities in each such transaction (other than the transactions involving conversions of previously issued securities) represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to offer or sell, in connection with any distribution of the securities.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

(a)   Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b)   Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)   That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2)   That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Edinburgh, Scotland on March 6, 2014.

 

QUOTIENT LIMITED

By:

 

/s/    Paul Cowan

Name: Paul Cowan

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of

the Board of Directors

***

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Paul Cowan and Stephen Unger and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, and any additional related registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (including post-effective amendments to the registration statement and any such related registration statements), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and any other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Paul Cowan

Paul Cowan

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
(Principal Executive Officer)
  March 6, 2014

/s/    Stephen Unger

Stephen Unger

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 

March 6, 2014

/s/    Roland Boyd

Roland Boyd

   Group Financial Controller and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 

March 6, 2014

/s/    Thomas Bologna

Thomas Bologna

   Director  

March 6, 2014

/s/    Frederick Hallsworth

Frederick Hallsworth

   Director  

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Brian McDonough

Brian McDonough

   Director  

March 6, 2014

/s/    Zubeen Shroff

Zubeen Shroff

   Director  

March 6, 2014

/s/    John Wilkerson

John Wilkerson

   Director  

March 6, 2014

/s/    Stephen Unger

Stephen Unger

   Authorized Representative in the United States  

March 6, 2014

 

 

 

II-6


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number

    

Description of exhibit

  1.1*      

Form of Underwriting Agreement

  3.1*      

Amended Articles of Association

  4.1*      

Form of Ordinary Shares Certificate

  4.2      

Warrant to Purchase C Preference Shares, dated December 6, 2013, issued to Midcap Funding V, LLC

  5.1*      

Opinion of Carey Olsen

  8.1*      

Opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP as to U.S. tax matters

  10.1†      

Credit, Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated December 6, 2013, between Midcap Funding V, LLC and Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc.

  10.2      

Service Agreement, dated February 16, 2012, between Quotient Biodiagnostics Holding Limited and Paul Cowan

  10.3      

Employment Agreement, dated March 9, 2009, between Alba Bio Science Limited and Jeremy Stackawitz

  10.4      

Service Agreement, dated November 21, 2012, between Quotient Biodiagnostics Holding Limited and Edward Farrell

  10.5      

Service Agreement, dated August 14, 2012, between Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited and Roland Boyd

  10.6*      

Employment agreement, dated March 5, 2014, between Quotient Limited and Stephen Unger

  10.7      

Umbrella Supply Agreement, dated December 1, 2004, between Alba Bioscience, a division of the Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service, predecessor to Alba Bioscience Limited, acting on behalf of The Common Services Agency, and Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics Inc.

  10.8      

Assignment Agreement of the Supply Umbrella Agreement, dated September 3, 2007, between Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics Inc. and The Common Services Agency acting through its division the Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service

  10.9†      

STRATEC Development Agreement, dated January 8, 2014, between Stratec Biomedical AG and QBD (QSIP) Ltd.

  10.10      

Shareholders Agreement, dated February 16, 2012, by and among Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited, each holder of the Corporation’s A Preference Shares, B Preference Shares, Ordinary Shares, A Deferred Shares, B Deferred Shares, C Deferred Shares, A Ordinary Shares and B Ordinary Shares

  10.11      

Future Master Services Agreement, dated April 1, 2013, between Future Diagnostics BV and QDB (QSIP) Limited and its subsidiaries.

  10.12      

Eysins, Switzerland Lease Agreement, dated March 10, 2010, between Nemaco Fléchères B.V. and Nemaco Suisse SA

  10.13      

Eysins, Switzerland, Lease Assignment Agreement, dated December 9, 2013, by and among Fidfund Management SA, Mondelez Europe GmbH, Quotient Suisse SA and Quotient Limited.

  10.14      

Edinburgh, Scotland Lease Agreement, dated July 26, 2007, between the Scottish Ministers and Dalglen (No. 1062) Limited

  10.15      

Edinburgh, Scotland, Minute of Variation of Lease and Guarantee, dated September 21, 2011, among Alba Bioscience Limited (formerly Dalglen (No. 1062) Limited, Quotient Biodiagnosis Group Limited, and the Scottish Ministers

  10.16*      

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

  10.17      

2013 Enterprise Management Plan

  10.18*      

2014 Stock Incentive Plan

  10.19*      

TTP Master Development Agreement, dated January 4, 2010, between The Technology Partnership plc and QBD (QS-IP) Limited.

  10.20*      

TTP Intellectual Property Rights Agreement, dated March 4, 2014, between The Technology Partnership plc and QBD (QS-IP) Limited.

  10.21      

First Amendment to the STRATEC Development Agreement, dated March 3, 2014, between STRATEC Biomedical AG and QBD (QS-IP) Limited.

 

 

 

II-7


Table of Contents

  

 

 

Exhibit
number

    

Description of exhibit

  21.1      

List of Subsidiaries

  23.1      

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

  23.2*      

Consent of Carey Olsen (included in exhibit 5.1)

  23.3*      

Consent of Clifford Chance US LLP (included in Exhibits 8.1)

  24.1      

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

 

*   To be filed by amendment.
  Registrant has omitted portions of the referenced exhibit pursuant to a request for confidential treatment under Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 

 

II-8

Exhibit 4.2

QUOTIENT LIMITED

(COMPANY NUMBER 109886)

WARRANT TO PURCHASE C PREFERENCE SHARES

         DECEMBER 2013

VOID AFTER          DECEMBER 2023

THIS CERTIFIES THAT , for value received, MIDCAP FUNDING V , LLC , with its principal office at 7255 Woodmart Ave, Suite 200, Bethesda, MD 20814 USA, or assigns (as permitted in accordance with Section 10 below) (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from Quotient Limited with registered number 109886, a limited liability company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, with its registered office at Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE2 3RT (the “ Company ”), 200,000 Exercise Shares at the Exercise Price (each as defined below and each subject to adjustment as provided herein). This Warrant is being issued pursuant to the terms of a credit agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”) between, amongst others, Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. (as borrower), the Company and the Holder entered (or to be entered) into on or around the date hereof.

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  (a) “Exercise Period” shall mean the period commencing with the Closing Date and ending December          , 2023, unless sooner terminated as provided below.

 

  (b) “Exercise Price” shall mean, with respect to each Exercise Share, a price per share equal to US$3.00 (subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms of the Articles and Sections 5 and 7 below).

 

  (c) “Exercise Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s C Preference Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

 

  (d) “Permitted Transferee” means a person to whom shares in the capital of the Company may be transferred in accordance with the articles of association of the Company adopted on or about the date hereof.

2. EXERCISE OF WARRANT. The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;

(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, or (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness (if any); and

(c) This Warrant.


Subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant (whether in whole or in part), a certificate or certificates for the number of Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or a Permitted Transferee of the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised (in whole).

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued (if the Exercise Shares are issued in certificated form) upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was exercised in respect of such Exercise Shares and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such exercise and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open. The person in whose name any Exercise Shares are first registered (if the Exercise Shares are issued in uncertificated form) upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was exercised in respect of such Exercise Shares and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date that such person is registered as the holder of such Exercise Shares in the register of members of the Company, except that, if the date of such exercise and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Covenants as to Exercise Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

3.2 Notices of Record Date. In the event of any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, the Company shall mail to the Holder, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified herein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution.

4. REPRESENTATIONS OF HOLDER

4.1 Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account. The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof. The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.


4.2 Securities Are Not Registered

(a) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected. The Holder realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities. The Holder has no such present intention.

(b) The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

(c) The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5. ADJUSTMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE AND NUMBER OF EXERCISE SHARES

5.1 Changes in Securities. In the event of changes in the series of equity securities of the Company comprising the Exercise Shares by reason of share dividends, splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of Exercise Shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same Aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 7, the “Aggregate Exercise Price” shall mean the aggregate Exercise Price payable in connection with the exercise in full of this Warrant. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the number of Exercise Shares subject to this Warrant.

5.2 Automatic Conversion. Upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares, this Warrant shall become exercisable for that number of ordinary shares of the Company into ordinary shares into which the Exercise Shares would then be convertible, so long as such shares, if this Warrant had been exercised prior to such offering, would have been converted into ordinary shares pursuant to the Articles. In such case, all references to “Exercise Shares” shall mean the Company’s ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as appropriate.


6. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of one Exercise Share by such fraction.

7. REORGANIZATION. In the event of, at any time during the Exercise Period, any capital reorganization of the capital stock of the Company (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or no par value to par value or as a result of a share dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), or a Sale (as defined in the Articles) (a “ Corporate Change ”), then, as a condition of such Corporate Change, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made by the Company whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the Exercise Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such shares of stock, securities or other assets or property as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Exercise Shares equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby, and the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted so that the Aggregate Exercise Price after such Corporate Change shall be equal to the Aggregate Exercise Price immediately prior to such Corporate Change.

8. MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT. The Holder hereby agrees that Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any ordinary shares (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the initial public offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 (if applicable) or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided that all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. Holder further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the managing underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of ordinary shares (or other securities) of the Company, Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may he required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Act. The obligations described in this Section 8 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may


impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such ordinary shares (or other securities) until the end of such period. Holder agrees that any transferee of the Warrant held by Holder shall be bound by this Section 8. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

9. NO STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS. This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Exercise Shares.

10. TRANSFER OF WARRANT. Subject to applicable laws provided that the number of Holders shall not exceed 10 (joint holders being counted as one person) or such greater number as may be permitted from time to pursuant to a consent issued to the Company pursuant to the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any Permitted Transferee of the Holder but otherwise may not be transferred. This Warrant shall not be exercised in part. The Permitted Transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

11. LOST, STOLEN, MUTILATED OR DESTROYED WARRANT. If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

12. AMENDMENT. Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder. Upon the effectuation of such amendment or waiver in conformance with this Section 12, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Warrant who have not previously consented thereto in writing.

13. NOTICES, ETC. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address listed on the signature page and to Holder at the address listed on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as the Company or Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

14. ACCEPTANCE. Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

15. GOVERNING LAW. This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Jersey as applied to agreements among Jersey residents, made and to be performed entirely within Jersey without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of December 26, 2013.

 

QUOTIENT LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

Name:   Paul Cowan
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Address:   Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street,
  St. Helier, Jersey JE2 3RT


Agreed and Acknowledged:

MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC

 

By:   /s/ Colleen S. Kovas
Name:   Colleen S. Kovas
Title:   Authorized Signatory


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: Quotient Limited

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase shares of (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of Quotient Limited (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Exercise Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) subject to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Association, the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Exercise Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or, if reasona [ILLEGIBLE] an opinion [ILLEGIBLE] d.


         
(Date)       (Signature)
       
      (Print Name)


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

Name:                                                                                                                                                                

Address:                                                                                                                                                            

Dated:                                                                              

Holder’s Signature:                                                                                                           

Holder’s Address:                                                                                                             

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

Exhibit 10.1

CREDIT, GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT, GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT ( this “ Agreement ), dated as of December 6, 2013 (the “ Closing Date ), by and among MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ MidCap ”), as administrative agent (together with its successors and assigns, “ Agent ”), the Lenders listed on the Credit Facility Schedule attached hereto and otherwise party hereto from time to time (each a “ Lender ”, and collectively the “ Lenders ”), QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), the other Credit Parties listed on the signature pages hereof, provides the terms on which Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Lenders. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 16. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein. All headings numbered without a decimal point are herein referred to as “Articles,” and all paragraphs numbered with a decimal point (and all subparagraphs or subsections thereof) are herein referred to as “Sections.”

 

  2 CREDIT FACILITIES AND TERMS

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to each Lender in accordance with each Lender’s respective Pro Rata Share of each Credit Facility, the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by the Lenders under such Credit Facility and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.2 Credit Facilities . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender, severally, but not jointly, agrees to make available to Borrower Credit Extensions in respect of each Credit Facility set forth opposite such Lender’s name on the Credit Facility Schedule, in each case not to exceed such Lender’s commitment as identified on the Credit Facility Schedule (such commitment of each Lender, as it may be amended to reflect assignments made in accordance with this Agreement or terminated or reduced in accordance with this Agreement, its “ Applicable Commitment ”, and the aggregate of all such commitments, the “ Applicable Commitments ”).

2.3 Term Credit Facilities .

(a) Nature of Credit Facility; Credit Extension Requests . For any Credit Facility identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as a term facility (a “ Term Credit Facility ”), Credit Extensions in respect of a Term Credit Facility may be requested by Borrower during the Draw Period for such Term Credit Facility. For any Credit Extension requested under a Term Credit Facility (other than a Credit Extension on the Closing Date), Agent must receive the completed Credit Extension Form by 12:00 noon (New York time) three (3) Business Days prior to the date of the Credit Extension is to be funded. To the extent any Term Credit Facility proceeds are repaid for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily (including repayments from insurance or condemnation proceeds), Agent and Lenders shall have no obligation to re-advance such sums to Borrower.

(b) Principal Payments . Principal payable on account of a Term Credit Facility shall be payable by Borrower to Agent immediately upon the earliest of (i) the date(s) set forth in the Amortization Schedule for such Term Credit Facility, or (ii) the Maturity Date. Except as this Agreement may specifically provide otherwise, all prepayments of Credit Extensions under Term Credit Facilities shall be applied by Agent to the applicable Term Credit Facility in inverse order of maturity. The monthly payments required under the Amortization Schedule shall continue in the same amount (for so long as the applicable Term Credit

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    1   


Facility shall remain outstanding) notwithstanding any partial prepayment, whether mandatory or optional, of the applicable Term Credit Facility.

(c) Mandatory Prepayment . If a Term Credit Facility is accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Credit Facility and all other Obligations, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (ii) any fees payable under the Fee Letters by reason of such prepayment, (iii) the Applicable Prepayment Fee as specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for the Credit Facility being prepaid, and (iv) all other sums that shall have become due and payable, including Protective Advances. Additionally, at the election of Agent, Borrower shall prepay the Term Credit Facilities (to be allocated pro rata among the outstanding Credit Extensions under all Term Credit Facilities) in the following amounts: (A) on the date on which any Credit Party (or Agent as loss payee or assignee) receives any casualty proceeds in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) for personal property, or in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) for real property, in respect of assets upon which Agent maintained a Lien, an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such proceeds (net of out-of-pocket expenses and, in the case of personal property, repayment of any permitted purchase money debt encumbering the personal property that suffered such casualty), or such lesser portion of such proceeds as Agent shall elect to apply to the Obligations; and (B) upon receipt by any Credit Party of the proceeds of any asset disposition of personal property not made in the Ordinary Course of Business (other than transfers permitted by Section 7.1) and resulting in net cash proceeds in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the net cash proceeds of such asset disposition (net of out-of-pocket expenses and repayment of any permitted purchase money debt encumbering such asset), or such lesser portion as Agent shall elect to apply to the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $500,000 in the aggregate with respect to any property loss in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (x) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (y) shall be deemed Collateral in which Agent and Lenders have been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Agent, be payable to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.

(d) Permitted Prepayment . Except as provided below, Borrower shall have no right to prepay the Credit Extensions made in respect of a Term Credit Facility. Borrower shall have the option to prepay the Prepayable Amount (as defined below) of a Term Credit Facility advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Agent of its election to prepay the Prepayable Amount at least fifteen (15) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, on the date of such prepayment, an amount equal to the sum of (A) the Prepayable Amount, plus accrued interest thereon, (B) any fees payable under the Fee Letters by reason of such prepayment, (C) the Applicable Prepayment Fee as specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for the Credit Facility being prepaid, and (D) all Protective Advances. The term “Prepayable Amount” means all, but not less than all, of the Credit Extensions and all other Obligations under all Term Credit Facilities.

2.4 Reserved.

2.5 Reserved.

2.6 Interest and Payments; Administration.

(a) Interest; Computation of Interest . Each Credit Extension shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate. Each Lender may, upon the failure of Borrower to pay any fees or interest as required herein, capitalize such interest and fees and begin to accrue interest thereon until paid in full, which

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    2   


such interest shall be at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate unless and until the Default Rate shall otherwise apply. All other Obligations shall bear interest on the outstanding amount thereof from the date they first become payable by Borrower under the Financing Documents until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Interest Rate unless and until the Default Rate shall otherwise apply. Interest on the Credit Extensions and all fees payable under the Financing Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which such interest accrues. In computing interest on any Credit Extension or other advance, the date of the making of such Credit Extension or advance shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension or advance is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension or advance. As of each Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Credit Extensions.

(b) Default Rate . Upon the election of Agent following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is four hundred basis points (4.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the Default Rate ”). Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this subsection is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Agent or Lenders.

(c) Payments Generally . All payments in respect of the Obligations shall be made to Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share. All Obligations are payable upon demand of Agent in the absence of any other due date specified herein. All fees payable under the Financing Documents shall be deemed non-refundable as of the date paid. Any payment required to be made to Agent or a Lender under this Agreement may be made by debit or automated clearing house payment initiated by Agent or such Lender from any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Funding Account, and Borrower hereby authorizes Agent and each Lender to debit any such accounts for any amounts Borrower owes hereunder when due. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall tender to Agent and Lenders any authorization forms as Agent or any Lender may require to implement such debit or automated clearing house payment. These debits or automated clearing house payments shall not constitute a set-off. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon New York time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid. All payments to be made by Borrower under any Financing Document shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds. The balance of the Obligations, as recorded in Agent’s books and records at any time, shall be conclusive and binding evidence of the amounts due and owing to Agent and Lenders by Borrower absent manifest error; provided, however, that any failure to so record or any error in so recording shall not limit or otherwise affect Borrower’s duty to pay all amounts owing hereunder or under any Financing Document. Agent shall endeavor to provide Borrower with a monthly statement regarding the Credit Extensions (but neither Agent nor any Lender shall have any liability if Agent shall fail to provide any such statement). Unless Borrower notifies Agent of any objection to any such statement (specifically describing the basis for such objection) within ninety (90) days after the date of receipt thereof, it shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive upon Borrower in all respects as to all matters reflected therein.

(d) Interest Payments; Maturity Date . Commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the funding of a Credit Extension, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Maturity Date, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, calculated as set forth in this Section 2.6. All unpaid principal and accrued interest is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date or any earlier date specified herein. If the Obligations are not paid in full on or before the Maturity Date, all interest thereafter accruing shall be payable immediately upon accrual.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    3   


(e) Fees . Borrower shall pay, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letters, to Agent and each Lender, for their own accounts and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, the fees set forth in the Fee Letters.

(f) Protective Advances . Borrower shall pay to Agent for the account of Lenders all Protective Advances (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement, the Warrants and the other Financing Documents) when due under any Financing Document (and in the absence of any other due date specified herein, such Protective Advances shall be due upon demand).

(g) Maximum Lawful Rate . In no event shall the interest charged hereunder with respect to the Obligations exceed the maximum amount permitted under the Laws of the State of Maryland. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Document, if at any time the rate of interest payable hereunder (the Stated Rate ) would exceed the highest rate of interest permitted under any applicable Law to be charged (the Maximum Lawful Rate ), then for so long as the Maximum Lawful Rate would be so exceeded, the rate of interest payable shall be equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate; provided, however, that if at any time thereafter the Stated Rate is less than the Maximum Lawful Rate, Borrower shall, to the extent permitted by Law, continue to pay interest at the Maximum Lawful Rate until such time as the total interest received is equal to the total interest which would have been received had the Stated Rate been (but for the operation of this provision) the interest rate payable. Thereafter, the interest rate payable shall be the Stated Rate unless and until the Stated Rate again would exceed the Maximum Lawful Rate, in which event this provision shall again apply. In no event shall the total interest received by any Lender exceed the amount which it could lawfully have received, had the interest been calculated for the full term hereof at the Maximum Lawful Rate. If, notwithstanding the prior sentence, any Lender has received interest hereunder in excess of the Maximum Lawful Rate, such excess amount shall be applied to the reduction of the principal balance of such Lender’s Credit Extensions or to other amounts (other than interest) payable hereunder, and if no such Credit Extensions or other amounts are then outstanding, such excess or part thereof remaining shall be paid to Borrower. In computing interest payable with reference to the Maximum Lawful Rate applicable to any Lender, such interest shall be calculated at a daily rate equal to the Maximum Lawful Rate divided by the number of days in the year in which such calculation is made.

(h) Taxes; Additional Costs .

(i) All payments of principal and interest on the Obligations and all other amounts payable hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future income, excise, stamp, documentary, payroll, employment, property or franchise taxes and other taxes, fees, duties, levies, assessments, withholdings or other charges of any nature whatsoever (including interest and penalties thereon) imposed by any taxing authority, excluding taxes imposed on or measured by Agent’s, any Lender’s or any of their respective affiliates’ (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect holders of equity therein) net income by the jurisdictions under which Agent, such Lender, or any of their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect holders of equity therein) is organized or conducts business (other than solely as the result of entering into any of the Financing Documents or taking any action thereunder) (all non-excluded items being called Taxes ). If any withholding or deduction from any payment to be made by any Credit Party hereunder is required in respect of any Taxes pursuant to any applicable Law, then such Credit Party will: (i) pay directly to the relevant authority the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted; (ii) promptly forward to Agent an official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to Agent evidencing such payment to such authority; and (iii) pay to Agent for the account of Agent and Lenders such additional amount or amounts as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by Agent and each Lender will equal the full amount Agent and such Lender would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required. If any Taxes are directly asserted against Agent, any Lender or any of their respective affiliates (including, without limitation, any direct or indirect holders of equity therein) with respect to any payment received by Agent or such Lender hereunder, Agent, such Lender or such affiliate may pay such Taxes and Borrower will promptly pay such additional amounts (including any penalty,

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    4   


interest or expense) as is necessary in order that the net amount received by such Person after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional amount) shall equal the amount such Person would have received had such Taxes not been asserted so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the date on which Agent or such Lender first made written demand therefor.

(ii) If any Borrower fails to pay any Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit to Agent, for the account of Agent and the respective Lenders, the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, Borrower shall indemnify Agent and Lenders for any incremental Taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(iii) Each Lender that (A) is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, and (B)(1) is a party hereto on the Closing Date or (2) purports to become an assignee of an interest as a Lender under this Agreement after the Closing Date (unless such Lender was already a Lender hereunder immediately prior to such assignment) (each such Lender a Foreign Lender ”) shall execute and deliver to each of Borrower and Agent one or more (as Borrower or Agent may reasonably request) United States Internal Revenue Service Forms W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8IMY (as applicable) and other applicable forms, certificates or documents prescribed by the United States Internal Revenue Service or reasonably requested by Agent certifying as to such Lender’s entitlement to a complete exemption from withholding or deduction of Taxes. Borrower shall not be required to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to this subsection (h) with respect to United States withholding and income Taxes to the extent that the obligation to pay such additional amounts would not have arisen but for the failure of such Lender to comply with this paragraph other than as a result of a change in law.

(iv) If any Lender shall determine in its commercially reasonable judgment that the adoption or taking effect of, or any change in, any applicable Law regarding capital adequacy, in each instance, after the Closing Date, or any change after the Closing Date in the interpretation, administration or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation, administration or application thereof, or the compliance by any Lender or any Person controlling such Lender with any request, guideline or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency adopted or otherwise taking effect after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling Person could have achieved but for such adoption, taking effect, change, interpretation, administration, application or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such controlling Person’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) then from time to time, upon written demand by such Lender (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis for such demand and a calculation of the amount thereof in reasonable detail, a copy of which shall be furnished to Agent), Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amount as will compensate such Lender or such controlling Person for such reduction, so long as such amounts have accrued on or after the day which is two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the date on which such Lender first made demand therefor; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (A) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (B) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “change in applicable Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(v) (A) If any Lender requires compensation under this subsection (h), or requires Borrower to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to this subsection (h), then, upon the written request of Borrower, such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Credit Extensions hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder (subject to the terms of this Agreement) to another

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    5   


of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (x) would eliminate or materially reduce amounts payable pursuant to any such subsection, as the case may be, in the future, and (y) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender (as determined in its sole discretion). Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

(B) If any Lender (other than Midcap or its Affiliates) requires compensation under this subsection (h), or requires Borrower to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender (other than Midcap or its Affiliates) pursuant to this subsection (h), and such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 2.6(h)(v)(A), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 13.1), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to this subsection (h)) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Financing Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations; provided that: (x) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Financing Documents from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), and (y) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

(vi) If Borrower makes a Tax Payment and Lender determines:

(A) a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

(B) Lender has obtained and utilized that Tax Credit.

Lender shall pay an amount to Borrower which Lender determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by Borrower.

(i) Administrative Fees and Charges .

(i) Borrower shall pay to Agent, for its own account and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, all reasonable fees and expenses in connection with audits and inspections of the books and records of the Credit Parties, audits, valuations or appraisals of the Collateral, audits of Borrower’s compliance with applicable Laws and such other matters as Agent shall deem appropriate, which shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of the month following the date of issuance by Agent of a written request for payment thereof to any Borrower; provided, that, as long as no Default has occurred within the preceding twelve (12) months, Agent shall be entitled to such reimbursement for no more than one audit and inspection per calendar year.

(ii) If payments of principal or interest due on the Obligations, or any other amounts due hereunder or under the other Financing Documents, are not timely made and remain overdue for a period of five (5) days, Borrower, without notice or demand by Agent, promptly shall pay to Agent, for its own

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    6   


account and not for the benefit of any other Lenders, as additional compensation to Agent in administering the Obligations, an amount equal to five percent (5.0%) of each delinquent payment.

2.7 Secured Promissory Notes . At the election of any Lender made as to each Credit Facility for which it has made Credit Extensions, each Credit Facility shall be evidenced by one or more secured promissory notes in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”). Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note, Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF CREDIT EXTENSIONS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Each Lender’s obligation to make an advance in respect of a Credit Facility is subject to the condition precedent that Agent shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, all items listed on the Closing Deliveries Schedule attached hereto.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) satisfaction of all Applicable Funding Conditions for the applicable Credit Extension as set forth in the Credit Facility Schedule, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(b) timely receipt by the Agent of an executed Credit Extension Form in the form attached hereto;

(c) the representations and warranties in Article 5 and elsewhere in the Financing Documents shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the Credit Extension Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date. Each Credit Extension is each Credit Party’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Article 5 and elsewhere in the Financing Documents remain true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension;

(e) Agent shall be satisfied with the results of any searches conducted under Section 3.5;

(f) receipt by Agent of such evidence as Agent shall request to confirm that the deliveries made in Section 3.1 remain current, accurate and in full force and effect, or if not, updates thereto, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

(g) as determined in Agent’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower or any Credit Party from the most recent business plan of the Credit Parties presented to and accepted by Agent.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    7   


3.3 Method of Borrowing . Each Credit Extension in respect of each Credit Facility shall be in an amount at least equal to the applicable Minimum Credit Extension Amount for such Credit Facility as set forth in the Credit Facility Schedule or such lesser amount as shall remain undisbursed under the Applicable Commitments for such Credit Facility. The date of funding for any requested Credit Extension shall be a Business Day. To obtain a Credit Extension, Borrower shall deliver to Agent a completed Credit Extension Form executed by a Responsible Officer. Agent may rely on any notice given by a person whom Agent reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee thereof. Agent and Lenders shall have no duty to verify the authenticity of any such notice.

3.4 Funding of Credit Facilities . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each Lender, severally and not jointly, shall make available to Agent its Pro Rata Share of the requested Credit Extension, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds, prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the specified date for the Credit Extension. Agent shall, unless it shall have determined that one of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 or 3.2, as applicable, has not been satisfied, by 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on such day, credit the amounts received by it in like funds to Borrower by wire transfer to the Designated Funding Account (or to the account of Borrower in respect of the Obligations, if the Credit Extension is being made to pay an Obligation of Borrower). A Credit Extension made prior to the satisfaction of any conditions set forth in Section 3.1 or 3.2 shall not constitute a waiver by Agent or Lenders of Borrower’s obligation to satisfy such conditions, and any such Credit Extension made in the absence of such satisfaction shall be made in Agent’s discretion.

3.5 Searches . Before the Closing Date, and thereafter (as and when determined by Agent in its discretion), Agent shall have the right to perform, all at the Credit Parties’ expense, the searches described in clauses (a), (b), and (c) below against Borrower and any other Credit Party, the results of which are to be consistent with the Credit Parties’ representations and warranties under this Agreement and the reasonably satisfactory results of which shall be a condition precedent to all Credit Extensions requested by Borrower: (a) title investigations, UCC searches and fixture filings searches; (b) judgment, pending litigation, federal tax lien, personal property tax lien, and corporate and partnership tax lien searches, in each jurisdiction searched under clause (a) above; and (c) searches of applicable corporate, limited liability company, partnership and related records to confirm the continued existence, organization and good standing of the applicable Person and the exact legal name under which such Person is organized.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Each Credit Party hereby grants Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, the Collateral (excluding that part of the Collateral which is otherwise subject to the security interest granted in the Foreign Security), wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. Each Credit Party represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that may have priority by operation of applicable Law or by the terms of a written intercreditor or subordination agreement entered into by Agent.

4.2 Representations and Covenants.

(a) As of the Closing Date, no Credit Party has ownership interest in any Chattel Paper, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, Instruments, documents or investment property (other than equity interests in any Subsidiaries of any Credit Party disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto).

(b) Except for tangible Chattel Paper and Instruments in an aggregate amount of less than $50,000, each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent all tangible Chattel Paper and all Instruments and documents (other than tangible Chattel Paper and Instruments located in the United Kingdom or Jersey and

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    8   


subject to the Scottish Security Documents or the Jersey Security Documents, as applicable, or located in another jurisdiction in which the Credit Parties have granted a perfected first priority Lien on such Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Agent) owned by such Credit Party and constituting part of the Collateral duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. Each Credit Party shall provide Agent with “control” (as in the Code) of all such electronic Chattel Paper owned by such Credit Party and constituting part of the Collateral by having Agent identified as the assignee on the records pertaining to the single authoritative copy thereof and otherwise complying with the applicable elements of control set forth in the UCC. Each Credit Party also shall deliver to Agent all security agreements securing any such Chattel Paper and securing any such Instruments. Each Credit Party will mark conspicuously all such Chattel Paper and all such Instruments and Documents with a legend, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, indicating that such Chattel Paper and such Instruments and Documents are subject to the security interests and Liens in favor of Agent created pursuant to this Agreement and the Financing Documents.

(c) Except for letters of credit in an aggregate amount of less than $50,000, each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent all letters of credit (other than letters of credit located in the United Kingdom or Jersey and subject to the Scottish Security Documents or the Jersey Security Documents, as applicable, or located in another jurisdiction in which the Credit Parties have granted a perfected first priority Lien on such Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Agent) on which such Credit Party is the beneficiary and which give rise to letter of credit rights owned by such Credit Party which constitute part of the Collateral in each case duly endorsed and accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment, all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent. Each Credit Party shall take any and all actions as may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may request, from time to time, to cause Agent to obtain exclusive “control” (as defined in the Code) of any such letter of credit rights in a manner acceptable to Agent.

(d) Each Credit Party shall promptly advise Agent upon such Credit Party becoming aware that it has any interests in any commercial tort claim that constitutes part of the Collateral, which such notice shall include descriptions of the events and circumstances giving rise to such commercial tort claim and the dates such events and circumstances occurred, the potential defendants with respect such commercial tort claim and any court proceedings that have been instituted with respect to such commercial tort claims, and each Credit Party shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, with respect to any such commercial tort claim, execute and deliver to Agent such documents as Agent shall request to perfect, preserve or protect the Liens, rights and remedies of Agent with respect to any such commercial tort claim.

(e) Except for Accounts and Inventory in an aggregate amount of no more than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and Accounts and Inventory subject to the Scottish Security Documents or the Jersey Security Documents, as applicable, no Accounts or Inventory or other Collateral shall at any time be in the possession or control of any warehouse, consignee, bailee or any of the Credit Parties’ agents or processors without prior written notice to Agent and the receipt by Agent, if Agent has so requested, of warehouse receipts, consignment agreements or bailee lien waivers (as applicable) satisfactory to Agent prior to the commencement of such possession or control. Each Credit Party shall, upon the request of Agent, notify any such warehouse, consignee, bailee, agent or processor of the security interests and Liens in favor of Agent created pursuant to this Agreement and the Financing Documents, instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for Agent’s account subject to Agent’s instructions and shall obtain an acknowledgement from such Person that such Person holds the Collateral for Agent’s benefit.

(f) Upon request of Agent, each Credit Party shall promptly deliver to Agent any and all certificates of title, applications for title or similar evidence of ownership of all such tangible personal property (other than tangible personal property located in Scotland or Jersey and subject to the Scottish Security Documents or the Jersey Security Documents, as applicable, or located in another jurisdiction in which the Credit Parties have granted a perfected first priority Lien on such tangible personal property (subject only to Permitted Liens) in favor of the Agent) and shall cause Agent to be named as lienholder on any such certificate

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    9   


of title or other evidence of ownership. Each Credit Party shall not permit any such tangible personal property to become fixtures to real estate unless such real estate is subject to a Lien in favor of Agent.

(g) Each Credit Party hereby authorizes Agent to file without the signature of such Credit Party one or more UCC financing statements (and shall comply with all equivalent requirements in jurisdictions outside the United States) relating to all or any part of the Collateral, which financing statements may list Agent as the “secured party” and such Credit Party as the “debtor” and which describe and indicate the collateral covered thereby as all or any part of the Collateral under the Financing Documents in such jurisdictions as Agent from time to time determines are appropriate, and to file without the signature of such Credit Party any continuations of or corrective amendments to any such financing statements, in any such case in order for Agent to perfect, preserve or protect the Liens, rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the Collateral. Each Credit Party also ratifies its authorization for Agent to have filed in each relevant jurisdiction initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the date hereof. Any financing statement may include a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by such Credit Party or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Agent and the Lenders under the UCC.

(h) As of the Closing Date, no Credit Party holds, and after the Closing Date each Credit Party shall promptly notify Agent in writing upon creation or acquisition by any Credit Party of, any Collateral which constitutes a claim against any Governmental Authority, including, without limitation, the federal government of the United States or any instrumentality or agency thereof, the assignment of which claim is restricted by any applicable Law, including, without limitation, the federal Assignment of Claims Act and any other comparable Law. Upon the request of Agent, each Credit Party shall take such steps as may be necessary or desirable, or that Agent may request, to comply with any such applicable Law.

(i) Each Credit Party shall furnish to Agent from time to time any statements and schedules further identifying or describing the Collateral and any other information, reports or evidence concerning the Collateral as Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Credit Party (in respect of itself only), represents and warrants as follows on the Closing Date and the date of each Credit Extension:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority .

(a) It is duly existing and in good standing, as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation or, in the case of any Credit Party formed outside the United States or any political subdivision thereof, incorporated, existing and in good standing as a limited company under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. It is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. The Financing Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitute legal, valid and binding agreements enforceable in accordance with their terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles, and, for any Foreign Security, as the enforceability thereof may be limited by the Reservations. The execution, delivery and performance by it of each Financing Document executed or to be executed by it is in each case within its powers.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by it of the Financing Documents to which it is a party do not (i) conflict with any of its organizational documents; (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any Law applicable to it; (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which it or any of its property or assets may be bound or affected; (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    10   


qualification with, or Required Permit from, any Governmental Authority (except such Required Permits which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect); or (v) constitute a default under or conflict with any Material Agreement to which it is a party. It is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.2 Litigation . Except as disclosed on the Disclosure Schedule or, after the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 6.7, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against it which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or that could result in a Material Adverse Change, or which questions the validity of the Financing Documents to which it is party, or the other documents required thereby or any action to be taken pursuant to any of the foregoing, nor does it have reason to believe that any such actions, suits, proceedings or investigations are threatened.

5.3 No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements . All financial statements for the Credit Parties delivered to Agent or any Lender fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations of such Credit Party. There has been no material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of such Credit Party from the most recent financial statements and projections submitted to Agent or any Lender. There has been no adverse deviation from the most recent annual operating plan of Borrower delivered to Agent and Lenders that constitutes or that could result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.4 Solvency . After giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the fair salable value of such Credit Party’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities. After giving effect to the transactions described in this Agreement, (a) it is not left with unreasonably small capital in relation to its business as presently conducted, and (b) it is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.5 Subsidiaries; Investments . It does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities, except for Permitted Investments.

5.6 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . It has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and material local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by it. It is not aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of its prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by it. It has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and it has not withdrawn from participation in, or has permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of it, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

5.7 Disclosure Schedule . All information set forth in the Disclosure Schedule is true, accurate and complete as of the date hereof. All information set forth in the Perfection Certificate is true, accurate and complete as of the date hereof.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees as follows:

6.1 Organization and Existence; Government Compliance .

(a) Each Credit Party shall maintain its legal existence and good standing in its respective jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    11   


qualify could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. If a Credit Party is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Agent of such occurrence and provide Agent with such Credit Party’s organizational identification number.

(b) Each Credit Party shall comply with all Laws, ordinances and regulations to which it or its business locations are subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each Credit Party shall obtain and keep in full force and effect and comply with all of the Required Permits, except where failure to have or maintain compliance with or effectiveness of such Required Permit could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. Each Credit Party shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Required Permits to Agent. Borrower shall notify Agent within three (3) Business Days (but in any event prior to Borrower submitting any requests for Credit Extensions or release of any reserves) of the occurrence of any facts, events or circumstances known to any Credit Party, whether threatened, existing or pending, that could cause any Required Permit to become limited, suspended or revoked or that makes any Credit Party subject to or requires any Credit Party to file a plan of correction with respect to any accreditation survey.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .

(a) Borrower shall deliver, or shall cause Quotient Limited to deliver, to Agent and each Lender: (i) as soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month (or each quarter, if Borrower is subject to Section 6.2(b) below), a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the Credit Parties’ consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Agent; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the last day of the Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Agent in its reasonable discretion; (iii) as soon as available after approval thereof by such Credit Party’s governing board, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of such Credit Party’s fiscal year, and as amended and/or updated, such Credit Party’s financial projections for current fiscal year; (iv) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to all of such Credit Party’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt; (v) in the event that such Credit Party is or becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) or a link thereto on such Credit Party’s or another website on the Internet; (vi) budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other financial information reasonably requested by Agent or any Lender; (vii) as soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by a Credit Party, which statements may be provided to Agent by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s); and (viii) such additional information, reports or statements regarding the Credit Parties or their respective businesses, contractors and subcontractors as Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) is or becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the obligations in Section 6.2(a)(i) and (ii) may be satisfied by furnishing: (i) the Borrower’s (or such direct or indirect parent thereof) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC (or, if acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion, equivalent public filing with the regulatory authorities of another jurisdiction where a Credit Party has registered a public offering of securities), in each case within the time frames specified in Section 6.2(a) above and (ii) as soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared calculation of the consolidated cash and cash equivalents of the Credit Parties and a company prepared consolidated and consolidating income statement, provided that (x) to the extent such financial statements relate to a parent or indirect parent of Borrower, such financial statements will be accompanied by consolidating information that describes Borrower standing alone, certified by a Responsible Officer, and (y) to the extent such financial statements are provided in lieu of statements

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    12   


required by clause (a)(ii) above, such statements will be accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm and be in form and content acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion.

(c) Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver, or cause Quotient Limited to deliver, to Agent and each Lender with the monthly financial statements described above, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer.

(d) Each Credit Party shall keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. Upon prior written notice and during business hours (which such limitations shall not apply if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), each Credit Party shall allow Agent and Lenders to visit and inspect any properties of such Credit Party, to examine and make abstracts or copies from such Credit Party’s books, to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral to verify the amount and age of the accounts, the identity and credit of the respective account debtors, to review the billing practices of such Credit Party and to discuss its respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective officers, employees and independent public accountants as often as may reasonably be desired. The Credit Parties shall reimburse Agent and each Lender for all reasonable costs and expenses associated with such visits and inspections; provided, however, that the Credit Parties shall be required to reimburse Agent and each Lender for such costs and expenses for no more than two (2) such visits and inspections per twelve (12) month period unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred during such period.

(e) Each Credit Party shall deliver to Agent and each Lender, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the Required Permits material to the Credit Parties’ business or otherwise on the operations of the Credit Parties.

6.3 Maintenance of Property . Each Credit Party shall cause all equipment and other tangible personal property other than Inventory to be maintained and preserved in the same condition, repair and in working order as of the date hereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and shall promptly make or cause to be made all repairs, replacements and other improvements in connection therewith that are necessary or desirable to such end. Each Credit Party shall keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between any Credit Party and its Account Debtors shall follow such Credit Party’s customary practices as they exist at the Closing Date in all material respects. Borrower shall promptly notify Agent of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) of Inventory collectively among all Credit Parties.

6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Each Credit Party shall timely file all required tax returns and reports and timely pay all foreign, federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed, and shall deliver to Agent, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments. Each Credit Party shall pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Credit Party may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided, however, that such Credit Party (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral.

6.5 Insurance . Each Credit Party shall keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in such Credit Party’s industry and location and as Agent may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Agent. All U.S. property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Agent as sole lender’s loss payee and waive subrogation against Agent, all U.S. liability policies shall show, or have endorsements

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    13   


showing, Agent as an additional insured, and all non-U.S. property or liability policies shall have Agent’s interest noted in the manner customary in the relevant jurisdiction. No other loss payees may be shown on the policies unless Agent shall otherwise consent in writing. If required by Agent, all policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Agent at least thirty (30) days’ notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Agent’s request, each Credit Party shall deliver certified copies of all such Credit Party insurance policies and evidence of all premium payments. If any Credit Party fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Agent, Agent may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Agent deems prudent.

6.6 Collateral Accounts . Each Credit Party shall provide Agent five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution. In addition, for each Collateral Account that any Credit Party at any time maintains (other than the Citizens Account until the date that is 110 days following the Closing Date), each Credit Party shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Agent’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Agent. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of a Credit Party’s employees and identified to Agent by such Credit Party as such; provided, however, that at all times Borrower shall maintain one or more separate Deposit Accounts to hold any and all amounts to be used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments, and shall not commingle any monies allocated for such purposes with funds in any other Deposit Account. Immediately following the establishment of the Collateral Account at Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “ Wells Account ”), all funds on deposit in the Citizens Account shall be wired not later than three (3) Business Days after receipt thereof in such Citizens Account to the Wells Account, provided, however that from the Closing Date through and including January 27, 2014, Borrower may maintain a balance of up to $100,000 in the Citizens Account.

6.7 Notices of Material Agreements, Litigation and Defaults; Cooperation in Litigation . Promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days), (a) upon any Credit Party becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default or (b) upon the execution and delivery of any Material Agreement and each material amendment, consent, waiver or other modification, and each notice of termination or default or similar notice delivered to or by a Credit Party in connection with any Material Agreement, or (c) upon any Credit Party becoming aware of (or having reason to believe any of the following are pending or threatened in writing) any action, suit, proceeding or investigation by or against Borrower or any Credit Party which involves the possibility of any judgment or liability of more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or that could result in a Material Adverse Change, or which questions the validity of any of the Financing Documents, or the other documents required thereby or any action to be taken pursuant to any of the foregoing, the Credit Parties shall give written notice to Agent of such occurrence, and such further information (including copies of such documentation) as Agent shall reasonably request. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, each Credit Party shall make available to Agent and each Lender, without expense to Agent or any Lender, each Credit Party’s officers, employees and agents and books, to the extent that Agent or any Lender may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to any Credit Party.

6.8 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries . In the event any Credit Party creates or, to the extent permitted hereunder, acquires any Subsidiary, such Credit Party shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of such creation or acquisition) notify Agent of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Agent or the Required Lenders to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    14   


the Financing Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto or, in the case of a Subsidiary formed outside of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, in such form as reasonably acceptable to the Agent and as appropriate for the relevant jurisdiction in which the Subsidiary is formed); and such Credit Party shall grant and pledge to Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of each Subsidiary (the foregoing collectively, the “ Joinder Requirements ”); provided, that the Credit Parties shall not be permitted to make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments described in clause (a) of the definition thereof) in such Subsidiary until such time as the Joinder Requirements of this Section 6.8 have been satisfied.

6.9 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely for (a) transaction fees and other expenses incurred in connection with the Financing Documents, (b) for working capital needs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the other Credit Parties, and (c) any other Permitted Purpose specified in the Credit Facility Schedule for such Credit Facility. No portion of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used for family, personal, agricultural or household use.

6.10 Hazardous Materials; Remediation .

(a) If any release or disposal of Hazardous Materials shall occur or shall have occurred on any real property or any other assets of any Credit Party, such Credit Party will cause the prompt containment and removal of such Hazardous Materials and the remediation of such real property or other assets as is necessary to comply with all Laws and to preserve the value of such real property or other assets. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Credit Party shall comply with each Law requiring the performance at any real property by such Credit Party of activities in response to the release or threatened release of a Hazardous Material.

(b) The Credit Parties will provide Agent within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor with a bond, letter of credit or similar financial assurance evidencing to the reasonable satisfaction of Agent that sufficient funds are available to pay the cost of removing, treating and disposing of any Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination and discharging any assessment which may be established on any property as a result thereof, such demand to be made, if at all, upon Agent’s determination that the failure to remove, treat or dispose of any Hazardous Materials or Hazardous Materials Contamination, or the failure to discharge any such assessment could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

(c) If there is any conflict between this Section 6.10 and any environmental indemnity agreement which is a Financing Document, the environmental indemnity agreement shall govern and control.

6.11 Power of Attorney . Each of the officers of Agent is hereby irrevocably made, constituted and appointed the true and lawful attorney for each Credit Party (without requiring any of them to act as such) with full power of substitution to do the following: (a) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral (in each case, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred, other than Permitted Liens), or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; (b) so long as Agent has provided not less than three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Credit Parties to perform the same and the Credit Parties have failed to take such action, (i) execute in the name of any Person comprising any Credit Party any schedules, assignments, instruments, documents, and statements that such Credit Party is obligated to give Agent under this Agreement or that Agent or any Lender deems necessary to perfect or better perfect Agent’s security interest or Lien in any Collateral, (ii) do such other and further acts and deeds in the name of such Credit Party that Agent may deem necessary or desirable to enforce, protect or preserve any Collateral or its rights therein, including, but not limited to, to sign such Credit Party’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; and (iii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (A) endorse the name of any Credit Party upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders, and other instruments for the payment of money that are payable to such Credit Party; (B) make, settle, and adjust all claims under the

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    15   


Credit Parties’ insurance policies; (C) take any action any Credit Party is required to take under this Agreement or any other Financing Document; (D) transfer the Collateral into the name of Agent or a third party as the Code permits; (E) exercise any rights and remedies described in this Agreement or the other Financing Documents; and (F) do such other and further acts and deeds in the name of any Credit Party that Agent may deem necessary or desirable to enforce its rights with regard to any Collateral.

6.12 Further Assurances . Each Credit Party shall promptly execute any further instruments and take further action as Agent reasonably requests to perfect or better perfect or continue Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement or any other Financing Document.

6.13 Post-Closing Obligations . Each Credit Party shall complete each of the post-closing obligations and/or deliver to Agent each of the documents, instruments, agreements and information listed on the Post-Closing Obligations Schedule attached hereto, on or before the date set forth for each such item thereon (as the same may be extended by Agent in writing in its sole discretion), each of which shall be completed or provided in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders.

6.14 Disclosure Schedule . Each Credit Party shall, on each date that it delivers a Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 8.2(c), deliver to Agent a proposed update to the Disclosure Schedule correcting all outdated, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading information, to the extent any information is outdated, inaccurate, incomplete or misleading. With respect to any proposed updates to the Disclosure Schedule involving Permitted Liens, Permitted Indebtedness or Permitted Investments, Agent will replace the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto with such proposed update only if such updated information is consistent with the definitions of and limitations herein pertaining to Permitted Liens, Permitted Indebtedness or Permitted Investments. With respect to any proposed updates to the Disclosure Schedule involving other matters, Agent will replace the applicable portion of the Disclosure Schedule attached hereto with such proposed update upon Agent’s approval thereof.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

No Credit Party shall do any of the following without the prior written consent of Agent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, abandon, lease, license, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”) all or any part of its business or property, except for (a) sales, transfers or dispositions of Inventory in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) sales or abandonment of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) Transfers of assets to another Credit Party in compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation Section 7.13; (d) Transfers of accounts receivable in connection with collection or compromise thereof, or (e) Transfers in the Ordinary Course of Business consisting of the abandonment of Intellectual Property rights which, in the reasonable good faith determination of such Credit Party, are uneconomical, negligible, obsolete or otherwise not useful in the conduct of its business.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership or Business Locations . (a) Engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by such Credit Party, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; (c) (i) have a change in senior management where a suitable permanent replacement, as approved by such Credit Party’s board of directors, has not been named and hired by not later than sixty (60) days after such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions which would result in a Change in Control; (d) add any new offices or business locations, or enter into any new leases with respect to existing offices or business locations (unless such new or existing offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) of such Credit Party’s assets or property and do not contain any of such Credit Party’s Books) without first delivering (i) in the case of leased premises located in jurisdictions in which such documents are customary, including without limitation the United States, a fully-executed Access Agreement to Agent and (ii) any other documents which are necessary or advisable to maintain in favor of the Agent, Liens on the Collateral that are duly perfected in accordance with all applicable

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    16   


Law; (e) change its jurisdiction of organization; (f) change its organizational structure or type; (g) change its legal name; or (h) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate with any other Person, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person; provided, however , that a Subsidiary of a Credit Party may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary that is a Credit Party, so long as (a) Borrower has provided Agent with prior written notice of such transaction, (b) a Person already comprising a Credit Party shall be the surviving legal entity, (c) if the Borrower is a party thereto, the Borrower shall be the surviving legal entity, (d) the surviving Credit Party’s tangible net worth is not thereby reduced, (d) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom, and (e) the Credit Parties shall be in compliance with the covenants set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation Section 7.13, both before and after giving effect to such transaction.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . (a) Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, except for Permitted Liens, (b) permit any Collateral to fail to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein except for Permitted Liens that may have priority by operation of applicable Law or by the terms of a written intercreditor or subordination agreement entered into by Agent, or (c) enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Agent) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting any Credit Party or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any Credit Party’s or any Subsidiary’s Collateral or Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account, except in compliance with the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment with respect to or redeem, retire or purchase or repurchase any of its equity interests (other than Permitted Distributions), or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment (including, without limitation, any additional Investment in any Subsidiary) other than Permitted Investments.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of any Credit Party, except for (a) transactions that are upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Credit Party than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) transactions with Credit Parties hereunder and that are not otherwise prohibited by Article 7 of this Agreement, and (c) transactions permitted by Section 7.7 of this Agreement;.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except to the extent expressly permitted to be made pursuant to the terms of the Subordination Agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt other than as may be expressly permitted pursuant to the terms of any applicable Subordination Agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other Law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; withdraw

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    17   


from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of such Credit Party, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

7.11 Amendments to Organization Documents and Material Agreements . Subject to applicable requirements of law, amend, modify or waive any provision of (a) any Material Agreement in a manner that is materially adverse to any Credit Party, that is adverse to Agent or any Lender, that pertains to rights to assign or grant a security interest in such Material Agreement or that could or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, or (b) any of its organizational documents (other than a change in registered agents, or a change that could not adversely affect the rights of Agent or Lenders hereunder, but, for the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances a change of its name, type of organization or jurisdiction of organization), in each case, without the prior written consent of Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Each Credit Party shall provide to Agent copies of all amendments, waivers and modifications of any Material Agreement or organizational documents.

7.12 Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws . Directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists. Each Credit Party shall immediately notify Agent if such Credit Party has knowledge that any Credit Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering. No Credit Party will, nor will any Credit Party permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law. Agent hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Agent’s policies and practices, Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies such Credit Party and its principals, which information includes the name and address of such Credit Party and its principals and such other information that will allow Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

7.13 Holdings . (a) Quotient Limited will not incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness nor grant or permit to exist any Liens upon any of its properties or assets nor engage in any operations, business or activity other than (i) owning 100% of the Equity Interests of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties and all operations incidental thereto, (ii) granting a security interest in all its assets to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, (iii) executing the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (iv) fulfilling its obligations under the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (v) performing administrative, governance and supervisory functions in connection with the operation of the business of its Subsidiaries, and (vi) issuing equity interests, including without limitation pursuant to stock option plans.

(b) Following the creation of the Luxembourg Holding Company, the Luxembourg Holding Company will not incur or permit to exist any Indebtedness nor grant or permit to exist any Liens upon any of its properties or assets nor engage in any operations, business or activity other than (i) owning 100% of the Equity Interests of Quotient Suisse and all operations incidental thereto, (ii) granting a security interest in all its assets to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, (iii) executing the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (iv) fulfilling its obligations under the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (v) performing administrative, governance and supervisory functions in connection with the operation of the business of its Subsidiaries, and (vi) issuing equity interests, including without limitation pursuant to stock option plans.

 

  8 ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    18   


8.1 Life Sciences Covenants.

(a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

DEA ” means the Drug Enforcement Administration of the United States of America, and any successor agency thereof or any foreign equivalent thereof.

Drug Application ” means a new drug application, an abbreviated drug application, or a product license application for any Product, as appropriate, as those terms are defined in the FDCA.

FDA ” means the Food and Drug Administration of the United States of America, or any successor entity thereto or foreign equivalent thereof.

FDCA ” means the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. Section 301 et seq., and all regulations promulgated thereunder and any foreign equivalent of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

Material Intellectual Property ” means all of the Credit Parties’ Intellectual Property and license or sublicense agreements or other agreements with respect to rights in Intellectual Property that are material to the condition (financial or other), business or operations of the Credit Parties, as reasonably determined by Agent.

Permitted License ” means any non-exclusive license of patent rights of any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries granted to third parties in the Ordinary Course of Business and that does not result in a legal transfer of title to the licensed property.

Products ” means any products manufactured, sold, developed, tested or marketed by any Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation, those products set forth on the Products Schedule (as updated from time to time in accordance with Section 8.1(d)); provided, however , that if Borrower shall fail to comply with the obligations under Section 8.1(d) to give notice to Agent and update the Products Schedule prior to manufacturing, selling, developing, testing or marketing any new Product, any such improperly undisclosed Product shall be deemed to be included in this definition.

Registered Intellectual Property ” means any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing.

(b) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 7.1 of this Agreement to the contrary, the Credit Parties shall be permitted to make Transfers in the form of Permitted Licenses.

(c) Each Credit Party represents and warrants as follows at all times unless expressly provided below:

(i) Intellectual Property and License Agreements . A list of all Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties and all license agreements, sublicenses, or other rights of the Credit Parties to use Intellectual Property (including all in-bound license agreements, but excluding over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), as of the Closing Date and, as updated pursuant to Section 8.1(d), is set forth on the Intellectual Property Schedule, which indicates, for each item of property: (A) the name of the Credit Party owning such Intellectual Property or licensee to such license agreement; (B) whether such property is Intellectual Property (or application therefor) owned by a Credit Party or is property to which a Credit Party has rights pursuant to a license agreement, (C) the expiration date of such Intellectual Property or license agreement, and (D) whether such property constitutes Material Intellectual Property. In the case of any Material Intellectual Property that is a license agreement, the Intellectual Property Schedule further indicates, for each: (1) the name and address of the licensor, (2) the name and date of the agreement pursuant to which such item of Material Intellectual Property is licensed, (3) whether or not such license agreement

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    19   


grants an exclusive license to such Credit Party, (4) whether there are any purported restrictions in such license agreement as to the ability of such Credit Party to grant a security interest in and/or to transfer any of its rights as a licensee under such license agreement, and (5) whether a default under or termination of such license agreement could interfere with Agent’s right to sell or assign such license or any other Collateral. Except as noted on the Intellectual Property Schedule, each Credit Party is the sole owner of its Intellectual Property, except for licenses granted to its customers in the Ordinary Course of Business as identified on the Intellectual Property Schedule. Each Patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the Material Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and to the best of the Credit Parties’ knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.

(ii) Regulatory Status .

(A) All Products and all Required Permits are listed on the Products Schedule and Required Permits Schedule (as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 8.1(d)), and each Credit Party has delivered to Agent a copy of all Required Permits requested by Agent as of the date hereof or to the extent requested by Agent pursuant to Section 8.1(d).

(B) Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, with respect to any Product being tested or manufactured, each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries have received, and such Product is the subject of, all Required Permits needed in connection with the testing or manufacture of such Product as such testing or manufacturing is currently being conducted by or on behalf of such Credit Party, and no Credit Party or its Subsidiaries have received any notice from any applicable Governmental Authority, specifically including the FDA, that such Governmental Authority is conducting an investigation or review of (1) such Credit Party’s or such Subsidiary’s manufacturing facilities and processes for such Product which have disclosed any material deficiencies or violations of Laws and/or the Required Permits related to the manufacture of such Product, or (2) any such Required Permit or that any such Required Permit has been revoked or withdrawn, nor has any such Governmental Authority issued any order or recommendation stating that the development, testing and/or manufacturing of such Product should cease.

(C) Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, with respect to any Product marketed or sold by any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries have received, and such Product is the subject of, all Required Permits needed in connection with the marketing and sales of such Product as currently being marketed or sold by the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries, and the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries have not received any notice from any applicable Governmental Authority, specifically including the FDA, that such Governmental Authority is conducting an investigation or review of any such Required Permit or approval or that any such Required Permit has been revoked or withdrawn, nor has any such Governmental Authority issued any order or recommendation stating that such marketing or sales of such Product cease or that such Product be withdrawn from the marketplace.

(D) Without limiting the generality of Section 8.1 above, (i) there have been no adverse clinical test results which have or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and (ii) there have been no Product recalls or voluntary Product withdrawals from any market, other than recalls or withdrawals that relate only to a specific lot or batch of a Product.

(E) The Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries have not experienced any significant failures in its manufacturing of any Product material to the business of the Credit Parties such that the amount of such Product successfully manufactured by any Credit Party or its Subsidiaries in accordance with all specifications thereof and the required payments related thereto shall decrease significantly.

(d) Each Credit Party covenants and agrees as follows:

(i) [Reserved].

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    20   


(ii) The Credit Parties shall own, or be licensed to use or otherwise have the right to use, all Material Intellectual Property. All Material Intellectual Property of the Credit Parties is and shall be fully protected and/or duly and properly registered, filed or issued in the appropriate office and jurisdictions for such registrations, filings or issuances, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. No Credit Party shall become a party to, nor become bound by, any material license or other agreement with respect to which such Credit Party is the licensee that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Credit Party from granting a security interest in such Credit Party’s interest in such license or agreement or other property. Each Credit Party shall at all times conduct its business without infringing (knowingly or when Borrower should have known) any Intellectual Property rights of others. Each Credit Party shall do the following, to the extent it determines, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that it is prudent to do so: (A) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Material Intellectual Property; (B) promptly advise Agent in writing of material infringements of its Material Intellectual Property; and (C) not allow, without Agent’s prior written consent, any Material Intellectual Property to be abandoned, invalidated, forfeited or dedicated to the public or to become unenforceable. If any Credit Party (1) obtains any patent, registered trademark or servicemark, registered copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (2) applies for any patent or the registration of any trademark or servicemark, then such Credit Party shall concurrently provide written notice thereof to Agent and shall execute such documents and take such other actions as Agent shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a first priority perfected security interest in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, in the IP Proceeds (as defined in Exhibit A) pertaining thereto. Each Credit Party shall promptly provide to Agent copies of all applications that it files for patents or for the registration of trademarks, servicemarks, copyrights or mask works.

(iii) In connection with the development, testing, manufacture, marketing or sale of each and any Product by a Credit Party, such Credit Party shall comply fully and completely in all respects with all Required Permits at all times issued by any Governmental Authority the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, specifically including the FDA, with respect to such development, testing, manufacture, marketing or sales of such Product by such Credit Party as such activities are at any such time being conducted by such Credit Party.

(iv) Within ten (10) Business Days of (A) acquiring and/or developing any new Registered Intellectual Property, or (B) entering or becoming bound by any additional license or sublicense agreement or other agreement with respect to rights in Intellectual Property (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), deliver to Agent an updated Intellectual Property Schedule reflecting same, and upon any other material change in any Credit Party’s Material Intellectual Property from that listed on the Intellectual Property Schedule. Each Credit Party shall take such steps as Agent requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (x) all licenses or agreements to be deemed “Collateral” and for Agent to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by Law or by the terms of any such license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (y) Agent to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents.

(v) If, after the Closing Date, any Credit Party determines to manufacture, sell, develop, test or market any new Product, such Credit Party shall give prior written notice to Agent of such determination (which shall include a brief description of such Product, plus a list of all Required Permits relating to such new Product (and a copy of such Required Permits if requested by Agent) and/or such Credit Party’s manufacture, sale, development, testing or marketing thereof issued or outstanding as of the date of such notice), along with a copy of an updated Intellectual Property Schedule, Products Schedule and Required Permits Schedule; provided, however, that if any Credit Party shall at any time obtain any new or additional Required Permits from the FDA, DEA, or parallel state or local authorities, or foreign counterparts of the FDA, DEA, or parallel state or local authorities, with respect to any Product which has previously been

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    21   


disclosed to Agent, such Credit Party shall promptly give written notice to Agent of such new or additional Required Permits (along with a copy thereof if requested by Agent).

(e) In addition to the events listed in Article 10, any one of the following shall also constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement, in each case, to the extent the following could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change: (i) the institution of any proceeding by FDA or similar Governmental Authority to order the withdrawal of any Product or Product category from the market or to enjoin any Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or any representative of such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries from manufacturing, marketing, selling or distributing any Product or Product category, (ii) the institution of any action or proceeding by any DEA, FDA, or any other Governmental Authority to revoke, suspend, reject, withdraw, limit, or restrict any Required Permit held by any Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or any representative of such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries, which, in each case, could result in Material Adverse Change, (iii) the commencement of any enforcement action against any Credit Party, its Subsidiaries or any representative of such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries (with respect to the business of such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries) by DEA, FDA, or any other Governmental Authority, (iv) the recall of any Products from the market, the voluntary withdrawal of any Products from the market, or actions to discontinue the sale of any Products, or (v) the occurrence of adverse test results in connection with a Product.

8.2 Financial Covenants .

(a) As used in this Section, the following terms have the following meanings:

(b) Borrower shall not permit its consolidated net product revenue as of any Testing Date to be less than the minimum amounts set forth on Minimum Net Product Revenue Schedule, opposite such Testing Date set forth on such Minimum Net Product Revenue Schedule. For each period after December 31, 2016, the required minimum net product revenues shall be determined by Agent, in consultation with the Borrower, annually based on the greater of (i) 80% of Borrower’s board-approved projections for the applicable trailing twelve month period and (ii) $23,500,000 for the applicable trailing twelve month period.

(c) Borrower shall furnish to Agent, together with the monthly financial reporting required of Borrower in this Agreement, a Compliance Certificate as evidence of Borrower’s compliance with the covenants in this Section. The Compliance Certificate shall include, without limitation, (a) a statement and report, on a form approved by Agent, detailing Borrower’s calculations, and (b) if requested by Agent, back-up documentation (including, without limitation, invoices, receipts and other evidence of costs incurred during such quarter as Agent shall reasonably require) evidencing the propriety of the calculations.

 

  9 RESERVED

 

  10 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

10.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following conditions and/or events, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall constitute an “Event of Default” and Credit Parties shall thereupon be in default under this Agreement and each of the other Financing Documents:

(a) Borrower fails to (i) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (ii) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 10.2 hereof).

(b) Any Credit Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in this Agreement or in any other Financing Document (other than occurrences described in other provisions of this Section 10.1 for which a different grace or cure period is specified or for which no grace or cure period is specified and thereby constitute immediate Events of Default) and such default is not remedied

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    22   


by the Credit Party or waived by Agent within fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (i) the date of receipt by any Borrower of notice from Agent or Required Lenders of such default, or (ii) the date a Responsible Officer of such Credit Party becomes aware, or through the exercise of reasonable diligence should have become aware, of such default; Any Credit Party defaults in the performance of or compliance with any term contained in Section 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.8 or 6.10 or Article 7 or Article 8.

(c) Any representation, warranty, certification or statement made by any Credit Party or any other Person in any Financing Document or in any certificate, financial statement or other document delivered pursuant to any Financing Document is incorrect in any respect (or in any material respect if such representation, warranty, certification or statement is not by its terms already qualified as to materiality) when made (or deemed made);

(d) (i) any Credit Party defaults under or breaches any Material Agreement (after any applicable grace period contained therein), or a Material Agreement shall be terminated by a third party or parties party thereto prior to the expiration thereof, or there is a loss of a material right of a Credit Party under any Material Agreement to which it is a party, in each case, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) (A) any Credit Party fails to make (after any applicable grace period) any payment when due (whether due because of scheduled maturity, required prepayment provisions, acceleration, demand or otherwise) on any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (“ Material Indebtedness ”), (B) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any contractual obligation relating to any such Material Indebtedness, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to permit the acceleration of (without regard to any subordination terms with respect thereto), the maturity of such Material Indebtedness or (C) any such Material Indebtedness shall become or be declared to be due and payable, or be required to be prepaid, redeemed, defeased or repurchased (other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof, (iii) any Credit Party defaults (beyond any applicable grace period) under any obligation for payments due or otherwise under any lease agreement for such Credit Party’s principal place of business or any place of business that meets the criteria for the requirement of an Access Agreement under Section 7.2 or for which an Access Agreement exists or was required to be delivered, (iv) the occurrence of any breach or default under any terms or provisions of any Subordinated Debt Document or under any agreement subordinating the Subordinated Debt to all or any portion of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any event requiring the prepayment of any Subordinated Debt, or the delivery of any notice with respect to any Subordinated Debt or pursuant to any Subordination Agreement that triggers the start of any standstill or similar period under any Subordination Agreement, or (v) any Borrower makes any payment on account of any Indebtedness that has been subordinated to any of the Obligations, other than payments specifically permitted by the terms of such subordination;

(e) (i) any Credit Party shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall cease doing business as a going concern, (ii) any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Credit Party seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, composition of it or its debts or any similar order (including any proceeding set out in Article 8 of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 or an application is made to declare the property of any Credit Party en desastre), in each case under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a custodian, receiver, trustee, conservator, liquidating agent, liquidator, other similar official or other official with similar powers, in each case for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceedings instituted against (but not by or with the consent of) such Credit Party, either such proceedings shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of forty-five (45) days or more or any action sought in such proceedings shall occur or (iii) any Credit Party shall take any corporate or similar action or any other action to authorize any action described in clause (i)  or (ii)  above;

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    23   


(f) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, exercise diligence upon, execute or levy upon, seize or confiscate any Collateral Account, any Intellectual Property, or any funds of any Credit Party on deposit with Agent, any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or any Lender, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any assets of a Credit Party by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise) prior to the earlier to occur of ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof or such action becoming effective;

(g) (i) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business, (ii) the institution by any Governmental Authority of criminal proceedings against any Credit Party, or (iii) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money (not paid or fully covered by insurance and as to which the relevant insurance company has acknowledged coverage in writing) aggregating in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars $150,000 shall be rendered against any or all Credit Parties and either (A) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon any such judgments or orders, or (B) there shall be any period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of any such judgments or orders, by reason of a pending appeal, bond or otherwise, shall not be in effect,

(h) any Lien created by any of the Financing Documents shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on all of the Collateral purported to be encumbered thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien except Permitted Liens, or any Credit Party shall so assert; any provision of any Financing Document shall fail to be valid and binding on, or enforceable against, a Credit Party, or any Credit Party shall so assert;

(i) A Change in Control occurs or any Credit Party or direct or indirect equity owner in a Credit Party shall enter into agreement which contemplates a Change in Control;

(j) Any Required Permit shall have been (i) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not renewed in the Ordinary Course of Business for a full term, or (ii) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any applications for renewal of any of such Required Permit or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in clause (i) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (A) results in, or could reasonably be expected to results in, a Material Adverse Change, or (B) adversely affects the legal qualifications of any Credit Party to hold such Required Permit in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the status of or legal qualifications of any Credit Party to hold any Required Permit in any other jurisdiction;

(k) If any Borrower is or becomes an entity whose equity is registered with the SEC, and/or is publicly traded on and/or registered with a public securities exchange, such Borrower’s equity fails to remain registered with the SEC in good standing, and/or such equity fails to remain publicly traded on and registered with a public securities exchange;

(1) Any Credit Party or any Person acting for any Credit Party makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Financing Document or in any writing delivered to Agent and/or the Lenders or to induce Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Financing Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

(m) The occurrence of any fact, event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, if such default shall have continued unremedied for a period of ten (10) days after written notice from Agent; or

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    24   


(n) Agent determines, based on information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or more financial covenants in this Agreement during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

All cure periods provided for in this Section 10.1 shall run concurrently with any cure period provided for in any applicable Financing Documents under which the default occurred.

10.2 Rights and Remedies .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent may, and at the written direction of any Lender shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following: (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 10.1(f) occurs all Obligations shall be immediately due and payable without any action by Agent or the Lenders), or (iii) by notice to any Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between any Credit Party and Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 10.1(f) occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Agent or the Lenders).

(b) Without limiting the rights of Agent and Lenders set forth in Section 10.2(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

(i) with or without legal process, enter any premises where the Collateral may be and take possession of and remove the Collateral from the premises or store it on the premises, and foreclose upon and/or sell, lease or liquidate, the Collateral, in whole or in part;

(ii) apply to the Obligations (A) any balances and deposits of any Credit Party that Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender holds or controls, or (B) any amount held or controlled by Agent or any Lender or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party;

(iii) settle, compromise or adjust and grant releases with respect to disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing any Credit Party money of Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such Account;

(iv) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Agent requests and make it available as Agent designates. Agent may also, subject to applicable law, render any or all of the Collateral unusable at a Credit Party’s premises and may, subject to applicable law, dispose of such Collateral on such premises without liability for rent or costs. Borrower, subject to applicable law, grants Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Agent’s rights or remedies;

(v) pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred;

(vi) subject to applicable law, ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral. Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, mask works,

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    25   


rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral (and including in such license access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof) and, in connection with Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Article 10, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall be deemed to inure to Agent for the benefit of the Lenders;

(vii) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Agent or the Lenders or any Affiliate of Agent or a Lender and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(viii) demand and receive possession of the Books of Borrower and the other Credit Parties; and

(ix) exercise all other rights and remedies available to Agent under the Financing Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

10.3 Notices . Any notice that Agent is required to give to a Credit Party under the UCC of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the Collateral is to be made shall be deemed to constitute reasonable notice if such notice is given in accordance with this Agreement at least five (5) days prior to such action.

10.4 Protective Payments . If any Credit Party fails to pay or perform any covenant or obligation under this Agreement or any other Financing Document, Agent may pay or perform such covenant or obligation, and all amounts so paid by Agent are Protective Advances and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest applicable rate for the Credit Facilities hereunder, and secured by the Collateral. No such payments or performance by Agent shall be construed as an agreement to make similar payments or performance in the future or constitute Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

10.5 Liability for Collateral No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . So long as Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Agent and the Lenders, Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral. Agent’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Agent thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Agent and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents are cumulative. Agent has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by Law, or in equity. Agent’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Agent’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

10.6 Application of Payments and Proceeds . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower, for itself and the other Credit Parties, irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Agent from or on behalf of Borrower of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower and the Credit Parties on the one hand and Agent and Lenders on the other, Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    26   


application by Agent, and (ii) unless the Agent and the Lenders shall agree otherwise, the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied: first, to the Protective Advances; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of the Credit Parties owing to Agent or any Lender under the Financing Documents. Borrower shall remain fully liable for any deficiency. Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. Unless the Agent and the Lenders shall agree otherwise, in carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category.

10.7 Waivers .

(a) Except as otherwise provided for in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower waives: (i) presentment, demand and protest, and notice of presentment, dishonor, intent to accelerate, acceleration, protest, default, nonpayment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all Financing Documents and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Agent or Lenders may do in this regard; (ii) all rights to notice and a hearing prior to Agent’s or any Lender’s entry upon the premises of Borrower, the taking possession or control of, or to Agent’s or any Lender’s replevy, attachment or levy upon, any Collateral or any bond or security which might be required by any court prior to allowing Agent or any Lender to exercise any of its remedies; and (iii) the benefit of all valuation, appraisal and exemption Laws. Borrower acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel of its choice and decision with respect to this Agreement, the other Financing Documents and the transactions evidenced hereby and thereby.

(b) Borrower for itself and all its successors and assigns, (i) agrees that its liability shall not be in any manner affected by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver, or modification granted or consented to by Lender; (ii) consents to any indulgences and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Agent or any Lender with respect to the payment or other provisions of the Financing Documents, and to any substitution, exchange or release of the Collateral, or any part thereof, with or without substitution, and agrees to the addition or release of Borrower, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties, or whether primarily or secondarily liable, without notice to any other Borrower and without affecting its liability hereunder; (iii) agrees that its liability shall be unconditional and without regard to the liability of any other Credit Party, Agent or any Lender for any tax on the indebtedness; and (iv) to the fullest extent permitted by law, expressly waives the benefit of any statute or rule of law or equity now provided, or which may hereafter be provided, which would produce a result contrary to or in conflict with the foregoing.

(c) To the extent that Agent or any Lender may have acquiesced in any noncompliance with any requirements or conditions precedent to the closing of the Credit Facilities or to any subsequent disbursement of Credit Extensions, such acquiescence shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver by Agent or any Lender of such requirements with respect to any future Credit Extensions and Agent may at any time after such acquiescence require Borrower to comply with all such requirements. Any forbearance by Agent or a Lender in exercising any right or remedy under any of the Financing Documents, or otherwise afforded by applicable law, including any failure to accelerate the maturity date of the Credit Facilities, shall not be a waiver of or preclude the exercise of any right or remedy nor shall it serve as a novation of the Financing Documents or as a reinstatement of the Obligations or a waiver of such right of acceleration or the right to insist upon strict compliance of the terms of the Financing Documents. Agent’s or any Lender’s acceptance of payment of any sum secured by any of the Financing Documents after the due date of such payment shall not be a waiver of Agent’s and such Lender’s right to either require prompt payment when due of all other sums so secured or to declare a default for failure to make prompt payment. The procurement of insurance or the payment of taxes or other Liens or charges by Agent as the result of an Event of Default shall not be a waiver

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    27   


of Agent’s right to accelerate the maturity of the Obligations, nor shall Agent’s receipt of any condemnation awards, insurance proceeds, or damages under this Agreement operate to cure or waive any Credit Party’s default in payment of sums secured by any of the Financing Documents.

(d) Without limiting the generality of anything contained in this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, Borrower agrees that if an Event of Default is continuing (i) Agent and Lenders shall not be subject to any “one action” or “election of remedies” law or rule, and (ii) all Liens and other rights, remedies or privileges provided to Agent or Lenders shall remain in full force and effect until Agent or Lenders have exhausted all remedies against the Collateral and any other properties owned by Borrower and the Financing Documents and other security instruments or agreements securing the Obligations have been foreclosed, sold and/or otherwise realized upon in satisfaction of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents.

(e) Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in payment of any or all of the Obligations. Nothing contained herein or in any other Financing Document shall be construed as requiring Agent or any Lender to resort to any part of the Collateral for the satisfaction of any of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents in preference or priority to any other Collateral, and Agent may seek satisfaction out of all of the Collateral or any part thereof, in its absolute discretion in respect of Borrower’s obligations under the Financing Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, waives in the event of foreclosure of any or all of the Collateral any equitable right otherwise available to any Credit Party which would require the separate sale of any of the Collateral or require Agent or Lenders to exhaust their remedies against any part of the Collateral before proceeding against any other part of the Collateral; and further in the event of such foreclosure Borrower does hereby expressly consent to and authorize, at the option of Agent, the foreclosure and sale either separately or together of each part of the Collateral.

10.8 Injunctive Relief . The parties acknowledge and agree that, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any Credit Party’s obligations under any Financing Documents, Agent and Lenders may have no adequate remedy in money damages and, accordingly, shall be entitled to an injunction (including, without limitation, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction, writ of attachment, or order compelling an audit) against such breach or threatened breach, including, without limitation, maintaining any cash management and collection procedure described herein. However, no specification in this Agreement of a specific legal or equitable remedy shall be construed as a waiver or prohibition against any other legal or equitable remedies in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Agreement. Each Credit Party waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the requirement of the posting of any bond in connection with such injunctive relief. By joining in the Financing Documents as a Credit Party, each Credit Party specifically joins in this Section 10.8 as if this Section 10.8 were a part of each Financing Document executed by such Credit Party.

 

  11 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Financing Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) if to Borrower or any other U.S. Credit Party or U.S. Subsidiary of a Credit Party, upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) if to any non-U.S. Credit Party or non-U.S. Subsidiary of a Credit Party, upon the earlier or actual receipt and seven (7) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (c) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail (if an email address is specified herein) or facsimile transmission; (d) if to Borrower or any U.S. Credit Party or U.S. Subsidiary of a Credit Party, one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid and if to any non-U.S. Credit Party or non-U.S. Subsidiary of a Credit Party, three (3) Business Days after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (e) when delivered,

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    28   


if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Any of Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Article 11.

If to Borrower:

Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc.

Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan

Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 0PL, United Kingdom

Attention: Roland Boyd

Fax: +44 131 445 6184

E-Mail: roland.boyd@quotientbd.com

If to Quotient Limited:

Quotient Limited

Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan

Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 0PL, United Kingdom

Attention: Roland Boyd

Fax: +44 131 445 6184

E-Mail: roland.boyd@quotientbd.com

If to Alba Bioscience Limited:

Alba Bioscience Limited

Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan

Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 0PL, United Kingdom

Attention: Roland Boyd

Fax: +44 131 445 6184

E-Mail: roland.boyd@quotientbd.com

If to QBD (QSIP) Limited:

QBD (QSIP) Limited

Pentlands Science Park, Bush Loan

Penicuik, Midlothian, EH26 0PL, United Kingdom

Attention: Roland Boyd

Fax: +44 131 445 6184

E-Mail: roland.boyd@quotientbd.com

If to Agent or Lenders:

MidCap Funding V, LLC

7255 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Attention: Portfolio Management-Life Sciences

Fax: (301) 941-1450

E-Mail: lviera@midcapfinancial.com

with a copy to:

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    29   


MC Serviceco, LLC

7255 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Attention: General Counsel

Fax: (301) 941-1450

E-Mail: legalnotices@midcapfinancial.com

 

  12 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

12.1 THIS AGREEMENT, EACH SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE AND EACH OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENT, AND THE RIGHTS, REMEDIES AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR SUCH FINANCING DOCUMENT, THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES, AND/OR THE INTERPRETATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES AND ALL OTHER MATTERS RELATING HERETO, THERETO OR ARISING THEREFROM (WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, AGENT AND LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH AGENT AND LENDERS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 12.1) DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE AGENT’S AND LENDERS’ RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY. BORROWER EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR SUIT COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL JURISDICTION, IMPROPER VENUE, OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS AND HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE GRANTING OF SUCH LEGAL OR EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT. BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS, AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN SUCH ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREES THAT SERVICE OF SUCH SUMMONS, COMPLAINTS, AND OTHER PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL ADDRESSED TO BORROWER AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE 11 OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED COMPLETED UPON THE EARLIER TO OCCUR OF BORROWER’S ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF OR THREE (3) DAYS AFTER DEPOSIT IN THE U.S. MAIL, PROPER POSTAGE PREPAID.

12.2 TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE FINANCING DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

12.3 Borrower, Agent and each Lender agree that each Credit Extension (including those made on the Closing Date) shall be deemed to be made in, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and in any other Financing Document shall be deemed to have been performed in, the State of Maryland.

 

  13 GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 Successors and Assigns .

 

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    30   


(a) This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Agent’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Agent’s discretion). Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or any portion of such Lender’s Applicable Commitment and/or Credit Extensions, together with all related obligations of such Lender hereunder. Borrower and Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form and substance acceptable to Agent, executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Agent reasonably shall require. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. If requested by Agent, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extension to an assignee hereunder, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Applicable Commitments or Credit Extensions and (iii) assist Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extension reasonably may request.

(b) From and after the date on which the conditions described above have been met, (i) such Eligible Assignee shall be deemed automatically to have become a party hereto and, to the extent of the interests assigned to such Eligible Assignee pursuant to such assignment agreement, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder, and (ii) the assigning Lender, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such assignment agreement, shall be released from its rights and obligations hereunder (other than those that survive termination). Upon the request of the Eligible Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) pursuant to an effective assignment agreement, each Borrower shall execute and deliver to Agent for delivery to the Eligible Assignee (and, as applicable, the assigning Lender) secured notes in the aggregate principal amount of the Eligible Assignee’s Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments (and, as applicable, secured promissory notes in the principal amount of that portion of the principal amount of the Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments retained by the assigning Lender).

(c) Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at its offices located in Bethesda, Maryland a copy of each assignment agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of each Lender, and the commitments of, and principal amount of the Credit Extensions owing to, such Lender pursuant to the terms hereof. The entries in such register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Agent and Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded therein pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. Such register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time upon reasonable prior notice to Agent.

13.2 Indemnification .

(a) Borrower hereby agrees to promptly pay (i) all costs and expenses of Agent (including, without limitation, the fees, costs and expenses of counsel to, and independent appraisers and consultants retained by Agent) in connection with the examination, review, due diligence investigation, documentation, negotiation, closing and syndication of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Documents, in connection with the performance by Agent of its rights and remedies under the Financing Documents and in connection with the continued administration of the Financing Documents including (A) any amendments, modifications, consents and waivers to and/or under any and all Financing Documents, and (B) any periodic public record searches conducted by or at the request of Agent (including, without limitation,

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    31   


title investigations, UCC searches, fixture filing searches, judgment, pending litigation and tax lien searches and searches of applicable corporate, limited liability, partnership and related records concerning the continued existence, organization and good standing of certain Persons); (ii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with the creation, perfection and maintenance of Liens pursuant to the Financing Documents; (iii) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with (A) protecting, storing, insuring, handling, maintaining or selling any Collateral, (B) any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Financing Document, and (C) any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings under any and all of the Financing Documents; (iv) without limitation of the preceding clause (i), all costs and expenses of Agent in connection with Agent’s reservation of funds in anticipation of the funding of the Credit Extensions to be made hereunder; and (v) all costs and expenses incurred by Agent or Lenders (including penalties and interest) for which the Credit Parties are responsible under the Financing Documents (including, without limitation, section 2.6(h)) and in connection with any litigation, dispute, suit or proceeding relating to any Financing Document and in connection with any workout, collection, bankruptcy, insolvency and other enforcement proceedings under any and all Financing Documents, whether or not Agent or Lenders are a party thereto. If Agent or any Lender uses in-house counsel for any of these purposes, Borrower further agrees that the Obligations include reasonable charges for such work commensurate with the fees that would otherwise be charged by outside legal counsel selected by Agent or such Lender for the work performed.

(b) Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, pay and hold harmless Agent and Lenders and the officers, directors, employees, trustees, agents, investment advisors, collateral managers, servicers, and counsel of Agent and Lenders (collectively called the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnitee) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnitee shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of a Credit Party, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby, which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the Credit Facilities, except that Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to an Indemnitee with respect to any liability resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertaking set forth in the immediately preceding sentence may be unenforceable, Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all such indemnified liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Financing Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, the obligations of Borrower under this Section 13.2 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement. NO INDEMNITEE SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE TO ANY CREDIT PARTY OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY TO ANY FINANCING DOCUMENT, ANY SUCCESSOR, ASSIGNEE OR THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OR ANY OTHER PERSON ASSERTING CLAIMS DERIVATIVELY THROUGH SUCH PARTY, FOR INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE ALLEGED AS A RESULT OF CREDIT HAVING BEEN EXTENDED, SUSPENDED OR TERMINATED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCING DOCUMENT OR AS A RESULT OF ANY OTHER TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    32   


13.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the payment and performance of the Obligations in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

13.5 Correction of Financing Documents . Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Financing Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

13.6 Integration . This Agreement and the Financing Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Financing Documents merge into this Agreement and the Financing Documents.

13.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

13.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 13.2 to indemnify each Lender and Agent shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run. All powers of attorney and appointments of Agent or any Lender as Borrower’s attorney in fact hereunder, and all of Agent’s and Lenders’ rights and powers in respect thereof, are coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been fully repaid and performed and Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

13.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information of Borrower, each of the Lenders and Agent shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain, in accordance with its customary practices, the confidentiality of information obtained by it pursuant to any Financing Document, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to the Lenders’ and Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates for purposes reasonably related to this Agreement; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions that are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are instructed to keep such information confidential; (c) as required by Law, regulation, subpoena, order or other legal, administrative, governmental or regulatory request; (d) to regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit, or to any nationally recognized rating agency; (e) as Agent or any Lender considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Financing Documents; (f) to financing sources that are advised of the confidential nature of such information and are instructed to keep such information confidential; (g) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Agent so long as such service providers are bound to such Lender or Agent by obligations of confidentiality; and (h) in connection with any litigation or other proceeding to which such Lender or Agent or any of their Affiliates is a party or bound. Confidential information does not include information that either: (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information. The agreements provided under this Section 13.9 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 13.9.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    33   


13.10 Right of Set-off . Borrower hereby grants to Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set-off as security for all Obligations to Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Agent or the Lenders (including an Agent or Lender Affiliate) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Agent or the Lenders may set-off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SET-OFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

13.11 Publicity . Borrower will not directly or indirectly publish, disclose or otherwise use in any public disclosure, advertising material, promotional material, press release or interview, any reference to the name, logo or any trademark of Agent or any Lender or any of their Affiliates or any reference to this Agreement or the financing evidenced hereby, in any case except as required by applicable Law, subpoena or judicial or similar order, in which case Borrower shall endeavor to give Agent prior written notice of such publication or other disclosure. Each Lender and Borrower hereby authorizes each Lender to publish the name of such Lender and Borrower, the existence of the financing arrangements referenced under this Agreement, the primary purpose and/or structure of those arrangements, the amount of credit extended under each facility, the title and role of each party to this Agreement, and the total amount of the financing evidenced hereby in any “tombstone”, comparable advertisement or press release which such Lender elects to submit for publication. In addition, each Lender and Borrower agrees that each Lender may provide lending industry trade organizations with information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements after the Closing Date. With respect to any of the foregoing, such authorization shall be subject to such Lender providing Borrower and the other Lenders with an opportunity to review and confer with such Lender regarding, and approve, the contents of any such tombstone, advertisement or information, as applicable, prior to its initial submission for publication, but subsequent publications of the same tombstone, advertisement or information shall not require Borrower’s approval.

13.12 No Strict Construction . The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

13.13 Approvals . Unless expressly provided herein to the contrary, any approval, consent, waiver or satisfaction of Agent or Lenders with respect to any matter that is the subject of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents may be granted or withheld by Agent and Lenders in their sole and absolute discretion and credit judgment.

13.14 Amendments; Required Lenders; Inter-Lender Matters .

(a) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower therefrom (in each case, other than amendments, waivers, approvals or consents deemed ministerial by Agent), shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, the other Credit Parties if directly affected thereby, Agent and Required Lenders. Except as set forth in clause (b) below, all such amendments, modifications, terminations or waivers requiring the consent of the “Lenders” shall require the written consent of Required Lenders.

(b) No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Financing Document shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent and by each Lender

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    34   


directly affected thereby: (i) increase or decrease the Applicable Commitment of any Lender (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders), (ii) reduce the principal of or rate of interest on any Obligation or the amount of any fees payable hereunder, (iii) postpone the date fixed for or waive any payment of principal of or interest on any Credit Extension, or any fees or reimbursement obligation hereunder, (iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral, or consent to a transfer of any of the Intellectual Property, in each case, except as otherwise expressly permitted in the Financing Documents (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders), (v) subordinate the lien granted in favor of Agent securing the Obligations (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders, except as otherwise provided below), (vi) except as otherwise permitted under this Agreement release a Credit Party from, or consent to a Credit Party’s assignment or delegation of, such Credit Party’s obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents or any Guarantor from its guarantee of the Obligations (which shall be deemed to affect all Lenders); or (vii) amend, modify, terminate or waive this Section 13.14(b) or the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the consent of each Lender. For purposes of the foregoing, no Lender shall be deemed affected by (i) waiver of the imposition of the Default Rate or imposition of the Default Rate to only a portion of the Obligations, (ii) waiver of the accrual of late charges, (iii) waiver of any fee solely payable to Agent under the Financing Documents, (iv) subordination of a lien granted in favor of Agent provided such subordination is limited to equipment being financed by a third party providing Permitted Indebtedness. Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 13.14 to the contrary, no amendment, modification, termination or waiver affecting or modifying the rights or obligations of Agent hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Agent and Required Lenders.

(c) Agent shall not grant its written consent to any deviation or departure by Borrower or any Credit Party from the provisions of Article 7 without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders. Required Lenders shall have the right to direct Agent to take any action described in Section 10.2(b). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all remedies referenced in Section 10.2 without the written consent of Required Lenders following the occurrence of an “Exigent Circumstance” (as defined below). All matters requiring the satisfaction or acceptance of Agent in the definition of Subordinated Debt shall further require the satisfaction and acceptance of each Required Lender. Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise. As used in this Section, “ Exigent Circumstance ” means any event or circumstance that, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, imminently threatens the ability of Agent to realize upon all or any material portion of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction or material waste thereof, or failure of Borrower after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage, or which, in the judgment of Agent, could result in a material diminution in value of the Collateral.

13.15 Borrower Liability . If there is more than one entity comprising Borrower, then (a) any Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder, (b) each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder, (c) each Borrower shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay and perform all obligations under the Financing Documents, including, but not limited to, the obligation to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder and all other Obligations, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extensions, as if each Borrower directly received all Credit Extensions, and (d) each Borrower waives (1) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, and (2) any right to require the Lenders or Agent to: (A) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (B) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (C) pursue any other remedy. The Lenders or Agent may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy they have against any Credit Party or any security (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any other Credit Party’s liability or any Lien against any other Credit Party’s assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, until payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Applicable Commitments, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    35   


rights of the Lenders and Agent under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Credit Party, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by any Credit Party with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by a Credit Party with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Credit Party in contravention of this Section, such Credit Party shall hold such payment in trust for the Lenders and Agent and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Agent for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

13.16 Reinstatement . This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition or other proceeding be filed by or against any Credit Party for liquidation or reorganization, should any Credit Party become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors or should an interim receiver, receiver, receiver and manager or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Credit Party’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or to be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Obligations, whether as a fraudulent preference reviewable transaction or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

13.17 USA PATRIOT Act Notification . Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) and each Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and such other information that will allow Agent or such Lender, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act.

13.18 Warrants . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any warrants issued to the Lenders by any Credit Party, the stock issuable thereunder, any equity securities purchased by Lenders, any amounts paid thereunder, any dividends, and any other rights in connection therewith shall not be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall affect any Lender’s rights under any such warrants, stock, or other equity securities to administer, manage, transfer, assign, or exercise such warrants, stock, or other equity securities for its own account.

 

  14 AGENT

14.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Financing Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of Agent and Lenders and none of Credit Parties nor any other Person shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions hereof. The duties of Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Financing Document, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Financing Document or otherwise exist against Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Financing Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    36   


an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority (to the exclusion of the Lenders), and is hereby authorized, to (a) act as collateral agent for Agent and each Lender for purposes of the perfection of all liens created by the Financing Documents and all other purposes stated therein, (b) manage, supervise and otherwise deal with the Collateral, (c) take such other action as is necessary or desirable to maintain the perfection and priority of the liens created or purported to be created by the Financing Documents, (d) except as may be otherwise specified in any Financing Document, exercise all remedies given to Agent and the other Lenders with respect to the Collateral, whether under the Financing Documents, applicable law or otherwise and (e) execute any amendment, consent or waiver under the Financing Documents on behalf of any Lender that has consented in writing to such amendment, consent or waiver; provided, however, that Agent hereby appoints, authorizes and directs each Lender to act as collateral sub-agent for Agent and the Lenders for purposes of the perfection of all liens with respect to the Collateral, including any deposit account maintained by a Credit Party with, and cash and cash equivalents held by, such Lender, and may further authorize and direct the Lenders to take further actions as collateral sub-agents for purposes of enforcing such liens or otherwise to transfer the Collateral subject thereto to Agent, and each Lender hereby agrees to take such further actions to the extent, and only to the extent, so authorized and directed.

14.2 Successor Agent .

(a) Agent may at any time assign its rights, powers, privileges and duties hereunder to (i) another Lender, or (ii) any Person to whom Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, has assigned (or will assign, in conjunction with such assignment of agency rights hereunder) fifty percent (50%) or more of the Credit Extensions or Applicable Commitments then held by Agent (in its capacity as a Lender), in each case without the consent of the Lenders or Borrower. Following any such assignment, Agent shall give notice to the Lenders and Borrower. An assignment by Agent pursuant to this subsection (a) shall not be deemed a resignation by Agent for purposes of subsection (b) below.

(b) Without limiting the rights of Agent to designate an assignee pursuant to subsection (a) above, Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within ten (10) Business Days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent; provided, however, that if Agent shall notify Borrower and the Lenders that no Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice from Agent that no Person has accepted such appointment and, from and following delivery of such notice, (i) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents, and (ii) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this subsection (b).

(c) Upon (i) an assignment permitted by subsection (a) above, or (ii) the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent pursuant to subsection (b) above, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this subsection (c)). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Documents, the provisions of this Article shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent and its sub-agents in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting or was continuing to act as Agent.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    37   


14.3 Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Financing Document by or through its, or its Affiliates’, agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to obtain and rely upon the advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct. Any such Person to whom Agent delegates a duty shall benefit from this Article 14 to the extent provided by Agent.

14.4 Liability of Agent . Except as otherwise provided herein, no “Agent-Related Person” (as defined below) shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Financing Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or for any failure of any Credit Party or any other party to any Financing Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or to inspect the Collateral, other properties or books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof. The term “ Agent-Related Person ” means the Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, auditors and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons; provided, however, that no Agent-Related Person shall be an Affiliate of Borrower.

14.5 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Financing Document (a) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, be contrary to law or any Financing Document, (b) if such action would, in the opinion of Agent, expose Agent to any potential liability under any law, statute or regulation or (c) if Agent shall not first have received such advice or concurrence of all Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Financing Document in accordance with a request or consent of all Lenders (or Required Lenders where authorized herein) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

14.6 Notice of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default and/or Event of Default, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower, describing such default or Event of Default. Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. While an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as Agent shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders, including without limitation, satisfaction of other security interests, liens or encumbrances on the Collateral not permitted under the Financing Documents, payment of taxes on behalf of Borrower or any other Credit Party, payments to landlords, warehouseman, bailees and other Persons in possession of the Collateral and other actions to protect and safeguard the Collateral, and actions with respect to insurance claims for casualty events affecting a Credit Party and/or the Collateral.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    38   


14.7 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agent . Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of Borrower or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent herein, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Credit Party which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

14.8 Indemnification of Agent . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each Lender shall, severally and pro rata based on its respective Pro Rata Share, indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities (which shall not include legal expenses of Agent incurred in connection with the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) incurred by it; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities to the extent determined in a judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided, however, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall, severally and pro rata based on its respective Pro Rata Share, reimburse Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Protective Advances incurred after the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) incurred by Agent (in its capacity as Agent, and not as a Lender) in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Financing Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations, the termination of this Agreement and the resignation of Agent.

14.9 Agent in its Individual Capacity . With respect to its Credit Extensions, MidCap shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include MidCap in its individual capacity. MidCap and its Affiliates may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any Credit Party and any of their Affiliates and any person who may do business with or own securities of any Credit Party or any of their Affiliates, all as if MidCap were not Agent and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders. MidCap and its Affiliates may accept fees and other consideration from a Credit Party for services in connection with this Agreement or otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges the potential conflict of interest between MidCap as a Lender holding disproportionate interests in the Credit Extensions and MidCap as Agent, and expressly consents to, and waives, any claim based upon, such conflict of interest.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    39   


14.10 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Credit Party, Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Credit Extension, shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any demand on such Credit Party) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Credit Extensions and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and Agent allowed in such judicial proceeding); and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agent and its agents and counsel, including Protective Advances. To the extent that Agent fails timely to do so, each Lender may file a claim relating to such Lender’s claim.

14.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its discretion, to release (a) any Credit Party and any Lien on any Collateral granted to or held by Agent under any Financing Document upon the date that all Obligations due hereunder have been fully and indefeasibly paid in full and no Applicable Commitments or other obligations of any Lender to provide funds to Borrower under this Agreement remain outstanding, and (b) any Lien on any Collateral that is transferred or to be transferred as part of or in connection with any transfer permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Document. Upon request by Agent at any time, all Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 14.11.

14.12 Advances; Payments; Non-Funding Lenders .

(a) Advances; Payments . If Agent receives any payment for the account of Lenders on or prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, Agent shall pay to each applicable Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such payment on such Business Day. If Agent receives any payment for the account of Lenders after 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on any Business Day, Agent shall pay to each applicable Lender such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such payment on the next Business Day. To the extent that any Lender has failed to fund any Credit Extension (a Non-Funding Lender ) , Agent shall be entitled to set-off the funding short-fall against that Non-Funding Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments received from Borrower.

(b) Return of Payments .

(i) If Agent pays an amount to a Lender under this Agreement in the belief or expectation that a related payment has been or will be received by Agent from a Credit Party and such related payment is not received by Agent, then Agent will be entitled to recover such amount (including interest accruing on such amount at the Federal Funds Rate for the first Business Day and thereafter, at the rate otherwise applicable to such Obligation) from such Lender on demand without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    40   


(ii) If Agent determines at any time that any amount received by Agent under this Agreement must be returned to a Credit Party or paid to any other person pursuant to any insolvency law or otherwise, then, notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement or any other Financing Document, Agent will not be required to distribute any portion thereof to any Lender. In addition, each Lender will repay to Agent on demand any portion of such amount that Agent has distributed to such Lender, together with interest at such rate, if any, as Agent is required to pay to a Credit Party or such other person, without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

14.13 Miscellaneous .

(a) Neither Agent nor any Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Credit Extension or make any other advance required hereunder. The failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make any Credit Extension or any payment required by it hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender (each such other Lender, an Other Lender ) of its obligations to make the Credit Extension or payment required by it, but neither any Other Lender nor Agent shall be responsible for the failure of any Non-Funding Lender to make a Credit Extension or make any other payment required hereunder. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, a Non-Funding Lender shall not have any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Financing Document or constitute a “Lender” (or be included in the calculation of “Required Lender” hereunder) for any voting or consent rights under or with respect to any Financing Document. At Borrower’s request, Agent or a person reasonably acceptable to Agent shall have the right with Agent’s consent and in Agent’s sole discretion (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from any Non-Funding Lender, and each Non-Funding Lender agrees that it shall, at Agent’s request, sell and assign to Agent or such person, all of the Applicable Commitments and all of the outstanding Credit Extensions of that Non-Funding Lender for an amount equal to the principal balance of the Credit Extensions held by such Non-Funding Lender and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed assignment agreement reasonably acceptable to Agent.

(b) Each Lender shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Credit Extension and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by any Credit Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Agreement requires payments of principal and interest to be made directly to the Lenders, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to the Agent (for Agent to redistribute to itself and the Lenders in a manner to ensure the payment to Agent of any sums due Agent hereunder and the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Credit Extension and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements) such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Agent. If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities and whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then (i) the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lender’s claims, or, in the case of Collateral, shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for the Agent and other Lenders and (ii) such Lender shall promptly advise the Agent of the receipt of such payment, and, within five (5) Business Days of such receipt and, in the case of payments and distributions, such Lender shall purchase (for cash at face value) from the other Lenders (through the Agent), without recourse, such participations in the Credit Extension made by the other Lenders as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment ratably with each of them in accordance with the respective Pro Rata Shares of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered by or on behalf of a Credit Party from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest; provided, further, that the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by a Credit Party pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    41   


as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Applicable Commitment pursuant to Section 13.1. Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. No documentation other than notices and the like shall be required to implement the terms of this Section. The Agent shall keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased pursuant to this Section and shall in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases.

 

  15 GUARANTY

15.1 Guaranty . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally (a) guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by notice of prepayment or otherwise, the due and punctual performance of all of the Obligations, including payment in full of the principal, accrued but unpaid interest and all other amounts due and owing to the Agent and Lenders under the Term Credit Facility and (b) indemnifies each Lender immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability suffered by such Lender if any obligations guaranteed by it are or become unenforceable, invalid, voided, avoid or illegal, the amount of which such cost, loss or liability shall be equal to the amount which such Lender would otherwise be entitled to recover. Each payment made by any Guarantor pursuant to this Section 15 shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds.

15.2 Payment of Amounts Owed . The Guarantee hereunder is an absolute, unconditional and continuing guarantee of the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the Obligations and not of their collectability only and is in no way conditioned upon any requirement that the Agent or any Lender first attempt to collect any of the Obligations from Borrower or resort to any collateral security or other means of obtaining payment. In the event of any default by Borrower in the payment of the Obligations, after the expiration of any applicable cure or grace period, each Guarantor agrees, on demand by Agent (which demand may be made concurrently with notice to Borrower that Borrower is in default of its obligations), to pay the Obligations, regardless of any defense, right of set-off or recoupment or claims which Borrower or Guarantor may have against Agent or Lenders or the holder of the Notes. All of the remedies set forth in this Agreement, in any other Financing Document or at law or equity shall be equally available to Agent and Lenders, and the choice by Agent or Lenders of one such alternative over another shall not be subject to question or challenge by any Guarantor or any other person, nor shall any such choice be asserted as a defense, setoff, recoupment or failure to mitigate damages in any action, proceeding, or counteraction by Agent or Lenders to recover or seeking any other remedy under this Guarantee, nor shall such choice preclude Agent or Lenders from subsequently electing to exercise a different remedy.

15.3 Certain Waivers by Guarantor . To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Guarantor does hereby:

(a) waive notice of acceptance of this Agreement by Agent and Lenders and any and all notices and demands of every kind which may be required to be given by any statute, rule or law;

(b) agree to refrain from asserting, until after repayment in full of the Obligations, any defense, right of set-off, right of recoupment or other claim which such Guarantor may have against Borrower;

(c) waive any defense, right of set-off, right of recoupment or other claim which such Guarantor may have against Agent, Lenders or the holder of the Notes;

(d) waive any and all rights such Guarantor may have under any anti-deficiency statute or other similar protections;

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    42   


(e) waive all rights at law or in equity to seek subrogation, contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement or repayment from Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other person or entity now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations until the Obligations have been paid in full;

(f) waive presentment for payment, demand for payment, notice of nonpayment or dishonor, protest and notice of protest, diligence in collection and any and all formalities which otherwise might be legally required to charge such Guarantor with liability;

(g) waive the benefit of all appraisement, valuation, marshalling, forbearance, stay, extension, redemption, homestead, exemption and moratorium laws now or hereafter in effect;

(h) waive any defense based on the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other person or entity or the failure of Agent or Lenders to file or enforce a claim against the estate of any other person or entity in any administrative, bankruptcy or other proceeding;

(i) waive any defense based on an election of remedies by Agent or Lenders, whether or not such election may affect in any way the recourse, subrogation or other rights of such Guarantor against Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other person in connection with the Obligations;

(j) waive any defense based on the failure of the Agent or Lenders to (i) provide notice to such Guarantor of a sale or other disposition of any of the security for any of the Obligations, or (ii) conduct such a sale or disposition in a commercially reasonable manner;

(k) waive any defense based on the negligence of Agent or Lenders in administering this Agreement or the other Financing Documents (including, but not limited to, the failure to perfect any security interest in any Collateral), or taking or failing to take any action in connection therewith, provided, however, that such waiver shall not apply to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or Lenders, as determined by the final, non-appealable decision of a court having proper jurisdiction;

(l) waive the defense of expiration of any statute of limitations affecting the liability of such Guarantor hereunder or the enforcement hereof;

(m) waive any right to file any Claim (as defined below) as part of, and any right to request consolidation of any action or proceeding relating to a Claim with, any action or proceeding filed or maintained by Agent or Lenders to collect any Obligations of such Guarantor to Agent or Lenders hereunder or to exercise any rights or remedies available to Agent or Lenders under the Financing Documents, at law, in equity or otherwise;

(n) agree that neither Agent nor Lenders shall have any obligation to obtain, perfect or retain a security interest in any property to secure any of the Obligations (including any mortgage or security interest contemplated by the Financing Documents), or to protect or insure any such property;

(o) waive any obligation Agent or Lenders may have to disclose to such Guarantor any facts the Agent or Lenders now or hereafter may know or have reasonably available to it regarding Borrower or Borrower’s financial condition, whether or not the Agent or Lenders have a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts or have reason to believe that any such facts are unknown to such Guarantor or materially increase the risk to such Guarantor beyond the risk such Guarantor intends to assume hereunder;

(p) agree that neither Agent nor Lenders shall be liable in any way for any decrease in the value or marketability of any property securing any of the Obligations which may result from any action or omission of the Agent or Lenders in enforcing any part of this Agreement;

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    43   


(q) waive any defense based on any invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any one or more of the Financing Documents;

(r) waive any defense based on any change in the composition of Borrower, and

(s) waive any defense based on any representations and warranties made by such Guarantor herein or by Borrower herein or in any of the Financing Documents.

Each Guarantor hereby abandons any right it may have under the existing or future laws of Jersey, whether by virtue of (a) the “droit de discussion” or otherwise to require that recourse be had to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against such Guarantor in respect of the obligations assumed by it under the guarantee; and (b) the “droit de division” or otherwise to require that any liability be apportioned or divided with any other person or be reduced in any manner whatsoever.

For purposes of this section, the term Claim shall mean any claim, action or cause of action, defense, counterclaim, retention, set-off or right of recoupment of any kind or nature against the Agent or Lenders, its officers, directors, employees, agents, members, actuaries, accountants, trustees or attorneys, or any affiliate of the Agent or Lenders in connection with the making, closing, administration, collection or enforcement by the Agent or Lenders of the Obligations.

15.4 Guarantor’s Obligations Not Affected by Modifications of Financing Documents . Each Guarantor further agrees that such Guarantor’s liability as guarantor shall not be impaired or affected by any renewals or extensions which may be made from time to time, with or without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor for the time for payment of interest or principal or by any forbearance or delay in collecting interest or principal hereunder, or by any waiver by Agent or Lenders under this Agreement or any other Financing Documents, or by Agent’s or Lenders’ failure or election not to pursue any other remedies it may have against Borrower or Guarantor, or by any change or modification in the Secured Promissory Notes, this Agreement or any other Financing Document, or by the acceptance by Agent or Lenders of any additional security or any increase, substitution or change therein, or by the release by Agent or Lenders of any security or any withdrawal thereof or decrease therein, or by the application of payments received from any source to the payment of any obligation other than the Obligations even though Agent or Lenders might lawfully have elected to apply such payments to any part or all of the Obligations, it being the intent hereof that, subject to Agent’s or Lenders’ compliance with the terms of this Section 13 and the Financing Documents, each Guarantor shall remain liable for the payment of the Obligations, until the Obligations have been paid in full, notwithstanding any act or thing which might otherwise operate as a legal or equitable discharge of a surety. Each Guarantor further understands and agrees that Agent or Lenders may at any time enter into agreements with Borrower to amend, modify and/or increase the principal amount of, interest rate applicable to or other economic and non-economic terms of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, and may waive or release any provision or provisions of this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, and, with reference to such instruments, may make and enter into any such agreement or agreements as Agent, Lenders and Borrower may deem proper and desirable, without in any manner impairing this Guarantee or any of Agent’s or Lenders’ rights hereunder or each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall apply to the this Agreement and other Financing Documents as so amended, modified, extended, renewed or increased.

15.5 Reinstatement; Deficiency . This guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated (as the case may be) if at any time payment of all or any part of any sum payable pursuant to this Agreement or any other Financing Document is rescinded or otherwise required to be returned by Agent or Lenders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation, or reorganization of Borrower, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor, custodian or conservator of or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment to Agent or Lenders had not been made, regardless of whether Agent or Lenders contested the order requiring the return of such payment. In the event of the foreclosure of the Financing Documents and of a deficiency, each Guarantor hereby promises and

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    44   


agrees forthwith to pay the amount of such deficiency notwithstanding the fact that recovery of said deficiency against Borrower would not be allowed by applicable law; however, the foregoing shall not be deemed to require that Agent or Lenders institute foreclosure proceedings or otherwise resort to or exhaust any other collateral or security prior to or concurrently with enforcing this guaranty.

15.6 Subordination of Borrower’s Obligations to Guarantors; Claims in Bankruptcy .

(a) Any indebtedness of Borrower to any Guarantor (including, but not limited to, any right of such Guarantor to a return of any capital contributed to Borrower), whether now or hereafter existing, is hereby subordinated to the payment of the Obligations. Each Guarantor agrees that, until the Obligations have been paid in full, such Guarantor will not seek, accept, or retain for its own account, any payment from Borrower on account of such subordinated debt. Any payments to any Guarantor on account of such subordinated debt shall be collected and received by such Guarantor in trust for Agent and Lenders and shall be immediately paid over to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, on account of the Obligations without impairing or releasing the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(b) Each Guarantor shall promptly file in any bankruptcy or other proceeding in which the filing of claims is required by law, all claims and proofs of claims that such Guarantor may have against Borrower or any other Guarantor and does hereby assign to Agent or its nominee (and will, upon request of Agent, reconfirm in writing the assignment to Agent or its nominee of) all rights of such Guarantor under such claims. If such Guarantor does not file any such claim, Agent, as attorney-in-fact for such Guarantor, is hereby irrevocably authorized to do so in the name of such Guarantor, or in Agent’s discretion, to assign the claim to a designee and cause proof of claim to be filed in the name of Agent’s designee. In all such cases, whether in administration, bankruptcy or otherwise, the person or persons authorized to pay such claim shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, the full amount thereof and, to the full extent necessary for that purpose, each Guarantor hereby assigns to the Lenders all of such Guarantor’s rights to any such payments or distributions to which such Guarantor would otherwise be entitled, such assignment being a present and irrevocable assignment of all such rights.

15.7 Maximum Liability . The provisions of this Section 15 are severable, and in any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under this Section 15 would otherwise be held or determined to be avoidable, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of such Guarantor’s liability under this Section 15, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 15 to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the Guarantors or the Agent or any Lender, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding (such highest amount determined hereunder being the relevant Guarantor’s “ Maximum Liability ”). This Section 15.7 with respect to the Maximum Liability of each Guarantor is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Agent and the Lenders to the maximum extent not subject to avoidance under applicable law, and no Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 15.7 with respect to such Maximum Liability, except to the extent necessary so that the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder shall not be rendered voidable under applicable law. Each Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the Maximum Liability of each Guarantor without impairing this guaranty or affecting the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lenders hereunder, provided that, nothing in this sentence shall be construed to increase any Guarantor’s obligations hereunder beyond its Maximum Liability.

15.8 Guarantor’s Investigation . Each Guarantor acknowledges receipt of a copy of each of this Agreement and the other Financing Documents. Each Guarantor has made an independent investigation of the other Credit Parties and of the financial condition of the other Credit Parties. Neither Agent nor any Lender has made and neither Agent nor any Lender does make any representations or warranties as to the income, expense, operation, finances or any other matter or thing affecting any Credit Party nor has Agent or any Lender made any representations or warranties as to the amount or nature of the Obligations of any Credit

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    45   


Party to which this Section 15 applies as specifically herein set forth, nor has Agent or any Lender or any officer, agent or employee of Agent or any Lender or any representative thereof, made any other oral representations, agreements or commitments of any kind or nature, and each Guarantor hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations or warranties have been made and such Guarantor expressly disclaims reliance on any such representations or warranties

15.9   Termination . The provisions of this Section 15 shall remain in effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied.

15.10   Representative . Each Guarantor hereby designates Borrower and its representatives and agents on its behalf for the purpose of giving and receiving all notices and other consents hereunder or under any other Financing Document and taking all other actions on behalf of such Guarantor under the Financing Documents. Borrower hereby accepts such appointment.

 

  16 DEFINITIONS

In addition to any terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, or in any schedule or exhibit attached hereto, as used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Access Agreement ” means a landlord consent, bailee letter or warehouseman’s letter, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, in favor of Agent executed by such landlord, bailee or warehouseman, as applicable, for any third party location.

Account ” means any “account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” means any “account debtor”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agent ” means, MidCap, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

Agreement ” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

Alba Bioscience Limited ” means Alba Bioscience Limited, a company incorporated in Scotland with registration number SC310584.

Anti-Terrorism Laws ” means any Laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the Laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the Laws administered by OFAC.

Applicable Commitment ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.2

Applicable Floor ” means for each Credit Facility the per annum rate of interest specified on the Credit Facility Schedule; provided, however, that for the Applicable Prime Rate, the Applicable Floor is a per annum rate that is two hundred basis points above the Applicable Floor for the Applicable Libor Rate.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    46   


Applicable Index Rate ” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum determined by Agent equal to the Applicable Libor Rate; provided, however, that in the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change therein or in the interpretation of application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of Agent or any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for Agent or such Lender to fund or maintain Obligations bearing interest based upon the Applicable Libor Rate, Agent or such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrower and the Applicable Index Rate for Obligations outstanding or thereafter extended or made by Agent or such Lender shall thereafter be the Applicable Prime Rate until Agent or such Lender determines (as to the portion of the Credit Extensions or Obligations owed to it) that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to fund or maintain such Obligations or Credit Extensions at the Applicable Libor Rate. In the event that Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive absent manifest error and binding upon all parties hereto), as of any Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, that adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to any Credit Facility on the basis provided for herein, then Agent may select a comparable replacement index and corresponding margin.

Applicable Interest Period ” for each Credit Facility has the meaning specified for that Credit Facility in the Credit Facility Schedule; provided, however, that at any time that the Applicable Prime Rate is the Applicable Index Rate, Applicable Interest Period shall mean the period commencing as of the most recent Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date and continuing until the next Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date or such earlier date as the Applicable Prime Rate shall no longer be the Applicable Index Rate; and provided, further, that at any time the Libor Rate Index is adjusted as set forth in the definition thereof, or re-implemented following invocation of the Applicable Prime Rate as permitted herein, the Applicable Interest Period shall mean the period of as of such adjustment or re-implementation and continuing until the next Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, if any.

Applicable Interest Rate ” means a per annum rate of interest equal to the Applicable Index Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date ” means the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the first (1st) day of the related Applicable Interest Period; provided, however, that at any time that the Applicable Prime Rate is the Applicable Index Rate, Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date means the date of any change in the Base Rate Index; and provided, further, that at any time the Libor Rate Index is adjusted as set forth in the definition thereof, the Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date shall mean the date of such adjustment or the second (2nd) Business Day prior to the first (1st) day of the related Applicable Interest Period, as elected by Agent.

Applicable Libor Rate ” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th%), equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Floor and (b) the Libor Rate Index.

Applicable Margin ” for each Credit Facility has the meaning specified for that Credit Facility in the Credit Facility Schedule.

Applicable Prepayment Fee ”, for each Credit Facility, has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule for such Credit Facility.

Applicable Prime Rate ” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th%), equal to the greater of (a) the Applicable Floor and (b) the Base Rate Index.

Approved Fund ” means any (a) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the Ordinary Course of Business, or (b) any Person (other than a natural person)

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    47   


which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (a) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (a) and (b), is administered or managed by (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender or (iii) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

Base Rate Index ” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th%) as being the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ( “Wells Fargo” ) at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate,” with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate; provided, however, that Agent may, upon prior written notice to any Borrower, choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the Base Rate Index.

Blocked Person ” means: (a) any Person listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

Borrower ” mean the entity(ies) described in the first paragraph of this Agreement and each of their successors and permitted assigns. The term “each Borrower” shall refer to each Person comprising the Borrower if there is more than one such Person, or the sole Borrower if there is only one such Person. The term “any Borrower” shall refer to any Person comprising the Borrower if there is more than one such Person, or the sole Borrower if there is only one such Person.

Borrowing Resolutions ” means, with respect to any Person, those resolutions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, adopted by such Person’s Board of Directors or other appropriate governing body and delivered by such Person to Agent approving the Financing Documents to which such Person is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, as well as any other approvals as may be necessary or desired to approve the entering into the Financing Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby or in connection therewith.

Books ” means all of books and records of a Person, including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding the Person’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Business Day ” means any day (other than Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Maryland.

Change in Control ” means any event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) prior to an IPO, the Cowan Family and Galen Partners cease to own and control all of the economic and voting rights associated with ownership of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding securities of all classes of Quotient Limited on a fully diluted basis; (b) Quotient Limited ceases to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with the outstanding securities of each of its Subsidiaries; (c) the occurrence of any “change in control” or any term of similar effect under any Subordinated Debt Document; (d) Borrower ceases to own and control, directly or indirectly, all of the economic and voting rights associated with the outstanding voting capital stock (or other voting equity interest) of each of its Subsidiaries; (e) the chief executive officer of Borrower as of the date hereof shall cease to be involved in the day to day operations (including research and development) or management of the business of Borrower, and a successor of such officer reasonably acceptable to Agent is not appointed on terms

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    48   


reasonably acceptable to Agent within 90 days of such cessation or involvement, or (f) after an IPO, a “person” or “group” (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the SEC thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) becomes, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of equity interests in Quotient Limited representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding equity interests of Quotient Limited or a majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Quotient Limited shall at any time be occupied by persons who were neither (x) nominated by the board of directors of Quotient Limited nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated. An IPO shall not constitute a Change in Control.

Citizens Account ” means that certain checking account number 6222 736142 of the Borrower and that certain money market account number 6233834116, each held at Citizens Bank of Pennsylvania, 31 Cambridge Lane, 19B – 0250, Newtown, PA 18940.

Closing Date ” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code in effect on the date hereof, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of Maryland; provided, however, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Financing Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; and provided, further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of Law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Maryland, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” means all property, now existing or hereafter acquired, mortgaged or pledged to, or purported to be subjected to a Lien in favor of, Agent, for the benefit of Agent and Lenders, pursuant to this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, including, without limitation, all of the property described in Exhibit A hereto.

Collateral Account ” means any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

Commitment Commencement Date ” has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule.

Commitment Termination Date ” has the meaning given it in the Credit Facility Schedule.

Commodity Account ” means any “commodity account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Communication ” has the meaning given it in Article 11.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate, duly executed by an authorized officer of Borrower, appropriately completed and substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation ” means, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the Ordinary Course of Business. The amount of a Contingent

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    49   


Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” means any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Agent pursuant to which Agent obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

Credit Extension ” means an advance or disbursement of proceeds to or for the account of Borrower in respect of a Credit Facility.

Credit Extension Form ” means that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit C , as the same may be from time to time revised by Agent.

Credit Facility ” means a credit facility specified on the Credit Facility Schedule.

Credit Party ” means Borrower, any Guarantor under a guarantee of the Obligations or any part thereof, and any other Person (other than Agent, a Lender or a participant of a Lender), whether now existing or hereafter acquired or formed, that becomes obligated as a borrower, guarantor, surety, indemnitor, pledgor, assignor or other obligor under any Financing Document, and any Person whose equity interests or portion thereof have been pledged or hypothecated to Agent under any Financing Document; and “ Credit Parties ” means all such Persons, collectively.

Default ” means any fact, event or circumstance which with notice or passage of time or both, could constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(b).

Deposit Account ” means any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Funding Account ” is (i) prior to the opening of the Wells Account, the Citizens Account and (ii) thereafter, the Wells Account.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” and “ $ ” each means lawful money of the United States.

Draw Period ” means, for each Credit Facility, the period commencing on the Commitment Commencement Date and ending on the Commitment Termination Date.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund, and (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by Agent; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party becoming an assignee incident to such forced divestiture.

Environmental Law ” means all present and future any law (statutory or common), ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, order, policy, other legal requirement or determination of an arbitrator or of a Governmental Authority and/or Required Permits imposing liability or standards of conduct for or relating to the regulation

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    50   


and protection of human health, safety, the workplace, the environment and natural resources, and including public notification requirements and environmental transfer of ownership, notification or approval statutes.

Equipment ” means all “equipment”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

Event of Default ” has the meaning given it in Section 10.1.

Exigent Circumstance ” has the meaning given it in Section 13.14.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate quoted to Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by Agent in a commercially reasonable manner.

Fee Letters ” means, collectively, the fee letter agreements among Borrower and Agent and Borrower and each Lender.

Financing Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, the Security Documents, the Fee Letter(s), each note and guarantee executed by one or more Credit Parties in connection with the indebtedness governed by this Agreement, and each other present or future agreement executed by one or more Credit Parties and, or for the benefit of, the Lenders and/or Agent in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Foreign Lender ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(h)(iii).

Funding Date ” means any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

GAAP ” means (i) with respect to Borrower and any U.S. Subsidiaries and, after an IPO, Quotient Limited, Alba Bioscience Limited and QBD (QSIP) Limited, generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination and (ii) prior to an IPO, with respect to Quotient Limited, Alba Bioscience Limited and QBD (QSIP) Limited,, the generally accepted accounting standards and practices of the United Kingdom.

General Intangibles ” means all “general intangibles”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including, without

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    51   


limitation, key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Guarantor ” means each Person that is or hereafter becomes a party to this Agreement as a guarantor of the Obligations. As of the Closing Date, the Guarantors are Quotient Limited, Alba Bioscience Limited and QBD (QSIP) Limited.

Hazardous Materials ” means petroleum and petroleum products and compounds containing them, including gasoline, diesel fuel and oil; explosives, flammable materials; radioactive materials; polychlorinated biphenyls and compounds containing them; lead and lead-based paint; asbestos or asbestos-containing materials; underground or above-ground storage tanks, whether empty or containing any substance; any substance the presence of which is prohibited by any Laws; toxic mold, any substance that requires special handling; and any other material or substance now or in the future defined as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “toxic substance,” “toxic pollutant,” “contaminant,” “pollutant” or other words of similar import within the meaning of any Environmental Law, including: (a) any “hazardous substance” defined as such in (or for purposes of) CERCLA, or any so-called “superfund” or “superlien” Law, including the judicial interpretation thereof; (b) any “pollutant or contaminant” as defined in 42 U.S.C.A. § 9601(33); (c) any material now defined as “hazardous waste” pursuant to 40 C.F.R. Part 260; (d) any petroleum or petroleum by-products, including crude oil or any fraction thereof; (e) natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel; (f) any “hazardous chemical” as defined pursuant to 29 C.F.R. Part 1910; (g) any toxic or harmful substances, wastes, materials, pollutants or contaminants (including, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (“PCB’s”), flammable explosives, radioactive materials, infectious substances, materials containing lead-based paint or raw materials which include hazardous constituents); and (h) any other toxic substance or contaminant that is subject to any Environmental Laws or other past or present requirement of any Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Materials Contamination ” means contamination (whether now existing or hereafter occurring) of the improvements, buildings, facilities, personalty, soil, groundwater, air or other elements on or of the relevant property by Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, or on or of any other property as a result of Hazardous Materials, or any derivatives thereof, generated on, emanating from or disposed of in connection with the relevant property.

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication of amounts described by more than one of the following, (a) indebtedness for borrowed money (including the Obligations) or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit (other than trade accounts payable in the Ordinary Course of Business and liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits), (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, (d) non-contingent obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar instrument, (e) equity securities of such Person subject to repurchase or redemption other than at the sole option of such Person, (f) obligations secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such obligation is otherwise an obligation of such Person, (g) “earnouts”, purchase price adjustments, profit sharing arrangements, deferred purchase money amounts and similar payment obligations or continuing obligations of any nature of such Person arising out of purchase and sale contracts, (h) all Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person, (i) off-balance sheet liabilities and/or pension plan or multiemployer plan liabilities of such Person, (j) obligations arising under non-compete agreements, (k) obligations arising under bonus, deferred compensation, incentive compensation or similar arrangements, other than those arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, and (1) Contingent Obligations.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    52   


Indemnitee ” has the meaning given it in Section 13.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency Law, including (i) any procedures set out in Article 8 of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 or an application is made to declare that the property is en desastre, and (ii) assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, trade names, service marks, mask works, rights of use of any name, domain names, or any other similar rights, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, clinical and non-clinical data, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Agent, Borrower, QBD (QSIP) Limited and Alba Bioscience Limited.

Inventory ” means all “inventory”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, directly or indirectly, (a) to purchase or acquire any stock or stock equivalents, or any obligations or other securities of, or any interest in, any Person, including the establishment or creation of a Subsidiary, (b) to make or commit to make any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of any business, Product, business line or product line, division or other unit operation of any Person or (c) make or purchase any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or any other investment in, any Person.

IPO ” means an underwritten public offering of common stock of Quotient Ltd. or any of its Subsidiaries (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and results in the listing of the common stock of Quotient Ltd. or any such Subsidiary on a national securities exchange or the NASDAQ Global Market quotation system, or (ii) pursuant to an effective registration statement or equivalent document on any other recognized exchange in the United Kingdom or any other member of the European Union.

Jersey Security Documents ” means the Jersey Security Interest Agreements in relation to the shares in QBD (QS IP) Limited and any other security document as may be executed from time to time in favor of the Agent which is governed by the laws of Jersey and grants a Lien to secure the Obligations.

Joinder Requirements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8.

Laws ” means any and all federal, state, provincial, territorial, local and foreign statutes, laws, judicial decisions, regulations, guidance, guidelines, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, codes, plans, injunctions, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, governmental agreements and governmental restrictions, whether now or hereafter in effect, which are applicable to any Credit Party in any particular circumstance.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    53   


Lender ” means any one of the Lenders.

Lenders ” means the Persons identified on the Credit Facility Schedule as amended from time to time to reflect assignments made in accordance with this Agreement.

Libor Rate Index ” means, for any Applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum, determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100th%) by dividing (a) the rate per annum, determined by Agent in accordance with its customary procedures, and utilizing such electronic or other quotation sources as it considers appropriate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100%), to be the rate at which Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Applicable Interest Period or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the preceding Business Day) in the amount of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) are offered to major banks in the London interbank market on or about 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Applicable Interest Rate Determination Date, for a period of thirty (30) days, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error, by (b) 100% minus the Reserve Percentage; provided, however, that Agent may, upon prior written notice to any Borrower, choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the Libor Rate Index. The Libor Rate Index may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable Law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then Applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding loans bearing interest based upon the Libor Rate Index; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “change in applicable Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender require such Lender to furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such Libor Rate Index and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment.

Lien ” means a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, lien, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of Law or otherwise against any property.

Luxembourg Holding Company ” means that certain company to be formed under the laws of Luxembourg for the purpose of owning 100% of the equity of Quotient Suisse.

Material Adverse Change ” means (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Agent’s Lien (or any Lender’s Lien therein to the extent provided for in the Financing Documents) in the Collateral; (b) a material impairment in the value of the Collateral; (c) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole; or (d) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Material Agreement ” means (a) the agreements listed in the Disclosure Schedule , (b) each agreement or contract to which a Credit Party is a party relating to licensure of Material Intellectual Property or development of Products which are material to the business of the Credit Parties or Material Intellectual Property, and (c) any agreement or contract to which such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries is a party the termination of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Material Indebtedness ” has the meaning given it in Section 10.1.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    54   


Maturity Date ” means December 6, 2017.

Maximum Lawful Rate ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(g).

MidCap ” has the meaning given it in the preamble of this Agreement.

Obligations ” means all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Protective Advances, fees, indemnities and other amounts Borrower owes the Agent or Lenders now or later, under this Agreement or the other Financing Documents, including, without limitation, interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Agent, and the payment and performance of each other Credit Party’s covenants and obligations under the Financing Documents. “Obligations” does not include obligations under any warrants issued to Agent or a Lender.

OFAC ” means the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

OFAC Lists ” means, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

Operating Documents ” means, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, and with respect to the Borrower, shall be certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date, and (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Ordinary Course of Business ” means, in respect of any transaction involving any Credit Party, the ordinary course of business of such Credit Party, as conducted by such Credit Party in accordance with past practices, which shall in any event be at arms-length.

Payment Date ” means the first calendar day of each calendar month.

Perfection Certificate ” means the Perfection Certificate delivered to Agent as of the Closing Date, together with any amendments thereto required under this Agreement.

Permitted Contingent Obligations ” means (a) Contingent Obligations resulting from endorsements for collection or deposit in the Ordinary Course of Business; (b) Contingent Obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding; (c) Contingent Obligations arising under indemnity agreements with title insurers; (d) Contingent Obligations arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations in favor of purchasers in connection with dispositions of personal property assets permitted under Article 7; (e) so long as there exists no Event of Default both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such transaction, Contingent Obligations existing or arising under any swap contract, provided, however, that such obligations are (or were) entered into by Borrower or an Affiliate in the Ordinary Course of Business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person and not for purposes of speculation; and (f) other Contingent Obligations not permitted by clauses (a) through (e) above, not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    55   


Permitted Distributions ” means the following Restricted Distributions: (a) dividends by any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party to another Credit Party provided that the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents, has a first priority, perfected security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Credit Party to which such dividend is made; (b) dividends payable solely in common stock and (c) repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements or similar plans.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means: (a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Agent under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents; (b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and described on the Disclosure Schedule; (c) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens; (d) Subordinated Debt; (e) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business; (f) Permitted Contingent Obligations; (g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (b) and (c) above, provided, however, that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon the obligors thereunder; and (h) Indebtedness consisting of intercompany loans and advances made by any Credit Party to any other Credit Party, provided that (1) the obligations of the Credit Parties under such intercompany loan shall be subordinated at all times to the Obligations of the Credit Parties hereunder or under the other Financing Documents in a manner satisfactory to Agent and (2) to the extent that such Indebtedness is evidenced by a promissory note or other written instrument, Borrower shall pledge and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Lenders, the original promissory note or instrument, as applicable, along with an endorsement in blank in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Permitted Investments ” means: (a) Investments existing on the Closing Date and described on the Disclosure Schedule; (b) Investments consisting of cash equivalents; (c) any Investments in liquid assets permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Agent; (d) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of any Credit Party’s business; (e) Investments consisting of deposit accounts or securities accounts in which the Agent has a first priority perfected security interest except as otherwise provided by Section 6.6; (f) Investments by any Credit Party in any other Credit Party (following compliance with Section 6.8); (g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the Ordinary Course of Business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s board of directors; (h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, (i) Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness in accordance with and to the extent permitted by clause (h) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and (j) Investments in Quotient Suisse in an aggregate amount not to exceed 250,000 Swiss Francs outstanding at any time.

Permitted Liens ” means: (a) Liens existing on the Closing Date and shown on the Disclosure Schedule or arising under this Agreement and the other Financing Documents; (b) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by a Credit Party incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment; (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are maintained on the Books of the Credit Party against whose asset such Lien exists, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the treasury regulations adopted thereunder; (d) statutory Liens securing claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other Persons imposed without action of such parties, provided that they have no priority over any of Agent’s Lien and the aggregate amount of such Liens for all Credit Parties does not any time exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000); (e) leases or subleases of real property granted in the Ordinary

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    56   


Course of Business, and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the Ordinary Course of Business, if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Agent a security interest; (f) banker’s liens, rights of set-off and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred made in the Ordinary Course of Business arising in connection with a Credit Party’s Collateral Accounts provided that such Collateral Accounts are subject to a Control Agreement to the extent required hereunder; (g) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA); (h) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; (i) easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar charges or encumbrances affecting real property not constituting a Material Adverse Change; and (j) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) and (b) above, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase.

Person ” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as determined by Agent, with respect to each Credit Facility and Lender holding an Applicable Commitment or Credit Extensions in respect of such Credit Facility, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing (a) in the case of fully-funded Credit Facilities, the amount of Credit Extensions held by such Lender in such Credit Facility by the aggregate amount of all outstanding Credit Extensions for such Credit Facility, and (b) in the case of Credit Facilities that are not fully-funded, the amount of Credit Extensions and unfunded Applicable Commitments held by such Lender in such Credit Facility by the aggregate amount of all outstanding Credit Extensions and unfunded Applicable Commitments for such Credit Facility.

Protective Advances ” means all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of Agent and Lenders for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Financing Documents and the Warrants (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Agent or the Lenders in connection with the Financing Documents and the Warrants.

Quotient Limited ” means Quotient Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Jersey with registered number 109886.

Quotient Suisse ” means Quotient Suisse S.A., a company to be formed under the laws of Switzerland.

Registered Organization ” means any “registered organization” as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Required Lenders ” means, unless all of the Lenders and Agent agree otherwise in writing, Lenders having (a) more than sixty percent (60%) of the Applicable Commitments of all Lenders, or (b) if such Applicable Commitments have expired or been terminated, more than sixty percent (60%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Credit Extensions.

Required Permit ” means all licenses, certificates, accreditations, product clearances or approvals, provider numbers or provider authorizations, supplier numbers, provider numbers, marketing authorizations, other authorizations, registrations, permits, consents and approvals of a Credit Party (a) issued or required under Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or necessary in the manufacturing, importing, exporting, possession, ownership, warehousing, marketing, promoting, sale,

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    57   


labeling, furnishing, distribution or delivery of goods or services under Laws applicable to the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) issued by any Person from which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have received an accreditation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “ Required Permits ” includes any Drug Application (including without limitation, at any point in time, all licenses, approvals and permits issued by the FDA or any other applicable Governmental Authority necessary for the testing, manufacture, marketing or sale of any Product by Borrower as such activities are being conducted by Borrower with respect to such Product at such time) and any drug listings and drug establishment registrations under 21 U.S.C. Section 510, registrations issued by DEA under 21 U.S.C. Section 823 (if applicable to any Product), and those issued by State governments for the conduct of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s business.

Reservations means:

 

  (a) the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganization and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

  (b) the time barring of claims under Laws relating to the limitation of claims, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of UK stamp duty or other equivalent Taxes in any relevant jurisdiction may be void and defenses of set-off or counterclaim;

 

  (c) similar principles, rights and defenses under the Laws of any relevant jurisdiction; and

 

  (d) any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinions delivered to the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

Reserve Percentage ” means, on any day, for any Lender, the maximum percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor Governmental Authority) for determining the reserve requirements (including any basic, supplemental, marginal, or emergency reserves) that are in effect on such date with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”) of that Lender, but so long as such Lender is not required or directed under applicable regulations to maintain such reserves, the Reserve Percentage shall be zero.

Responsible Officer ” means any of the President and Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower or Quotient Limited, as the context may require.

Scottish Security Documents ” means (i) the bond and floating charge dated on or about the date hereof by Alba Bioscience Limited in favor of the Agent and (ii) the pledge of shares dated on or about the date hereof by Quotient Limited in favor of the Agent.

Secretary’s Certificate ” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed by such Person’s secretary on behalf of such Person certifying that (a) such Person has the authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under each of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (b) that attached as Exhibit A to such certificate is a true, correct, and complete copy of the Borrower Resolutions then in full force and effect authorizing and ratifying the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of the Financing Documents to which it is a party, (c) the name(s) of the Person(s) authorized to execute the Financing Documents on behalf of such Person, together with a sample of the true signature(s) of such Person(s), and (d) that Agent and the Lenders may conclusively rely on such certificate unless and until such Person shall have delivered to Agent a further certificate canceling or amending such prior certificate.

Secured Promissory Note ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.7.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    58   


Security Documents ” means the Scottish Security Documents and the Jersey Security Documents.

Securities Account ” means any “securities account”, as defined in the Code, with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Stated Rate ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(g).

Subordinated Debt ” means indebtedness incurred by any Credit Party which shall be (a) in an amount satisfactory to Agent, (b) made pursuant to documents in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (the “ Subordinated Debt Documents ”), and (c) subordinated to all of such Credit Party’s now or hereafter indebtedness to the Agent and Lenders pursuant to a Subordination Agreement.

Subordination Agreement ” means a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance, and on terms, approved by Agent in writing.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

Tax Credit ” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of, any Tax.

Tax Payment ” means either the increase in a payment made by a Credit Party to the Agent or a Lender under Section 2.6(h)(i) or a payment under Section 2.6(h)(ii).

Taxes ” has the meaning given it in Section 2.6(h).

Testing Date ” means each date identified as a “Testing Date” on the Minimum Net Product Revenue Schedule .

Transfer ” has the meaning given it in Section 7.1.

Warrants ” means warrants to purchase 200,000 shares of Quotient Limited’s Series C Preferred Stock.

Wells Account ” has the meaning given it in Section 6.6.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement    59   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , intending that this instrument constitute an instrument executed and delivered under seal, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Closing Date.

BORROWER:

 

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS, INC.  
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

  (SEAL)
Name:   Paul Cowan  
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
GUARANTORS:  
QUOTIENT BRANDED  
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

  (SEAL)
Name:   Paul Cowan  
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
ALBA BIOSCIENCE LIMITED  
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

  (SEAL)
Name:   Paul Cowan  
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  
QBD (QSIP) LIMITED  
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

  (SEAL)
Name:   Paul Cowan  
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Midcap / Quotient / Credit, Guaranty and Security Agreement

  


AGENT:  

MIDCAP FUNDING V, LLC,

as Agent for Lenders

 
By:  

/s/ Colleen S. Kovas

  (SEAL)
 

 

 
Name:  

Colleen S. Kovas

 
Title:   Its Authorized Signatory  

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Midcap / Quotient / Credit, Guaranty and Security Agreement

  


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Collateral
Exhibit B    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C    Credit Extension Form

SCHEDULES

Credit Facility Schedule

Amortization Schedule (for each Credit Facility)

Post-Closing Obligations Schedule

Closing Deliveries Schedule

Disclosure Schedule

Intellectual Property Schedule

Products Schedule

Required Permits Schedule

Minimum Net Product Revenue Schedule

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   1   


EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL

The Collateral consists of all assets of Borrower, including all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

(a) all goods, Accounts (including health-care insurance receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles, commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, investment accounts, commodity accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

(b) all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as provided below, the Collateral shall not include any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except to the extent that it is necessary under applicable law to have a Lien and security interest in any such Intellectual Property in order to have a perfected Lien and security interest in and to IP Proceeds (defined below), and for the avoidance of any doubt, the Collateral shall include, and Agent shall have a Lien and security interest in, (i) all IP Proceeds, and (ii) all payments with respect to IP Proceeds that are received after the commencement of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding. The term “ IP Proceeds ” means, collectively, all cash, Accounts, license and royalty fees, claims, products, awards, judgments, insurance claims, and other revenues, proceeds or income, arising out of, derived from or relating to any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present or future infringement of any Intellectual Property of any Credit Party (including, without limitation, all cash, royalty fees, other proceeds, Accounts and General Intangibles that consist of rights of payment to or on behalf of a Credit Party and the proceeds from the sale, licensing or other disposition of all or any part of, or rights in, any Intellectual Property by or on behalf of a Credit Party).

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Agent and Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property without Agent’s and Lenders’ prior written consent.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   2   


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    MidCap Funding V, LLC, as Agent
FROM:   
DATE:                , 201    

The undersigned authorized officer of Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Credit, Guaranty and Security Agreement between Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance with all required covenants for the month ending             , 201    , except as noted below;

(2) there are no Events of Default;

(3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further , that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

(4) Each of Borrower and the other Credit Parties has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of the Agreement; and

(5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Agent.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certifications set forth in this Compliance Certificate. The undersigned certifies, in his/her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges, in his/her capacity as an officer of Borrower, that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly Financial Statements    Monthly within 45 days    Yes    No
Audited Financial Statements    Annually within 120 days after FYE    Yes    No
Board Approved Projections    Annually within 60 days after FYE    Yes    No
Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 45 days    Yes    No

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   3   


Financial Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Pursuant to Section 8.2, maintain at all times (tested monthly, unless otherwise noted) Minimum Net Product Revenue for the trailing twelve month period of:    $             1    $                Yes    No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS, INC.     AGENT USE ONLY
By:  

 

    Received by:  

 

Name:  

 

    AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

       
      Verified:  

 

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

      Compliance Status:     Yes    No

 

1   See Minimum Net Product Revenue Schedule for required amount

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   4   


EXHIBIT C

CREDIT EXTENSION FORM

D EADLINE IS N OON E.S.T.

Date:             , 201    

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

  (Loan Account #)       (Deposit Account #)

Amount of Advance $        

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Credit, Guaranty and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further , that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

    Phone Number:  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

     

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

 

Beneficiary Name:  

 

      Amount of Wire: $  

 

Beneficiary Lender:  

 

     
      Account Number:  

 

City and State:  

 

       
Beneficiary Lender Transit (ABA) #:  

 

    Beneficiary Lender Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  

 

(For International Wires Only)          
Intermediary Lender:  

 

    Transit (ABA) #:  

 

For Further Credit to:  

 

Special Instruction:  

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me.

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

    2 nd  Signature (if required):  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

    Print Name/Title:  

 

Telephone #:  

 

    Telephone #:  

 

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   5   


CREDIT FACILITY SCHEDULE

The following Credit Facilities are specified on this Credit Facility Schedule:

 

Credit Facility #1 :   
Credit Facility and Type:                 Term

Lenders for and their respective Applicable Commitments to this Credit Facility:

 

Lender

   Applicable
Commitment
 

Midcap Funding V, LLC

   $ 15,000,000   

The following defined terms apply to this Credit Facility:

Applicable Interest Period: means the one-month period starting on the first (1st) day of each month and ending on the last day of such month; provided, however , that the first (1st) Applicable Interest Period for each Credit Extension under this Facility shall commence on the date that the applicable Credit Extension is made and end on the last day of such month.

Applicable Floor: means two percent (2.0%) per annum for the Applicable Libor Rate.

Applicable Margin: a rate of interest equal to six and seven one-tenths percent (6.7%) per annum.

Applicable Prepayment Fee: means the following amount, calculated as of the date (the “ Accrual Date ”) that the Applicable Prepayment Fee becomes payable in the case of prepayments required under the Financing Documents or the date any voluntary prepayment is made: (a) for an Accrual Date on or after the Closing Date through and including the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date, five percent (5.0%) multiplied by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, multiplied by the product of the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement and a fraction equal to the principal amount of Credit Extensions being prepaid or required to be prepaid (whichever is greater) divided by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement); (b) for an Accrual Date on or after the date which is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date through and including the date which is twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date, three percent (3.0%) multiplied by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, multiplied by the product of the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement and a fraction equal to the principal amount of Credit Extensions being prepaid or required to be prepaid (whichever is greater) divided by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement); and (c) for an Accrual Date on or after the date which is twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date through and including the date immediately preceding the Maturity Date one percent (1.0%) multiplied by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, multiplied by the product of the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement and a fraction equal to the principal amount of Credit Extensions being prepaid or required to be prepaid (whichever is greater) divided by the aggregate amount of the Credit Extensions made under this Agreement).

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   6   


Commitment Commencement Date: Closing Date.

Commitment Termination Date:                     the close of the Business Day following the Closing Date.

Minimum Credit Extension Amount: $15,000,000

Permitted Purpose: means general working capital needs of the Borrower and to finance the repayment of existing inter-company loans made by the other credit parties to the Borrower and the making of intercompany loans by Borrower to the other Credit Parties to fund the general working capital needs of the other Credit Parties

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   7   


AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE (FOR EACH CREDIT FACILITY)

Credit Facility #1

Commencing on the first day of the nineteenth full calendar month following the Closing Date, and continuing on the first day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount equal to $500,000 per month.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   8   


POST CLOSING OBLIGATIONS SCHEDULE

Borrower shall satisfy and complete each of the following obligations, or provide Agent each of the items listed below, as applicable, on or before the date indicated below, all to the satisfaction of Agent in its sole and absolute discretion:

 

1. The Borrower shall, within 10 days of the Closing Date, establish the Wells Account.

 

2. The Borrower shall, within 20 days of the establishment of the Wells Account, deliver one or more Control Agreements with Wells Fargo Bank N.A., in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, duly executed by the applicable Credit Parties and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., for each deposit and securities account with Wells Fargo Bank N.A. to the extent required pursuant to Section 6.6(a) herein.

 

3. The Borrower shall, within 50 days of the Closing Date, deliver an Access Agreement in respect of Borrower’s property held by UPS, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent, duly executed by UPS and the applicable Credit Parties.

 

4. The Borrower shall, within 30 days of the Closing Date, deliver an Access Agreement in respect of Borrower’s property facilities in Newtown, Pennsylvania.

 

5. The Borrower shall, within 30 days of the Closing Date, deliver endorsements to Borrower’s insurance policies reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

Borrower’s failure to complete and satisfy any of the above obligations on or before the date indicated above, or Borrower’s failure to deliver any of the above listed items on or before the date indicated above, shall constitute an immediate and automatic Event of Default.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   9   


CLOSING DELIVERIES SCHEDULE

 

1. duly executed original signatures to the Financing Documents to which Borrower is a party;

 

2. duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender with a face amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Commitment under each Credit Facility;

 

3. the Operating Documents of each Credit Party and good standing certificates (or, to the extent applicable, the equivalent in the relevant jurisdiction of organization of such Credit Party) of each Credit Party certified by the Secretary of State of the state(s) of organization of such Credit Party or another applicable government official, if customary, as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date;

 

4. good standing certificates dated as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date to the effect that each Credit Party is qualified to transact business in all states in which the nature of such Credit Party’s business so requires;

 

5. duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for each Credit Party;

 

6. a payoff letter, or other appropriate evidence of payoff and release of liens, from Haemonetics Limited;

 

7. evidence that (i) the Liens securing Indebtedness owed by the Credit Parties to Haemonetics Limited will be terminated and (ii) the documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens, including without limitation any financing statements and/or control agreements, have or will, concurrently with the initial Credit Extension, be terminated;

 

8. certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

9. the Perfection Certificate executed by Borrower;

 

10. a legal opinion of Borrower’s counsel dated as of the Closing Date together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

 

11. evidence satisfactory to Agent that the insurance policies required by Article 6 are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders;

 

12. payment of the fees and expenses of Agent and Lenders then accrued, including pursuant to the Fee Letters;

 

13. a duly executed original Secretary’s Certificate for each Credit Party dated as of the Closing Date which includes copies of the completed Borrowing Resolutions for such Credit Party;

 

14. timely receipt by the Agent of an executed disbursement letter;

 

15. a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, which shall certify as to certain conditions to the funding of the Credit Extensions on the Closing Date;

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   10   


16. Lenders shall have received warrants to purchase shares of Borrower’s fully registered common stock equal to $600,000 divided by the exercise price, which shall be US$3.00 per share, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and Lenders (the “ Warrants ”);

 

17. evidence that Borrower shall have received net cash proceeds of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (subject to no clawback, escrow or other terms limiting Borrower’s ability to freely use such proceeds) from the sale of Borrower’s equity securities after October 9, 2013 and on or prior to the Closing Date;

 

18. evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent that all outstanding intercompany loans of the Borrower have been retired;

 

19. duly executed stock transfer form in respect of the shares held by Quotient Limited in Alba Bioscience Limited, and a share certificate and updated register of members showing the Agent as the registered holder of the shares in Alba Bioscience Limited;

 

20. a copy of the consent of the Jersey Financial Services Commission to the issue of shares in that company pursuant to the Control of Borrowing (Jersey) Order 1958 of Quotient Limited and QBD (QS IP) Limited;

 

21. a certified copy of the register of members and the register of directors of Quotient Limited and QBD (QS IP) Limited;

 

22. original share certificates, duly executed stock transfer forms and the updated register of members of QBD (QS IP) Limited, endorsed to show the interests of the Lender in the shares of QBD (QS IP) Limited;

 

23. all notices and acknowledgements required under the Jersey Security Document being a notice to QBD (QS IP) Limited substantially in the relevant form set out in the Jersey Security Document;

 

24. a signed and dated directors’ certificate to be given by two directors of each of Quotient Limited and QBD (QS IP) Limited to accompany the legal opinion of Bedell Cristin Jersey Partnership;

 

25. a search by Bedell Cristin Jersey Partnership, at the Jersey Financial Services Commission and the Viscount’s Department in relation to each of Quotient Limited and QBD (QS IP) Limited.

 

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

Quotient Credit Agreement

   11   


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Scheduled Permitted Liens

 

Debtor

  

Secured Party

  

Collateral

  

State and Jurisdiction

  

Filing Date and Number
(include original file date and
continuations, amendments,
etc.)

None            
           
           
           

Scheduled Permitted Indebtedness

 

Debtor

  

Creditor

  

Amount of Indebtedness outstanding
as of October 31, 2013

  

Maturity Date

Alba Bioscience Limited    Lombard, 3 Princess Way, Redhill, Surrey RH1 1NP   

Hire purchase facility amounting to £700,000 (Seven hundred thousand pounds sterling). Amounts outstanding at October 31, 2013 are:

Agreement number A001159239 - £17,121 Agreement number P001325225 - £151,413 Agreement number P001411643 - £96,137

   Agreement number A001159239 – 31 May 2014 Agreement number P001325225 – 30 November 2015 Agreement number P001411643 – 31 March 2016
Alba Bioscience Limited    Premium Credit Limited    Installment plan for payment of insurance premium - £17,042 outstanding at October 31, 2013    December 31, 2013
Alba Bioscience Limited    Moneycorp, 100 Brompton Road, Knightsbridge, London SW3 1ER    Eight forward contracts maturing at monthly intervals from November 2013 through June 2014 each to sell USD 300,000 and to purchase GBP 198,675   

Maturity dates for the eight contracts are:

November 25, 2013 December 24, 2013

January 24, 2014

February 25, 2014

March 25, 2014

April 23, 2014

May 25, 2014

June 23, 2014

Alba Bioscience Limited    Royal Bank of Scotland, St Andrew Square, Edinburgh    Corporate credit card facility of £76,000. Balance utilized at October 28, 2013 was £38,843    Indefinite facility
Alba Bioscience Limited    The Common Services Agency (acting through Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service)    Deferred consideration as ultimately payable for the 2007 purchase of the Alba business. The amount   

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


      concerned is the subject of a dispute and is described in more detail under scheduled litigation below. Alba believes that no amount is due.   
Alba Bioscience Limited    Scottish Enterprise Atrium Court 50 Waterloo Street Glasgow G2 6HQ    Contingent liability relating to grants of £1,791,000 from Scottish Enterprise for the development of the MosaiQ project (formerly known as Q Screen). The terms of the grant provide for the full amount received to be repayable in the event that Scottish Enterprise are not satisfied with the progress of the project. Alba considers it unlikely that any amounts will be repayable.   
Quotient Biodiagnostics Inc    American Express PO Box 1270 Newark NJ 07101-1270    Corporate credit card facility. Account: 3767 4110 0035 2009. No formal credit limit.    Indefinite facility

Schedule Permitted Investments

 

Debtor

  

Type of Investment

  

Date

  

Amount Outstanding as of             

See below.         
        
        
        

An Investment of 100,000 Swiss Francs by the Credit Parties, in Quotient Suisse SA, occurring on or about December 3, 2013.

Scheduled Material Agreements

1. Master Development Agreement between the Technology Partnership PLC and Alba Bioscience Limited dated 4 January 2010.

2. Umbrella Supply Agreement between Ortho Clinical Diagnostics and Alba Bioscience Limited dated 1 December 2004 as amended and updated.

Scheduled Litigation

1. Dispute with SNBTS – detailed description attached

Scheduled ownership interest in any Chattel Paper, letter of credit rights, commercial tort claims, Instruments, documents or investment property

1. None

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SCHEDULE

See the exhibits to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, all of which are incorporated by reference herein. Please note that the applicable Credit Party owner/licensee of all the Intellectual Property mentioned in this Intellectual Property Schedule is Alba Bioscience Limited, unless otherwise stated.

All Intellectual Property referenced below is owned, not licensed, unless otherwise noted below.

Licenses & Registrations - USA

US Establishment Registration

 

Registered

  

Number

  

Jurisdiction

  

Market

  

Owner

Name

  

Scope

US FDA   

FEI

3003580203

  

Regulatory

Authority

   USA    Alba Bioscience Limited   

21 CFR, Part 600, Biological products gen

21 CFR, Part 800, Medical devices

21 CFR, Part 820, Quality system regulations - Facility and red cell manufacturing processes last inspected February 2011

US Agent

 

Contact Name

  

Company

  

Address

  

Tel.

  

Email Address

Jeremy Stackawitz   

Quotient

Biodiagnostics Inc.

   301 South State
Street, Suite S-204
Newtown, PA 18940
   1-888-284-1901    jeremy.stackawitz@

quotientbd.com

US Licensed Products

 

License

Number

  

Products

  

License

Applicant

  

Intended

Use

  

Contract

Type

  

Approval

Date

1807    Monoclonal blood grouping reagents, Anti-A Z001U, Anti-B Z015U, Anti-A,B Z023U, Anti-D alpha Z031U, Anti-D beta Z036U, Anti-D delta Z039U, Anti-D blend Z041U, Anti-E Z073U, Anti-c Z083U, Anti-k Z137U, Anti-M Z171U, Anti-N Z176U, Anti-Le a Z212U, Anti- Le b Z217U, Anti-Lu b Z223U    Alba

Bioscience

Limited

   Detection and
identification
of human
group A, B,
AB, RhD, c, E,
k, Lea, Leb,
Lub, M, N red
blood cells by
direct

agglutination

   Alba Manufacturer
/ QBD Distributor
   16 October
2009
   2-3% Reagent Red Blood Cells, A 1 Z401U, A 2 Z406U, B Z411U and Orr Z421U for Reverse Grouping, Antibody Screen (untreated) Z451U, Antibody Identification Panels (papain-treated and untreated) Z471U and Z472U    Alba

Bioscience

Limited

   Reverse

grouping,

detection/
identification
of

unexpected

antibodies

   Alba Manufacturer
/ QBD Distributor
   13 January
2012
   Polyclonal blood grouping reagents, Anti-K Z131, Anti-Fy a Z151, Anti-Fy b Z153, Anti-s Z186, Anti-Wr a Z231    Alba

Bioscience

Limited

   blood grouping
reagents for
the in vitro
detection and

identification
of human
group K, Fya,
Fyb, Wra and s
positive red
blood cells by
the indirect
antiglobulin
test

   Alba Manufacturer
/ QBD Distributor
   27

September

2012

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


US Licensed Products - OEM

 

License

Number

  

Products

  

License Applicant

  

Contract Type

1798    Anti-k finished bulk, product code Z649, Anti-Le a finished bulk, product code Z680    Biotest Medical Diagnostics GmbH (now BioRad)   

Contract

Manufacturing

Agreement

510(k) Clearances

 

510(k)

Number

  

Products

  

Intended Use

  

Contract

Type

  

510(k)

Clearance Date

BK050005    Quant-Rho ® FITC Anti-D, product code Z499    For the estimation of FMH by in vitro labelling of RhD positive cells for analysis by flow cytometry.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    27 September 2005
BK070033    AlbaQ-Chek ® Kit (whole blood controls), product code Z498    For use as controls of blood grouping reagents in column agglutination techniques.    Alba Manufacturer / OCD Distributor    18 June 2007

 

510(k)

Number

  

Products

  

Intended Use

  

Contract

Type

  

510(k)

Clearance Date

BK080027    Anti-D Control, product code Z271    For use as a negative control in conjunction with Alba Bioscience monoclonal Anti-D reagents.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    29 July 2008
BK080051    Fetalscreen II, product code Z488    Qualitative Screening Test for RhD (Rh 0 ) positive fetal red blood cells in the maternal circulation.    Alba Manufacturer / OCD Distributor    8 April 2009
BK090030    ALBAcheck ® Simulated Whole Blood Control, product code Z489    For ABO, Rh and Kell and antibody screening controls on the Immucor Galileo and Echo blood typing systems.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    14 June 2010
BK100005    ALBAcyte ® IgG Sensitized Red Blood Cells, product code Z441U    For the control of the Indirect Antiglobulin Test (IAT) and Direct Antiglobulin Test (DAT).    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    26 August 2010

510(k) Exempt/RUO/Non-IVD Products

 

Category

  

Products

  

Intended Use

  

Contract

Type

  

Marketing Date
(First Shipment to
US)

Non-IVD    Competency Training Kit, product code Z275U    For use as an internal, self assessment of both individual operators and of antibody screening testing platforms.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    October 2008
RUO    ALBAclone ® Advanced Partial RhD Typing Kit, product code Z293U    For the in vitro classification of human partial RhD and weak D types 1 and 2 by indirect agglutination. The product is not suitable for routine RhD typing.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    October 2004
510(k) Exempt    ALBAlect Anti-A1 Lectin, product code Z241U    For the in vitro detection and identification of human A1 red blood cells by direct agglutination.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    December 2007
510(k) Exempt    BSA 22%, product code Z305U    For the potentiation of agglutination reactions in blood group serology tests.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    October 2009
510(k) Exempt    ALBAhance PEG 4000, product code Z312U    Potentiating reagent for the detection of red cell antibodies in human serum or plasma.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    June 2010
510(k) Exempt    LISS Additive Reagent, product code Z333U    For use as a potentiator in antibody detection, antibody identification and compatibility test procedures.    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    June 2010
Evaluation Kit    QBD Evaluation Kit (A,B,AB,D), product code ZEVL1    Detection and identification of human group A, B, AB, RhD red blood cells by direct agglutination    Alba Manufacturer / QBD Distributor    October 2009

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Licenses - Canada

Health Canada Licences – Class III

 

Classification

  

Products

  

License

Number

  

Applicant

  

Approval Date

III    Monoclonal ABO Typing Serums Z001, Z011, Z015, Z021, Z023    Licence 74799    Alba Bioscience Limited    29 August 2007
III    Monoclonal Rhesus Antisera Z031, Z036, Z039, Z041, Z063, Z073, Z083, Z113    Licence 76758    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 April 2008
III    Rare Monoclonal Antisera Z137, Z171, Z176, Z212, Z217, Z223, Z244    Licence 77736    Alba Bioscience Limited    06 August 2008
III    Rare Polyclonal Antisera Z103, Z131, Z139, Z151, Z153, Z186, Z191, Z221, Z231, Z248    Licence 77539    Alba Bioscience Limited    09 July 2008
III    Anti-Human Globulin Reagents Z350, Z356    Licence 76757    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 April 2008
III    A1 and B (Reverse Grouping) Red Cells (3%) Z401/Z411    Licence 75911    Alba Bioscience Limited    17 December 2007
III    Anti-Human Globulin Control Serums Z251, Z261, Z262, Z263, Z264, Z265, Z271    Licence 75975    Alba Bioscience Limited    31 December 2007
III    ALBAclone ® Advanced Partial RhD Typing Kit Z293    Licence 77927    Alba Bioscience Limited    10 June 2008
III    Anti-A 1 Lectin Dolichos biflorus blood grouping serum Z241    Licence 76468    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 March 2008
III    O Adult I Cells (2-3%) Z431    Licence 76469    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 March 2008
III    IgG Sensitised Cells (5%) Z441    Licence 76470    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 March 2008
III    3 Cell Antibody Screening Z451/Z452    Licence 76471    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 March 2008
III    10 Cell Antibody Identification Z471/Z472    Licence 76472    Alba Bioscience Limited    04 March 2008
III    Red Cells used for Controls of Serological Testing – Not Rhesus grouping Z406, Z413, Z414, Z415, Z435    Licence 77363    Alba Bioscience Limited    13 June 2008
III    Red Cells for Control of Rhesus Grouping Procedures Z416, Z417, Z421, Z427    Licence 77364    Alba Bioscience Limited    13 June 2008
III    AlbaQ-Chek Simulated Whole Blood Controls Z489    Licence 76004    Alba Bioscience Limited    10 January 2008
III    Fetalscreen II Z488    Licence 82903    Alba Bioscience Limited    10 January 2008

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


Health Canada Licences Class II

 

Classification

  

Products

  

License

Number

  

Applicant

  

Approval Date

II    PBS Concentrate Z332    Licence 73171    Alba Bioscience Limited    23 January 2007
II    ALBAcheck ® - BGS AB Serum Z281    Licence 73172    Alba Bioscience Limited    23 January 2007
II    ALBAcheck ® - BGS Proficiency Test Z275    Licence 73173    Alba Bioscience Limited    23 January 2007
II    Quant-Rho™ FITC Anti-D Z499    Licence 73175    Alba Bioscience Limited    23 January 2007
II    Anti-Human C3 Z360    Licence 73609    Alba Bioscience Limited    20 March 2007
II    Enzyme Control Glycine soja Z256    Licence 73610    Alba Bioscience Limited    20 March 2007
II    0.5% Bromelin Z311    Licence 73611    Alba Bioscience Limited    20 March 2007
II    1% Papain Z316    Licence 73612    Alba Bioscience Limited    20 March 2007

 

MATERIAL LICENSE AGREEMENT(S)

    

Name and Address

of Licensor

  

Name and Date of
License Agreement

  

Exclusive License?

(Yes/No)

  

Restrictions

to grant a

lien?

(Yes/No)

  

Default or

Termination

affect Agent’s

ability to sell

or assign?

(Yes/No)

The Technology Partnership PLC (“TTP”) located at Melbourn Science Park, Melbourn,

Hertfordshire, SG8 6EE

   Master Development Agreement dated January 4, 2010    Partially exclusive.    N    No, so long as the license was granted prior to default or termination.
*Please note that all Intellectual Property arising out of this TTP Master Development Agreement is licensed Intellectual Property.            

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


PRODUCTS SCHEDULE

See the products in the above Intellectual Property Schedule, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.

See the “Marked Products” section of Exhibit C to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, all of which are incorporated by reference herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


REQUIRED PERMITS SCHEDULE

See the following sections of the Intellectual Property Schedule: US Establishment Registration, US Agent, 510(k) Clearances, 510(k) Exempt/RUO/Non-IVD Products, Health Canada Licenses – Class III, and Health Canada Licenses Class II; all of which are incorporated by reference herein.

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.


MINIMUM NET PRODUCT REVENUE SCHEDULE

 

TESTING DATE

   MINIMUM NET
PRODUCT REVENUES
($000s)
 

TESTING PERIOD

January 15, 2014

   $[***]   December 2012-November 2013

February 15, 2014

   $[***]   January 2013-December 2013

March 15, 2014

   $[***]   February 2013-January 2014

April 15, 2014

   $[***]   March 2013-February 2014

May 15, 2014

   $[***]   April 2013-March 2014

June 15, 2014

   $[***]   May 2013-April 2014

July 15, 2014

   $[***]   June 2013-May 2014

August 15, 2014

   $[***]   July 2013-June 2014

September 15, 2014

   $[***]   August 2013 - July 2014

October 15, 2014

   $[***]   September 2013 - August 2014

November 15, 2014

   $[***]   October 2013 - September 2014

December 15, 2014

   $[***]   November 2013 - October 2014

January 15, 2015

   $[***]   December 2013 - November 2014

February 15, 2015

   $[***]   January 2014- December 2014

March 15, 2015

   $[***]   February 2014 - January 2015

April 15, 2015

   $[***]   March 2014 - February 2015

May 15, 2015

   $[***]   April 2014- March 2015

June 15, 2015

   $[***]   May 2014 - April 2015

July 15, 2015

   $[***]   June 2014- May 2015

August 15, 2015

   $[***]   July 2014 - June 2015

September 15, 2015

   $[***]   August 2014 - July 2015

October 15, 2015

   $[***]   September 2014 - August 2015

November 15, 2015

   $[***]   October 2014 - September 2015

December 15, 2015

   $[***]   November 2014- October 2015

January 15, 2016

   $[***]   December 2014 - November 2015

February 15, 2016

   $[***]   January 2015- December 2015

March 15, 2016

   $[***]   February 2015- January 2016

April 15, 2016

   $[***]   March 2015- February 2016

May 15, 2016

   $[***]   April 2015-March 2016

June 15, 2016

   $[***]   May 2015- April 2016

July 15, 2016

   $[***]   June 2015- May 2016

August 15, 2016

   $[***]   July 2015- June 2016

September 15, 2016

   $[***]   August 2015- July 2016

October 15, 2016

   $[***]   September 2015 - August 2016

November 15, 2016

   $[***]   October 2015- September 2016

December 15, 2016

   $[***]   November 2015-0ctober 2016

January 15, 2017

   $[***]   December 2015-November 2016

February 15, 2017

   $[***]   January 2016-December 2016

[***]: CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

Exhibit 10.2

Dated 16 February 2012

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

and

PAUL COWAN

 

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Speechly Bircham LLP

6 New Street Square

London

EC4A 3LX

Tel: +44 (0)20 7427 6400

Fax: +44 (0)20 7427 6600

Ref         344087


Contents

 

          Page  
1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   
2.    APPOINTMENT      2   
3.    TERM      3   
4.    DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE      3   
5.    HOURS OF WORK      3   
6.    PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK      4   
7.    SALARY      4   
8.    EXPENSES      4   
9.    MOBILE PHONE      4   
10.    HOLIDAYS      5   
11.    SICKNESS OR INJURY      5   
12.    TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT      5   
13.    OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT      9   
14.    OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT      11   
15.    DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE      13   
16.    COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS      13   
17.    DEDUCTIONS      13   
18.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT      13   
19.    DATA PROTECTION      14   
20.    RETIREMENT      14   
21.    E-MAIL/TELEPHONE CALLS      14   
22.    RELEASES AND WAIVERS      14   
23.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      15   


THIS AGREEMENT is made the 16 day of February 2012

BETWEEN:

 

1. QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED (company number 109886) whose registered office is at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle, Jersey JE4 2QP (“the Company”); and

 

2. PAUL COWAN of Chalet Cléa, Route des Sapins 4, 3963 Crans Montana, Switzerland (“the Executive ”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the following meanings:

“Agreement” means this Agreement (including any schedule or annexure to it and any document referred to in it or in agreed form);

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time and includes any committee of the Board duly appointed by it;

“Business” means scientific research and development and any trade or other commercial activity which is carried on by the Company, or which the Company shall have determined to carry on with a view to profit in the immediate or foreseeable future;

“Confidential Information” any trade secrets or other information which is confidential, commercially sensitive and is not in the public domain relating or belonging to the Company including but not limited to information relating to the business methods, corporate plans, management systems, finances, new business opportunities, research and development projects, marketing or sales of any past, present or future product or service, secret formulae, processes, inventions, designs, know-how discoveries, technical specifications and other technical information relating to the creation, production or supply of any past, present or future product or service of the Company, lists or details of clients, potential clients or suppliers or the arrangements made with any client or supplier and any Information in respect of which the Company owes an obligation of confidentiality to any third party;

“Duties” means the duties of the Executive as set out in clause 4;

“Employment” means the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;

“Relevant Period” means the period of 12 months ending with the Termination Date;

 

1


“Restricted Business” means any part of the Business in which the Executive shall have been directly concerned in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period;

“Termination Date” means the date on which the Employment terminates.

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

  1.2.1 words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender;

 

  1.2.2 a reference to a statute or statutory provision includes:

 

  (a) any subordinate legislation (as defined in Section 21(1), Interpretation Act 1978) made under it;

 

  (b) any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it;

 

  1.2.3 a reference to:

 

  (a) a “person” includes any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state (whether or not having a separate legal personality);

 

  (b) clauses and schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Agreement and references to sub-clauses and paragraphs are references to sub-clauses and paragraphs of the clause or schedule in which they appear;

 

1.3 The table of contents and headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

1.4 Except where otherwise stated, words and phrases defined in the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers or in the Companies Act 1985 have the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company appoints the Executive and the Executive agrees to serve as Chairman of the Company or in such other capacity as the Company may from time to time require on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

2.2 The Executive warrants that he is free to enter into this Agreement and is not bound by, nor subject to any court order, arrangement, obligation, restriction or undertaking (contractual or otherwise) which prohibits or restricts the Executive from entering into this Agreement or performing the Duties.

 

2


3. TERM

The Employment commenced on      February 2012 and unless terminated in accordance with clause 12, shall, subject to clause 20, continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than twelve months’ prior written notice.

 

4. DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

4.1 The Executive shall carry out such duties as may be agreed between the Executive and the Board from time to time and exercise the powers consistent with such duties.

 

4.2 The Executive shall at all times during the Employment

 

  4.2.1 devote the whole of his time, attention, skill and ingenuity during working hours to his duties under this Agreement;

 

  4.2.2 faithfully and using his best endeavours carry out all work consistent with his position which may be required of him;

 

  4.2.3 comply with all the Company’s rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force;

 

  4.2.4 perform the Duties faithfully and diligently;

 

  4.2.5 obey all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board, observe such restrictions or limitations as may from time to time be imposed by the Board upon the Executive’s performance of the Duties and implement and abide by any relevant Company policy which may be promulgated or operated in practice from time to time;

 

  4.2.6 use best endeavours to promote the interests of the Company and shall not do or willingly permit to be done anything which is harmful to those interests; and

 

  4.2.7 keep the Board fully informed (in writing if so requested) of the Executive’s conduct of the business or affairs of the Company and provide such explanations as the Board may require.

 

5. HOURS OF WORK

 

5.1 The Executive shall devote 150 full-time equivalent days per annum to fulfilling his Duties, such days to be set as necessary to fulfil the Duties set out in clause 4. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration should he be required to work more than 150 full-time equivalent days per annum.

 

5.2 The Executive’s hours of work shall be the Company’s normal office hours of 9.00 am to 5.15 p.m and such further hours as may be necessary for the proper discharge of the Duties, The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside the Company’s normal office hours.

 

3


5.3 The Executive acknowledges that he may work in excess of an average of 48 hours in any one period of 7 calendar days if so requested by the Company and consents to do so. The Executive shall give the Company 3 months’ prior notice if he wishes the limit on weekly working time specified in the Working Time Regulations 1998 to apply to the Employment.

 

6. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK

 

6.1 The Executive’s principal place of work shall be from home or anywhere else within the United Kingdom or abroad as shall be agreed between the parties.

 

6.2 The Executive shall travel to and work on a temporary basis from such locations within the UK and abroad as the Board may reasonably require for the performance of his Duties.

 

6.3 There is no current requirement, as at the date of this agreement, for the Executive to work in or outside the United Kingdom for any consecutive period of one month or more.

 

7. SALARY

 

7.1 During the Employment the Company shall pay to the Executive a basic salary at the rate of £150,000 per annum. This salary shall accrue from day to day, be payable by equal monthly instalments in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

7.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed by the Board from time to time. Any increase in the Executive’s salary consequent upon such review will be effective from the effective date specified by the Board.

 

8. EXPENSES

 

8.1 The Company shall reimburse to the Executive all expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Executive in the performance of the Duties subject to the production of such receipts or other evidence of expenditure as the Company may reasonably require.

 

8.2 Any credit card or charge card supplied to the Executive by the Company shall be used solely for expenses incurred by the Executive in carrying out the Duties. Any such card must be returned by the Executive to the Company immediately upon the Company’s request.

 

9. MOBILE PHONE

 

9.1 For the better performance of the Executive’s Duties he will be provided with a work mobile telephone. The Company will pay the monthly subscription fees and for any work related calls. Please note that the Company will not pay for any personal calls and payment of any personal calls will be the Executive’s responsibility.

 

4


9.2 The mobile telephone will remain the property of the Company and the Executive will be required to return it to the Company on request and upon the termination of his employment.

 

10. HOLIDAYS

 

10.1 The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 April to 31 March,

 

10.2 The Executive shall not be entitled to any paid holiday in each holiday year provided that this shall not affect his entitlement to statutory holidays

 

11. SICKNESS OR INJURY

 

11.1 If unable to perform the Duties due to sickness or injury the Executive shall report this fact as soon as possible on the first working day of incapacity to the Board, and provide, so far as practicable, an expected date of return to work.

 

11.2 To be eligible for sick pay under clause 11.3, the Executive must supply the Company with such certification of sickness or injury as the Company may require.

 

11.3 If the Executive shall be absent due to sickness or injury duly certified in accordance with the Company’s requirements the Executive shall be paid full basic salary for up to 13 weeks’ absence in any period of 12 consecutive months.

 

11.4 Any remuneration paid under sub-clause 11.3 shall be inclusive of any Statutory Sick Pay to which the Executive is entitled or other benefits recoverable by the Executive (whether or not recovered) which may be deducted from it.

 

11.5 The Executive accepts that with his consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time during the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request and expense of the Company:

 

  11.5.1 consent to an examination by a doctor to be selected by the Company; and

 

  11.5.2 authorise this doctor to disclose to and discuss with the Company’s medical adviser, or other nominated officer of the Company, the results of or any matter arising out of this examination.

 

12. TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT

 

12.1 Subject to the remainder of this clause 12, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment by serving notice upon him in accordance with clause 3.

 

5


12.2 Immediate dismissal

 

  12.2.1 The Company may by written notice terminate the Employment without notice or pay in lieu of notice if the Executive:

 

  (a) commits any act of gross misconduct or is guilty of any conduct which may in the reasonable opinion of the Board, bring the Company into disrepute or is calculated or likely prejudicially to affect the interests of the Company, whether or not the conduct occurs during or in the context of the Executive’s Employment;

 

  (b) is convicted of any criminal offence punishable with imprisonment (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere for which he is not sentenced to any term of imprisonment whether immediate or suspended);

 

  (c) commits any act of dishonesty relating to the Company, any of its employees or otherwise;

 

  (d) commits a material breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or repeats or continues (after a written warning) any other breach of such terms and conditions, including any failure to carry out the Duties efficiently, diligently or competently;

 

  (e) becomes prohibited by law from being a director, is removed from office pursuant to the Company’s articles of association, or, except at the request of the Company or pursuant to clause 12.7.1, resigns as a director;

 

  (f) becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983 so that in the opinion of the Board he is unable to perform the Duties;

 

  (g) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

  (h) is the subject of or causes the Company to be the subject of a penalty or reprimand imposed by any regulatory authority by which the Company is governed or to which its activities are subject.

 

12.3 Suspension

In order to investigate a complaint against the Executive of misconduct the Company may suspend the Executive on full pay for so long as may be necessary to carry out a proper investigation and hold any appropriate disciplinary hearing.

 

12.4 Dismissal due to ill-health

If the Executive is incapable of performing the Duties due to ill health or accident for a period or periods aggregating at least 28 weeks in any period of 12 months the Company may, by not less than 1 month’s prior written notice (or the statutory minimum notice if longer) given at any time whilst such incapacity continues and terminate the Employment.

 

6


12.5 Pay in lieu

On either party serving notice for any reason to terminate the Employment or at any time during the currency of such notice, the Company may elect (but shall not be obliged) to terminate the Employment with immediate effect by notifying the Executive in writing that the Employment is being terminated pursuant to this clause and undertaking to pay to the Executive a sum equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary for the unexpired portion of the Executive’s contractual notice entitlement. The Company will pay the salary due and payable under this sub-clause (subject to deduction of tax and national insurance contributions at source) within 14 days of the Termination Date.

 

12.6 Garden leave

 

  12.6.1 After notice to terminate the Employment has been given by the Executive or the Company, the Company may for all or part of the duration of the notice period in its absolute discretion:

 

  (a) require the Executive not to perform any of the Duties;

 

  (b) require the Executive to undertake any alternative duties or special projects outside the scope of his normal duties and may appoint any other person to undertake the Duties;

 

  (c) require the Executive not to have any contact with clients of the Company;

 

  (d) require the Executive not to have any contact with such employees or suppliers of the Company as the Company shall determine;

 

  (e) require the Executive to disclose any attempted contact with him made by any client, employee or supplier with whom the Executive has been required to have no contact pursuant to this clause;

 

  (f) require the Executive to take any accrued holiday entitlement or prohibit the Executive from taking any accrued holiday entitlement;

 

  (g) provided always that throughout the period of any such action and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement the Executive’s salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid.

 

  12.6.2 The Executive acknowledges that such action taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement of any kind whatsoever nor shall the Executive have any claim against the Company in respect of any such action.

 

7


  12.6.3 The Executive acknowledges that during any such period of garden leave, the terms of this Agreement and the obligations owed by the Executive generally to the Company, including without limitation the Executive’s duties of good faith and fidelity to the Company shall continue.

 

  12.6.4 During any such period of garden leave the Executive must not work for any other person or on his own account and shall remain readily contactable and available to work for the Company. Should the Executive fail to be available for work at any time having been requested by the Company to do so, the Executive’s right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability shall be forfeit notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

 

12.7 Effect of termination

 

  12.7.1 On the Termination Date or at any time after notice is given by the Company or the Executive to terminate the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request of the Board:

 

  (a) resign (without prejudice to any claims which he may have against the Company arising out of the Employment or its termination) from all and any offices which he may hold as a director of the Company and from all other appointments or offices which he holds as nominee of representative of the Company; and

 

  (b) transfer without payment to the Company or as the Company may direct any shares held by him for the purposes only of fulfilling any requirement in the Company’s articles of association that a director holds shares in the Company and any shares held by him on trust for the Company.

 

  12.7.2 If the Executive should fail to do so within 7 days the Company is irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents or do any things necessary or requisite to effect such resignation(s).

 

8


13. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

13.1 Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights

 

  13.1.1 It is agreed that the Executive is in a position of special responsibility and under a special obligation to further the interests of the Company. Accordingly, any discovery, invention, secret process or improvement in procedure discovered, invented, developed or devised by the Executive during his employment with the Company (and whether or not in conjunction with a third party) affecting or relating to the business of the Company or capable of being used or adapted for use in it, shall immediately be disclosed by the Executive to the Board of the Company and subject to such rights as the Executive may have under the Patents. Act 1977, will belong to, and be the absolute property of the Company.

 

  13.1.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Company is the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights and, insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not vested in the Company and in consideration of the salary payable to the Executive by the Company the Executive assigns to the Company with full title guarantee the entire copyright (including future copyright) and all other rights and interests of whatsoever nature in and to the Intellectual Property Rights and relating to the Company together with the right to take proceedings and recover damages and obtain all other remedies for past infringements in respect thereof throughout the world for the full period of copyright (and of any analogous rights) and all revivals, renewals, extensions and novations thereof and thereafter (so far as possible) in perpetuity together with the right to the same in any manner and through any media as the Company shall in its absolute discretion decide.

 

  13.1.3 The Executive shall transfer to the Company all relevant lending and rental rights arising out of the Intellectual Property Rights throughout the world and the Executive irrevocably and unconditionally confirms that the remuneration payable to him under the terms of this Contract of Employment includes equitable remuneration, for the right to exploit all rental rights.

 

  13.1.4 The Executive unconditionally and irrevocably waives all moral rights conferred by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 and all other moral and author’s rights of a similar nature under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  13.1.5 For the purposes of this clause 13 “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean all copyrights, patents, utility models, trademarks, rights in designs, database rights, goodwill, in each case whether registered or unregistered or the subject of a pending application for registration, all legal rights protecting the confidentiality of any information or materials and all other rights of a similar nature anywhere in the world in any work created by the Executive during his employment by the Company and in respect of the Company.

 

9


  13.1.6 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during his employment by the Company) execute all such document as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

  13.1.7 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during his employment by the Company) executive all such documents as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

13.2 Power of attorney

The Executive irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute documents, to use his name and to do all things which may be necessary or desirable for the Company to obtain for itself or its nominee the full benefit of the provisions of clause 13 and a certificate in writing signed by any director or the Company Secretary that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this paragraph shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case so far as any third party is concerned.

 

13.3 Conflict of Interest

 

  13.3.1 During the Employment, the Executive shall not:

 

  (a) other than in the proper performance of his duties directly or indirectly disclose divulge or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information to which he has or may in the course of his employment become aware of relating to the business of the Company; and

 

  (b) at any time (whether during or outside normal working hours) take any preparatory steps to become engaged or interested in any capacity whatsoever in any business or venture which is in or is intended to enter into competition with the Business.

 

  13.3.2 The Executive shall promptly disclose in writing to the Board all his interests (including but not limited to shareholdings and directorships) in any businesses, whether or not of a commercial or business nature.

 

10


  13.3.3 The Executive shall not, at any time during the Employment, whether directly or indirectly be employed, engaged or concerned in any capacity whatsoever in the conduct of any activity or business which is similar to or competes with any activity or business carried on by the Company (except as a representative of the Company or with the written consent of the Board.)

 

  13.3.4 The Executive shall, at any time during the Employment or following its termination at the request of the Company return to the Company or at the Company’s request, shall destroy:

 

  (a) any documents, drawings, designs, computer files or software, visual or audio tapes or other materials containing information (including, without limitation, Confidential Information) relating to the Company’s business created by in the possession of or under the control of the Executive; and

 

  (b) any other property of the Company in his possession or under his control.

 

  13.3.5 The Executive shall not make or keep or permit any person to make or keep on his behalf any copies or extracts of the items referred to in sub-clause 13.3.4 in any medium or form.

 

14. OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT

 

14.1 The Executive shall not directly or indirectly, whether on the Executives own behalf or on behalf of another person:

 

  14.1.1 for the period of 9 months following the Termination Date:

 

  (a) so as to compete with the Company in any part of the Restricted Business solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away or deal with any person who was at any time during the Relevant Period a client of the Company with whom:

 

  (i) the Executive shall have had material dealing in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period;

 

  (ii) any employee of the Company who is under the Executives control shall have had material dealing in the course of their employment with the Company during the Relevant Period;

 

  (iii) the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period and who, to the Executives knowledge, was at the Termination Date negotiating with the Company with a view to dealing with that company as a client;

 

11


  (b) solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away from the Company any person who is and was at the Termination Date employed or engaged by the Company in any part of the Restricted Business in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales, marketing or risk assessment capacity and was a person with whom the Executive had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period;

 

  (c) employ or engage any person who is and was at the Termination Date employed or engaged by the Company in any part of the Restricted Business in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales, marketing or risk assessment capacity and was a person with whom the Executive had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period; or

 

  (d) so as to compete with the Company in any part of the Restricted Business seek to entice away from the Company or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Company and any supplier of such company with whom the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period;

 

  14.1.2 at any time after the Termination Date:

 

  (a) induce or seek to induce by any means involving the disclosure or use of Confidential Information any customer to cease dealing with the Company or to restrict or vary the terms upon which it deals with the Company;

 

  (b) be held out or represented by the Executive or any other person, as being in any way connected with or interested in the Company; or

 

  (c) disclose, divulge, print, publish or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information.

 

14.2 Any period of Garden Leave served by the Executive pursuant to clause 12.6 shall reduce the 9 month period referred to in clause 14.1.1 by an equal period of time.

 

14.3 In the event that any one or any part of the restrictions set out in this clause shall be rendered or judged invalid or unenforceable such restriction or part shall be deemed to be severed from this agreement and such invalidity or unenforceability shall not in any way affect the validity of the remaining restrictions.

 

12


14.4 The Executive acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this clause shall operate for the benefit of any business carried on by the Company and such restrictions shall be enforceable against the Executive by any subsequent owner of the business carried on by the Company.

 

15. DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

 

15.1 There are no specific disciplinary rules or procedures applicable to the Executive. Any matters concerning the Executive’s unsatisfactory conduct or performance will be dealt with by the Board. An appeal against any disciplinary decision should be made by the Executive in writing to the Board, whose decision will be final. The Board will however observe all statutory requirements in all disciplinary matters.

 

15.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to his Employment (other than one relating to a disciplinary decision) he should refer such grievance to the Board and if the grievance is not resolved by discussion with him it will be referred for resolution to the Board, whose decision shall be final. Again, the Company will observe all statutory requirements in all grievance matters.

 

16. COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

There are no collective agreements which affect the terms and conditions of the Executives employment.

 

17. DEDUCTIONS

The Executive consents to the deduction at any time from any salary or other sum due from the Company to the Executive including any payment on termination of employment, of sums owed by the Executive to the Company either by way of a loan, overpaid salary with respect to holiday where the Executive has taken more holiday than his accrued entitlement at the date of termination of employment or expenses.

 

18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement together with any documents referred to in this Agreement sets out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (oral or written) in respect of the employment or engagement of the Executive by the Company. No purported variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties.

 

13


19. DATA PROTECTION

 

19.1 For the purposes of complying with the Data Protection Act 1998 the Executive agrees to provide the Company or any Associated Company with any personal data and sensitive personal data relating to him that either may request and he further consents to the holding and processing (in manual, electronic or any other form) of such data by the Company and/or any Associated Company and/or any agent or third party nominated by the Company and bound by a duty of confidentiality, for the purpose of:

 

  19.1.1 employee related administration;

 

  19.1.2 processing his file and management of its business;

 

  19.1.3 compliance with applicable procedures, laws and regulations:

 

  (a) providing data to external suppliers for the provision and administration of his remuneration and any benefits and any benefits; and/or

 

  (b) to evaluate the efficiency of the Company’s and any Associated Companies’ business systems.

The Executive recognises his responsibilities for compliance with data protection legislation and that failure to comply with such legislation may result in personal criminal liability as well as disciplinary action.

 

20. RETIREMENT

The Company’s normal retirement age is 65.

 

21. E-MAIL/TELEPHONE CALLS

The Company has the right to intercept, monitor and review all telephone calls, e-mails and attachments which are at any time on or within its telephone or email systems.

 

22. RELEASES AND WAIVERS

 

22.1 The Company may, in whole or in part, release, compound, compromise, waive or postpone, in its absolute discretion, any liability owed to it or right granted to it in this Agreement by the Executive without in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights in respect of any part of that liability or any other liability or right not so released, compounded, compromised, waived or postponed.

 

22.2 No single or partial exercise, or failure or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy by the Company shall constitute a waiver by it of, or impair or preclude any further exercise of, that or any right, power or remedy arising under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

14


23. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

23.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

23.2 Each of the parties irrevocably submits for all purposes in connection with this Agreement to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

This Agreement has been executed and delivered as a Deed on the date appearing at the head of page 1

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS    )   
HOLDINGS LIMITED    )   
acting by    )   
a Director, in the presence of:    )   
Signature of Witness: /s/ Erin O’Brien
Name: Erin O’Brien   
Address: San Diego, CA   
Occupation: Paralegal   
EXECUTED as a DEED  by            )   
PAUL COWEN            )   
acting by            )   
a Director, in the presence of:            )   
Signature of Witness: /s/ Erin O’Brien
Name: Erin O’Brien      
Address: San Diego, CA   
Occupation: Paralegal

 

15

Exhibit 10.3

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (“Employment Agreement”) is entered into as of March 9, 2009 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Alba Bioscience Limited (“Employer”), or such affiliate of Employer as its Chairman may designate, and Jeremy Stackawitz (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

A. Employer desires assurance of the association and services of Executive in order to retain Executive’s experience, abilities, and knowledge, and is therefore willing to engage Executive’s services on the terms and conditions set forth below.

B. Executive desires to be employed by Employer and is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth below.

In consideration of the above recitals and of the mutual promises and conditions in this Employment Agreement, the Parties agree:

 

1. Duties and Authority; Obligations .

 

  1.1 Duties . Employer employs Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer, and Executive accepts such employment. Executive will perform all of the employment duties, responsibilities and job functions consistent with such a management position, and such other duties and responsibilities deemed necessary or appropriate by the Board of Directors of Employer (collectively, the “Employment Duties”). Executive will exercise the authority consistent with those duties and responsibilities. Such Employment Duties may require the performance of work beyond customary office hours and involve varying work period hours and working conditions.

 

  1.2 Obligations . Executive shall at all times during the Employment Term:

 

  1.2.1 devote the whole of his working time, attention, skill, best efforts and ingenuity to the Employment Duties;

 

  1.2.2 comply fully with, implement and enforce all Employer rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force;

 

  1.2.3 perform the Employment Duties faithfully and diligently;

 

  1.2.4 follow all lawful and reasonable directions of Employer’s Board of Directors and observe such restrictions or limitations as may from time to time be imposed by the Board of Directors upon the performance of the Employment Duties;

 

  1.2.5 use best efforts to promote the interests of Employer and not do or willingly permit to be done anything that is harmful to those interests; and

 

  1.2.6 keep Employer’s Board of Directors fully informed (in writing if so requested) of the conduct of its business and affairs and provide such explanations as the Board of Directors may require.


3. Executive’s Compensation, Perquisites and Benefits .

 

  3.1 Compensation . Employer agrees to pay Executive a salary at the rate of Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per annum beginning as of the Effective Date (the “Base Compensation”). The Base Compensation will be paid in monthly installments, and in accordance with Employer’s standard payroll practices. Employer will withhold from compensation all payroll taxes and other deductions required by applicable law or authorized by Executive. The Base Compensation will be reviewed on an annual basis and may be adjusted as reasonably determined by Employer’s Board of Directors. Executive will not be eligible for overtime pay for work performed outside Employer’s regular business hours.

 

  3.2 Benefits . During the Employment Term, Executive shall be permitted to participate in any group life, hospitalization or disability insurance plans, health programs, retirement plans, fringe benefit programs and similar benefits that may be available to other senior executives of Employer, generally on the same terms as such other executives, in each case to the extent that Executive is eligible under the terms of such plans or programs (the “Employee Benefits”). Employee Benefits for Executive will be provided at Employer’s expense except for any applicable premium contributions, co-pay obligations, and taxes on reportable income applicable to Executive’s participation. Employer may adopt, amend, change, substitute, replace, suspend or terminate any of the Employee Benefits during the Employment Term in its sole discretion.

 

  3.3 Specific Benefits . Without limiting the generality of Paragraph 3.2, Employer shall make available to Executive twenty (20) vacation days per year, and the standard United States legal holidays.

 

  3.4 Perquisites . During the Employment Term, Employer will provide to Executive the following perquisite (with its business-related expenses to be paid by Employer):

 

  3.4.1 Use of a cell phone.

 

  3.5 Equity Grants/Bonuses Schemes . Executive will be eligible to participate in Employer’s Equity and Bonus Schemes, in accordance with the terms of the plan documents, award agreements, and any notices provided by Employer to Executive, including such terms as set forth on the attached Schedule 1 .

 

4. Place and Hours of Employment . Executive’s base employment location (“Employment Location”) during the Employment Term will be at Employer’s corporate headquarters in the United States; provided, however, that Employer may from time to time require Executive to travel and to be at other locations as necessary or required to fulfill Executive’s responsibilities. Executive shall work during Employer’s regular business hours and any additional hours necessary to fulfill the Employment Duties. Employer may supply a credit card to Executive to be used solely for expenses incurred in carrying out the Employment Duties. The card must be returned by Executive to Employer immediately upon request by Employer.

 

5. Expenses . Employer will reimburse Executive promptly for reasonable, necessary, customary and usual business expenses, including travel, entertainment, parking, business meetings, and professional dues incurred during the Employment Term and substantiated in accordance with the policies and procedures established from time to time by Employer.

 

2


6. Executive’s Outside Business Activities . Executive is expected to devote Executive’s full attention to the business interests of Employer; provided, however, that Executive may devote reasonable time and effort to community and charitable activities and organizations. Executive represents to Employer that Executive has no other outstanding commitments inconsistent with or in conflict with any of the terms of this Employment Agreement or the services to be rendered under it.

 

7. Employer Inventions .

 

  7.1 Definition of Employer Inventions . “Employer Inventions” means all ideas, methodologies, inventions, discoveries, developments, designs, improvements, formulas, programs, processes, techniques, know-how, research and data, (whether or not patentable or registerable under patent, copyright a similar statute and including all rights to obtain, register, perfect and enforce those rights) that Executive learns of, conceives, develops or creates alone or with others during Executive’s past, present or future association with or employment by Employer (whether or not conceived, developed or created during regular working hours). “Employer Inventions” also includes anything that derives actual or potential economic value from not being generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economic value from its not being generally known to the public or to other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use that may be conceived, developed, or created, by Executive, either alone or with others, during Executive’s past, present or future association with or employment by Employer (whether or not conceived developed, or created during regular working hours), and with respect to which the equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information of Employer was used, or that relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the business of Employer or to Employer’s actual or demonstrable anticipated research and development, or that result from any work performed by Executive for Employer.

 

  7.2 Disclosure of Employer Inventions . Whether upon Employer’s request or voluntarily, Executive will promptly disclose to Employer or its designee during Executive’s employment with Employer and for one year thereafter all Employer Inventions that Executive has created, contributed to or knows about, regardless of the nature of that knowledge, and regardless of whether such Employer Invention, or any aspect of such Employer Invention, has been described, committed to writing, or reduced to practice, in whole or part, by any other person. At all other times, Executive will treat every Employer Invention as Confidential Information (as defined in and in accordance with Paragraph 13).

 

  7.3

Assignment and Disclosure of Inventions . Executive hereby assigns to Employer all right, title and interest to all Employer Inventions, which will be the sole and exclusive property of Employer, whether or not subject to patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret protection. Executive also acknowledges that all original works of authorship that are made by Executive (solely or jointly with others), within the scope of Executive’s employment with Employer, and that are protectable by copyright, are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. To the extent that any such works, by operation of law, cannot be “works made for hire,” Executive hereby

 

3


  assigns to Employer all right, title, and interest in and to such works and to any related copyrights. The consideration for such assignment and the assistance provided in this Paragraph 7.3 is the normal compensation due Executive by virtue of service to Employer. Executive will also disclose to Employer all inventions made, discovered, conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Executive, either alone or jointly with others, within six (6) months after the termination of employment with Employer which resulted, in whole or in part, from Executive’s prior employment by Employer. Such disclosures will be received by Employer in confidence to the extent such inventions are not assigned to Employer pursuant to this Paragraph 7.3.

 

  7.4 Additional Instruments . Executive will promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to Employer all additional instruments or documents that Employer determines at any time to be necessary to carry out the intentions of this Paragraph 7. Furthermore, whether during or after Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive will promptly perform any acts deemed necessary or desirable by Employer, at Employer’s expense, to assist it in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing any rights and/or assignment of an Employer Invention. Executive hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Employer and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Executive’s agent and attorney-in-fact to act for, on behalf of and instead of Executive, to execute and file any documents, applications or related findings and to do all other lawfully permitted acts in furtherance of the purposes set forth above in this Paragraph 7.4. including, without limitation, the perfection of assignment and the prosecution and issuance of patents, patent applications, copyright applications and registrations, trademark applications and registrations, or other rights in connection with such Employer Inventions and improvements thereto with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Executive.

 

  7.5 Pre-existing Inventions . Executive will retain all right, title and interest in and to inventions that Executive created and owned prior to service to Employer as listed in the attached Schedule 2 .

 

8. Indemnification of Executive .

 

  8.1 General Indemnification . Employer will, to the maximum extent permitted by Employer’s bylaws and applicable law, indemnify and hold Executive harmless for any acts or decisions made in good faith while performing services for Employer, provided however, that acts determined by the trier of facts to be acts of gross negligence or willful misconduct will not be deemed to be in good faith. To the same extent, Employer will pay, and subject to any legal limitations (including the obligation to repay such advances), advance all expenses, including reasonable attorney fees and costs of court-approved settlements, actually and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the defense of any action, suit, or proceeding and in connection with any appeal, which has been brought against Executive by reason of Executive’s service to Employer while acting in good faith.

 

  8.2 Indemnification Relating to OCD Agreement . Employer acknowledges that Executive has provided it with a copy of Executive’s “Employee Secrecy, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement” with Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics (the “OCD Agreement,” attached as Exhibit A). Employer agrees to defend and indemnify Executive for any and all actions, suits, proceedings, and/or claims for which Executive may be liable that may arise from the OCD Agreement, provided that Executive does not deliberately or negligently violate the OCD Agreement. By defending and indemnifying Executive, Employer agrees to pay all attorneys’ fees, costs of litigation, settlements approved by Employer, and finally determined judgments against Executive that may arise from an indemnified claim against Executive under the OCD Agreement.

 

4


9. Termination of Agreement/Employment .

 

  9.1 Voluntary Termination by Executive . Executive may voluntarily terminate this Employment Agreement for any reason and at any time, provided that two (2) month’s advance written notice is given to Employer. Executive’s employment and the Employment Term will expire upon the end of such two (2) month notice period. Executive will be entitled to receive the Base Compensation and Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) while performing services for the balance of the Employment Term (i.e., the two (2) month notice period). Notwithstanding the foregoing. Employer may waive all or any portion of Executive’s notice period and instead pay to Executive an amount equal to Executive’s Base Compensation and Employee Benefits for the portion of such two (2) month notice period so waived.

 

  9.2 Termination by Employer Without Cause . Employer may terminate this Employment Agreement and Executive’s employment without Cause at any time. If such termination of employment occurs during the first twelve (12) months of Executive’s employment, Executive will be entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to the Base Compensation and Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) for twenty four (24) months less the number of complete months Executive has provided services to Employer under the terms of this Employment Agreement. If such termination of employment occurs after the first year of Executive’s employment, Executive will be entitled to receive severance in an amount equal to the Base Compensation and Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) for a twelve (12) month period. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum payment as soon as practicable after the date of termination of employment, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which such termination occurs.

 

  9.3 Termination by Employer for Cause . Employer may immediately terminate this Employment Agreement and Executive’s employment for “Cause” at any time without notice to Executive. Cause is defined for purposes of this Paragraph 9.3 as: (a) gross negligence or willful misconduct by Executive in the performance of the Employment Duties; (b) insubordination by Executive to Employer or a willful refusal by Executive to perform the Employment Duties; (c) commission by Executive of a felony, act of moral turpitude or other act, which prevents Executive from effectively performing the Employment Duties or is likely to affect the interests of Employer; (d) breach of any of the provisions of this Employment Agreement including, without limitation, Paragraph 13 or 14; (e) any unexcused absence by Executive from the Employment Duties for a period of five (5) consecutive days; (f) Executive’s inability to enter into this Employment Agreement as provided in Paragraph 27 herein; or (g) any act of dishonesty by Executive relating to Employer, its employees or otherwise, including, without limitation, fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation relating to significant amounts. Employer’s total liability to Executive under this Paragraph 9.3 will be limited to the payment of Executive’s Base Salary and provision of Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) through and including the effective date of termination.

 

5


  9.4 Termination Because of Disability of Executive . Employer may terminate this Employment Agreement and Executive’s employment on one (1) month’s prior written notice if Executive is and has been unable to perform Executive’s duties under this Employment Agreement in Executive’s normal and regular manner during a period or periods aggregating at least twenty-six (26) weeks for any period of twelve (12) months due to physical or mental disability or injury. Employer’s total liability to Executive under this Paragraph 9.4 will be limited to the payment of Executive’s Base Compensation and provision of Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) through and including the day of termination as a result of disability.

 

  9.5 Termination on Death of Executive . If Executive dies during the term of this Employment Agreement, this Employment Agreement will be terminated on the day of Executive’s death. Employer’s total liability to Executive under this Paragraph 9.5 will be (subject to applicable law) limited to the payment of Executive’s Base Compensation and provision of Employee Benefits then in effect (as amended, changed, substituted, replaced, suspended or terminated) through and including the day of Executive’s death.

 

  9.6 Payments Subject to Section 409A . All payments hereunder shall be paid no later than March 15th of the year following any termination of employment. To the extent any payments due to Executive upon a termination of employment are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), a termination of Executive’s employment shall be interpreted in a manner that is consistent with the definition of a “separation from service” under Section 409A of the Code and the applicable Treasury regulations thereunder.

 

10. Resignation of Office . At any time after notice is given by Employer or Executive to terminate Executive’s employment with Employer, Executive shall, at the request of Employer’s Board of Directors, resign from all offices Executive may hold as a director or officer of Employer and from all other appointments or offices that Executive holds as nominee or representative of Employer.

 

11. Agreement Survives Merger or Dissolution . This Employment Agreement will survive any merger of Employer with any other entity, regardless of whether Employer is the surviving or resulting corporation, and any transfer of all or substantially all of Employer’s assets to any other entity and to any such successor entity’s subsequent successors or assigns. In the event of any such merger or transfer of assets, the provisions of this Employment Agreement will be binding on and inure to the benefit of the surviving business entity or the business entity to which such assets will be transferred.

 

12. Assignment . This Employment Agreement may not be assigned by Executive. Employer may assign this Employment Agreement without the consent of Executive.

 

13. Confidential Information .

 

  13.1

Definition of Confidential Information . “Confidential Information” means all nonpublic or proprietary information relating to Employer’s business or that of any Employer vendor or customer. Examples of Confidential Information include, but are not

 

6


  limited to, software (in source or object code form), databases, algorithms, processes, designs, prototypes, methodologies, reports, specifications, information regarding Employer Inventions, as defined in Paragraph 7.1, products sold, distributed or being developed by Employer, and any other non-public information regarding Employer’s current and developing technology; information regarding vendors and customers, prospective vendors and customers, clients, business contacts, employees and consultants, prospective and executed contracts and subcontracts, marketing and sales plans, strategies or any other plans and proposals used by Employer in the course of its business; and any non-public or proprietary information regarding Employer or Employer’s present or future business plans, financial information, or any intellectual property, whether any of the foregoing is embodied in hard copy, computer-readable form, electronic or optical form, or otherwise.

 

  13.2 Executive’s Use of Confidential Information . At all times during and after the term of this Employment Agreement, Executive will maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Executive will not, without Employer’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly: (i) copy or use any Confidential Information for any purpose not within the scope of Executive’s work on Employer’s behalf; or (ii) show, give, sell, disclose or otherwise communicate any Confidential Information to any person or entity other than Employer unless such person or entity is authorized by Employer to have access to the Confidential Information in question. These restrictions do not apply if the Confidential Information has been made generally available to the public by Employer or becomes generally available to the public through some other normal course of events. All Confidential Information prepared by or provided to Executive is and will remain Employer’s property or the property of Employer customer to which they belong.

 

  13.3 Former Employers’ Confidential Information . Executive will not improperly use or disclose to Employer or to any of Employer’s employees, agents or contractors any confidential or proprietary information (including unpublished patent applications or invention disclosures) belonging to any former employer of Executive or any other person or entity to which Executive owes a duty of nondisclosure.

 

  13.4 Return of Material . Upon request of Employer or upon termination (whether voluntary or involuntary), Executive will immediately turn over to Employer all Confidential Information, including all copies, and other property belonging to Employer or any of its customers, including documents, disks, or other computer media in Executive’s possession or under Executive’s control. Executive will also return any materials that contain or are derived from Confidential Information, or are connected with or relate to Executive’s services to Employer or any of its customers.

 

14. Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Covenants .

 

  14.1

Agreement Not to Compete . During Executive’s employment with Employer and for a period of one (1) year from and after the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason, Executive will not, within the Territory, engage or participate, either individually or as an employee, consultant or principal, member, partner, agent, trustee, officer, manager, director, investor or shareholder of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other business entity that competes with the services provided by Employer during the two (2) year period prior to the date of the termination

 

7


  of employment, For the purpose of this Employment Agreement, “Territory” means all states of the United States of America, and all counties within those states, and all other countries in the world in which Employer conducts business while the restrictions of this Paragraph 14 are in effect. Nothing in this Paragraph 14.1 will be deemed to preclude Executive from holding less than 1% of the outstanding capital stock of any corporation whose shares are publicly traded.

 

  14.2 Agreement Not to Solicit Executives . During Executive’s employment with Employer and for a period of two (2) years from and after the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, alone or on behalf of any person or business entity, aid, encourage, advise, solicit, induce or attempt to induce any employee of Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliated companies, to leave his or her employment with Employer.

 

  14.3 Agreement Not to Solicit Customers and Suppliers . During Executive’s employment with Employer and for a period of two (2) years from and after the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, alone or on behalf of any person or business entity, cause or attempt to cause any customer, prospective customer, vendor, supplier, or other business contact of Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliated companies (i) to terminate, limit, or in any manner adversely modify or fail to enter into any actual or potential business relationship with Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliated companies or (ii) to enter into or expand any actual or potential business relationship with any competitor of Employer, or any subsidiary or affiliated companies.

 

  14.4 Blue Pencil Doctrine . If the duration of, the scope of, or any business activity covered by any provision of this Paragraph 14 is in excess of what is determined to be valid and enforceable under applicable law, such provision will be construed to cover only that duration, scope or activity that is determined to be valid and enforceable, and Employer and Executive consent to the judicial modification of the scope and duration of the restrictions in this Paragraph 14 in any proceeding brought to enforce such restrictions so as to make them valid, reasonable and enforceable. Executive hereby acknowledges that this Paragraph 14 will be given the construction, which renders its provisions valid and enforceable to the maximum extent not exceeding its express terms, possible under applicable law.

 

15. Survival . The parties agree that Executive’s obligations under Paragraphs 7 (Ownership and Assignment of Inventions), 13 (Confidential Information and Materials), and 14 (Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Covenant) of this Employment Agreement will survive the termination of this Employment Agreement and termination of Executive’s employment with Employer, regardless of when such termination may occur and regardless of the reasons for such termination.

 

16. Effect of Employer’s Personnel Policies, Rules, and Practices . Executive is entitled to the benefit of, and is obligated to perform, all of Executive’s responsibilities under Employer’s personnel policies, rules, and practices in effect from time to time for all of its employees during the Employment Term.

 

8


17. Injunctive Remedies . The Parties agree that damages in the event of breach by Executive of Paragraphs 7 (Ownership and Assignment of Inventions), 13 (Confidential Information and Materials), or 14 (Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation Covenants) of this Employment Agreement would be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is agreed that Employer, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or right it may have, will have the right to an immediate injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction enjoining any threatened or actual breach without the requirement to post a bond. The existence of this right will not preclude Employer from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity that Employer may have, including recovery of damages.

 

18. Integration . This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties pertaining to the subject matter addressed in this Employment Agreement. No oral modifications, express or implied, may alter or vary the terms of this Employment Agreement.

 

19. Amendment/Novation . No modifications, amendments, deletions, additions, or novations to or of this Employment Agreement will be effective unless they are completely and unambiguously contained in a writing signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of Employer.

 

20. Choice of Law; Venue . This Employment Agreement and any dispute arising from the relationship between the Parties will be governed by and construed under and according to the laws of the State of New Jersey. The venue for any action hereunder will be in the State of New Jersey, whether or not such venue is or subsequently becomes inconvenient, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts seated of New Jersey.

 

21. Notices . Any notice to Employer required or permitted under this Employment Agreement will be given in writing to Employer, either by personal service, facsimile, or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Any notice to Executive will be given in a like manner and, if mailed, will be addressed to Executive at Executive’s home address then shown in Employer’s files. For the purpose of determining compliance with any time limit in this Employment Agreement, a notice will be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of service, if served personally on the party to whom notice is to be given, (b) on the same business day given by facsimile, e-mail, or other electronic transmission, or (c) on the second (2nd) business day after mailing, if mailed to the party to whom the notice is to be given in the manner provided in this Paragraph. As of the date this Employment Agreement is executed, notice is to be given at the following addresses:

 

To Employer:

   To Executive:

Quotient Biodiagnostics Limited

   Jeremy Stackawitz

Newmarket Road

   4940 Redfield Road

Fordham

   Doylestown, PA 18902

Cambridgeshire CB7 5WW

  

United Kingdom

  

Attn: D.J. Paul Cowan

  

E-mail: paul.cowan@quotientbioscience.com

  

Fax: +(44) 1638-724200

  

 

9


Copy to :

Quotient Bioscience Group Limited

Newmarket Road

Fordham

Cambridgeshire CB7 5WW

United Kingdom

Attn: D.J. Paul Cowan

E-mail: paul.cowan@quotientbioscience.com

Fax: +(44) 1638-724200

Notice of any change in the above addresses or facsimile numbers must be provided to the other party within five (5) business days of such change.

 

22. Withholding . Employer shall be entitled to withhold from any payments or deemed payments any amount of tax withholding it determines to be required by law.

 

23. Severability . Subject to Paragraph 14.4, if any provision of this Employment Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Employment Agreement will nevertheless remain in full force and effect. If any provision is held invalid or unenforceable with respect to particular circumstances, it will nevertheless remain in full force and effect in all other circumstances.

 

24. Headings . The headings in this Employment Agreement are inserted for convenience only; are not part of this Employment Agreement, will not in any manner affect the meaning of this Employment Agreement or any paragraph, term, and/or provision of this Employment Agreement; and will not be deemed or interpreted to be a part of this Employment Agreement for any purpose.

 

25. Construction . The language of this Employment Agreement will, for any and all purposes, be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, not strictly for or against Executive, on the one hand, or Employer, on the other hand, and without regard to the identity or status of any person or persons who drafted all or any part of this Employment Agreement.

 

26. No Waiver . No waiver of a breach, failure of any condition, or any right or remedy contained in or granted by the provisions of this Employment Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the party waiving the breach, failure, right, or remedy. No waiver of any breach, failure, right, or remedy will be deemed a waiver of any other breach, failure, right, or remedy, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless the writing so specifies.

 

27. Warranty and Freedom to Contract . Executive warrants that he is under no disability that would prevent Executive from entering into this Employment Agreement and from complying with all of its provisions to their fullest extent. If Executive is enjoined or otherwise prevented by judicial or administrative determination from complying with the terms of this Employment Agreement, then Employer may terminate this Employment Agreement and Executive’s employment immediately without incurring any future liability, and for purposes of Paragraphs 9.1 and 9.3 such termination will be for Cause.

 

28. Execution in Counterparts . This Employment Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

10


29. Faxed or Photocopied Signatures . A faxed or photocopied signature will have the same effect as an original signature.

 

30. Right to Counsel . The undersigned Executive has read the foregoing Employment Agreement and has taken the time necessary to review completely and fully understand it. The undersigned Executive has had the unrestricted right and opportunity to have each and every paragraph, term, and provision of the foregoing Employment Agreement and each and every result and consequence of its execution by the undersigned Executive fully explained to Executive by legal counsel selected and retained solely by Executive.

The undersigned fully understands the foregoing Employment Agreement, accepts, and agrees to each and every paragraph, term, and provision contained in it, and fully accepts and agrees to it as binding Executive for any and all purposes whatsoever.

 

Employer: Alba Bioscience Limited     Executive
By:   /s/ D.J. Paul Cowan       /s/ Jeremy Stackawitz
  Name: D.J. Paul Cowan       Name: Jeremy Stackawitz
 

Title: Chairman

     

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

Bonuses and Restricted Stock

1. Discretionary Bonus . During the Employment Term, in addition to the Base Compensation, for each fiscal year of Employer ending during the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to receive an annual bonus, which may be awarded in Employer’s sole discretion, in an amount equal to up to fifty percent (50%) of the Base Compensation (the “Discretionary Bonus”) then in effect. The Discretionary Bonus shall be based on annual performance criteria (generally revenue and profit driven) and the achievement of personal objectives by Executive, which shall be mutually agreed upon by Employer and Executive. The Discretionary Bonus shall be paid to Executive as soon as practicable, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the calendar year that such Discretionary Bonus is vested and nonforfeitable.

2. Revenue Target Bonus . During the Employment Term, in addition to the Base Compensation and Discretionary Bonus, for each fiscal year of Employer ending during the Employment Term, Executive shall have the opportunity to receive an annual bonus in an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Base Compensation for every $1 million of revenue that is above the revenue target of Employer (such target to be mutually agreed upon by Employer and Executive), up to a maximum of one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of Base Compensation (the “Revenue Target Bonus”). Fifty percent (50%) of the Revenue Target Bonus shall be paid in restricted stock units or other equity or equity-based grant that are issued at the valuation price at the date of grant, and the remaining fifty percent of the Revenue Target Bonus shall be paid in cash. The Revenue Target Bonus shall be paid to Executive as soon as practicable, but in no event later than March 15th of the year following the calendar year that such Revenue Target Bonus is vested and nonforfeitable.

3. Restricted Stock . Effective as of the date of the Employment Agreement, Executive shall be granted restricted stock equal to three percent (3%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Employer, and shall be eligible to receive an additional grant of two percent (2%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Employer if the first round of pre-money valuation exceeds $40 million (the “Restricted Stock”). The Restricted Stock shall vest in equal installments over a three-year period following commencement of Executive’s employment; provided, however, that any Restricted Stock not vested shall be forfeited upon termination of Executive’s employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer intends to grant Restricted Stock to Executive, however such grant may be structured in the most tax efficient manner for the Parties. In addition, in the absence of a sale or initial public offering of Employer, up to fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s Restricted Stock shall be liquidated in the fifth year following the date of grant of such Restricted Stock; provided, however, such liquidation shall be subject to Employer’s ability to fund, and provided further that Executive remains in the employment of Employer.

Notwithstanding the above, upon a change of control (substantially as defined below) of Employer, Executive’s Restricted Stock shall vest and become non-forfeitable as follows: (i) if Executive’s employment has not been terminated, any unvested Restricted Stock shall vest one year after the effective date of the change of control; provided, however, that (A) if Executive’s employment is terminated without Cause by a new employer (pursuant to a change of control) prior to such one-year period, any unvested Restricted Stock shall automatically vest, and (B) if Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause by such new employer or voluntarily by Executive within such one-year period, any unvested

 

12


Restricted Stock shall be forfeited; or (ii) if Executive’s employment terminates upon a change of control of Employer, any unvested Restricted Stock shall automatically vest on such date of termination. For purposes of the Restricted Stock grants (or such other grant as may be decided as appropriate pursuant to this paragraph), subject to specific terms set forth in any documentation of such award, a “change of control” is intended generally to refer to the happening of any of the following:

 

  (i) any “person,” including a “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), but excluding the Employer, any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Employer, any trustee, fiduciary or other person or entity holding securities under any employee benefit plan or trust of the Employer or any such entity, and, with respect to any particular grantee, the grantee and any “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of which the grantee is a member), is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13(d)(3) under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Employer representing 50% or more of either (A) the combined voting power of the Employer’s then outstanding securities or (B) the then outstanding shares (in either such case other than as a result of an acquisition of securities directly from the Employer) provided, however, that in no event shall a change of control be deemed to have occurred upon an initial public offering of the common stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

 

  (ii) any consolidation or merger of the Employer where the shareholders of the Employer, immediately prior to the consolidation or merger, would not, immediately after the consolidation or merger, beneficially own (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, shares representing in the aggregate 50% or more of the combined voting power of the securities of the corporation issuing cash or securities in the consolidation or merger (or of its ultimate parent corporation, if any); or

 

  (iii) there shall occur (A) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions contemplated or arranged by any party as a single plan) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer, other than a sale or disposition by the Employer of all or substantially all of the Employer’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by “persons” (as defined above) in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of the Employer immediately prior to such sale or (B) the approval by shareholders of the Employer of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Employer; or

 

  (iv) the members of the Board of Directors at the beginning of any consecutive 24-calendar-month period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason other than due to death to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; provided that any director whose election, or nomination for election by the Employer’s shareholders, was approved or ratified by a vote of at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then still in office who were members of the Board of Directors at the beginning of such 24-calendar-month period, shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no event or condition shall constitute a change of control to the extent that, if it were, a 20% tax would be imposed under Section 409A of the Code; provided that, in such a case, the event or condition shall continue to constitute a change of control to the maximum extent possible (e.g., if applicable, in respect of vesting without an acceleration of distribution) without causing the imposition of such 20% tax.

 

13


SCHEDULE 2

Existing Inventions

N/A

 

14

Exhibit 10.4

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

- and -

ED FARRELL

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 


INDEX

 

1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION      1   

2.

   APPOINTMENT      3   

3.

   TERM      3   

4.

   DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE      4   

5.

   INTERESTS IN OTHER BUSINESSES      4   

6.

   HOURS OF WORK      5   

7.

   PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK      5   

8.

   SALARY      5   

9.

   EXPENSES      6   

10.

   PENSION      6   

11.

   COMPANY CAR/CAR ALLOWANCE      7   

12.

   PRIVATE MEDICAL INSURANCE      7   

13.

   DEATH BENEFITS      7   

14.

   HOLIDAYS      7   

15.

   SICKNESS OR INJURY      8   

16.

   TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT      9   

17.

   OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT      12   

18.

   OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT      15   

19.

   DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE      17   

20.

   COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS      17   

21.

   DEDUCTIONS      17   

22.

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT      18   

23.

   DATA PROTECTION      18   

24.

   RELEASES AND WAIVERS      18   

25.

   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION      19   


THIS AGREEMENT is made on             2012

BETWEEN:

 

1. QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED (company number 109886, Jersey) whose registered office is at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE4 2QP, Channel Islands (“the Company”) and

 

2. ED FARRELL of 60 King’s Drive, Colwyn Bay LL29 6AN, United Kingdom (“the Executive”)

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the following meanings:

“Agreement” means this Agreement (including any schedule or annexure to it and any document referred to in it or in agreed form);

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time and includes any committee of the Board duly appointed by it;

“Business” means the manufacture and sale of blood-typing reagents and associated technologies and any trade or other commercial activity which is carried on by the Group, or which the Group shall have determined to carry on with a view to profit in the immediate or foreseeable future;

“Confidential Information” any trade secrets or other information which is confidential, commercially sensitive and is not in the public domain relating or belonging to the Group including but not limited to information relating to the business methods, corporate plans, management systems, finances, new business opportunities, research and development projects, marketing or sales of any past, present or future product or service, secret formulae, processes, inventions, designs, know-how discoveries, technical specifications and other technical information relating to the creation, production or supply of any past, present or future product or service of the Group, lists or details of clients, potential clients or suppliers or the arrangements made with any client or supplier and any information in respect of which the Group owes an obligation of confidentiality to any third party;

 

- 1 -


“Duties” means the duties of the Executive as set out in Clause 4;

“Employment” means the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;

“Group” means the Company and its subsidiaries;

“Chairman” means any person holding office as Chairman of the Company from time to time, including any person exercising substantially the functions of a Chairman of the Company;

“Recognised Investment Exchange” means as defined in Section 207, Financial Services Act 1986;

“Relevant Period” means the period of 12 months ending with the Termination Date;

“Restricted Business” means any part of the Business in which the Executive shall have been directly concerned in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period;

“Termination Date” means the date on which the Employment terminates.

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.2.1 words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender;

 

1.2.2 a reference to a statute or statutory provision includes:

 

  1.2.2.1 any subordinate legislation (as defined in Section 21(1), Interpretation Act 1978) made under it; and

 

  1.2.2.2 any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it;

 

- 2 -


1.3 a reference to:

 

1.3.1 a “person” includes any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state (whether or not having a separate legal personality);

 

1.3.2 clauses and schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Agreement and references to sub-clauses and paragraphs are references to sub-clauses and paragraphs of the clause or schedule in which they appear;

 

1.4 the table of contents and headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

1.5 except where otherwise stated, words and phrases defined in the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers or in the Companies Act 1985 have the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company appoints the Executive and the Executive agrees to serve as Corporate Executive Vice President, Production & Q-Screen Project of the Group or in such other capacity as the Company may from time to time require on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

2.2 The Executive warrants that he is free to enter into this Agreement and is not bound by, nor subject to any court order, arrangement, obligation, restriction or undertaking (contractual or otherwise) which prohibits or restricts the Executive from entering into this Agreement or performing the Duties.

 

3. TERM

The Employment will commence on                      2012 and unless terminated in accordance with Clause 15, shall, subject to Clause 16 continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 12 months’ prior written notice.

 

- 3 -


4. DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

4.1 The Executive shall carry out such duties as Corporate Executive Vice President, Production & Q-Screen Project and as may be agreed between the Executive and the Board from time to time and exercise the powers consistent with such duties.

 

4.2 The Executive shall at all times during the Employment:

 

4.1.1 devote the whole of his time, attention, skill and ingenuity during working hours to his duties under this Agreement;

 

4.1.2 faithfully and using his best endeavours carry out all work consistent with his position which may be required of him;

 

4.1.3 comply with all the Company’s rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force;

 

4.1.4 perform the Duties faithfully and diligently;

 

4.1.5 obey all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board, observe such restrictions or limitations as may from time to time be imposed by the Board upon the Executive’s performance of the Duties and implement and abide by any relevant Company policy which may be promulgated or operated in practice from time to time;

 

4.1.6 use best endeavours to promote the interests of the Group and shall not do or willingly permit to be done anything which is harmful to those interests; and

 

4.1.7 keep the Board fully informed (in writing if so requested) of the Executive’s conduct of the business or affairs of the Group and provide such explanations as the Board may require.

 

5. INTERESTS IN OTHER BUSINESSES

 

5.1 During the Employment the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board, be engaged, concerned or interested in any business or undertaking whatsoever other than the business of the Company (except as the owner for investment of shares and other securities quoted on a public stock exchange and not exceeding 1% of the total issued shares of any company).

 

- 4 -


5.2 Notwithstanding clause 5.1, the Executive shall be entitled to devote time to his and other outside interests and business activities but only to the extent that the discharge of his duties under this Agreement is not impaired as a result. The Company shall be entitled to withdraw the consent given by this clause to pursue such activities at any time if it believes that to continue with them would no longer be in the best interests of the Group provided however that in the event the Company withdraws such consent the Executive shall be entitled to fulfil any and all commitments that he has already committed to undertake on dates and times after the time at which consent is withdrawn.

 

6. HOURS OF WORK

 

6.1 The Executive’s hours of work shall be the Company’s normal office hours (37.5 hours per week) and such further hours as may be necessary for the proper discharge of the Duties. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside the Company’s normal office hours.

 

6.2 The Executive acknowledges that he may work in excess of an average of 48 hours in any one period of seven calendar days if so requested by the Company and consents to do so. The Executive may withdraw such consent by giving no less than 3 month’s prior notice in writing to the Company of such withdrawal.

 

7. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK

 

7.1 The Executive’s principal place of work shall be the Bush Estate, Pentlands Science Park, Edinburgh or anywhere else within the United Kingdom or abroad as shall be agreed between the parties.

 

7.2 The Executive shall travel to and work on a temporary basis from such locations within the UK and abroad as the Board may reasonably require for the performance of her Duties.

 

8. SALARY

 

8.1 During the Employment the Company shall pay to the Executive a basic salary at the rate of £185,000 per annum. This salary shall accrue from day to day, be payable by equal monthly installments in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

- 5 -


8.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed by the Board from time to time. Any increase in the Executive’s salary consequent upon such review will be effective from the effective date specified by the Board.

 

8.3 The Executive may be eligible to participate in the Company Bonus Scheme. The scheme allows for the Executive to receive up to a maximum equivalent of 50% of his basic salary depending on his performance. The details will be confirmed with the Executive prior to such scheme commencing, the amount of which, if any, is to be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

9. EXPENSES

 

9.1 The Company shall reimburse to the Executive all expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Executive in the performance of the Duties subject to the production of such receipts or other evidence of expenditure as the Company may reasonably require.

 

9.2 Any credit card or charge card supplied to the Executive by the Company shall be used solely for expenses incurred by the Executive in carrying out the Duties. Any such card must be returned by the Executive to the Company immediately upon the Company’s request.

 

10. PENSION

 

10.1 The Company will make a matched monthly contribution of up to 6% of the Executive’s basic gross salary into the Company’s group personal pension arrangement with Scottish Equitable or other such scheme as nominated by the Executive from time to time. The Executive should note that this is actually a personal scheme and therefore open to customization by the Executive. Further details are available from Human Resources.

 

10.2 No contracting-out certificate pursuant to the Pension Schemes Act 1993 is in force in respect of the Employment.

 

- 6 -


11. COMPANY CAR/CAR ALLOWANCE

 

11.1 Subject to the Company Car policy and provided that the Executive holds a current full driving license, he may be entitled to either:

 

  11.1.1 A company car, up to a maximum on-the-road annual lease cost of £11,000; or

 

  11.1.2 A company car allowance of £11,000 per annum.

 

11.2 No private fuel allowance is payable.

 

11.3 Further details relating to the Company Car policy will be available from Human Resources.

 

11.4 The Executive should note that these are taxable benefits. The Executive will be informed as to the level of taxable deduction once he has elected to benefit from either a company car or car allowance and this deduction will be made from his salary.

 

12. PRIVATE MEDICAL INSURANCE

The Executive is entitled to private medical insurance cover for himself, his spouse and his dependents, subject to the terms of the insurer’s policy from time to time in force. Further details are available from Human Resources. The Executive should note that this is a taxable benefit.

 

13. DEATH BENEFITS

The Executive is entitled to death benefits equivalent to 4 x basic salary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s insurance policy from time to time in force. Further details are available from Human Resources.

 

14. HOLIDAYS

 

14.1 The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 June to 31 May.

 

14.2 In addition to public or statutory holidays, the Executive is entitled to 30 working days’ paid holiday in each holiday year.

 

14.3 Holiday must be taken at such time or times as are agreed with the Chief Executive Officer.

 

- 7 -


14.4 In exceptional circumstances, the Executive may carry forward up to 5 days of unused holiday entitlement to a subsequent holiday year, subject to the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer. Except on termination of employment, no payment will be made in lieu of any unused holiday entitlement.

 

14.5 For the holiday year during which the Employment terminates, the Executive’s entitlement to holiday accrues on a pro rata basis of 1/12 of annual holiday for each complete month of the Employment during that holiday year.

 

14.6 On termination of the Employment the Executive shall be entitled to pay in lieu of any outstanding holiday entitlement and shall be required to repay to the Company any salary received for holiday taken in excess of his actual entitlement. The basis for calculating the payment and repayment shall be 1/261 of the Executive’s annual basic salary for each holiday day.

 

14.7 The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding accrued holiday during a period of notice of termination of the Employment. Other than at the request of, or with the permission of, the Company, the Executive may not take holiday during a period of notice of termination of Employment.

 

15. SICKNESS OR INJURY

 

15.1 If unable to perform the Duties due to sickness or injury the Executive shall report this fact as soon as possible on the first working day of incapacity to the Chief Executive Officer and provide, so far as practicable, an expected date of return to work.

 

15.2 To be eligible for sick pay under clause 15.3, the Executive must supply the Company with such certification of sickness or injury as the Company may require and otherwise comply with the Company’s sickness absence rules and procedures.

 

15.3 If the Executive shall be absent due to sickness or injury duly certified in accordance with the Company’s requirements the Executive shall be paid full basic salary and other benefits provided for in this Agreement for up to 26 weeks’ absence and following upon that period of 26 weeks, 26 further weeks at the rate of one half of basic salary and other benefits provided for in this Agreement in any period of 12 consecutive months.

 

- 8 -


15.4 Any remuneration paid under sub-clause 15.3 shall be inclusive of any Statutory Sick Pay to which the Executive is entitled or other benefits recoverable by the Executive (whether or not recovered) that may be deducted from it.

 

15.5 The Executive accepts that with his consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time during the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request and expense of the Company:

 

15.5.1 consent to an examination by a doctor to be selected by the Company; and

 

15.5.2 authorise this doctor to disclose to and discuss with the Company’s medical adviser, or other nominated officer of the Company, the results of or any matter arising out of this examination.

 

16. TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT

 

16.1 Subject to the remainder of this Clause 16, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment by serving notice upon him in accordance with Clause 3.

 

16.2 Immediate dismissal

 

16.2.1 The Company may by written notice terminate the Employment without notice or pay in lieu of notice if the Executive:

 

  16.2.1.1 commits any act of gross misconduct or is guilty of any conduct which may in the reasonable opinion of the Board, bring the Company into disrepute or is calculated or likely prejudicially to affect the interests of the Company, whether or not the conduct occurs during or in the context of the Executive’s Employment;

 

  16.2.1.2 is convicted of any criminal offence punishable with imprisonment (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere for which he is not sentenced to any term of imprisonment whether immediate or suspended); or

 

  16.2.1.3 commits any act of dishonesty relating to the Company, any of its employees or otherwise;

 

- 9 -


  16.2.1.4 commits a material breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or repeats or continues (after a written warning) any other breach of such terms and conditions, including any failure to carry out the Duties efficiently, diligently or competently;

 

  16.2.1.5 becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983 so that in the opinion of the Board he is unable to perform the Duties; or

 

  16.2.1.6 becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally.

 

16.3 Suspension

In order to investigate a complaint against the Executive of misconduct the Company may suspend the Executive on full pay for so long as may be necessary to carry out a proper investigation and hold any appropriate disciplinary hearing.

 

16.4 Dismissal due to ill-health

Subject to the Equality Act 2010, if the Executive is incapable of performing the Duties due to ill health or accident for a period or periods aggregating at least 26 weeks in any period of 12 months the Company may, by not less than 1 month’s prior written notice (or the statutory minimum notice if longer) given at any time whilst such incapacity continues and terminate the Employment.

 

16.5 Pay in lieu

On either party serving notice for any reason to terminate the Employment or at any time during the currency of such notice, the Company may elect (but shall not be obliged) to terminate the Employment with immediate effect by notifying the Executive in writing that the Employment is being terminated pursuant to this Clause and undertaking to pay to the Executive a sum equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary and contractual benefits for the unexpired portion of the Executive’s contractual notice entitlement. The Company will pay the salary and contractual benefits due and payable under this sub-clause (subject to deduction of tax and national insurance contributions at source) at the next available pay period after the Termination Date.

 

- 10 -


16.6 Garden leave

 

16.6.1 After notice to terminate the Employment has been given by the Executive or the Company, the Company may for all or part of the duration of the notice period in its absolute discretion:

 

  16.6.1.1 require the Executive not to perform any of the Duties;

 

  16.6.1.2 require the Executive not to have any contact with clients of the Company;

 

  16.6.1.3 require the Executive not to have any contact with such employees or suppliers of the Company as the Company shall determine;

 

  16.6.1.4 require the Executive to disclose any attempted contact with him made by any client, employee or supplier with whom the Executive has been required to have no contact pursuant to this clause.

 

  16.6.1.5 require the Executive to take any accrued holiday entitlement or prohibit the Executive from taking any accrued holiday entitlement except with the prior written approval of the Chief Executive;

provided always that throughout the period of any such action and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement the Executive’s salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid.

 

16.6.2 The Executive acknowledges that such action taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement of any kind whatsoever nor shall the Executive have any claim against the Company in respect of any such action.

 

16.6.3 The Executive acknowledges that during any such period of garden leave, the terms of this Agreement and the obligations owed by the Executive generally to the Company, including without limitation the Executive’s duties of good faith and fidelity to the Company shall continue.

 

- 11 -


16.6.4 During any such period of garden leave the Executive must not work for any other person or on his own account and shall remain readily contactable and available to work for the Company. Should the Executive fail to be available for work at any time having been requested by the Company to do so, the Executive’s right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability shall be forfeit notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

 

16.7 Effect of termination

 

16.7.1 On the Termination Date or at any time after notice is given by the Company or the Executive to terminate the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request of the Board resign (without prejudice to any claims which he may have against the Company arising out of the Employment or its termination) from all and any offices which he may hold as a director of the Company and from all other appointments or offices which he holds as nominee of representative of the Company; and

 

16.7.2 If the Executive should fail to do so within 7 days the Company is irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents or do any things necessary or requisite to effect such resignation(s).

 

17. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

17.1 Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights

 

17.1.1 It is agreed that the Executive is in a position of special responsibility and under a special obligation to further the interests of the Group. Accordingly, any discovery, invention, secret process or improvement in procedure discovered, invented, developed or devised by the Executive during his employment with the Company (and whether or not in conjunction with a third party) affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use in it, shall immediately be disclosed by the Executive to the Board of the Company and, subject to such rights as the Executive may have under the Patents Act 1977, will belong to and be the absolute property of the Company.

 

- 12 -


17.1.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Company or its subsidiaries are the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights and insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not vested in the Company or its subsidiaries and in consideration of the salary payable to the Executive by the Company the Executive assigns to the Company with full title guarantee the entire copyright (including future copyright) and all other rights and interests of whatsoever nature in and to the Intellectual Property Rights and relating to the Company or its subsidiaries together with the right to take proceedings and recover damages and obtain all other remedies for past infringements in respect thereof throughout the Universe for the full period of copyright (and of any analogous rights) and all revivals, renewals, extensions and novations thereof and thereafter (so far as possible) in perpetuity together with the right to the same in any manner and through any media as the Company shall in its absolute discretion decide.

 

17.1.3 The Executive shall transfer to the Company all relevant lending and rental rights arising out of the Intellectual Property Rights throughout the world and the Executive irrevocably and unconditionally confirms that the remuneration payable to him under the terms of this Contract of Employment includes equitable remuneration for the right to exploit all rental rights.

 

17.1.4 The Executive unconditionally and irrevocably waives all moral rights conferred by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 and all other moral and author’s rights of a similar nature under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

17.1.5 For the purposes of this Clause 17 “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean all copyrights, patents, utility models, trademarks, rights in designs, database rights, goodwill, in each case whether registered or unregistered or the subject of a pending application for registration, all legal rights protecting the confidentiality of any information or materials and all other rights of a similar nature anywhere in the world in any work created by the Executive during his employment by the Company and in respect of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

17.1.6 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during your employment by the Company) execute all such documents as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

- 13 -


17.1.7 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during your employment by the Company) execute all such documents as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

17.2 Power of attorney

The Executive irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute documents, to use his name and to do all things which may be necessary or desirable for the Company to obtain for itself or its nominee the full benefit of the provisions of Clause 17 and a certificate in writing signed by any director or the Company Secretary that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this paragraph shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case so far as any third party is concerned.

 

17.3 Conflict of interest

 

17.3.1 During the Employment, the Executive shall not:

 

  17.3.1.1 other than in the proper performance of his duties directly or indirectly disclose divulge or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information to which you have or may in the course of your employment become aware of relating to the business of the Company.

 

  17.3.1.2 at any time (whether during or outside normal working hours) take any preparatory steps to become engaged or interested in any capacity whatsoever in any business or venture that is in or is intended to enter into competition with the Business.

 

17.3.2 The Executive shall promptly disclose in writing to the Board all his interests (including but not limited to shareholdings and directorships) in any businesses, whether or not of a commercial or business nature.

 

17.3.3 The Executive shall not, at any time during the Employment, whether directly or indirectly be employed, engaged or concerned in any capacity whatsoever in the conduct of any activity or business which is similar to or competes with any activity or business carried on by the Company (except as a representative of the Company or with the written consent of the Board).

 

- 14 -


17.3.4 The Executive shall, at any time during the Employment or following its termination at the request of the Company return to the Company or, at the Company’s request, shall destroy:

 

  17.3.4.1 any documents, drawings, designs, computer files or software, visual or audio tapes or other materials containing information (including, without limitation, Confidential Information) relating to the Company’s business created by, in the possession of or under the control of the Executive; and

 

  17.3.4.2 any other property of the Company in his possession or under his control.

 

17.3.5 The Executive shall not make or keep or permit any person to make or keep on his behalf any copies or extracts of the items referred to in sub-clause 17.3.4 in any medium or form.

 

18. OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT

 

18.1 The Executive shall not directly or indirectly, whether on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of another person:

 

18.1.1 for the period of 12 months following the Termination Date:

 

  18.1.1.1 so as to compete with the Group in any part of the Restricted Business solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away or deal with any person who was at any time during the Relevant Period a client of the Group with whom:

 

  (a) the Executive shall have had material dealing in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b) to the Executive’s knowledge any employee of the Group who is under the Executive’s control shall have had material dealing in the course of their employment with the Group during the Relevant Period;

 

- 15 -


  18.1.1.2 so as to compete with the Group in any part of the Restricted Business solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away any person who was at the Termination Date negotiating with the Group with a view to dealing with that company as a client and with whom:

 

  (a) the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b) the Executive’s knowledge any employee of the Group who is under the Executive’s control shall have had material dealings in the course of their employment with the Group during the Relevant Period;

 

  18.1.1.3 solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away from the Group any person who is and was at the Termination Date employed or engaged by the Group in any part of the Restricted Business in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales, marketing or risk assessment capacity and was a person with whom the Executive had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period; or

 

  18.1.1.4 so as to compete with the Company in any part of the Restricted Business seek to entice away from the Group or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Group and any supplier of such company with whom the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period;

 

18.1.2 at any time after the Termination Date:

 

  18.1.2.1 induce or seek to induce by any means involving the disclosure or use of Confidential Information any customer to cease dealing with the Group or to restrict or vary the terms upon which it deals with the Company;

 

  18.1.2.2 be held out or represented by the Executive or any other person, as being in any way connected with or interested in the Group; or

 

- 16 -


  18.1.2.3 disclose, divulge or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information.

 

18.2 Any period of Garden Leave served by the Executive pursuant to Clause 16.6 shall reduce the 12-month period referred to in Clause 18.1.1 by an equal period of time.

 

19. DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

 

19.1 There are no specific disciplinary rules or procedures applicable to the Executive. Any matters concerning the Executive’s unsatisfactory conduct or performance will be dealt with by the Chief Executive Officer. An appeal against any disciplinary decision should be made by the Executive in writing to the Board, whose decision will be final. The Company will however observe all statutory requirements in all disciplinary matters.

 

19.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to his Employment (other than one relating to a disciplinary decision) he should refer such grievance to the Chief Executive Officer and if the grievance is not resolved by discussion with him it will be referred for resolution to the Board, whose decision shall be final. Again, the Company will observe all statutory requirements in all grievance matters.

 

20. COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

There are no collective agreements that affect the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

 

21. DEDUCTIONS

The Executive consents to the deduction at any time from any salary or other sum due from the Company to the Executive including any payment on termination of employment, of sums owed by the Executive to the Company either by way of a loan, overpaid salary with respect to holiday where the Executive has taken more holiday than his accrued entitlement at the date of termination of employment or expenses.

 

- 17 -


22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement together with any documents referred to in this Agreement sets out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (oral or written) in respect of the employment or engagement of the Executive by the Company. No purported variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties.

 

23. DATA PROTECTION

 

23.1 For the purposes of complying with the Data Protection Act 1998 the Executive agrees to provide the Company or any Associated Company with any personal data and sensitive personal data relating to him that either may request and he further consents to the holding and processing (in manual, electronic or any other form) of such data by the Company and/or any Associated Company and/or any agent or third party nominated by the Company and bound by a duty of confidentiality, for the purpose of:

 

23.1.1 employee related administration;

 

23.1.2 processing his file and management of its business;

 

23.1.3 compliance with applicable procedures, laws and regulations;

 

23.1.4 providing data to external suppliers for the provision and administration of his remuneration and any benefits and any benefits; and/or

 

23.1.5 to evaluate the efficiency of the Company’s and any Associated Companies’ business systems.

 

24. RELEASES AND WAIVERS

 

24.1 The Company may, in whole or in part, release, compound, compromise, waive or postpone, in its absolute discretion, any liability owed to it or right granted to it in this Agreement by the Executive without in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights in respect of any part of that liability or any other liability or right not so released, compounded, compromised, waived or postponed.

 

- 18 -


24.2 No single or partial exercise, or failure or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy by the Company shall constitute a waiver by it of, or impair or preclude any further exercise of, that or any right, power or remedy arising under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

25. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Scottish law.

 

25.2 Each of the parties irrevocably submits for all purposes in connection with this Agreement to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Scottish courts.

 

- 19 -


EXECUTED as a DEED by

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

acting by:

 

Director:      )       /s/ Paul Cowan    Dated 9/11/12
In the presence of         

Signature of Witness:

     )       /s/ Roland Boyd    Dated 9/11/12

 

Name: Roland Boyd

 

Address: Alba Biosciences LTD

Pentlands Science Park

Bush Loan, Penicuk

EH26OP2

 

Occupation: Chartered Accountant

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by      )       /s/ Ed Farrell    Dated 11/21/12
ED FARRELL      )         
in the presence of      )         

Signature of Witness:

     )       /s/ Margaret Farrell    Dated 11/21/12

 

Name: Margaret Farrell

 

Address: 60 King’s Drive

Colwyn Bay

LL296AN

 

Occupation: Housewife

 

- 20 -

Exhibit 10.5

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

- and -

ROLAND BOYD

 

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 


INDEX

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   

2. APPOINTMENT

     3   

3. TERM

     3   

4. DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE

     3   

5. INTERESTS IN OTHER BUSINESSES

     4   

6. HOURS OF WORK

     5   

7. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK

     5   

8. SALARY

     5   

9. EXPENSES

     6   

10. PENSION

     6   

11. COMPANY CAR/CAR ALLOWANCE

     6   

12. PRIVATE MEDICAL INSURANCE

     7   

13. DEATH BENEFITS

     7   

14. HOLIDAYS

     7   

15. SICKNESS OR INJURY

     8   

16. TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT

     9   

17. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT

     12   

18. OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT

     15   

19. DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

     16   

20. COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

     17   

21. DEDUCTIONS

     17   

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

     17   

23. DATA PROTECTION

     17   

24. RELEASES AND WAIVERS

     18   

25. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     18   


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 14 August 2012

BETWEEN:

 

1. QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED (company number 109886, Jersey) whose registered office is at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE4 2QP, Channel Islands (“the Company”) and

 

2. ROLAND BOYD of 5 Trench Knowe, Edinburgh, EH10 7HL (“the Executive”)

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions have the following meanings:

“Agreement” means this Agreement (including any schedule or annexure to it and any document referred to in it or in agreed form);

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company from time to time and includes any committee of the Board duly appointed by it;

“Business” means the manufacture and sale of blood-typing reagents and associated technologies and any trade or other commercial activity which is carried on by the Group, or which the Group shall have determined to carry on with a view to profit in the immediate or foreseeable future;

“Confidential Information” any trade secrets or other information which is confidential, commercially sensitive and is not in the public domain relating or belonging to the Group including but not limited to information relating to the business methods, corporate plans, management systems, finances, new business opportunities, research and development projects, marketing or sales of any past, present or future product or service, secret formulae, processes, inventions, designs, know-how discoveries, technical specifications and other technical information relating to the creation, production or supply of any past, present or future product or service of the Group, lists or details of clients, potential clients or suppliers or the arrangements made with any client or supplier and any information in respect of which the Group owes an obligation of confidentiality to any third party;

 

- 1 -


“Duties” means the duties of the Executive as set out in Clause 4;

“Employment” means the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;

“Group” means the Company and its subsidiaries;

“Chairman” means any person holding office as Chairman of the Company from time to time, including any person exercising substantially the functions of a Chairman of the Company;

“Recognised Investment Exchange” means as defined in Section 207, Financial Services Act 1986;

“Relevant Period” means the period of 12 months ending with the Termination Date;

“Restricted Business” means any part of the Business in which the Executive shall have been directly concerned in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period;

“Termination Date” means the date on which the Employment terminates.

 

1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.2.1 words in the singular include the plural and vice versa and words in one gender include any other gender;

 

1.2.2 a reference to a statute or statutory provision includes:

 

  1.2.2.1 any subordinate legislation (as defined in Section 21(1), Interpretation Act 1978) made under it; and

 

  1.2.2.2 any statute or statutory provision which modifies, consolidates, re-enacts or supersedes it;

 

1.3 a reference to:

 

1.3.1 a “person” includes any individual, firm, body corporate, association or partnership, government or state (whether or not having a separate legal personality);

 

- 2 -


1.3.2 clauses and schedules are to clauses and schedules of this Agreement and references to sub-clauses and paragraphs are references to sub-clauses and paragraphs of the clause or schedule in which they appear;

 

1.4 the table of contents and headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement; and

 

1.5 except where otherwise stated, words and phrases defined in the City Code on Take-overs and Mergers or in the Companies Act 1985 have the same meaning in this Agreement.

 

2. APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company appoints the Executive and the Executive agrees to serve as Group Chief Financial Officer of the Group or in such other capacity as the Company may from time to time require on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

2.2 The Executive warrants that he is free to enter into this Agreement and is not bound by, nor subject to any court order, arrangement, obligation, restriction or undertaking (contractual or otherwise) which prohibits or restricts the Executive from entering into this Agreement or performing the Duties.

 

3. TERM

The Employment will commence on 14 August 2012 and unless terminated in accordance with Clause 15, shall, subject to Clause 16 continue until terminated by either party giving to the other not less than 6 months’ prior written notice.

 

4. DUTIES OF THE EXECUTIVE

 

4.1 The Executive shall carry out such duties as Group Chief Financial Officer and as may be agreed between the Executive and the Board from time to time and exercise the powers consistent with such duties.

 

4.2 The Executive shall at all times during the Employment:

 

4.2.1 devote the whole of his time, attention, skill and ingenuity during working hours to his duties under this Agreement;

 

4.2.2 faithfully and using his best endeavours carry out all work consistent with his position which may be required of him;

 

- 3 -


4.2.3 comply with all the Company’s rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force;

 

4.2.4 perform the Duties faithfully and diligently;

 

4.2.5 obey all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board, observe such restrictions or limitations as may from time to time be imposed by the Board upon the Executive’s performance of the Duties and implement and abide by any relevant Company policy which may be promulgated or operated in practice from time to time;

 

4.2.6 use best endeavours to promote the interests of the Group and shall not do or willingly permit to be done anything which is harmful to those interests; and

 

4.2.7 keep the Board fully informed (in writing if so requested) of the Executive’s conduct of the business or affairs of the Group and provide such explanations as the Board may require.

 

5. INTERESTS IN OTHER BUSINESSES

 

5.1 During the Employment the Executive will not, without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board, be engaged, concerned or interested in any business or undertaking whatsoever other than the business of the Company (except as the owner for investment of shares and other securities quoted on a public stock exchange and not exceeding 1% of the total issued shares of any company).

 

5.2 Notwithstanding clause 5.1, the Executive shall be entitled to devote time to his and other outside interests and business activities but only to the extent that the discharge of his duties under this Agreement is not impaired as a result. The Company shall be entitled to withdraw the consent given by this clause to pursue such activities at any time if it believes that to continue with them would no longer be in the best interests of the Group provided however that in the event the Company withdraws such consent the Executive shall be entitled to fulfil any and all commitments that he has already committed to undertake on dates and times after the time at which consent is withdrawn.

 

- 4 -


6. HOURS OF WORK

 

6.1 The Executive’s hours of work shall be the Company’s normal office hours (37.5 hours per week) and such further hours as may be necessary for the proper discharge of the Duties. The Executive shall not be entitled to receive any additional remuneration for work outside the Company’s normal office hours.

 

6.2 The Executive acknowledges that he may work in excess of an average of 48 hours in any one period of seven calendar days if so requested by the Company and consents to do so. The Executive may withdraw such consent by giving no less than 3 month’s prior notice in writing to the Company of such withdrawal.

 

7. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF WORK

 

7.1 The Executive’s principal place of work shall be the Bush Estate, Pentlands Science Park, Edinburgh or anywhere else within the United Kingdom or abroad as shall be agreed between the parties.

 

7.2 The Executive shall travel to and work on a temporary basis from such locations within the UK and abroad as the Board may reasonably require for the performance of her Duties.

 

8. SALARY

 

8.1 During the Employment the Company shall pay to the Executive a basic salary at the rate of £100,000 per annum. This salary shall accrue from day to day, be payable by equal monthly installments in arrears on or before the last day of each month.

 

8.2 The Executive’s basic salary shall be reviewed by the Board from time to time. Any increase in the Executive’s salary consequent upon such review will be effective from the effective date specified by the Board.

 

8.3 The Executive may be eligible to participate in the Company Bonus Scheme. The scheme allows for the Executive to receive up to a maximum equivalent of 33.33% of his basic salary depending on his performance. The details will be confirmed with the Executive prior to such scheme commencing, the amount of which, if any, is to be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

- 5 -


9. EXPENSES

 

9.1 The Company shall reimburse to the Executive all expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Executive in the performance of the Duties subject to the production of such receipts or other evidence of expenditure as the Company may reasonably require.

 

9.2 Any credit card or charge card supplied to the Executive by the Company shall be used solely for expenses incurred by the Executive in carrying out the Duties. Any such card must be returned by the Executive to the Company immediately upon the Company’s request.

 

10. PENSION

 

10.1 The Company will make a matched monthly contribution of up to 6% of the Executive’s basic gross salary into the Company’s group personal pension arrangement with Scottish Equitable or other such scheme as nominated by the Executive from time to time. The Executive should note that this is actually a personal scheme and therefore open to customization by the Executive. Further details are available from Human Resources.

 

10.2 No contracting-out certificate pursuant to the Pension Schemes Act 1993 is in force in respect of the Employment.

 

11. COMPANY CAR/CAR ALLOWANCE

 

11.1 Subject to the Company Car policy and provided that the Executive holds a current full driving license, he may be entitled to either:

 

11.1.1 A company car, up to a maximum on-the-road value of £35,000; or

 

11.1.2 A company car allowance of £550 per month.

 

11.1.3 No private fuel allowance is payable.

 

11.1.4 Further details relating to the Company Car policy will be available from Human Resources.

 

- 6 -


11.1.5 The Executive should note that these are taxable benefits. The Executive will be informed as to the level of taxable deduction once he has elected to benefit from either a company car or car allowance and this deduction will be made from his salary.

 

12. PRIVATE MEDICAL INSURANCE

The Executive is entitled to private medical insurance cover for himself, his spouse and his dependents, subject to the terms of the insurer’s policy from time to time in force. Further details are available from Human Resources. The Executive should note that this is a taxable benefit.

 

13. DEATH BENEFITS

The Executive is entitled to death benefits equivalent to 4 x basic salary, subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s insurance policy from time to time in force. Further details are available from Human Resources.

 

14. HOLIDAYS

 

14.1 The Company’s holiday year runs from 1 June to 31 May.

 

14.2 In addition to public or statutory holidays, the Executive is entitled to 30 working days’ paid holiday in each holiday year.

 

14.3 Holiday must be taken at such time or times as are agreed with the Chief Executive Officer.

 

14.4 In exceptional circumstances, the Executive may carry forward up to 5 days of unused holiday entitlement to a subsequent holiday year, subject to the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer. Except on termination of employment, no payment will be made in lieu of any unused holiday entitlement.

 

14.5 For the holiday year during which the Employment terminates, the Executive’s entitlement to holiday accrues on a pro rata basis of 1/12 of annual holiday for each complete month of the Employment during that holiday year.

 

- 7 -


14.6 On termination of the Employment the Executive shall be entitled to pay in lieu of any outstanding holiday entitlement and shall be required to repay to the Company any salary received for holiday taken in excess of his actual entitlement. The basis for calculating the payment and repayment shall be 1/261 of the Executive’s annual basic salary for each holiday day.

 

14.7 The Company may require the Executive to take any outstanding accrued holiday during a period of notice of termination of the Employment. Other than at the request of, or with the permission of, the Company, the Executive may not take holiday during a period of notice of termination of Employment.

 

15. SICKNESS OR INJURY

 

15.1 If unable to perform the Duties due to sickness or injury the Executive shall report this fact as soon as possible on the first working day of incapacity to the Chief Executive Officer and provide, so far as practicable, an expected date of return to work.

 

15.2 To be eligible for sick pay under clause 15.3, the Executive must supply the Company with such certification of sickness or injury as the Company may require and otherwise comply with the Company’s sickness absence rules and procedures.

 

15.3 If the Executive shall be absent due to sickness or injury duly certified in accordance with the Company’s requirements the Executive shall be paid full basic salary and other benefits provided for in this Agreement for up to 26 weeks’ absence and following upon that period of 26 weeks, 26 further weeks at the rate of one half of basic salary and other benefits provided for in this Agreement in any period of 12 consecutive months.

 

15.4 Any remuneration paid under sub-clause 15.3 shall be inclusive of any Statutory Sick Pay to which the Executive is entitled or other benefits recoverable by the Executive (whether or not recovered) that may be deducted from it.

 

15.5 The Executive accepts that with his consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time during the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request and expense of the Company:

 

15.5.1 consent to an examination by a doctor to be selected by the Company; and

 

- 8 -


15.5.2 authorise this doctor to disclose to and discuss with the Company’s medical adviser, or other nominated officer of the Company, the results of or any matter arising out of this examination.

 

16. TERMINATION OF AND SUSPENSION FROM EMPLOYMENT

 

16.1 Subject to the remainder of this Clause 16, the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment by serving notice upon him in accordance with Clause 3.

 

16.2 Immediate dismissal

 

16.2.1 The Company may by written notice terminate the Employment without notice or pay in lieu of notice if the Executive:

 

  16.2.1.1 commits any act of gross misconduct or is guilty of any conduct which may in the reasonable opinion of the Board, bring the Company into disrepute or is calculated or likely prejudicially to affect the interests of the Company, whether or not the conduct occurs during or in the context of the Executive’s Employment;

 

  16.2.1.2 is convicted of any criminal offence punishable with imprisonment (other than an offence under road traffic legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere for which he is not sentenced to any term of imprisonment whether immediate or suspended); or

 

  16.2.1.3 commits any act of dishonesty relating to the Company, any of its employees or otherwise;

 

  16.2.1.4 commits a material breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or repeats or continues (after a written warning) any other breach of such terms and conditions, including any failure to carry out the Duties efficiently, diligently or competently;

 

  16.2.1.5 becomes of unsound mind or a patient within the meaning of the Mental Health Act 1983 so that in the opinion of the Board he is unable to perform the Duties; or

 

  16.2.1.6 becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally.

 

- 9 -


16.3 Suspension

In order to investigate a complaint against the Executive of misconduct the Company may suspend the Executive on full pay for so long as may be necessary to carry out a proper investigation and hold any appropriate disciplinary hearing.

 

16.4 Dismissal due to ill-health

Subject to the Equality Act 2010, if the Executive is incapable of performing the Duties due to ill health or accident for a period or periods aggregating at least 26 weeks in any period of 12 months the Company may, by not less than 1 month’s prior written notice (or the statutory minimum notice if longer) given at any time whilst such incapacity continues and terminate the Employment.

 

16.5 Pay in lieu

On either party serving notice for any reason to terminate the Employment or at any time during the currency of such notice, the Company may elect (but shall not be obliged) to terminate the Employment with immediate effect by notifying the Executive in writing that the Employment is being terminated pursuant to this Clause and undertaking to pay to the Executive a sum equivalent to the Executive’s basic salary and contractual benefits for the unexpired portion of the Executive’s contractual notice entitlement. The Company will pay the salary and contractual benefits due and payable under this sub-clause (subject to deduction of tax and national insurance contributions at source) at the next available pay period after the Termination Date.

 

16.6 Garden leave

 

16.6.1 After notice to terminate the Employment has been given by the Executive or the Company, the Company may for all or part of the duration of the notice period in its absolute discretion:

 

  16.6.1.1 require the Executive not to perform any of the Duties;

 

  16.6.1.2 require the Executive not to have any contact with clients of the Company;

 

- 10 -


  16.6.1.3 require the Executive not to have any contact with such employees or suppliers of the Company as the Company shall determine;

 

  16.6.1.4 require the Executive to disclose any attempted contact with him made by any client, employee or supplier with whom the Executive has been required to have no contact pursuant to this clause.

 

  16.6.1.5 require the Executive to take any accrued holiday entitlement or prohibit the Executive from taking any accrued holiday entitlement except with the prior written approval of the Chief Executive;

provided always that throughout the period of any such action and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement the Executive’s salary and contractual benefits shall not cease to accrue or be paid.

 

16.6.2 The Executive acknowledges that such action taken on the part of the Company shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement of any kind whatsoever nor shall the Executive have any claim against the Company in respect of any such action.

 

16.6.3 The Executive acknowledges that during any such period of garden leave, the terms of this Agreement and the obligations owed by the Executive generally to the Company, including without limitation the Executive’s duties of good faith and fidelity to the Company shall continue.

 

16.6.4 During any such period of garden leave the Executive must not work for any other person or on his own account and shall remain readily contactable and available to work for the Company. Should the Executive fail to be available for work at any time having been requested by the Company to do so, the Executive’s right to salary and contractual benefits in respect of such period of non-availability shall be forfeit notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement.

 

16.7 Effect of termination

 

16.7.1 On the Termination Date or at any time after notice is given by the Company or the Executive to terminate the Employment, the Executive shall, at the request of the Board resign (without prejudice to any claims which he may have against the Company arising out of the Employment or its termination) from all and any offices which he may hold as a director of the Company and from all other appointments or offices which he holds as nominee of representative of the Company; and

 

- 11 -


16.7.2 If the Executive should fail to do so within 7 days the Company is irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents or do any things necessary or requisite to effect such resignation(s).

 

17. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

17.1 Assignment of Intellectual Property Rights

 

17.1.1 It is agreed that the Executive is in a position of special responsibility and under a special obligation to further the interests of the Group. Accordingly, any discovery, invention, secret process or improvement in procedure discovered, invented, developed or devised by the Executive during his employment with the Company (and whether or not in conjunction with a third party) affecting or relating to the business of the Group or capable of being used or adapted for use in it, shall immediately be disclosed by the Executive to the Board of the Company and, subject to such rights as the Executive may have under the Patents Act 1977, will belong to and be the absolute property of the Company.

 

17.1.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Company or its subsidiaries are the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights and insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not vested in the Company or its subsidiaries and in consideration of the salary payable to the Executive by the Company the Executive assigns to the Company with full title guarantee the entire copyright (including future copyright) and all other rights and interests of whatsoever nature in and to the Intellectual Property Rights and relating to the Company or its subsidiaries together with the right to take proceedings and recover damages and obtain all other remedies for past infringements in respect thereof throughout the Universe for the full period of copyright (and of any analogous rights) and all revivals, renewals, extensions and novations thereof and thereafter (so far as possible) in perpetuity together with the right to the same in any manner and through any media as the Company shall in its absolute discretion decide.

 

- 12 -


17.1.3 The Executive shall transfer to the Company all relevant lending and rental rights arising out of the Intellectual Property Rights throughout the world and the Executive irrevocably and unconditionally confirms that the remuneration payable to him under the terms of this Contract of Employment includes equitable remuneration for the right to exploit all rental rights.

 

17.1.4 The Executive unconditionally and irrevocably waives all moral rights conferred by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 and all other moral and author’s rights of a similar nature under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

17.1.5 For the purposes of this Clause 17 “Intellectual Property Rights” shall mean all copyrights, patents, utility models, trademarks, rights in designs, database rights, goodwill, in each case whether registered or unregistered or the subject of a pending application for registration, all legal rights protecting the confidentiality of any information or materials and all other rights of a similar nature anywhere in the world in any work created by the Executive during his employment by the Company and in respect of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

17.1.6 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during your employment by the Company) execute all such documents as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

17.1.7 The Executive shall, at the expense of the Company and upon its request (during your employment by the Company) execute all such documents as may be necessary to vest such rights, title and interest in the Company.

 

17.2 Power of attorney

The Executive irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney in his name and on his behalf to execute documents, to use his name and to do all things which may be necessary or desirable for the Company to obtain for itself or its nominee the full benefit of the provisions of Clause 17 and a certificate in writing signed by any director or the Company Secretary that any instrument or act falls within the authority conferred by this paragraph shall be conclusive evidence that such is the case so far as any third party is concerned.

 

- 13 -


17.3 Conflict of interest

 

17.3.1 During the Employment, the Executive shall not:

 

  17.3.1.1 other than in the proper performance of his duties directly or indirectly disclose divulge or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information to which you have or may in the course of your employment become aware of relating to the business of the Company.

 

  17.3.1.2 at any time (whether during or outside normal working hours) take any preparatory steps to become engaged or interested in any capacity whatsoever in any business or venture that is in or is intended to enter into competition with the Business.

 

17.3.2 The Executive shall promptly disclose in writing to the Board all his interests (including but not limited to shareholdings and directorships) in any businesses, whether or not of a commercial or business nature.

 

17.3.3 The Executive shall not, at any time during the Employment, whether directly or indirectly be employed, engaged or concerned in any capacity whatsoever in the conduct of any activity or business which is similar to or competes with any activity or business carried on by the Company (except as a representative of the Company or with the written consent of the Board.)

 

17.3.4 The Executive shall, at any time during the Employment or following its termination at the request of the Company return to the Company or, at the Company’s request, shall destroy:

 

  17.3.4.1 any documents, drawings, designs, computer files or software, visual or audio tapes or other materials containing information (including, without limitation, Confidential Information) relating to the Company’s business created by, in the possession of or under the control of the Executive; and

 

  17.3.4.2 any other property of the Company in his possession or under his control.

 

- 14 -


17.3.5 The Executive shall not make or keep or permit any person to make or keep on his behalf any copies or extracts of the items referred to in sub-clause 17.3.4 in any medium or form.

 

18. OBLIGATIONS AFTER EMPLOYMENT

 

18.1 The Executive shall not directly or indirectly, whether on the Executive’s own behalf or on behalf of another person:

 

18.1.1 for the period of 12 months following the Termination Date:

 

  18.1.1.1 so as to compete with the Group in any part of the Restricted Business solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away or deal with any person who was at any time during the Relevant Period a client of the Group with whom:

 

  (a) the Executive shall have had material dealing in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b) to the Executive’s knowledge any employee of the Group who is under the Executive’s control shall have had material dealing in the course of their employment with the Group during the Relevant Period;

 

  18.1.1.2 so as to compete with the Group in any part of the Restricted Business solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away any person who was at the Termination Date negotiating with the Group with a view to dealing with that company as a client and with whom:

 

  (a) the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment at any time in the Relevant Period; or

 

  (b) the Executive’s knowledge any employee of the Group who is under the Executive’s control shall have had material dealings in the course of their employment with the Group during the Relevant Period;

 

- 15 -


  18.1.1.3 solicit or entice away or seek to solicit or entice away from the Group any person who is and was at the Termination Date employed or engaged by the Group in any part of the Restricted Business in a senior managerial, technical, supervisory, sales, marketing or risk assessment capacity and was a person with whom the Executive had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period; or

 

  18.1.1.4 so as to compete with the Company in any part of the Restricted Business seek to entice away from the Group or otherwise solicit or interfere with the relationship between the Group and any supplier of such company with whom the Executive shall have had material dealings in the course of the Employment during the Relevant Period;

 

18.1.2 at any time after the Termination Date:

 

  18.1.2.1 induce or seek to induce by any means involving the disclosure or use of Confidential Information any customer to cease dealing with the Group or to restrict or vary the terms upon which it deals with the Company;

 

  18.1.2.2 be held out or represented by the Executive or any other person, as being in any way connected with or interested in the Group; or

 

  18.1.2.3 disclose, divulge or communicate to any person or persons whatsoever or make use of any Confidential Information.

 

18.2 Any period of Garden Leave served by the Executive pursuant to Clause 16.6 shall reduce the 12-month period referred to in Clause 18.1.1 by an equal period of time.

 

19. DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

 

19.1 There are no specific disciplinary rules or procedures applicable to the Executive. Any matters concerning the Executive’s unsatisfactory conduct or performance will be dealt with by the Chief Executive Officer. An appeal against any disciplinary decision should be made by the Executive in writing to the Board, whose decision will be final. The Company will however observe all statutory requirements in all disciplinary matters.

 

- 16 -


19.2 If the Executive has any grievance relating to his Employment (other than one relating to a disciplinary decision) he should refer such grievance to the Chief Executive Officer and if the grievance is not resolved by discussion with him it will be referred for resolution to the Board, whose decision shall be final. Again, the Company will observe all statutory requirements in all grievance matters.

 

20. COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS

There are no collective agreements that affect the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment.

 

21. DEDUCTIONS

The Executive consents to the deduction at any time from any salary or other sum due from the Company to the Executive including any payment on termination of employment, of sums owed by the Executive to the Company either by way of a loan, overpaid salary with respect to holiday where the Executive has taken more holiday than his accrued entitlement at the date of termination of employment or expenses.

 

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement together with any documents referred to in this Agreement sets out the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings or arrangements (oral or written) in respect of the employment or engagement of the Executive by the Company. No purported variation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by or on behalf of each of the parties.

 

23. DATA PROTECTION

 

23.1 For the purposes of complying with the Data Protection Act 1998 the Executive agrees to provide the Company or any Associated Company with any personal data and sensitive personal data relating to him that either may request and he further consents to the holding and processing (in manual, electronic or any other form) of such data by the Company and/or any Associated Company and/or any agent or third party nominated by the Company and bound by a duty of confidentiality, for the purpose of:

 

23.1.1 employee related administration;

 

- 17 -


23.1.2 processing his file and management of its business;

 

23.1.3 compliance with applicable procedures, laws and regulations;

 

23.1.4 providing data to external suppliers for the provision and administration of his remuneration and any benefits and any benefits; and/or

 

23.1.5 to evaluate the efficiency of the Company’s and any Associated Companies’ business systems.

 

24. RELEASES AND WAIVERS

 

24.1 The Company may, in whole or in part, release, compound, compromise, waive or postpone, in its absolute discretion, any liability owed to it or right granted to it in this Agreement by the Executive without in any way prejudicing or affecting its rights in respect of any part of that liability or any other liability or right not so released, compounded, compromised, waived or postponed.

 

24.2 No single or partial exercise, or failure or delay in exercising any right, power or remedy by the Company shall constitute a waiver by it of, or impair or preclude any further exercise of, that or any right, power or remedy arising under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

25. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

25.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Scottish law.

 

25.2 Each of the parties irrevocably submits for all purposes in connection with this Agreement to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Scottish courts.

 

- 18 -


EXECUTED as a DEED by

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED

acting by:

Director:    )    /s/ Paul Cowan    Dated 8/30/12
Director/Secretary:    )    /s/ Jeremy Stackawitz    Dated 8/30/12
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )    /s/ Roland Boyd    Dated 8/30/12
Roland Boyd    )      
in the presence of    )      
Signature of Witness:    )    /s/ Brian Williamson    Dated 8/30/12

 

Name: Brian Williamson

 

Address: 7 Cramond Park
     Eduteursh

 

Occupation: Chartered Accountant

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 10.7

EXECUTION COPY

 

LOGO

SUPPLY UMBRELLA AGREEMENT

This Supply Umbrella Agreement (this “Umbrella Agreement”), is made as of this 1 st day of December 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ALBA BIOSCIENCE (“Alba Bioscience”), a division of the SCOTTISH NATIONAL BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE (hereinafter referred to as “SNBTS”) acting on behalf of THE COMMON SERVICES AGENCY constituted pursuant to the National Health Service (Scotland) Act 1978 (as amended) and having its principle place of business at Gyle Square, 1 South Gyle Crescent, Edinburgh, EH12 9EB, and ORTHO-CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS INC., a corporation of the State of New York, having a business office at 1001 US Highway 202 North, Raritan, NJ 08869 (hereinafter referred to as “OCD”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Umbrella Agreement regarding their relationship concerning the manufacture, supply and sale of Products (as defined in Section 1.1 hereof) derived from this Umbrella Agreement; and

WHEREAS, for each Product to be included under this Umbrella Agreement, the parties shall prepare and execute a Product Attachment (as defined in Section 1.1 hereof) containing more specific terms regarding such Product. Each Product Attachment shall be attached hereto and listed on Exhibit 1; and

WHEREAS, the parties may desire that certain affiliates of OCD (“OCD Affiliates”) agree with SNBTS for SNBTS to perform the same or similar services for such OCD Affiliates under the terms and conditions set forth herein; and in specific Product Attachments attached hereto; and

WHEREAS, concurrently with this Umbrella Agreement, OCD and SNBTS are entering into a Quality System Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “Quality System Agreement”) which allocates responsibility for certain quality standards applicable to the Products;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.0—DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Umbrella Agreement, the following words and phrases, whenever capitalized in this Umbrella Agreement, shall have the respective meaning set forth below:

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 1


“Affiliates” of a party shall mean any entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such party. “Control” (and, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means, in the case of a corporation, the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities thereof or, in the case of any other type of entity, an interest that results in the ability to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such party or the power to appoint more than fifty percent (50%) of the members of the governing body of the party, or if not meeting the preceding requirement, any company owned or controlled by or owning or controlling a party at the maximum control or ownership right permitted in the country where such party exists.

“Applicable Legal Requirements” shall mean any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, or other administrative order, decree, constitution, law, ordinance, principle of common low, statute, or treaty applicable to any Product.

“Calendar Year” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing January 1 and ending with December 31.

“Certified Supplier” shall mean a supplier that has been assessed for quality, business, technical, environmental, health and safety considerations and subsequently approved by OCD.

“Confidential Information” shall mean (i) any proprietary or confidential information or other material in a tangible form that is marked as “confidential” at the time it is delivered to the receiving party or (ii) proprietary or confidential information disclosed orally that is identified as confidential or proprietary when disclosed and such disclosure of confidential information is confirmed in writing within thirty (30) days by the disclosing party.

“Delivered Duty Unpaid” or “DDU” , per Incoterms 2000, shall mean that the seller delivers the goods to the buyer, not cleared for import, and not unloaded from any arriving means of transport at the named place of destination. The seller must bear the costs and risks involved in bringing the goods thereto, other than, where applicable, any Duty for import in the country of destination. Such Duty must be borne by the buyer as well as any costs and risks caused by the buyer’s failure to clear the goods for import in time.

“Duty” , per Incoterms 2000, shall mean the responsibility for and the risks of the carrying out of customs formalities, and the payment of formalities, customs duties, taxes and other charges for import in the country of destination.

“FDA” shall mean the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor entity (CDRH, CBER).

“First Commercial Sale” shall mean the first sale of a commercial lot of a Product in any country within the Territory, by OCD or any of its Affiliates to a Third Party.

“Incoterms 2000” shall mean the standard trade definitions most commonly used in international agreements, which were devised and published by the International Chamber of Commerce on January 1, 2000.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 2


“Know-How” shall mean any proprietary information, as may be modified from time to time, including, without limitation, any trade secret, that is useful in any aspect of the development, use, manufacture or sale of Products and is not publicly known, disclosed or published, including, without limitation, all pre-clinical, clinical, chemical, biochemical analytical, manufacturing, process, formulation and scientific information, whether or not capable of precise separate description but that alone or when accumulated give to the one acquiring it an ability to study, use, test, produce, formulate or distribute Products which one otherwise would not have known to study, use, test, produce, formulate or distribute in the same way.

“Patent” shall mean any claim in a patent or patent application or that is entitled to the priority of a patent or patent application.

“Products” shall mean those Products, collectively, which are manufactured by SNBTS pursuant to this Umbrella Agreement and each applicable Product Attachment.

“Product Attachment” shall mean, with respect to an individual Product, the exhibit that shall be completed and attached hereto by the mutual agreement of the parties.

“Product Requirements” shall mean written specifications for each Product as set forth in the Product Attachment including, but not limited to, the components, quality and performance specifications for such Products.

“Regulations” shall mean all current regulatory requirements such as ISO 9001, ISO 13485, EN 46001, EU Directive 98/79/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 October 1998 on In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Devices, and the current United States Food and Drug Administration Quality System Regulations, and any amendments thereof.

“Services” shall mean product development, contract manufacturing, Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”), field trial and evaluation of the Products.

“Third Party” shall mean a party other than OCD, SNBTS or their Affiliates.

ARTICLE 2.0—SUPPLY OF PRODUCTS

Section 2.1. General . During the Term of this Umbrella Agreement, SNBTS shall supply OCD with those quantities of Products as ordered by OCD pursuant to this Umbrella Agreement subject to the ordering procedures set forth in Article 6.0 (Forecasts and Ordering) below and as may be defined in the specific Product Attachment. Each Product sold hereunder will conform to the Product Requirements for such Product.

Section 2.2. Exclusivity . As stated in the specific Product Attachment.

Section 2.3. Territory . As stated in the specific Product Attachment.

Section 2.4. Labeling – OCD Trade Dress . For Products to be distributed or sold under OCD trade dress, unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, the label and package insert copy for each Product (if applicable) shall: (a) conform to OCD’s standard labeling requirements, (b) comply with all Applicable Legal Requirements and Regulations, (c) be reviewed by OCD and be subject to OCD’s approval and (d) contain all other information agreed to by the parties.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 3


Section 2.5. Labeling – SNBTS Trade Dress . For Products to be distributed or sold under SNBTS trade dress, unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, the label and package insert copy for each Product (if applicable) shall: (a) conform to SNBTS’ labeling specifications, and (b) comply with all Applicable Legal Requirements and Regulations.

ARTICLE 3.0—ADDITIONAL PRODUCT REQUEST

OCD may, in its sole discretion and from time to time, request SNBTS to supply a Product in accordance with the terms of this Umbrella Agreement. Following such request, the parties shall negotiate and agree upon the terms of a Product Attachment for such Product, which shall be attached hereto and made part of this Umbrella Agreement.

ARTICLE 4.0—RESPONSIBILITIES OF SNBTS

Section 4.1. Manufacturing. SNBTS agrees to maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to meet the Product Forecasts as defined in Section 6.1 (Forecasts) provided by OCD and as may be defined in the specific Product Attachment. In addition, SNBTS will meet product performance and quality specifications set forth in any Product Attachment.

Section 4.2. Certificates of Analysis / Final Test Data . SNBTS agrees to provide OCD with a certificate of analysis and final test data for each shipment of Products, as required by OCD, in a format specified by OCD, and in accordance with the Quality System Agreement. In addition, if human-sourced material is used to produce any Product, SNBTS agrees to include a statement in the certificate of analysis of such Product indicating that the following analytes have been tested for and are not detected in the Products: syphilis, anti-HCV, anti-HIV-l/HIV-2, HIV antigen and HBsAg.

Section 4.3. Skill and Care . SNBTS shall use all reasonable skill and care in the provision of the Services consistent with the standards of practice within the industry.

Section 4.4. On-Going Stability Testing . SNBTS shall perform on-going stability testing for Products after First Commercial Sale using its approved procedures to ensure that the Products conform to their intended specifications. Testing will be performed at a frequency that is required by SNBTS’ quality standards and as specified in the Quality System Agreement. If any Product fails to meet the stability acceptance criteria at any given test point, SNBTS will follow its investigation procedures for no-test, invalids or failures. If the stability failure is confirmed prior to the expiration date of any Product, SNBTS will promptly inform OCD of such non-conformance and both Parties will agree on the course of action to follow.

Section 4.5. Technical Documentation . SNBTS shall use reasonable efforts to assist OCD in establishing technical documentation, as required, and in resolving any technical problems OCD may have with respect to the Products subject to agreement between the parties.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 4


Section 4.6. Product Safety . SNBTS shall provide to OCD, upon OCD’s request, copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (“MSDS”) and any other information and documentation related to product safety, including but not limited to physical, chemical, and biological characteristics of the Products. OCD shall have the right to audit SNBTS’ established procedures and processes, including documentation, to accommodate the direct handling of health emergencies, product ingredient inquiries, and distribution of the MSDS’ related to the Products, within one (1) business day, where possible, of SNBTS having received a verbal or a written request from OCD.

Section 4.7. Disaster Recovery . SNBTS must be able to demonstrate, at OCD’s request, what plans would be put into place to minimize the disruption of supply of Products in the event of a catastrophic failure or interruption at the manufacturing site or with the supply base of the Products. The plan should address the actions and expectations for recovery and continued manufacturing.

ARTICLE 5.0—PRODUCT PRICING AND PAYMENT TERMS

Section 5.1. Transfer Price . For each Product, SNBTS shall sell and supply to OCD, and OCD shall purchase from SNBTS, such quantities as OCD may order in accordance with this Article 5.0, at a specified invoiced price (“Transfer Price”) as designated in the specific Product Attachment.

Section 5.2. Currency . All payments due to SNBTS from OCD shall be payable in US Dollars to a location designated in writing by SNBTS. Such location may be updated from time to time by SNBTS with written notice to OCD.

Section 5.3. Payment Terms . Payment terms on all orders shall be forty-five (45) days net of invoice. SNBTS shall send a correct and complete invoice for all Product purchases to OCD. Such invoices shall be dated no earlier than the date of shipment. Provided that the Products delivered comply with the terms of this Umbrella Agreement, OCD shall pay the amount shown in such invoice. SNBTS agrees to accept payment by check or, at OCD’s discretion, other cash equivalent (including electronic transfer of funds).

If OCD fails to make any payment on the due date then, without limiting any other right or remedy available to SNBTS, then SNBTS may: i) suspend any further deliveries to OCD of the Product or Products that are the subject of such past due payment, and ii) charge OCD interest both before and after any judgment on the amount unpaid at the rate of one percent (1%) per month above the past-due invoice value from time to time, until payment in full is made (a part of the month being treated as a full month for the purpose of calculating interest). Notwithstanding the foregoing, SNBTS agrees to allow OCD a grace period of fifteen (15) business days before the late payment penalty is imposed. Such grace period shall begin on the first business day after the payment due date.

ARTICLE 6.0—FORECASTS AND ORDERING

Section 6.1. Forecasts . As may be required in each Product Attachment, and unless this Umbrella Agreement is otherwise terminated, OCD shall provide SNBTS with a twelve (12) month non-binding written forecast (the “Product Forecast”), prepared in good faith, estimating

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 5


the quantity of each Product it intends to order for such year. Such Product Forecast shall be updated annually. The binding portion of the Product Forecast for each Product, if applicable, is defined in the specific Product Attachment. Both SNBTS and OCD will participate in a series of inventory and production planning meetings or conference calls scheduled at regular intervals over the course of this Umbrella Agreement. The purpose of these meetings is to discuss SIOP (Sales Inventory Operations Planning Process). This process will be used to align SNBTS’ production schedule with OCD’s delivery schedule. During these meetings, SNBTS will provide information regarding inventory, supply lead times, build lead times, capacity or any issues which may inhibit SNBTS from meeting delivery schedules, and OCD will convey the latest information on forecast and delivery schedule.

Section 6.2. Orders . OCD shall place any binding orders for the Products by written or electronic purchase order (or by any means agreed to by the parties) to SNBTS, pursuant to the terms specified in each Product Attachment. These orders shall specify the items and quantities ordered, desired delivery dates, OCD purchase order number, and delivery destination. SNBTS agrees to deliver Product to OCD in accordance with the delivery date specified in the binding purchase order, provided that such order was placed in accordance with (i) the Product lead-time and (ii) any minimum or maximum order quantities, if applicable, defined in the Product Attachment. SNBTS will make every reasonable effort to deliver Product to OCD in accordance with the delivery date specified in the binding order if such order was placed inside the Product lead-time defined in the Product Attachment. Both parties recognize that volumes ordered by OCD may exceed the limits of SNBTS’ current manufacturing capacity and may require longer lead-times to fulfill such requests. SNBTS will make every effort to supply those excess volumes within a practical lead-time. Unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, SNBTS will provide OCD with a minimum of fourteen (14) days advance notice if SNBTS is unable to meet the shipment date, for any reason. If a binding purchase order must be modified (quantity or delivery date), OCD can only make the modifications with the agreement, knowledge and understanding of SNBTS and SNBTS will make every effort to accommodate the changes. The parties acknowledge that OCD is not obligated to buy any specific amount of Products under this Umbrella Agreement, except for the quantities specified in the binding portion of the forecast and ordered through such binding purchase orders or unless otherwise stated in the specific Product Attachment.

Section 6.3. Conflicts . To the extent of any conflict or inconsistency between this Umbrella Agreement and the terms typed, stamped or printed on any purchase order, purchase order release, confirmation, acceptance or any similar document, the terms of this Umbrella Agreement shall govern. Any different or additional terms contained in any purchase order, purchase order release, confirmation, acceptance or any similar document shall not be binding on a party hereto unless specifically and expressly assented to in a writing signed by such party.

ARTICLE 7.0—DELIVERY OF PRODUCTS / PRODUCT ACCEPTANCE

Section 7.1. Delivery . Delivery to OCD shall be made to a single site designated by OCD in the Product Attachment, unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties. All shipments must be accompanied by a packing slip that describes the articles, states the purchase order number and shows the shipment’s destination. SNBTS agrees to promptly forward the original bill of lading or other shipping receipt for each shipment in accordance with OCD’s instructions.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 6


Section 7.2. Shipment . OCD and SNBTS shall agree on the shipping and storage conditions of each Product prior to shipment and delivery to OCD. Bach Product Attachment shall specify the shipment terms (e.g., FOB Origin, FOB Destination, DDU, etc.). SNBTS will pack all Products ordered hereunder in a manner suitable for shipment and sufficient to withstand the effects of shipping, including handling during loading and unloading.

Section 7.3. Storage . OCD agrees that it shall handle and store any Product manufactured by SNBTS in accordance with all Product Requirements and Applicable Legal Requirements.

Section 7.4. Safety Stock . Within three (3) months following the First Commercial Sale of each Product, SNBTS shall use reasonable commercial efforts to maintain a three (3) month reserve of all critical raw materials (“Safety Stock”), based on each Product Forecast at all times throughout the term of this Umbrella Agreement. Such Safety Stock shall be reviewed and modified periodically, with OCD input. Exceptions to this requirement may be stated in a specific Product Attachment.

Section 7.5. Product Acceptance .

(A) Prior to the shipment of any Product for First Commercial Sale, members of OCD and SNBTS’ quality organizations will review OCD’s written criteria for incoming quality inspections and performance testing measures (“Incoming Testing”) that OCD shall use to accept or reject Product. Additionally, Product batches will be released for sale as specified in the Quality System Agreement between SNBTS and OCD.

(B) SNBTS shall test or cause to be tested each lot of Products pursuant to this Umbrella Agreement before delivery to OCD. Each lot must be accompanied by a certificate of analysis, as a minimum, as defined in the Quality System Agreement between SNBTS and OCD. Additional documentation requirements may be stated in a specific Product Attachment. Unless otherwise agreed upon between the parties, or as stated in a specific Product Attachment, SNBTS shall send such documentation to OCD along with delivery of Products. OCD is entitled to rely on such documentation for all purposes of this Umbrella Agreement. Nothing in this Umbrella Agreement shall be construed to require OCD to perform any Incoming Testing on any Products received from SNBTS.

(C) SNBTS will retain a representative sample (the “Library Sample”) of each lot of the Products sold to OCD for the duration of time specified in the Quality System Agreement. Each Product Attachment shall specify a time period for OCD to perform Incoming Testing on the Products to determine if they conform to the Product Requirements, are free from defects in material and workmanship, and otherwise comply with the warranties set forth in Article 19.0 (Representations and Warranties) and, on the basis of such inspection, accept or reject the shipment. OCD shall be deemed to have accepted the Products supplied by SNBTS as free from damage and defects and are in accordance with the terms of the relevant order in all respects unless OCD notifies SNBTS of any damage, defect, or discrepancy within the time period specified in the Product Attachment.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 7


Section 7.6. Rejection of Products . Unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, within thirty (30) business days from the receipt of a Product, OCD may reject such Product supplied hereunder which does not conform to the Product Requirements or fails OCD’s Incoming Testing criteria. Any claims for failure to so conform or for such defects (“Claims”) shall be made by OCD in writing to SNBTS, indicating the non-conforming characteristics of the Products. At the request and expense of SNBTS, OCD shall return the defective Product, or a representative sample thereof, to SNBTS for testing. Upon receipt by SNBTS of such Claim, and unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, SNBTS shall have thirty (30) business days to inspect Products and to provide a written response to OCD regarding such Claim. OCD shall have no obligation to pay for any Products that are subject to Claims. Should SNBTS’ test results reasonably confirm the Product’s non-conformance to the Product Requirements or to OCD’s Incoming Testing criteria, SNBTS shall, at OCD’s option and as promptly as possible after submission of a claim by OCD, (i) if payment has already been made by OCD, provide OCD with a refund of the full amount paid by OCD for such Products or issue OCD a credit against future billings equal to the full amount paid by OCD for such Products or (ii) replace such defective or non-conforming Products. SNBTS, at its option, may require that OCD (i) return Products that are the subject of Claims to SNBTS or (ii) dispose of Products that are the subject of Claims. SNBTS shall pay for all shipping costs of returning Products that are the subject of Claims or for all disposal costs incurred by OCD in connection with the disposal of Products that are the subject of Claims. In the event SNBTS requests that Products that are the subject of Claims be returned to SNBTS, SNBTS shall bear the risk of loss for such Products from the time such Products are picked up at OCD’s premises (or other site at which they may be located) for return delivery.

Section 7.7. Independent Testing . If, after SNBTS’ inspections of such Products the parties disagree as to whether the Products conform to the Product Requirements or Incoming Test criteria or whether the Product has a defect, either party may deliver the item to a validated, independent third-party laboratory, mutually and reasonably acceptable to both parties, for analytical testing to confirm such item’s conformance to the Product Requirements, Incoming Test criteria or the presence or absence of defects. The determination by an independent laboratory of the Product’s conformance or non-conformance to the Product Requirements and OCD’s Incoming Testing inspection criteria shall be binding upon the parties. All costs associated with such third-party testing shall be at OCD’s expense unless the tested item is deemed by such third party to be defective or not in compliance with the applicable Product Requirements, in which case all such costs, including reimbursement of freight and disposition costs, shall be promptly paid by SNBTS. Should the independent laboratory confirm that the Product is non-conforming, SNBTS shall replace Product or issue credit as defined in Section 7.6 (Rejection of Products). If rejection is due to any failure by OCD or its agents or representatives to handle or store the Products as required by the labeling or the Product Requirements therefor, OCD shall pay for replacement of rejected Product. If rejection is due to problems relating to both parties, both OCD and SNBTS shall share equally the cost of replacing rejected Products, including freight and disposition costs (if applicable). No inspection or testing of or payment for Products by OCD or any third-party agent of OCD shall constitute acceptance by OCD thereof, nor shall any such inspection or testing be in lieu or substitution of any obligation of SNBTS for testing, inspection and quality control as provided in the Product Requirements or under applicable local, state, or federal laws, rules, regulations, standards, codes or statutes.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 8


ARTICLE 8.0—PRODUCTIVITY IMPROVEMENTS / GAIN SHARING

Section 8.1. Productivity Meetings . Representatives of OCD and SNBTS will hold annual productivity meetings (“APM”) to review new and existing business initiatives and the quality systems used to manufacture the Products. The first meeting will be held twelve (12) months after the execution date of this Umbrella Agreement and every year thereafter during the Initial Term of the Umbrella Agreement, and any extension thereof. However, if business reasons warrant, both Parties agree to meet on an ad hoc basis to address those needs. The APM will be the forum to discuss productivity improvements, opportunities to improve profitability, quality issues relating to the Products, corrective action plans, complaint and support activities, new business opportunities and additional subjects specified in the Quality System Agreement.

Section 8.2. Performance Measurement . SNBTS understands and acknowledges that OCD intends to measure SNBTS’ overall performance under this Umbrella Agreement. The items measured may include, but are not limited to, on-time delivery and quality issues such as product non-conformances or rejections. OCD shall discuss with SNBTS the acceptance criteria for each item selected to be measured. If SNBTS’ performance rating is not satisfactory to OCD, SNBTS and OCD will discuss any concerns that OCD raises regarding SNBTS’ performance at the APM or an ad hoc meeting, and SNBTS agrees to take all reasonable actions necessary to address OCD’s concerns and improve its performance hereunder.

Section 8.3. Gain Sharing . SNBTS agrees to use reasonable good faith efforts to improve its productivity performance in the manufacture of each Product, so the Product remains competitive in the marketplace. Product improvements may be achieved through a number of ways, including, but not limited to savings achieved through contract pricing, distribution/storage costs, quality/inspection of Products, waste, overage, inventory, manufacturing efficiencies, increased volumes and leveraging from new business opportunities. All ideas that the parties generate but that are not implemented will count toward the overall objective, except for those ideas which are not practical, i.e., create unresolvable regulatory/compliance issues, or ideas not meeting market requirements or pricing. SNBTS agrees to review Product pricing based upon quantified manufacturing efficiencies or other documented savings. Productivity gains shall be a reciprocal process. SNBTS will not accept reduced margin for Products in order for OCD to achieve price reduction. SNBTS will not commit to reduce prices by a certain percentage annually, but will commit to target cost reduction in total product cost. As outlined in the Quality System Agreement, the change control processes of both companies will be followed prior to the implementation of any change to the Products.

ARTICLE 9.0—FAILURE TO SUPPLY; FORCE MAJEURE

Section 9.1. Force Majeure Events .

(A) If either party is prevented from performing any of its obligations hereunder due to any cause which is beyond the non-performing party’s reasonable control,

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 9


including fire, explosion, flood, or other acts of God; acts, regulations, or laws of any government; war or civil commotion; embargo, insurrection, strike, lock-out or labor disturbances; or failure of public utilities or common carriers (a “Force Majeure Event”), such non-performing party shall not be liable for breach of this Umbrella Agreement with respect to such non-performance to the extent such non-performance is due to a Force Majeure Event. Such non-performance will be excused for ninety (90) days or as long as such event shall be continuing (whichever period is shorter), provided that the non-performing party gives prompt written notice to the other party of the Force Majeure Event. Such non-performing party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to eliminate the Force Majeure Event and to resume performance of its affected obligations as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.1 shall excuse or suspend the obligation to make any payment due hereunder in the manner and at the time provided.

(B) In the event of a catastrophic failure affecting the manufacturing capabilities of either party, both OCD and SNBTS agree that, to the extent possible, the other party will make reasonable attempts to provide assistance in maintaining the supply of products to customers.

Section 9.2. Failure to Supply .

(A) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 (Force Majeure Events), in the event that SNBTS shall be unable or unwilling or shall fail to supply any Product which conforms to the Product Requirements in such quantities as OCD shall request and in compliance with the delivery periods set forth in Article 6.0 (Forecasts and Ordering) (hereinafter referred to as a “Failure to Supply”), then the following provisions shall apply:

(1) during the initial ninety (90) days of any Failure to Supply, SNBTS shall use its best efforts to resume its supply obligations hereunder and, at its sole option, shall have the right to either: (A) designate a third-party manufacturer of the Products that is approved in writing by OCD (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and license to or otherwise make available to such approved third-party manufacturer all Know How and any other technical and proprietary materials, intellectual property, information and techniques necessary or helpful for such third-party manufacturer to procure required raw materials, including the documents held in escrow pursuant to Section 9.3 below; or (B) by written notice to OCD, activate the Licenses granted pursuant to Section 9.4 of this Umbrella Agreement and make available to OCD or an alternative supplier designated by OCD and approved in writing by SNBTS (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) all Know How and any other technical and proprietary materials, intellectual property, information and techniques necessary or helpful for OCD or its designee to procure required raw materials or to produce Products, including the documents held in escrow pursuant to Section 9.3 below.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 10


(2) if SNBTS has not resumed its supply obligations within ninety (90) days after the commencement of a Failure to Supply and: (A) OCD has not received Products by such date from an approved third-party manufacturer designated by SNBTS or has not had its Licenses activated by SNBTS by such date and (B) after consultation between SNBTS and OCD, SNBTS has failed to demonstrate to OCD’s satisfaction likely prospects of success at either ending the Failure to Supply or securing an alternative supply of Products to OCD and OCD determines in its sole discretion that it can more quickly secure such alternative supplies by acting in accordance with clause (B) of the paragraph above, then upon written notice to SNBTS by OCD the Licenses shall be deemed activated and the provisions of clause (B) of the paragraph above shall apply.

(B) OCD shall have no obligation to purchase Products from SNBTS for the duration of any Failure to Supply and until any contractual obligations that OCD has assumed in connection with producing Products or obtaining them from a substitute source of supply shall have terminated. OCD shall have no obligation to affirmatively terminate any such contractual arrangement; provided, however, that OCD shall, to the extent that it is commercially reasonable, make a good faith effort to limit such contractual obligations to the anticipated duration and scope of such Failure to Supply.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Umbrella Agreement, in the event that OCD shall make or have made the Products, pursuant to this Section 9.2, OCD shall be permitted to disclose to any third party any Confidential Information as is reasonably necessary in connection with such activities (subject to such third party agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of Section 21.1 (Confidential Information) hereof).

(D) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.2, if such inability, unwillingness or failure to supply Products which conform with the applicable Product Requirements within the delivery period set forth herein occurs more than once in any calendar quarter such inability, unwillingness or failure shall be deemed a material breach of this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 9.3. Escrow . SNBTS shall place with an escrow agent mutually acceptable to SNBTS and OCD (such escrow agent being a neutral third party), a description of SNBTS’ process for the manufacture of each Product in sufficiently clear and detailed terms that it can be readily followed and carried out by a trained scientist or engineer to make such Product in the manner SNBTS considers most efficient. Furthermore, should SNBTS alter, modify or change its process for manufacturing such Product, SNBTS shall amend the description in escrow to include such alteration, modification or change. The description held in escrow pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall be available to OCD or its designee only upon the occurrence of a Failure to Supply in accordance with Section 9.2.

Section 9.4. License . SNBTS hereby grants to OCD a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free right and license, with the right to sub-license, to manufacture or have manufactured by a Third Party products employing and utilizing SNBTS’ Patents and/or Know-How associated with the Products; provided, however, that the license granted hereunder shall be effective only during the period of time commencing upon the occurrence of a Failure to Supply pursuant to Section 9.2 hereto and continuing through and until such time as SNBTS fully resumes its supply

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 11


obligations hereunder and any contractual obligations that OCD has assumed in order to produce or obtain a substitute source of Products shall have terminated (such period is hereinafter referred to as a “License Period”). OCD shall, to the extent that it is commercially reasonable, make a good faith effort to limit such contractual obligations to the anticipated duration and scope of such Failure to Supply. OCD shall not exercise its rights to manufacture or have manufactured by a Third Party the Products or to utilize such Patents and/or Know-How, in each case, pursuant to such license other than during such a License Period.

Section 9.5. Rights Upon Insolvency . To the extent that Alba Bioscience is or becomes subject to the provisions of Section 365(n) of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (“Title 11”), all rights and licenses to Intellectual Property Rights granted under or pursuant to this Umbrella Agreement by SNBTS to OCD are, for all purposes of Title 11, licenses of rights to intellectual property as defined in Title 11. SNBTS agrees during the term of this Umbrella Agreement to create and maintain current copies or, if not amenable to copying, detailed descriptions or other appropriate embodiments, of all such Intellectual Property Rights. If a case is commenced by or against SNBTS under Title 11, then, unless and until this Umbrella Agreement is rejected as provided in Title 11, SNBTS (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, a Title 11 trustee) shall either perform all of the obligations provided in this Umbrella Agreement to be performed by SNBTS or license in accordance with Section 9.4 to OCD all such intellectual property (including all embodiments thereof) held by SNBTS and such successors and assigns, as OCD may elect in a written request, immediately upon such request. If a Title 11 case is commenced by or against SNBTS, this Umbrella Agreement is rejected as provided in Title 11 and OCD elects to retain its rights hereunder as provided in Title 11, then SNBTS (in any capacity, including debtor-in-possession) and its successors and assigns (including, without limitation, a Title 11 trustee) shall license in accordance with Section 9.4 to OCD all such intellectual property (including all embodiments thereof) held by SNBTS and such successors and assigns immediately upon OCD’s written request therefor, All rights, powers and remedies of OCD, as a Licensee hereunder, provided herein are in addition to and not in substitution for any and all other rights, powers and remedies now or hereafter existing at law or in equity (including, without limitation, Title 11) in the event of the commencement of a Title 11 case by or against SNBTS. OCD, in addition to the rights, powers and remedies expressly provided herein, shall be entitled to exercise all other such rights and powers and resort to all other such remedies as may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity (including Title 11) in such event.

ARTICLE 10.0—TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 10.1. Term and Expiration . The initial term of this Umbrella Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall end on the fifth anniversary of the date hereof or on the date of expiration of the last to expire or termination of all Product Attachments executed prior to the fifth anniversary of the date hereof, whichever occurs later. The termination of the Umbrella Agreement shall serve to terminate any outstanding Product Attachment. The termination of a Product Attachment shall not result in the termination of this Umbrella Agreement, so long as at least one other Product Attachment shall be continuing in accordance with this Umbrella Agreement.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 12


Section 10.2. Termination by Mutual Agreement . This Umbrella Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual agreement of the parties in writing.

Section 10.3. Termination for Breach . Upon any material breach of this Umbrella Agreement by either party, the non-breaching party may terminate this Umbrella Agreement or upon any material breach of a Product Attachment by either party, the non-breaching party may terminate the subject Product Attachment. Any such termination shall be effective ninety (90) days following written notice to the breaching party unless the breaching party shall cure such breach within such period.

Section 10.4. Termination Without Cause . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Umbrella Agreement, either party may terminate this Umbrella Agreement without cause at any time during the Term of this Umbrella Agreement upon one hundred eighty (180) days prior written notice. Prior to such termination, the terminating party shall have made a good faith effort to arrange a discussion among the parties concerning such terminating party’s reason or reasons for termination.

Section 10.5. Termination for Insolvency . If either party is dissolved, liquidated, or becomes insolvent or makes any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or files for bankruptcy protection or engages in or institutes any other proceedings for protection from creditors, then the other party hereto may terminate this Umbrella Agreement, prior to the expiration date of its term, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party, unless prohibited by applicable public law.

Section 10.6. Termination for Product Non-Conformance . OCD may terminate any specific Product Attachment if SNBTS delivers Product pertaining to such Product Attachment that OCD can demonstrate, and SNBTS can confirm through testing, does not conform to the Product Requirements as defined in the Product Attachment for three consecutive months (i.e., consistent defects), upon thirty (30) days written notification to SNBTS.

Section 10.7. Termination of Product Attachments—OCD . OCD may terminate a Product Attachment:

(1) with thirty (30) days prior written notice of upon reasonable determination of infringement of intellectual property rights of a Third Party;

(2) immediately upon written notice of OCD’s withdrawal from the market of the Product pertaining to such Product Attachment;

(3) with thirty (30) days prior written notice of SNBTS’ failure to supply in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Umbrella Agreement; and

(4) if OCD elects to withdraw the Product from its offering and builds the phase out of the Product into the forecast in accordance with Article 6.0 (Forecasts and Ordering).

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 13


Section 10.8. Termination of Product Attachments—SNBTS . SNBTS may terminate a Product Attachment with thirty (30) days prior written notice upon reasonable determination of infringement of intellectual property rights of a Third Party.

Section 10.9. Effects of Termination . The termination or expiration of this Umbrella Agreement or a specific Product Attachment shall neither release either party from the obligation to pay any sum that may be owing to the other, nor operate to discharge any liability that had been incurred by any party prior to any such termination or expiration, Neither OCD or SNBTS shall have any liability to the other by reason of termination of this Umbrella Agreement or specific Product Attachment, including but not limited to liability for compensation, reimbursement or damages due to loss of profits on sales or anticipated sales, or losses due to expenditures, investments or commitments made in connection with this Umbrella Agreement or specific Product Attachment or the establishment, development or maintenance of the business or good will of OCD or SNBTS.

Section 10.10. Survival of Certain Provisions . Each of the provisions of this Umbrella Agreement dealing with rights and obligations upon and/or after termination or expiration of this Umbrella Agreement, including without limitation Articles 11.0 (Indemnification), 19.0 Representations and Warranties, 20.0 (Intellectual Property), 21.0 (Confidential Information), 22.13 (Governing Law), and Article 22.0 (Miscellaneous), shall survive termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to give effect to such provision,

ARTICLE 11.0—INDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.1. Indemnification by SNBTS . SNBTS shall at all times, during the term of this Umbrella Agreement and thereafter, indemnify, defend and hold harmless OCD and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (each, an “OCD Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all direct damages, demands, claims, costs, losses, liabilities, judgments and expenses of any kind, nature and description (including, without limitation, those resulting from death, personal injury, illness or property damage and including legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “Liabilities”) asserted against or incurred by an OCD Indemnified Party and arising out of or resulting from (i) SNBTS’ breach of any of its covenants, representations, warranties or agreements contained herein; (ii) any claim that any Product purchased by OCD from SNBTS hereunder, or the use or sale thereof, infringes any patent or other intellectual property right of any Third Party or (iii) the willful misconduct or negligence of SNBTS or any of its employees or agents in connection with its performance under this Umbrella Agreement; provided, however, that such indemnification of such Liabilities shall be limited to the coverages set forth in Section 12.1 (SNBTS Insurance).

Section 11.2. Indemnification by OCD . OCD shall at all times, during the term of this Umbrella Agreement and thereafter, indemnify, defend and hold harmless SNBTS and its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (each, an “SNBTS Indemnified Party”) from and against; any Liabilities asserted against or incurred by an SNBTS Indemnified Party arising out of or resulting from (i) any breach of OCD’s covenants, representations, warranties or agreements contained herein; (ii) any claim that any Product or the manufacture thereof infringes any patent or other intellectual property right of any Third Party, or (iii) the willful misconduct or negligence of OCD or any of its employees or agents in connection with its performance under this Umbrella Agreement.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 14


Section 11.3. Indemnity Claims .

(A) SNBTS or OCD (as the case may be, the “Indemnifying Party”) shall obtain the written consent of the SNBTS Indemnified Party or the OCD Indemnified Party (as the case may be, the “Indemnified Party”) prior to ceasing to defend, or settling or otherwise disposing of, any matter upon which a claim for indemnity hereunder is based, if as a result the Indemnified Party would become subject to injunctive or other equitable relief or the business of the Indemnified Party would be adversely affected in any manner.

(B) Each Indemnified Party agrees to give the Indemnifying Party prompt written notice of any matter upon which such Indemnified Party intends to base a claim for indemnification (an “Indemnity Claim”) under this Article 11.0. The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate jointly with the Indemnified Party in the Indemnified Party’s defense, settlement or other disposition of any Indemnity Claim. With respect to any Indemnity Claim relating solely to the payment of money damages and which could not result in the Indemnified Party’s becoming subject to injunctive or other equitable relief or otherwise adversely affect the business of the Indemnified Party in any manner, and as to which the Indemnifying Party shall have acknowledged in writing the obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party hereunder, the Indemnifying Party shall have the sole right to defend, settle or otherwise dispose of such Indemnity Claim on such terms as the Indemnifying Party, in its sole discretion, shall deem appropriate; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall provide reasonable evidence of its ability to pay any damages claimed and, with respect to any such settlement, shall obtain the written release of the Indemnified Party from the Indemnity Claim. The Indemnifying Party shall obtain the written consent of the Indemnified Party prior to ceasing to defend, settling or otherwise disposing of any Indemnity Claim if as a result thereof the Indemnified Party would become subject to injunctive or other equitable relief or the business of the Indemnified Party would be adversely affected in any manner.

ARTICLE 12.0—INSURANCE

Section 12.1. SNBTS Insurance . SNBTS shall obtain and maintain, at all times, and at its own expense, during the term of this Umbrella Agreement and for a period of two (2) years after the termination of this Umbrella Agreement, valid and collectible general liability insurance in respect of the Products for death, illness, bodily injury and property damage in an amount not less than five million US Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence and ten million US Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate on a yearly basis. Such insurance shall include worldwide coverage including coverage for USA jurisdiction claims and occurrences. Any exclusions or amendments to the policy form must be disclosed to OCD. Such policy shall name OCD as Insureds or Additional Named Insureds thereunder and SNBTS shall grant like coverage to OCD under a standard broad form vendor’s endorsement thereto. SNBTS shall, within ten (10) days of the Execution Date of this Umbrella Agreement, provide OCD with evidence of this coverage. OCD’s failure to demand such proof or forms shall not waive OCD’s rights to such coverage as

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 15


specified herein. Such insurance policy shall provide that in the event such coverage should be materially adversely changed or terminated for any reason, the insurer thereunder will give SNBTS and OCD ten (10) days prior written notice of such change, termination or renewal.

ARTICLE 13.0—QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS

Section 13.1. Quality Control Requirements . In keeping with OCD Quality Assurance and Control Requirements and the provisions of ISO 13485, SNBTS shall comply with all of the provisions of the Quality System Agreement between SNBTS and OCD. In the event of a conflict in terms between this Umbrella Agreement and the Quality System Agreement, the Umbrella Agreement shall control.

Section 13.2. Customer Complaints .

(A) In the event that SNBTS or OCD receives any customer complaint regarding the Products, or any component thereof, manufactured by SNBTS and distributed by OCD, then that party shall promptly inform the other concerning the details of any such complaint or notice. The complaint or notice shall then be evaluated and investigated by OCD at OCD’s own cost. OCD may request SNBTS to conduct failure investigations using the process defined in the Quality System Agreement. SNBTS shall assist OCD in follow-up correction of Product complaints within the timeframe required by OCD’s procedures. If corrective actions are required, the cost of or part of the corrective action shall be borne by SNBTS up to the extent such complaint is attributable to a breach by SNBTS of any of its warranties, guarantees, representations, obligations or covenants contained herein, and shall be borne by OCD up to the extent such complaint is related to some cause or event attributable to OCD.

(B) Unless otherwise stated in a specific Product Attachment, OCD shall provide SNBTS with an updated listing of customer complaints, on a quarterly basis.

ARTICLE 14.0—REGULATORY OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

Section 14.1. Regulations . SNBTS shall prepare all necessary documents relating to its activities hereunder and needed for compliance with all current, applicable Regulations, At all times during this Umbrella Agreement, SNBTS shall provide sufficient evidence to OCD that SNBTS is in compliance with all current, applicable Regulations and shall inform OCD regarding any product quality/quality system issues such as non-conformities, significant process/document changes, serious Third Party audit observations or hold points.

Section 14.2. Regulatory Approvals .

(A) SNBTS agrees to cooperate with OCD in obtaining and maintaining all clearances and approvals from regulatory agencies required for the manufacture, sale and distribution of the Products under this Umbrella Agreement. SNBTS’ cooperation shall include, but shall not be limited to, providing to OCD, or appropriate agencies, bodies or authorities

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 16


(1) certification that the Products were developed and/or manufactured in accordance with regulatory guidelines,

(2) other additional information including descriptions of associated quality assurance, quality control and engineering programs and procedures, and

(3) access to validation and testing reports. Because regulatory requirements vary throughout the world, the parties agree to cooperate with one another to obtain regulatory approvals where required.

(B) Where SNBTS is certified to EN ISO 13485: 2003, and/or ISO 9001, SNBTS shall conduct all activities necessary to maintain these certifications.

Section 14.3. Notification of Certain Events .

(A) If SNBTS becomes aware of information that reasonably suggests that the Products, or any component thereof, or products whose formulations are substantially similar thereto, has or may have caused or contributed to a death, serious injury, or has malfunctioned and that the Products, or any component thereof, or products whose formulations are substantially similar thereto, would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur, SNBTS shall notify OCD within one (1) business day of becoming aware of such information and shall provide OCD with any other facts or information that SNBTS has relating thereto. For the purposes of this Umbrella Agreement, a serious injury/serious illness (i) is an injury or illness that is life threatening, even if temporary in nature, (ii) results in permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure or (iii) necessitates medical or surgical intervention to preclude permanent impairment of a body function or permanent damage to a body structure.

(B) SNBTS shall promptly provide OCD with copies of any inspection reports that it receives from any governmental entity of any notice of any claim or action relating to non-compliance with any laws, rules or regulations that are applicable to the Products or products substantially similar thereto.

(C) SNBTS shall notify OCD of any audit related to the manufacture of Products from any governmental entity/regulatory body of any of its facilities used for the manufacture of the Products or products substantially similar thereto, or any request for information from any governmental entity related to the manufacture of the Products or products substantially similar thereto, one (1) business day after SNBTS receives notice of such audit or such request and as specified in the Quality System Agreement.

Section 14.4. Corrective Action . In the event any governmental agency having jurisdiction shall request or order any corrective action with respect to any Product, including any recall, corrective action or market action, and the cause or basis of such recall or action is attributable to a breach by SNBTS of any of its warranties, guarantees, representations, obligations or covenants contained herein, then SNBTS shall be liable, and shall reimburse OCD for the reasonable costs of such action including the cost of any Product which is affected thereby whether or not any such specific unit of such Product shall be established to be in breach

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 17


of any warranty by SNBTS hereunder. In the event that such recall or corrective action results from any cause or event attributable to OCD, including, without limitation, product registration, failure to register or storage of Products by OCD, OCD shall be responsible for all costs and expenses of such recall or corrective action. Should such recall or corrective action result from the fault of both parties, the parties shall share such costs and expenses proportionately. The parties agree to reasonably cooperate with each other in the resolution of any such recall or corrective action, regardless of fault, in accordance with the timeframe specified under OCD’s procedures for handling these matters.

Section 14.5. Post-Market Surveillance . Both OCD and SNBTS shall ensure that the other party is kept informed of any relevant post-production experience relating to the Products which comes to the attention of either party. OCD shall immediately notify SNBTS of any relevant corrective actions or non-conformances relating to the Products. Both SNBTS and OCD shall adopt and operate appropriate systematic procedures to record and review post-marketing experiences with the Products and such as to comply with all legal requirements.

Section 14.6. Conflicts . In the event of a conflict in terms between this Umbrella Agreement and the Quality System Agreement, the Umbrella Agreement shall control.

ARTICLE 15.0—FACILITY INSPECTIONS

Section 15.1. Inspection of Facilities . Upon reasonable prior notice, and as specified in the Quality System Agreement, SNBTS shall, from time to time during the term of this Umbrella Agreement, allow representatives of OCD to tour and inspect all facilities utilized by SNBTS in the manufacture, testing, packaging, storage and shipment of the Products.

Section 15.2. Approved Supplier . SNBTS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure any deficiency identified during an OCD quality audit as specified in the Quality System Agreement and will use commercially reasonable efforts to become a Certified Supplier for OCD.

ARTICLE 16.0—COMPLIANCE

Section 16.1. Compliance with Certain Laws . Both parties agree to comply with the applicable provisions of any Federal or state law and all executive orders, rules and regulations issued thereunder, whether now or hereafter in force, including without limitation any applicable export laws and regulations and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

Section 16.2. Compliance with Policy on the Employment of Young Persons . SNBTS agrees to comply with the Johnson & Johnson Policy on the Employment of Young Persons (the “Young Persons Policy”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2. In the manufacture of the Products that are the subject of this Umbrella Agreement, SNBTS shall manufacture and shall employ young persons only as permitted by the Young Persons Policy. SNBTS shall maintain the records necessary to demonstrate compliance with the Young Persons Policy and shall provide to OCD a written certification of such compliance during the term of this Umbrella Agreement as and when requested by OCD, but no more than once annually. If SNBTS shall fail to comply with this provision, then OCD shall have the right to terminate this agreement forthwith and without penalty.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 18


Section 16.3. Environmental Health and Safety . With respect to all environmental health and safety matters related to SNBTS’ activities under this Umbrella Agreement, SNBTS shall (i) comply with all applicable laws and regulations issued by national, state and local authorities, (ii) inform OCD promptly of any significant adverse event (e.g., fires, explosions, accidental discharges) and of any serious health effects or fatalities, (iii) inform OCD promptly of any allegations or findings of violations of applicable laws or regulations, (iv) allow OCD to inspect SNBTS’ facilities, such inspections to be at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, and (v) implement promptly any corrective action which may be reasonably requested by OCD, including (without limitation) adhering to reasonable and significant elements of the environmental, health and safety program adhered to by OCD in its own operations. The Johnson & Johnson External Manufacturing Environmental Health and Safety Policy (the “Environmental Policy”) is attached hereto as Exhibit 3.

ARTICLE 17.0—IMPROVEMENTS AND CHANGES TO PRODUCTS

Section 17.1. Product Changes and Improvements .

(A) From time to time during the term of this Umbrella Agreement, either party may submit to the other written proposals for the adoption, implementation or development of any change, improvement or modification to the Products. In no event, however, shall any such proposed change, improvement or modification (or any change or modification to the Product Requirements) be implemented or made without the prior written approval of OCD. If both parties mutually agree on any change, improvement or modification, the parties shall modify the Product Requirements to reflect same. The parties will mutually agree upon an implementation date. In the event that SNBTS is unable to supply Products that meet any reasonable changes to the Product Requirements proposed by OCD in good faith, then OCD shall be free to terminate the applicable Product Attachment under this Umbrella Agreement, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to SNBTS, without payment of any penalty or other amount, except for those amounts due and owing to SNBTS at such time. SNBTS further agrees that no changes or modifications to the method or process of manufacture or production of the Products or the raw materials shall be made without prior written notification to and approval of OCD. In no event shall any change or modification be made to the method or process of manufacture or production of the Products or the raw materials, which change or modification shall have the effect of modifying or changing the Product Requirements, without the express written consent of OCD. Such notifications of changes or modifications must be made at least ninety (90) days prior to the implementation of same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SNBTS reserves the right to make any changes to the Product Requirements of the Products:

(1) which are required to conform with any applicable statutory or EU requirements,

(2) where an essential change is required to correct impaired product performance, or

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 19


(3) where the Products are to be supplied to SNBTS’ specification, which do not materially affect their quality or performance. SNBTS shall notify OCD of any such changes as soon as reasonably possible prior to the implementation of the change. In the event of any change, if applicable, OCD shall establish an appropriate qualification protocol, and OCD and SNBTS shall determine an appropriate inventory level for the pre-change Products in order to cover on-going requirements during the qualification process.

(B) SNBTS and OCD will follow the process for Product changes as defined in the Quality System Agreement between SNBTS and OCD.

ARTICLE 18.O—ADDITIONAL UNDERSTANDINGS OF THE PARTIES

Section 18.1. Most Favored Customer . In consideration of the arrangements provided in this Umbrella Agreement for OCD to purchase Products from SNBTS, SNBTS agrees that during the term of this Umbrella Agreement OCD shall be treated with “most favored nation” status in connection with pricing and allocation of similar quantities of Products, and SNBTS shall not provide any other customer with preferential or more favorable treatment with respect to pricing or allocation of similar quantities of any Products.

Section 18.2. Competing Products . The parties recognize and acknowledge that the other party and their Affiliates have been, and will continue to be, actively involved in the design, development and marketing of Competing Products in the field in which the Products are sold. The parties acknowledge that the other party and their Affiliates market, sell and distribute products which compete directly with the Products, and may continue to market, sell and distribute these and other Competing Products throughout the term of this Umbrella Agreement. Neither party will be obliged to release nor accept any confidential information relating to these developments.

ARTICLE 19.0—REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 19.1. SNBTS Product Representations and Warranties . SNBTS represents and warrants the following:

(A) All Products supplied in connection with this Umbrella Agreement shall be of merchantable quality and fit for the purpose intended by this Umbrella Agreement;

(B) All Products shall be free from defects in material and workmanship; and, SNBTS further warrants that it shall extend to OCD any broader warranties of any raw materials that may be provided by the manufacturer or supplier of such items;

(C) Each Product shall be manufactured and packaged in strict compliance with the terms of this Umbrella Agreement and the specific Product Attachment, will meet the subject Product Requirements, and will be in accordance and conformity with the Regulations and all Applicable Legal Requirements;

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 20


(D) SNBTS shall comply with all present and future statutes, laws, ordinances and regulations relating to the manufacture and supply of Products being provided hereunder, including, without limitation, those enforced by the United States Food and Drug Administration (including compliance with good manufacturing practices) and International Standards Organization Rules 9000 et seq;

(E) No Products supplied to OCD in connection with this Umbrella Agreement will be adulterated or misbranded at the time of delivery within the meaning of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. SNBTS shall notify OCD promptly after receiving notice of any claim or action by the FDA or other governmental entity relating to non-compliance with this Section 19.1 (E) or any notice with respect to any violation of any applicable laws, rules or regulations which affect the manufacture of Products;

(F) SNBTS has the right to supply the Products to OCD for use in accordance with this Umbrella Agreement;

(G) SNBTS will manufacture the Products using a system of Good Manufacturing Practices. Each production lot will be manufactured using the same general methods as those used to manufacture samples of the Products supplied by SNBTS prior to the date hereof;

(H) Any process used by SNBTS to manufacture the Products or the incorporation into a Product of any component, part, reagent, antigen or element sourced from a Third Party by SNBTS shall not infringe or violate any patent, trademark, copyright or any other intellectual property or proprietary rights of any Third Party; and

(I) The above warranties are given by SNBTS subject to the following conditions:

(1) SNBTS shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from fair wear and tear, willful damage, negligence, abnormal working conditions, failure to follow SNBTS’ instructions (whether oral or in writing), mis-use or alteration or repair of Products without SNBTS’ approval, or failure to transport and store the Products correctly:

(2) SNBTS shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising as a result of use by SNBTS of a specification or process provided by OCD.

Section 19.2. Mutual Representations and Warranties.

(A) Corporate Standing. OCD and SNBTS each represent and warrant to the other that it is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which incorporated, that it has full corporate authority and power to carry on the business presently being conducted by it and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement.

(B) Due Authorization. OCD and SNBTS each represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has taken all actions necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Umbrella Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder and (ii) the officer executing this Umbrella Agreement on its behalf has the legal power, right and authority to bind such party to the terms and conditions of this Umbrella Agreement.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 21


(C) No Violation. OCD and SNBTS each represents to the other that the performance of its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement will not result in a violation or breach of, and will not conflict with or constitute a default under its charter documents or any agreement, contract, commitment or obligation to which such party or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which it is bound.

(D) Execution and Performance of Agreement. OCD and SNBTS each represents to the other that it has full right, power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement. OCD and SNBTS each further represents and warrants to the other that the performance of its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement will not result in a violation or breach of, and will not conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement, contract, commitment or obligation to which such party or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which it is bound.

Section 19.3. Disclaimer . EXCEPT FOR THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 19.1, SNBTS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCTS, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. AS BETWEEN SNBTS AND OCD, THERE SHALL BE NO LIABILITY ON THE PART OF EITHER PARTY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS.

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY MULTIPLIED, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING UNDER TORT, CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFIT OR REVENUE, INJURY TO BUSINESS OR REPUTATION, DOWNTIME COSTS, LOSS OF USE OF EQUIPMENT, COST OF ANY SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT, FACILITY OR SERVICE, OR INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY).

19.4 The liabilities of SNBTS for all claims made against it under this Article 19.0 shall be limited as set out in Section 11.1 (Indemnification by SNBTS).

ARTICLE 20.0—INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Section 20.1. Other than pursuant to Article 9.0 (Failure to Supply; Force Majeure) hereof and as otherwise specifically set forth herein, neither party hereto shall accrue any rights to Intellectual Property of the other party hereto. Neither party shall apply for registration of, or register any intellectual property rights in respect of, the Products or the intellectual property of the other party relating thereto and/or to the provision of the Services.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 22


ARTICLE 21.0—CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Section 21.1. Confidentiality . All Confidential Information disclosed by one party to the other shall not be used by the receiving party except in connection with the activities contemplated by this Umbrella Agreement and shall be maintained in confidence by the receiving party. Except to the extent expressly authorized by this Umbrella Agreement or otherwise agreed to in writing, during the term of this Umbrella Agreement and for a period of ten (10) years following the termination of this Umbrella Agreement, neither party shall use or disclose to third parties any Confidential Information of the other (except to the extent reasonably necessary to exercise its rights or comply with its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement) and each party shall insure that its employees, officers and agents shall not use or disclose to third parties any Confidential Information of the other (except to the extent reasonably necessary to exercise its rights or comply with its obligations under this Umbrella Agreement); provided, however, that OCD may disclose Confidential Information of SNBTS to OCD’s Affiliates and consultants if such persons are informed of the confidential nature of such information and are under an obligation to keep such information confidential. For the avoidance of doubt, no disclosures of such Confidential Information shall be made by either party to subcontractors or agents without the prior written consent of the other party. Upon the termination or expiration of this Umbrella Agreement, each party shall return to the other, destroy, or delete all Confidential Information in written, electronic or other tangible form received from the other party hereunder. If the Confidential Information is destroyed or deleted, each party shall certify in writing to the other party that such destruction or deletion has been completed, Confidential Information shall not include information that is:

(A) known by or in possession of the receiving party at the time of its receipt as documented in written records;

(B) independently developed outside the scope of this Umbrella Agreement by employees of the receiving party having no access to or knowledge of the Confidential Information disclosed hereunder as documented in written records;

(C) in the public domain at the time of its receipt or thereafter becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the receiving party;

(D) received without an obligation of confidentiality from a Third Party having the right to disclose such information;

(E) required to be disclosed to governmental agencies in order to gain approval to sell Products, or disclosure is otherwise required by law, regulation or governmental or court order (so long as the receiving party provides notice of such disclosure, seeks to obtain protective orders or other available confidentiality treatment and, in the case of disclosures to the SEC, seeks confidential treatment to the extent reasonably requested by the disclosing party);

(F) released from the restrictions of this Section 21.1 by the express written consent of the disclosing party; or

(G) disclosed to agents, consultants, assignees, sublicensees or subcontractors of SNBTS or OCD or their Affiliates which have a need to know such information in connection with the performance of this Umbrella Agreement, provided that such persons are or agree in writing to be subject to the provisions of this Section 21.1 or substantially similar provisions.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 23


In the event either party must disclose the other party’s Confidential Information in order to comply with Applicable Legal Requirements, such party shall give reasonable advance notice to the other party of such proposed disclosure in order that the non-disclosing party may intercede and oppose such process, and shall use its reasonable commercial efforts to secure confidential treatment of such Confidential Information which is required to be disclosed.

The parties agree that a breach by either party of the covenants contained in Section 21.1 may result in substantial damages to the other party which would be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain and therefore the parties agree that upon any such breach, OCD or SNBTS, their successors and assigns shall have the right, if such damages would be difficult to ascertain, to enforce the provision of this Section 21.1 by seeking a temporary or permanent injunction or by other proceeding in equity.

ARTICLE 22.0—MISCELLANEOUS

Section 22.1. SNBTS Trademark . OCD shall not be entitled to make use of SNBTS’ Trademark(s), as outlined in Exhibit 4 attached hereto, or name in any way either in respect of this Umbrella Agreement or any other agreement to which OCD is a party, without written consent from SNBTS.

Section 22.2. OCD Trademark . SNBTS shall use OCD’s name, trade name, and trademarks only in connection with the manufacture of the applicable Products under this Umbrella Agreement and only insofar as necessary to package and label. SNBTS shall not acquire any right, title or interest to or in OCD’s name, trade name or trademarks under this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.3. Amendments and Modifications . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Umbrella Agreement nor any provision hereof may be amended or waived except by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of the amendment or waiver is sought.

Section 22.4. Applicable Legal Requirements . In performing this Umbrella Agreement, each party shall comply with all Applicable Legal Requirements and shall not be required to perform or omit to perform any act required or permitted under this Umbrella Agreement if such performance or omission would violate the provisions of any such Applicable Legal Requirement.

Section 22.5. Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; except that OCD may, without such consent, assign this Umbrella Agreement or any or all of such rights, interests and obligations to (i) any Affiliate of OCD or (ii) a Third Party to whom substantially all of OCD’s business or assets in Immunohematology is transferred. If SNBTS proposes to enter into a transaction in which a Change of Control will occur by means of a sale or disposition by SNBTS of substantially all of its assets relating to the field of Immunohematology or by means of a merger or consolidation in which SNBTS is not the surviving corporation, then SNBTS agrees to ensure that SNBTS’ rights, liabilities and obligations under this Umbrella Agreement are

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 24


assigned to the purchaser of such assets or the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation. Subject to the foregoing, this Umbrella Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no other person shall have any right, benefit or obligation under this Umbrella Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. Any assignment in contravention of this Section 22.5 is void.

In the event that any assignment by OCD to an Affiliate is made pursuant to this Section 22.5 and the assignee ceases to be an Affiliate of OCD the assignee will, prior to ceasing to be an Affiliate of OCD, reassign to OCD or another of its Affiliates this agreement and/or any rights and obligations which have been assigned.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 22.5, SNBTS shall be entitled without restriction to assign this agreement and its rights, interests or obligations under this agreement to a company which is incorporated for the purpose of acquiring the whole or any substantial part of the business and assets of Alba Bioscience.

Section 22.6. Construction . The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Umbrella Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Umbrella Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.7. Counterparts . This Umbrella Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 22.8. Dispute Resolution . The parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in London for the determination of any question or dispute arising in connection with this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.9. Entire Agreement . It is the desire and intent of the parties to provide certainty as to their future rights and remedies against each other by defining the extent of their undertakings herein. This Umbrella Agreement constitutes and sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and is intended to define the full extent of the legally enforceable undertakings of the parties hereto, and no promise, agreement or representation, written or oral, which is not set forth explicitly in this Umbrella Agreement is intended by either party to be legally binding. The rights, benefits and obligations under this Umbrella Agreement shall inure to the signatories to this Umbrella Agreement and not to any third parties except to permitted successors and assigns. Each party acknowledges that in deciding to enter into this Umbrella Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby it has not relied upon any statements, promises or representations, written or oral, express or implied, other than those explicitly set forth in this Umbrella Agreement. This Umbrella Agreement supersedes all previous understandings, agreements and representations between the parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms or provisions of any Exhibit and those of the Umbrella Agreement, the terms or provisions of the Umbrella Agreement shall

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 25


control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Umbrella Agreement and any Product Attachment, the terms and conditions of the Product Attachment shall control. For avoidance of doubt, this Umbrella Agreement does not supersede or otherwise effect the Supply Agreement dated November 3, 2003.

Section 22.10. Exhibits and Attachments . The parties hereby agree to be bound by and fully perform the terms, conditions, representations, warranties and obligations contained in each Exhibit and Attachment attached hereto and made part hereof, as if the same were fully set forth in this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.11. Expenses . Each party shall pay all of its own fees and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other advisory Fees) incurred in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Umbrella Agreement and the arrangements contemplated hereby.

Section 22.12. Further Assurances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Umbrella Agreement, each party agrees to cooperate with the other party to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary or desirable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.13. Governing Law. This Umbrella Agreement shall be interpreted in all respects in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

Section 22.14. Headings . The Article and Section headings contained in this Umbrella Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning and interpretation of this Umbrella Agreement. Such headings have been added for the convenience of the parties and shall not be deemed a part hereof.

Section 22.15. No Agency . The relationship of OCD and SNBTS established by this Umbrella Agreement is that of independent contractors. This Umbrella Agreement does not create any partnership, association, or other business entity, nor shall anything herein be deemed to constitute either party an agent of the other, and neither party shall make any statements or representations to the contrary by advertising, signs, letterheads, or otherwise. No contracts, commitments, statements, or representations made by or on behalf of either party shall be binding in any respect on the other party unless made in writing and signed by both parties. Neither party shall be considered an employee or agent of the other for any purpose.

Section 22.16. No Waiver . The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period any provision hereof shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provision or of the right of such party thereafter to enforce each such provision, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. Remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law.

Section 22.17. Notices . All notices and other communications between the parties which shall or may be given pursuant to this Umbrella Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given when delivered by personal service, or sent by facsimile, internationally recognized overnight courier, or registered mail, addressed to the other party at its respective address stated below or at such address as such party shall from time to time designate in writing to the other party.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 26


  

If to SNBTS:        

  

Alba Bioscience

Ellens Glen Rd

Edinburgh EH17 7QT, Scotland

Attention: Director

  

If to OCD:

  

Executive Director, Business Development

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics

1001 US Highway 202

Raritan, NJ 08869

USA

  

with a copy to:

  

Johnson & Johnson

Office of General Counsel

1 Johnson & Johnson Plaza

New Brunswick, NJ 08903

USA

All such communications shall be deemed to be effective on the day on which personally served, or, if sent by registered mail, on the fourth (4 th ) day following the date presented to the postal authorities for delivery to the other party (the cancellation date stamped on the delivery or the envelope being evidence of the date of such delivery), or if by overnight delivery or facsimile, on the delivery or the facsimile date. Either party may give to the other written notice of change of address, in which event any communication shall thereafter be given to such party as above provided at such changed address.

Section 22.18. Permitted Use of Information and Assistance . OCD and SNBTS each shall be entitled to use the information and assistance furnished by the other party pursuant solely for purposes of (i) improving the Products, (ii) evaluating or using such information in connection with the Products, (iii) achieving Products’ quality and/or quantity requirements, and/or (iv) as necessary to fulfill the obligations set forth in this Umbrella Agreement, without incurring any additional payment obligation. All such information and assistance shall be deemed Confidential Information as defined in Article 21.0, hereof.

Section 22.19. Product Attachments . The parties hereby agree to be bound by and fully perform the terms, conditions, representations, warranties and obligations contained in each Product Attachment attached hereto and made part hereof, as if the same were fully set forth in this Umbrella Agreement. Any change to a specific Product Attachment shall be agreed upon in writing between the parties and shall be included as an addendum to this Umbrella Agreement.

Section 22.20. Public Announcements . The parties agree that, except as may be required by applicable law or any listing agreement with any national securities exchange, neither party shall issue any press release or make any public statement prior to obtaining the written consent of the other party.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 27


Section 22.21. Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) contained in this Umbrella Agreement or in any other instrument referred to herein, shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect, then to the maximum extent permitted by law, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Umbrella Agreement or any other such instrument. Any term or provision of this Umbrella Agreement which is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, to the extent the economic benefits conferred by this Umbrella Agreement to both parties remain substantially unimpaired, not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 28


ARTICLE 23.0—APPROVALS

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Umbrella Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized respective representatives as of the date first above written.

 

ORTHO-CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS, INC.    
By:    /s/ Stuart Magloff     Date: 4/6/05
Name: Stuart Magloff      
Title: Vice President, Worldwide Operations      

 

SCOTTISH NATIONAL BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE

A DIVISION OF THE COMMON SERVICES AGENCY

     
By:   /s/ Keith Thompson     Date: 5/12/05
Name: Keith Thompson      
Title: National Director      

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 29


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1    Product Attachments
Exhibit 2    Johnson & Johnson Policy on Employment of Young Persons
Exhibit 3    Johnson & Johnson External Manufacturing Environmental Health and Safety Policy
Exhibit 4    SNBTS Registered Trademarks

 

Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. / SNBTS

Proprietary Information

Page 30

Exhibit 10.8

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

OF THE SUPPLY UMBRELLA AGREEMENT

This Assignment Agreement (the “Assignment Agreement”) is made effective as of September 3, 2007 by and between ORTHO-CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS INC., a corporation of the State of New York, having a business office at 1001 U.S. Highway 202, Raritan, New Jersey, 08869 (hereinafter referred to as “OCD”), and THE COMMON SERVICES AGENCY constituted pursuant to the National Health Service (Scotland) Act 1978 (as amended) and having its principal place of business at Gyle Square, 1 South Gyle Crescent, Edinburgh, EH12 9EB acting through its division the SCOTTISH NATIONAL BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE (hereinafter referred to as “SNBTS”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on December 1, 2004, OCD and SNBTS entered into a Supply Umbrella Agreement (the “Umbrella Agreement”) regarding their relationship concerning the manufacture, supply and sale of products contained within the Umbrella Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Alba Bioscience (“Alba Bioscience”), a division of SNBTS, is a commercial business operating within the Scottish National Health Service and SNBTS intends to sell the business of Alba Bioscience to Dalglen (No. 1062) Limited, company number SC310584 (intended to be re-named Alba Bioscience Limited) (the “Purchaser”); and

WHEREAS, Alba Bioscience has been manufacturing and supplying the products to OCD under the Umbrella Agreement on behalf of SNBTS.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Assignment. Pursuant to the provisions of Section 22.5 of the Umbrella Agreement, both parties hereto consent to the assignment of the Umbrella Agreement to the Purchaser of Alba Bioscience, and the Umbrella Agreement is hereby assigned to the Purchaser of Alba Bioscience with effect from the date of such purchase and OCD agrees that the Purchaser of Alba Bioscience shall assume the benefit and the burden of the Umbrella Agreement with effect from the date of this Assignment Agreement.

2. Terms and Conditions. Except as expressly amended herein, all terms and conditions of the Umbrella Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3. Counterparts. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized respective representatives as of the date first above written.

 

ORTHO-CLINICAL DIAGNOSTICS, INC.:

By:

  /s/ Stuart Magloff
Name: Stuart Magloff
Title: Vice President, Worldwide Operations

SCOTTISH NATIONAL BLOOD TRANSFUSION SERVICE,

A DIVISION OF THE COMMON SERVICES AGENCY

 

By:

  /s/ Keith Thompson
Name: Keith Thompson
Title: National Director

DALGLEN (No.1062) LIMITED

 

By:

  /s/ D.J.P.E. Cowan
Name: D.J.P.E. Cowan
Title: Director

Exhibit 10.9

STRATEC DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT

THIS STRATEC DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT is effective as of January 7 th , 2014 (the “Effective Date”) and Is made by and between STRATEC Biomedical AG, a stock corporation formed under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, having its principal place of business at Gewerbestrasse 37, D-75217 Birkenfeld-Graefenhausen, Germany (hereinafter referred to as “ STRATEC ”), and QBD (QS IP) Ltd, having its registered office at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier JE4 2QP, Jersey, Channel Islands (hereinafter referred to as “ QUOTIENT , and both STRATEC and QUOTIENT are referred to as the Parties

WHEREAS , QUOTIENT and its Affiliates are engaged in the business of developing and manufacturing of reagents especially for the blood typing and screening industry;

WHEREAS , STRATEC is engaged in and has expertise and experience in consulting for and the design, development, and manufacture of In Vitro Diagnostic analytical systems and components therefore.

WHEREAS , QUOTIENT has asked STRATEC to develop and manufacture for QUOTIENT the MosaiQ-instrument (the Instrument, as defined below) and STRATEC desires to undertake the development of such Instrument on the terms and the conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements herein set forth, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. SECTION 1 - DEFINITIONS

 

  1.1. Acceptance Criteria . As used herein, “Acceptance Criteria” shall mean the criteria contained in the Acceptance Criteria documents generated in Phase 1 in mutual agreement (Exhibit 1) in effect at the time of the acceptance decision (such criteria being intended to verify fulfillment of the product requirements) to be applied by QUOTIENT in determining whether an Instrument received from STRATEC shall be accepted as being in accordance with Exhibit 1 and the Reliability Program Plan. The Acceptance Criteria for Breadboards, Prototype, Validation and Production Instruments will be finalized and approved by both parties in Phase 1.

 

  1.2. Affiliate. As used herein, “Affiliate” shall mean an incorporated or unincorporated entity, wherever organized, which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with QUOTIENT or STRATEC. Control means the direct or indirect legal, equitable or factual power to select a majority of the members of, or otherwise to direct the decisions made by, the directors or other governing authorities of an organization (determined without regard to events of default of fiduciary obligations which might limit or restrict exercise of such power).

 

  1.3. Agreement . As used herein, “Agreement” shall mean the body of this Development Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto.

 

  1.4. Breadboards. As used herein, “Breadboards” shall mean first instrument modules used for initial functional tests of steps which are identified to be pretested; further defined in respective Breadboard requirement documents (to be agreed upon within the Core Team).

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

1

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  1.5. Change Control . As used herein, “Change Control” shall mean a process that is used to track and document versions of hardware, software, and documentation, which incorporate mutually agreed upon changes to the previous configuration as described in Section 2.4(c)

 

  1.6. Closure Cost. As used herein Closure Cost shall include (i) STRATEC’s dedicated inventory; (ii) Instruments and related products already shipped but not paid for up to the effective date of termination; (iii) work in progress with regard to any Production Instrument; and (iv) any unamortized portion of any Production Instrument dedicated manufacturing equipment.

 

  1.7. Currency . All currency amounts set forth in this Agreement are stated in Euro (€) and all amounts due hereunder shall be calculated in Euro.

 

  1.8. Core Team. As used herein, “Core Team” shall comprise QUOTIENT and STRATEC personnel that have individually been named by QUOTIENT and STRATEC for the purposes of communicating with each other regarding the development activities to be performed hereunder. The Core Team members are listed in Exhibit 2.

 

  1.9. Design Plan. As used herein, “Design Plan” shall mean the draft design plan attached at Exhibit 1 and to be finalised in Phase 1 , as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 2.4.

 

  1.10. Device Master Record. As used herein, “Device Master Record” shall mean the compilation of the records containing the procedures and specifications for a Production Instrument.

 

  1.11. QUOTIENT Deliverables . As used herein, “QUOTIENT Deliverables” shall mean the deliverables of Quotient as described in draft Exhibit 5 and to be finalized in Phase 1

 

  1.12. QUOTIENT IP Rights. As used herein, “QUOTIENT IP Rights” shall mean the worldwide intellectual properly and property rights of every kind (including patents, trademarks, copyrights or proprietary Know-How) owned by QUOTIENT concerning the Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology and the New QUOTIENT Technology. For purposes of this Section 1.12, “proprietary Know-How” shall consist only of such proprietary information as QUOTIENT can establish by written documentation (whether hard copy or electronic) to have been known by QUOTIENT prior to the time it is communicated to STRATEC hereunder ; provided further that with respect to know-how concerning instrument design or operation, “proprietary Know-How” provided by QUOTIENT to STRATEC shall consist only of such proprietary information as is disclosed in writing by QUOTIENT to STRATEC and designated in writing at the time of disclosure as proprietary Know-How.

 

  1.13. GMP. As used herein, “GMP” means current good manufacturing practices, including without limitation the FDA’s Quality System Regulations pursuant to Title 21 of the United States Code of Federal Regulations, Part 820, as applicable to the manufacture of a Class 2 medical instrument to gain 510(k) approval by the FDA.

 

  1.14.

Know-How. As used herein, “Know-How” shall mean any information of a commercial, technical, manufacturing or other nature such as designs, drawings, blueprints, parts lists

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

2

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  and specifications, test data, charts and graphs, manufacturing procedures, operation sheets, bills of material and lists and any other information, formulas, methods or equipment relating to Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology, Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology and any New Technology as described hereunder.

 

  1.15. Hardward Design Specifiation Documents: As used herein “Hardware Design Specification Documents” shall mean the Electronic HW design specifications and Mechanical HW design specifications.

 

  1.16. New Technology. As used herein, “New STRATEC Technology” shall refer to technology developed by STRATEC during the development under the scope of this Agreement or developed by STRATEC outside the scope of the development hereunder but used in such development and “New QUOTIENT Technology” shall refer to technology solely and independently developed by QUOTIENT during the development under the scope of this Agreement or developed by Quotient independently outside the scope of the development hereunder For clarity, New QUOTIENT Technology shall also include the specific algorithms covering spot recognition and interpretation of the results of the arrays on the MosaiQ consumable (excluding always general publicly available image analysis technology) even if a contribution is made by STRATEC.

 

  1.17. Payment. As used herein, “Payment” shall mean the remittance of an amount of money in response to an invoice that has been issued by one of the Parties hereto and received by the other party.

 

  1.18. Instrument. As used herein, “Instrument” shall mean a diagnostic instrument designed to perform blood grouping (to include antigen typing and antibody identification) and disease screening as described in the PDR (Exhibit 1). The Instrument shall be developed by STRATEC in accordance with the Project Parameters as defined below and sold by QUOTIENT under the Supply Agreement to be attached at Exhibit 4

 

  1.19. Prototypes. As used herein, “Instrument Prototypes” shall mean the first functional Instrument prototype units, containing the planned hardware modules, enclosure and baseline software functionality to conduct assay integration, software integration, support hardware verification testing, develop manufacturing and test procedures and support preliminary reliability testing. Some components may not represent final parts (example: vacuum-formed instead of molded, machined instead of cast, etc). The software functionality will be limited at this stage and some workarounds may be required.

 

  1.20. Validation Instruments. As used herein, “Validation Instruments” shall mean an Instrument suitable to support hardware, software, and system verification and validation including formal reliability testing. These systems will be built with the planned production hardware modules, enclosure and other features and most of the planned software features implemented. Lessons learned from the manufacture of the Prototypes will be incorporated, as much as possible, into the Validation Instruments. The Validation Instruments will be used to finalize the manufacturing and test procedures in preparation for the pre-production build. These units will be used for most of the verification tasks and to generate assay performance data for regulatory submissions, and must be sufficiently final for use in such applications. The differences between validation system and pre-production level hardware are mostly limited to manufacturing techniques (e.g. machined parts instead of molded parts for lower risk components), and final labeling.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

3

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  1.21. Production Instruments. As used herein, “Production Instruments” are systems, built with all series-level hardware features, manufactured using series-level manufacturing techniques and manufactured under full scope of the Device Master Record after declaration of production readiness.

 

  1.22. Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology. As used herein, “Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology” shall mean all technology relating to the Instrument including blood grouping reagents (to include antigen typing and antibody identification) and serological disease screening using multiplex technology owned by QUOTIENT or controlled by QUOTIENT prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement and shall remain the intellectual property and property of QUOTIENT.

 

  1.23. Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology. As used herein, “Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology” shall mean all technology relating to the Instrument and generally instrument design including intellectual property rights owned by STRATEC and/or controlled by STRATEC through a third party prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement such as but not limited to patent(s), trademarks, mask works, Know-How, trade secrets, copyright(s) or other author rights and this shall remain the intellectual property and property of STRATEC. Any general know how, experiences or methods as learned or experienced by STRATEC during the performance of this Agreement shall remain the property of STRATEC and be considered Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology.

 

  1.24. Project Parameters. As used herein, “Project Parameters” shall mean: (a) the Product Design Requirements (“PDR”); (b) Design Plan; (c) the project planning documents, including the Project Schedule, containing a list of project milestones and the dates of completion for those milestones and (d) the Project Proposal. The preliminary Project Parameters, as they exist as of the Effective Date, are attached hereto as Exhibit 1 will be finalized in Phase 1.

 

  1.25. Project Proposal. As used herein, “Project Proposal” shall mean the project proposal attached at Exhibit 1 .

 

  1.26. Reliability Program Plan. As used herein, “Reliability Program Plan” shall mean a mutual plan approved by both Parties consisting of deliverables to achieve the reliability targets established by the Product Design Requirements. The Reliability Program Plan shall be established during Phase 1 and shall cover all development related activities in detail. STRATEC and QUOTIENT shall update the Reliability Program Plan during the development to include learning from prior phase(s) and cover the post launch reliability activities.

 

  1.27. Shipping Criteria. As used herein, “Shipping Criteria” shall mean the criteria instrument requirements contained in the approved PDR in effect at the time of intended shipment (such criteria being intended to verify fulfillment of the product requirements) to be applied by STRATEC in determining whether an Instrument is suitable for shipment to QUOTIENT. The Shipping Criteria for Prototype, Validation and Production Instruments will be finalized and approved by both parties in Phase 1.

 

  1.28.

Steering Committee. As used herein, “Steering Committee” shall mean a

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

4

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  committee which shall consist of six members, three to be appointed by STRATEC and three to be appointed by QUOTIENT. The Steering Committee shall supervise the performance by the Parties of their obligations in respect of the program, as set out in this Agreement. Each Party to this Agreement may substitute its appointed members by providing written notice of the same to the other Party. The Steering Committee can, if necessary and upon mutual consent, have employees and/or consultants of either Party attend its meetings to be consulted on certain issues.

 

  1.29. STRATEC IP Rights. As used herein, “STRATEC IP Rights” shall mean the worldwide intellectual property and property rights of every kind (including but not limited to patents, trademarks, copyrights or proprietary Know-How) owned by STRATEC concerning the Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology and the New STRATEC Technology.

 

  1.30. Training. As used herein, “Training” shall mean instruction in the theory, operation, and maintenance of the Instrument.

 

  1.31. Transfer Price. As used herein “Transfer Price” shall mean the price for an instrument to be paid by QUOTIENT to STRATEC for the supply of an Instrument under the Supply Agreement

 

2. SECTION 2 - DEVELOPMENT AND ADAPTATION, PAYMENTS, TERMINATION

 

  2.1. Development and Adaptation Activities

 

  a. STRATEC shall develop the Instrument in accordance with the Project Parameters. The Parties shall apply and assign personnel, equipment, supplies, and all other appropriate resources at their disposal to develop the Instrument. The Parties shall use their best efforts to cooperate and coordinate in connection with all design activities.

 

  b. The Parties intend that their activities pursuant to this Agreement will be divided into four phases, as follows: Phase 1, Instrument Specification and Project Planning; Phase 2, Design and Development; Phase 3, Verification of Design; Phase 4, Transition to Manufacturing.

 

  2.2. Payments by QUOTIENT.

 

  a. QUOTIENT shall pay STRATEC a total of [***] for the activities to be performed by STRATEC hereunder (the “ Development Cost ”). QUOTIENT’s Payments to STRATEC shall be in accordance with the following Payment Schedule.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

5

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


MILESTONE SCHEDULE

Details are provided in the Project Plan

 

MS

  

Development Milestone

  

Date

   Payment  

1

  

Execution of Agreement

   7 Jan 2014      [***]   

2

  

Completion of phase 1 and mutual sign-off of PDR, Reliability Program Plan, Acceptance Criteria and Shipping Criteria/ breadboard testing

   31May 2014      [***]   

3

  

Approval of Hardware Design Specification Documents

   31 July 2014      [***]   

4

  

Completion of phase 2 and delivery of first Prototypes for assay integration

   31 Oct 2014      [***]   

5

  

Acceptance of Prototypes

   15 Dec 2014      [***]   

6

  

Completion of phase 3 and delivery of first Validation instruments

   31 Oct 2015      [***]   

7

  

Acceptance of Validation instruments

   31 Jan 2016      [***]   

8

  

Completion of phase 4 and delivery of first series units for testing and documentation

   31 July 2016      [***]   
        
        

 

 

 
  

Total Amount Due

        Euro   
        

 

 

 

 

  b. Milestone 1: Upon execution of this Agreement STRATEC shall invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.

 

  c. Milestone 2: Upon completion of Milestone 2 STRATEC shall invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice. In the event that the Parties are unable to agree and sign-off on the PDR, Reliability Program Plan or Acceptance Criteria or Shipping Criteria, at the end date of Milestone 2 (as specified above), either party may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.7.c below.

 

  d. Milestone 3: Within a period not exceeding ten (10) days following STRATEC’s provision of the first version of the Hardware Design Specification Documents QUOTIENT shall complete the review of these documents and (i) provide STRATEC with the signed Hardware Design Specification Documents resulting in meeting Milestone 3, or (ii) provide STRATEC with detailed written report on request of adaptation. If QUOTIENT sends such a written report within the above timeframe both parties shall have the obligation to find a mutual agreement on the Hardware Design Specification Documents within 20 days. If QUOTIENT agrees to the Hardware Design Specification Documents and sends a signed version to STRATEC or fails to send a written report on change requests within the said period of ten (10) days STRATEC shall be allowed to invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice. If no agreement on the Hardware Design Specification Documents within the above timeframe can be achieved between the Parties, this issue shall be brought to the Steering Committee for a decision which the Steering Committee shall reach within ten (10) business days.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

6

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  e. Milestone 4: Upon STRATEC’s completion of the prototype phase (Milestone 4) STRATEC shall provide QUOTIENT with a written notice thereof including evidence that Shipping Criteria have been met. Within ten (10) working days after QUOTIENT’S receipt of such notice QUOTIENT is requested to (i) release the shipment of the Instrument Prototype unit(s) or (ii) to decline STRATEC’s achievement of Shipping Criteria, providing STRATEC with a detailed written justification thereof. If QUOTIENT declines STRATEC’s achievement of Shipping Criteria the procedure as outlined in section (j) of this paragraph shall apply. If QUOTIENT releases the shipment of the Instrument Prototype unit(s) or fails to decline STRATEC’s achievement of Shipping Criteria within 10 working days after QUOTIENT’S receipt of STRATEC’s notice STRATEC shall be allowed to both ship the Instrument Prototype unit(s) and invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.

 

  f. Milestone 5: Within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days following STRATEC’s shipment of the first Instrument Prototype QUOTIENT shall complete testing in accordance with a mutually to be agreed upon subset of the mutually agreed Acceptance Criteria and (i) provide STRATEC with a written statement confirming that such Acceptance Criteria have been met, or (ii) provide STRATEC with detailed written deviation report. If QUOTIENT declines STRATEC’s achievement of the agreed upon Acceptance Criteria the procedure as outlined in Section (k) of this paragraph shall apply. If QUOTIENT confirms the achievement of the Acceptance Criteria or fails to decline STRATEC’s achievement of the Acceptance Criteria within the said period of thirty (30) days STRATEC shall be allowed to invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due and milestone 5 shall be deemed to be accepted and completed. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.

 

  g. Milestone 6: Upon STRATEC’s completion of the activities resulting in the availability of Validation Instruments (Milestone 6) STRATEC shall provide QUOTIENT with a written notice thereof including evidence that Shipping Criteria have been met. Within 10 working days after QUOTIENT’S receipt of such notice QUOTIENT is requested to (i) release the shipment of the Validation Instruments (validation unit(s)) or (ii) to decline STRATEC’s achievement of the agreed upon Shipping Criteria, providing STRATEC with a detailed written justification thereof. If QUOTIENT declines STRATEC’s achievement of the agreed upon Shipping Criteria the procedure as outlined in Section (j) of this paragraph shall apply. If QUOTIENT releases the shipment of the Instrument Validation Instruments or fails to decline STRATEC’s achievement of Shipping Criteria within 10 working days after QUOTIENT’S receipt of STRATEC’s notice STRATEC shall be allowed to both ship the Validation Instruments and invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.

 

  h. Milestone 7: Within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days following STRATEC’s shipment of the first Validation Instrument, QUOTIENT shall complete testing in accord with a subset, to be mutually agreed, of the Acceptance Criteria (Milestone 2) and (i) provide STRATEC with a written statement confirming that such Acceptance Criteria have been met, or (ii) provide STRATEC with a detailed written deviation report. If QUOTIENT declines STRATEC’s achievement of Acceptance Criteria the procedure as outlined in Section (k) of this paragraph shall apply. If QUOTIENT confirms the achievement of the agreed upon Acceptance Criteria or fails to decline STRATEC’s achievement of the Acceptance Criteria within the said period of thirty (30) days STRATEC shall be allowed to invoice QUOTIENT for the amount due. QUOTIENT shall remit Payment to STRATEC within thirty (30) days of receipt of the invoice.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

7

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  i. Milestone 8: Within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days following STRATEC’s declaration of production readiness QUOTIENT shall complete all of QUOTIENT’S procedures required and authorize STRATEC to release the Instrument into series production. If QUOTIENT declines to authorize STRATEC to release the Instrument into series production QUOTIENT is requested to provide STRATEC with a detailed written justification thereof and the procedure as outlined in Section k of this paragraph shall apply.

 

  j. (i) Quotient shall be obliged to deliver any necessary Quotient input to enable STRATEC to achieve any Shipping Criteria as set out in Sections 2.2 e. and 2.2 g. Should Quotient be unable for any reason to give such necessary input or Quotient fails to deliver the written detailed deviation report/justification within the above timeframe (described in Section 2.2 e. and 2.2 g), the affected Milestone shall be deemed to have been accepted by Quotient. (ii) The following shall apply in any other event: In case of QUOTIENT’S declination pursuant to Sections 2.2 e. or 2.2 g above QUOTIENT shall, within ten (10) days following QUOTIENT’S declination, assess at STRATEC’s site whether the Shipping Criteria have been met. Should, as a result of such assessment, QUOTIENT and STRATEC agree that Shipping Criteria have been met or deviations from the Shipping Criteria are irrelevant at this stage QUOTIENT shall release the relevant shipment. If the Parties agree on improvements to be implemented prior to QUOTIENT’S release for shipment, the Parties shall in good faith agree on an additional period between thirty (30) and ninety (90) days to be given to STRATEC to undertake the necessary steps to ensure that the Instrument units meet the agreed upon Shipping Criteria

 

  k. (i) Quotient shall be obliged to deliver any necessary Quotient input to enable STRATEC to achieve any Acceptance Criteria as set out in Sections 2.2 f and 2.2 h. Should Quotient be unable for any reason to give such necessary input or Quotient fails to deliver the written detailed deviation report/justification within the above timeframe (described in Section 2.2 f and 2.2 h), the affected Milestone shall be deemed to have been accepted by Quotient. (ii) The following shall apply in any other event: If QUOTIENT declines STRATEC’s achievement of the agreed subset of Acceptance Criteria pursuant to Sections 2.2 d, 2.2 f or 2.2 h above or declines to authorize STRATEC to release the Instrument into series production pursuant to Section 2.2 i above QUOTIENT shall, within ten (10) days following QUOTIENT’S declination, assess whether the relevant criteria have been met. Should, as a result of such assessment, QUOTIENT and STRATEC agree that the said criteria have been met or deviations from the criteria are irrelevant QUOTIENT shall release the relevant milestone. If the Parties agree on improvements to be implemented prior to QUOTIENT’S relevant release, the Parties shall in good faith agree on an additional period between thirty (30) and ninety (90) days to be given to STRATEC to undertake the necessary steps to ensure that the Instrument units meet the relevant agreed upon criteria. If STRATEC, in QUOTIENT’S opinion fails to meet the criteria during such period of time, QUOTIENT shall bring the issue to the Steering Committee for a decision which the Steering Committee shall reach within ten (10) business days

 

  1.

In the case where the Parties dispute the passing of the Shipping Criteria or Acceptance Criteria as the case may be, the Steering Committee shall meet within twenty (20) working days of one party giving to the other written notice that a dispute exists to attempt to resolve the dispute. In the event that the Steering Committee is unable to resolve the dispute at that meeting, the Parties shall refer the matter to an independent expert or testing laboratory of recognized repute, selected by Quotient and approved by STRATEC

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

8

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) for review and analysis of the conformity of the Instrument (whether in Breadboard, Prototype, Validation or Production form) to the relevant criteria. The Parties shall provide such independent expert or laboratory with all records and documentation relevant to the determination of the matter. The costs associated with such analysis shall be paid by the Party whose assessment of the conformity of the Instrument with the relevant criteria was mistaken.

 

  2.3. QUOTIENT Deliverables.

Quotient shall be obliged to provide STRATEC with QUOTIENT Deliverables set out in Exhibit 5 , throughout the development of the Instrument according to the timeline set out in draft in Exhibit 6 and to be finalized in Phase 1 (“Timeline”) and in accordance to the PDR/Project Plan as set out in Exhibit 1. A shortfall to the commonly agreed upon Timeline, which is attributable to QUOTIENT, shall lead to the following consequences: STRATEC shall give QUOTIENT written notice of the shortfall and QUOTIENT shall have twenty (20) business days to cure the position. If the shortfall is not cured by Quotient within such twenty (20) business day period (i)STRATEC shall have the right to invoice QUOTIENT all relevant costs related to keeping allocated resources in the project at that time, and (ii) the shortfall shall constitute a breach as outlined in Section 2.7. If the shortfall has not been cured within 6 months of the due date for the relevant Quotient Deliverable than STRATEC shall have the right but not the obligation to terminate the Agreement following the procedure as set out in Section 2.7.b. STRATEC in no case shall be held liable for any consequences resulting from such shortfall of QUOTIENT Deliverables.

It is understood between the Parties that during the different curing periods any shortfall of a QUOTIENT Deliverable shall lead to a break in the Timeline for the duration of the shortfall. After the complete delivery as set out in Exhibit 6 and Exhibit 1 of the relevant QUOTIENT Deliverable delayed, to be assessed at STRATEC’s sole discretion, the Timeline as outlined in the Payment Schedule shall continue by adding the actual duration of the Delay to the time outlined in the following milestones.

Should a change within the Quotient Deliverable for example but not limited to the process consumable) result in a necessary change in instrument modules (e.g. washer, loading mechanism, process ring or line, detection unit) it is understood that additional cost resulting from this change shall be borne by Quotient and the timeline of the project will need to be adjusted and shall be mutually agreed.

Any necessary significant change/s to the Project Parameters resulting from a shortfall solely attributable to QUOTIENT shall result in a new proposal of STRATEC to Quotient, which shall not be part of this Agreement.

 

  2.4. Communication and Changes to Project Parameters.

 

  a. The responsibilities of the Parties to this Agreement are set forth in the Project Parameters ( Exhibits 1 ). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions among the body of this Agreement and/or the Exhibits, the terms and conditions that govern shall be determined by the following in the following order: (a) the body of this Agreement, (b) the Exhibits and appropriate attachments, and (c) any other documentation associated with this Agreement.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

9

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  b. Each party shall name a finite number of personnel as Core Team members. The Core Team members ( Exhibit 2 ) must comprise at least one Project Manager each for QUOTIENT and STRATEC. Each party shall primarily communicate to the other party through, and direct any and all communication regarding the development activities performed under this Agreement to, the other party’s Project Manager. When appropriate, Core Team members of each party may communicate directly. Any communication from one party to the other party that is not directed to a Core Team member shall be deemed as being outside the scope of this Agreement and shall not bind either party. The Core Team shall have the right to change Project Parameters within a contractually predefined framework, provided that any changes resulting in a significant impact on the price, timeline or features of the Instrument shall be referred to the Steering Committee. For the purposes of this Section 2.4.b, a “significant impact” shall include, without limitation, a delay of four (4) weeks or more to the Timeline, an increase of two hundred thousand Euros (€200,000) or more to the Development Cost, and an increase of seven hundred and fifty Euros (€750) or more to the Transfer Price.

 

  c. STRATEC shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining the Change Control for all released STRATEC documents regarding any changes to the design of the Instrument. STRATEC shall establish a shared file system and QUOTIENT shall have online access to this. Change Control shall start immediately after the prototype phase of the development, using a modified process to be agreed upon between the Parties in Phase 1. Beginning with the manufacturing of Validation Instruments the Parties shall employ a Change Control process in its full scope to be agreed in Phase 1, following the then current version of STRATEC’s SOP PB035 attached hereto as an example applicable at the date of execution of this agreement as Exhibit 3 .

 

  2.5. Training.

 

  a. Prior to the shipment of the Instrument Prototypes STRATEC shall supply reasonable and timely Training to adequately qualified QUOTIENT personnel or its representatives in the design, servicing and operation of the Instrument Prototype unit(s). Such Training will be provided at no cost to QUOTIENT and shall take place in one Training session at STRATEC’s facility and be restricted to a total five trainees. Such sessions shall be for the purpose of “Training the trainer.” QUOTIENT shall be responsible for all travel related expenses incurred by QUOTIENT in connection with this Section 2.5.a.

 

  b. STRATEC shall provide all standard maintenance training and support services to QUOTIENT for the Instrument Prototypes and Validation Instruments, including, if applicable, training concerning maintenance, technical service, and repair at a facility of QUOTIENT’S choosing in the United States or Europe at STRATEC standard rates per STRATEC trainer per day. QUOTIENT shall be responsible for all travel related expenses incurred by STRATEC in connection with this Section 2.5.b.

 

  2.6. Shipping and Delivery.

 

  a. Shipping Criteria. STRATEC shall provide documentation confirming that it has conducted all relevant testing and received all relevant approvals from Quotient in respect of all applicable Shipping Criteria, prior to release of any and all shipments of the Instrument.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

10

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  b. Delivery. Upon STRATEC’s choice the Instrument Prototypes and Validation Instruments shall be shipped EXW (Incoterms 2010) (according to the meaning ascribed to the term by INCOTERMS in their latest revision) from STRATEC’s site [either in Birkenfeld, Germany, or Beringen, Switzerland. QUOTIENT shall designate the shipper and all shipping charges shall be billed directly from the shipper to QUOTIENT. QUOTIENT shall be responsible for the Payment of all shipping and insurance charges. Prior to the first shipment of an Instrument Prototype, STRATEC shall obtain written confirmation from QUOTIENT that QUOTIENT has obtained satisfactory insurance for damage during transit. QUOTIENT shall bear the risk of loss and cost of transportation upon pick-up by the carrier at STRATEC’s premises.

 

  c. Shipping Instructions. STRATEC shall ship Instrument Prototypes and Validation Instruments in accordance with QUOTIENT’S shipping instructions, including, if requested by QUOTIENT, drop shipments to its designated locations. In the absence of specific instructions, STRATEC reserves the right to ship by the method it, in good faith, deems most appropriate to QUOTIENT’S facility.

 

  d. Shipping Containers. As part of the development program, STRATEC shall design and validate appropriate shipping containers for the Instrument and spare parts.

 

  e. Title. Title to any Instrument shall pass to QUOTIENT only upon full receipt of Payment of the relevant STRATEC invoice in accordance with this Agreement, and not upon shipment EXW.

 

  f. Damage Claims. Upon receipt by QUOTIENT, QUOTIENT shall have a period of three (3) days to inspect the shipment, including its tilt and rock-watches, to ensure that it has not been visibly damaged during shipment. All claims for loss and damage made during shipment must be made to the carrier by QUOTIENT within three (3) days after receipt of the shipment, and STRATEC shall provide reasonable assistance in making claims to the carrier upon QUOTIENT’S request. STRATEC shall not be responsible for any such breakage or damage, unless directly attributable to STRATEC’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  2.7. Termination and Activities after Termination.

 

  a. Termination for Insolvency. Either party may terminate this Agreement by thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party if: (a) either party shall become insolvent or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (b) a petition under any bankruptcy act or similar statute is filed by or against either party.

 

  b. Termination for Breach. Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time for substantial breach of any of the material provisions hereof upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other. If a party asserts such a breach it shall first be obliged to provide a detailed written report of the reasons for such notice. The breaching party shall have a sixty (60) day period to cure the breach or default in accordance with Exhibit 1. A second attempt by the breaching party to cure such substantial or material breach is allowed, provided, however, that the duration of such second attempt shall not exceed twenty (20) business days. Otherwise if such breach or default in not cured within this total time the innocent party may terminate this Agreement as aforesaid.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

11

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  c. Termination at the end of Milestone 2. Either party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other, with immediate effect, in the event that the Parties are unable to agree and sign-off on the PDR, Reliability Program Plan, Acceptance Criteria or Shipping Criteria at the end date of Milestone 2 (as specified above). In such a case both Parties shall have no further liability or obligation to the other party. Provided however that STRATEC shall be entitled to the payment of the then current milestone. In such circumstances any kind of license from the other under the other’s intellectual property shall become null and void. Outstanding payment obligations shall survive such a termination.

 

  d. Consequence of Termination

 

  aa) In the event of termination pursuant to Section 2.7 b before completion of milestone 5 by STRATEC the following shall apply:

 

  (1) Milestone payment . QUOTIENT shall pay STRATEC the current milestone in progress and the next following milestone in full.

 

  (2) Closure Cost. QUOTIENT shall reimburse STRATEC for all Closure Cost STRATEC shall submit a reimbursement report stating the costs two (2) months after termination.

 

  (3) IP-Rights. Any license granted under Section 4.2(d) to QUOTIENT shall become null and void.

 

  (4) STRATEC’s obligations. Through termination notice by STRATEC, STRATEC shall have no future liability or obligation to QUOTIENT under this Agreement after ending of the notice period. This also includes 7.16. The only surviving clauses shall be Sections 1, 5, 6, and 7.

 

  bb) In the event of termination pursuant to Section 2.7 b after completion of milestone 5 by STRATEC the following shall apply:

 

  (1) Milestone payment. QUOTIENT shall pay STRATEC the current milestone in progress and the next following milestone in full.

 

  (2) Closure Cost Quotient shall reimburse STRATEC for all Closure Cost STRATEC shall submit a reimbursement report stating the costs two (2) months after termination.

 

  (3) Minimum Business Guarantee. Quotient shall be obliged to pay an amount of [***] of the transfer price [***] of the Production Instrument times [***] Minimum Commitment)

 

  (4) IP-Rights. Any license granted under Section 4.2(d) to QUOTIENT shall become null and void.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

12

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  (5) STRATEC’s obligations. Through termination notice by STRATEC, STRATEC shall have no future liability or obligation to QUOTIENT under this Agreement after ending of the notice period. This also includes 7.16. The only surviving clauses shall be Sections 1, 5,6, and 7.

 

  cc) In the event of termination pursuant to Section 2.7 b by QUOTIENT the following shall apply:

 

  (1) Milestone payment. No further milestone payment for current or future milestones to STRATEC by QUOTIENT shall become due.

 

  (2) Right to license. In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to 2.7 b by QUOTIENT after the fulfilment of milestone 5 (Acceptance of Prototype Instruments) STRATEC hereby grants to QUOTIENT a limited, non-exclusive license to manufacture, make, have made, offer for sale, have sold and sell the Instrument. The above mentioned license applies only to the Instrument as described in the Project Parameters and not to any other products (including successor products) and the parties shall negotiate in good faith an industry standard rate for the license but not to exceed [***] of the Transfer Price of each such Instrument payable when that Instrument has been manufactured by or on behalf of QUOTIENT and is subsequently sold used by Quotient or otherwise made available to a third party. If the parties cannot agree the rate for the license, it will be deemed to be [***] of the Transfer Price . This provision 2.7.cc (2) shall also apply if STRATEC shall become insolvent or file bankruptcy as described in 2.7. a.

 

  (3) Minimum Business Guarantee. No Minimum Business Guarantee shall apply.

 

  (4) Supply Agreement. The Supply Agreement shall be deemed automatically terminated. Promptly upon such termination, STRATEC shall transfer to QUOTIENT all Know-How necessary for QUOTIENT to exercise this license granted in 2.7 cc (2).

 

  dd) Termination in accordance with the rights contained in this Section 2.7 shall not affect the accrued rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities of the Parties existing at termination.

 

  ee) Any provision of this Agreement which expressly or by implication is intended to come into or continue in force on or after termination of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3. SECTION 3 – PROTOTYPE INSTRUMENTS AND VALIDATION INSTRUMENTS

 

  3.1. Procurement of Instrument units under this Agreement.

During the execution of this Agreement QUOTIENT shall be entitled to purchase and STRATEC shall be required to sell:

 

    Up to 10 Instrument Prototypes at a transfer price of Euros [***] per unit, two (2) of these Instrument Prototype units shall be QUOTIENT’s property but remain at STRATEC until the end of the development program. The total number of Instrument Prototypes to be ordered shall be mutually agreed upon no later than at the end of Phase 1.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

13

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


    Up to 15 Validation Instruments (validation units in STRATEC’s terminology) at a transfer price of Euros [***] per unit. Five (5) of these Validation Instruments shall be QUOTIENT’S property but remain at STRATEC until the end of the development program. The total number of Validation Instruments to be ordered shall be mutually agreed upon no later than at the end of Phase 1.

 

    The Parties will use reasonable efforts to implement a cost reduction program which may reduce the transfer prices set forth above.

 

    QUOTIENT may request delivery of reasonable quantities of additional Instrument Prototypes or Validation Instruments. STRATEC shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to such request. The parties shall reasonably negotiate any price changes based on changes in STRATEC’s costs for the additional instruments.

For the sake of clarity: The transfer price of Instrument Prototype and Validation Instruments (together, the “ Transfer Price ”) includes spare parts and support as described above supplied by STRATEC.

 

  3.2. Manufacture of Instrument, Supply Agreement. The Parties shall agree and execute a supply agreement (“Supply Agreement”) for a minimum number of [***] Production Instruments (“Minimum Commitment”) to be ordered and paid by QUOTIENT under the Supply Agreement. The Minimum Commitment shall be ordered and paid within the period of 6 years after the delivery of the first Validation Instruments under this Agreement (subject always to prior payment as a result of the provisions of Section 2.7 (d) bb) (3) above

QUOTIENT and STRATEC shall agree and execute such a Supply Agreement (based on the draft attached as EXHIBIT 4) within 45 business days of the Effective Date and assuming this Agreement is not terminated at that point. Once so executed the executed version shall be attached at Exhibit 4. The Supply Agreement shall cover the commercial the manufacture, distribution and supply of the Instrument and also the obligation for QUOTIENT to cover all economical cost associated to the interest of STRATEC in regards to the Minimum Commitment. Should the Parties not sign a Supply Agreement within the agreed upon time and this failure is not solely attributable to STRATEC such failure shall be considered a substantial breach of a material provision by QUOTIENT.

 

4. SECTION 4 – PROPRIETARY RIGHTS, OWNERSHIP

 

  4.1. IP Rights Relating to Existing Components.

 

  a. The Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology shall remain the sole property of QUOTIENT. QUOTIENT hereby grants STRATEC a non-exclusive, royalty-free license, during the term of this Agreement, to use the Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology to develop and manufacture Instrument

 

  b. The Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology shall remain the sole property of STRATEC, subject to the limited rights of use granted QUOTIENT by this Agreement.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

14

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  4.2. IP Rights Relating to New Technology.

 

  a. Any developments made during the term and within the scope of this Agreement that are based on, derived from, or are improvements to, and/or reduced to practice by either party to Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology shall be property of STRATEC (New STRATEC Technology).

 

  b. Any developments made during the term and within the scope of this Agreement that are based on, derived from, or are improvements to, and/or reduced to practice solely and independently by QUOTIENT to its Pre-Existing QUOTIENT Technology shall be the property of QUOTIENT (New QUOTIENT Technology).

 

  c. Any other developments conceived or reduced to practice by either Party during the performance of the development and within the scope of this Agreement and not falling under Pre-Existing Technology of either party shall be solely owned by STRATEC. QUOTIENT shall not acquire ownership of general know-how, expertise, methodologies, techniques acquired by STRATEC during its performance under this Agreement which is of general nature and necessary to continue its business model of providing design, engineering and manufacturing work to multiple clients including but not limited to clients performing sales activities in the area of hematology.

 

  d.

STRATEC hereby grants to QUOTIENT a fully paid, irrevocable, perpetual, royalty-free, world-wide license under the new STRATEC IP Rights developed under this agreement that is (i) the non-exclusive sub-licensable right to make, have made, and use the Instrument; provided however such Instruments are procured by QUOTIENT from STRATEC as required by the Supply Agreement including for so long as required by the Supply Agreement ;and (ii) the exclusive sub-licensable right to market, offer for sale, sell, import and export the Instrument or have done any of those things. In regard to other Stratec IP Rights (for example but not limited to Pre Existing Stratec IP or other background technologies) STRATEC (1) hereby grants to Quotient the right to use the same in connection with Quotients internal development activities relating to development of the system solution; and (2) will grant to QUOTIENT under the Supply Agreement an irrevocable, perpetual, world-wide license under the STRATEC IP Rights that is (i) the non-exclusive sub-licensable right to make, have made, and use the Instrument; provided however such products are procured by QUOTIENT from STRATEC as required by the Supply Agreement including for so long as required by the Supply Agreement ;and (ii) the exclusive sub-licensable right to market, offer for sale, sell, import and export the Instrument or have done any of those things, which in circumstances where Quotient manufactures the Instrument where it is permitted to do so under the Supply Agreement shall include a license fee payable by QUOTIENT to STRATEC. The parties shall negotiate in good faith an industry standard rate for such license fee but not to exceed [***] of the Transfer Price of each such Instrument payable when that Instrument has been manufactured by or on behalf of QUOTIENT and is subsequently sold, used by Quotient or otherwise made available to a third party. If the parties

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

15

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  cannot agree the rate for the license, it will be deemed to be [***] of the Transfer Price. The above mentioned licenses apply only to the Instrument as described in the Project Parameters and not to any other products (including successor products or derivatives).

 

  e. STRATEC shall exclusively develop the Instrument as specified in the PDR for QUOTIENT in accordance with the Project Parameters.

 

  f. STRATEC undertakes and agrees not to use any of the QUOTIENT IP Rights to research, develop, manufacture, market, sell or have sold any instruments or other equipment save the Instrument for QUOTIENT.

 

  g. Should there be a dedicated new patent filing made by STRATEC resulting from the development activities explicitly ordered and paid for by Quotient under this program, which becomes part of STRATEC IP Rights, then (i) STRATEC shall in all cases have the right to use in any form the invention claimed in such dedicated new patent filing or subsequent patent (freedom to operate) save that (ii) STRATEC shall be obliged not to use the invention claimed either in such dedicated new patent filing from time to time until grant or claimed in the subsequent patent (and provided always such patent filing has not been declined) to develop, manufacture or sell any instrument to perform blood grouping (to include antigen typing and antibody identification) using Microarray Technologies during the term of the Agreement or the Supply Agreement. “Microarray Technologies” shall mean an array of up to [***] spots of antibodies, peptides/proteins or cells or cell fragments on a planar surface with a spot diameter between [***] and [***] where the total size of the array area shall be up to [***]

 

  h. STRATEC shall be obliged to inform QUOTIENT of any inventions made under this Agreement which can reasonably be determined to be patentable. Should STRATEC come to the conclusion that such invention is patentable STRATEC shall be obliged to file such patent. Should STRATEC decide not to file such patent QUOTIENT shall have the right to call a Steering Committee meeting within 4 weeks beginning with the information in regard to such invention. In such case the Steering Committee shall have the power to decide whether STRATEC has to file such patent (at cost of QUOTIENT) or not. In case the Steering Committee is not able to make a final decision Section 7.14 shall apply.

 

  4.3. IP Warranties, Freedom to Use.

 

  a. STRATEC represents that any Pre-Existing STRATEC Technology used on the Instrument with its mutually approved specifications either made, used or sold alone, or in combination with other STRATEC pre-approved components of the Instrument, will not infringe any published patents issued in the U.S. (excluding any software only patent claims not considered patentable outside the U.S.), Japan, by the European Patent Office, or the German Patent Office as of the Effective Date, or any copyright, trademark, trade secret, or other intellectual property right or Know-How of any third party (together “Third Party IP”).

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

16

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  b. STRATEC hereby grants to QUOTIENT, and if necessary, shall obtain for QUOTIENT at STRATEC cost from any third-party owning Third Party IP, paid-up licenses to use all Third Party IP rights necessary and in accordance with the agreed upon Instrument specifications for QUOTIENT to sell, and its customers to use, the Instrument. STRATEC warrants that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the need for the use of Third-Party IP in the Instrument instruments or development thereof; provided, however, that the Parties recognize that despite such efforts by STRATEC, Third-Party IP may be required and may be used and incorporated by STRATEC upon written notice to QUOTIENT and a reasonable opportunity to discuss available alternatives. Furthermore, in all cases where Third-Party IP is used, STRATEC guarantees that it shall obtain necessary licenses for use of such Third-Party IP in the development of the Instrument.

 

  c. In case of any dispute arising from this section 4.3. Parties agree to use their best effort to reach mutual consensus in resolving such dispute, such efforts to include a minimum of two meetings of the Steering Committee as well as a retention period for any and all further legal action of ninety (90) days following the notice of the event causing such dispute with the express understanding that both Parties are willing to change the Instruments to a commercially reasonable degree and general technical equivalence in order to avoid or resolve such dispute.

 

  d. If an owner of Third Party IP threatens or commences proceedings claiming infringement of that Third Party IP by the development, manufacture or sale of the Instrument the indemnity provisions in Sections 6.3.a and 6.3.b shall apply, subject always to Section 6.3.c.

 

  4.4. Invention Disclosure, Patent Prosecution. The Parties to this Agreement shall make a complete and prompt written disclosure to each other specifically detailing the features and concepts of any and all ideas, designs, discoveries, inventions, improvements, and, in general, all things encompassed within the IP Rights as outlined in sections 4.2.a, 4.2.b and 4.2.c above and identifiable as such that are conceived or first actually reduced to practice, solely or jointly by the Parties hereto and/or persons working under the Parties direction and/or persons employed or retained by the Parties during the term of and in performance of service under this Agreement. QUOTIENT agrees to execute any and all documents reasonably requested by STRATEC to perfect and enforce its rights in such New Technology pursuant to this Section 4.

 

  4.5. Enforcement. STRATEC and QUOTIENT shall both have the power and discretion to enforce and exploit any of their respective existing IP Rights or any IP Rights pursuant to sections 4.2.a, 4.2.b or 4.2.c above against third parties by civil lawsuit or licensing. Each Party shall cooperate and assist the other party as reasonably requested in any legal action to enforce such rights. All costs of any such legal action relating to an infringement of the IP Rights by the manufacture and sale of an instrument like or similar to the Instrument, including any reasonable STRATEC charges and expenses, shall be borne by QUOTIENT and any monetary relief granted as a result of such legal action shall accrue to QUOTIENT.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

17

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


5. SECTION 5 - CONFIDENTIALITY

 

  5.1. Confidential Information. – Prior to the execution of this Agreement STRATEC and QUOTIENT may have entered into a confidentiality agreement. The Parties hereby agree that the following terms of Section 5 and this Agreement shall hereby replace all the terms of any prior confidentiality agreements, if any.

 

  5.2. The term “Proprietary Information” includes, but is not limited to, any information, data or other material of a party hereto, regardless of form, whether oral or written, relating to, referring to, or evidencing any technology, processes, designs, patent applications, computer programs, supplier or customer lists, or any other financial or business information of one party, provided, however, the term “Proprietary Information” does not include any such information, data or other material if the same is:

 

  i. In the public domain or later enters the public domain other than through breach of this Agreement by its recipient.

 

  ii. Known to the other party at the time of receipt as can be proved by the other party by a written document dated prior to such time of receipt;

 

  iii. Publicly disclosed by a third party, with the prior written approval of the first party, who received such information from the first party; or

 

  iv. Known to the other party lawfully from a source other than the first party as can be proved by the other party by a written document.

 

  5.3. Each Party shall keep in strict confidence any and all Proprietary Information and not directly or indirectly disclose it or make it available for any purpose to any person or entity other than its personnel and consultants who legitimately need to have the Proprietary Information for purposes directly related and necessary to its performance under this Agreement. Each Party shall use such information only for the purpose of performing hereunder and shall reproduce such Proprietary Information only as approved in writing by the other party and only to extent necessary for such purpose. Each Party represents and warrants that personnel employed by each party that are working on this project have entered into general Confidentiality Agreements with their respective employers, and any consultants to whom Proprietary Information is disclosed in accordance with this Section 5.3 shall be obligated to the same extent as such personnel.

 

  5.4. Notwithstanding Section 5.3, either party shall be permitted to disclose Proprietary Information:

 

  i. to a regulatory authority as reasonably necessary to obtain regulatory approval in a particular jurisdiction to the extent necessary for the performance of either party’s obligations under terms of this Agreement;

 

  ii. to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary to comply with the order of a court or any present or future law, regulation, directive, instruction, direction or rule of any regulatory authority including any amendment, extension or replacement thereof which is from time to time in force; and/or

 

  iii. and if approved in writing by the other party to third parties in relation to any financing or strategic activity and to any evaluation site, provided, however, that such persons must be obligated to substantially the same extent as set forth in Section 5.3 to hold in confidence and not make use of such Proprietary Information for any purposes other than those permitted by this Agreement.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

18

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  5.5. The Parties agree that in the event of any breach by one party of any of its obligations hereunder, the other party will suffer irreparable harm and that monetary damages will be inadequate to compensate such party for such breach. Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other will, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce any such breach of the terms of this Section 5.

 

  5.6. All Proprietary Information, including copies thereof, shall remain the property of the originator and, except as specified in this Agreement, shall be immediately returned to the originator (and not used for any purposes) upon request therefor or upon any termination of this Agreement, provided that one copy may be retained for legal purposes only. Each Party further agrees that all of its obligations undertaken pursuant to this Section 5 shall survive and continue after termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

  5.7. Trademarks . Nothing in this Agreement grants to either Party the right to use or display the names, trademarks, trade dress, trade names, logos or service marks of the other party, except to identify the Instruments and associated services of the other Party to the extent obligations are undertaken pursuant to this Agreement. Except in the case of correspondence and proposals issued in the ordinary course of business, each Party agrees to submit to the Party for written prepublication approval, any materials which may use or display any name, trademark, trade name, logo or service mark of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect either Party’s rights to use, including but not limited to attempt to register or file any such trademarks in any jurisdiction, any trademarks, service marks or proprietary words or symbols of the other Party to properly identify the goods or services of such other party to the extent otherwise permitted by applicable law or by written agreement between Parties.

 

6. SECTION 6 – COMMERCIAL TERMS

 

  6.1. Conflicting Documents. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall govern the performance of the Parties hereunder notwithstanding any inconsistent, conflicting or additional language as may exist on purchase orders, invoices, confirmation, order acknowledgements or other forms of communications of either QUOTIENT or STRATEC.

 

  6.2. STRATEC Warranty and Representations.

 

  a.

STRATEC warrants good workmanship in accordance with generally accepted professional standards (e.g. 21 CFR Part 820). STRATEC further warrants that all development work to be performed under this Agreement will be performed in a sound and industry compliant manner. Subject to Section 6.3.a below, STRATEC makes no other warranties or warranties whatsoever, and this warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability. With the exception of a warranty on material defects discovered prior to the putting into operation of Instrument Prototypes and Instrument Validation Instruments, such instruments shall not be covered by any warranty for wear and tear and the like.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

19

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  STRATEC warrants to QUOTIENT to the best STRATEC’s knowledge, that the work performed and delivered and accepted by QUOTIENT does not directly infringe upon any published instrumentation and software related patents, as of the date of acceptance under this Agreement by QUOTIENT, issued in the U.S. (excluding any software patent claims not considered patentable outside the U.S.), by the European Patent Office, or the German Patent Office as of the Effective Date, or any copyright, or trade secret of any third party.

 

  b. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.3 and Section 6.2.a, NO OTHER WARRANTIES ARE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

  c. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ACTION WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY, INDEMNIFICATION, OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY TO THE OTHER RELATING TO, ARISING FROM OR OUT OF A BREACH OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED TWO MILLION EUROS (EUR 2,000,000), PROVIDED THAT SUCH LIMITATION SHALL NOT APPLY TO (AND SHALL EXCLUDE DAMAGES PAID IN RESPECT OF) THE INDEMNITIES HEREUNDER OR ANY BREACH HEREUNDER RELATING TO, ARISING FROM OR OUT OF THE OWNERSHIP OR USE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN CONTRAVENTION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE LIMITATIONS SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE 6 WILL SURVIVE AND APPLY EVEN IF ANY LIMITED REMEDY SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT IS FOUND TO HAVE FAILED OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

 

  d. Any and all warranties hereunder and in this Agreement shall not apply to any commercially sold Systems for which the terms of the Supply Agreement shall apply.

 

  6.3. Indemnification

 

  a.

Indemnification by STRATEC . STRATEC shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless QUOTIENT, its Affiliates, and its respective employees, contractors and agents, from and against any liability, damage, loss, cost or expenses ( including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs) (collectively, “ Losses ”), (A) to the extent they arise out of or result from any third party claims or suits made or brought against QUOTIENT to the extent such Losses arise out of or relate to STRATEC’s gross negligence, recklessness or willful and wanton conduct causing physical property damage, bodily harm or death; or (B) are awarded against QUOTIENT by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final judgment in favor of the owner of (i) any published patents issued in the U.S. (excluding any software

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

20

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  patent claims not considered patentable outside the U.S.), by the European Patent Office, or the German Patent Office, (ii) copyright, or (iii) trade secret of any third party, all published or validly in existence as of the Effective Date, as a direct result of any claim of infringement of any such patent, copyright or misappropriation of any trade secret related to STRATEC deliverables under this Agreement. The foregoing indemnification obligations shall not apply to the extent that any Losses are the result of QUOTIENT’S breach, gross negligence, recklessness or willful and wanton conduct. STRATEC’s indemnity obligation under this Section shall not extend to claims based on: (i) an unauthorized modification of the Instrument or its included software made by QUOTIENT where the software or Instrument without such modification would not be infringing, (ii) QUOTIENT’S agreed upon technical contribution during the course of development under this Agreement (“Technical Contribution”) where the Instrument or software without such QUOTIENT’S Technical Contribution would not be infringing; or (iii) QUOTIENT’S use of superseded or altered version of any Instrument or software if infringement would have been avoided by the use of subsequently revised software or Instrument and provided such new software has been provided to QUOTIENT.

 

  b. Indemnification by QUOTIENT. QUOTIENT shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless STRATEC, its Affiliates, and its respective employees, contractors and agents, from and against any Losses to the extent they arise out of or result from: (A) any third party claims or suits made or brought against STRATEC to the extent such Losses arise out of or relate to QUOTIENT’S gross negligence, recklessness or willful and wanton conduct and (B) arc awarded against STRATEC by a court of competent jurisdiction pursuant to a final judgment in favor of the owner of (i) any published patents issued in the U.S. (excluding any software patent claims not considered patentable outside the U.S.), by the European Patent Office, or the German Patent Office, (ii) copyright, or (iii) trade secret of any third party, all published or validly in existence as of the Effective Date , as a direct result of any claim of infringement of any such patent, copyright, or misappropriation of any trade secret related to the QUOTIENT’S deliverables, Pre-Existing Technology or other materials provided to STRATEC under this Agreement. The foregoing indemnification obligations shall not apply to the extent that any Losses are the result of STRATEC’s breach, gross negligence, recklessness or willful and wanton conduct.

 

  c. Conditions to Indemnification. The indemnities set forth in this Section 6.3 are conditioned upon the indemnified party’s obligations to: (a) advise the indemnifying party of any claim or suit, in writing, promptly after the indemnified party has received notice of such claim or suit; provided, that failure or delay in giving such notice shall not reduce or eliminate the indemnifying party’s obligations hereunder unless and to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure or delay; (b) assist the indemnifying party and its representatives (at the indemnifying party’s expense) in the investigation and defense of any claim and/or suit for which indemnification is provided; and (c) use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate all Losses. Neither party shall be required to indemnify the other party for any settlement of a claim or suit entered into without the prior written approval of the indemnifying party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

21

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  d. Infringement Remedies. In the event an infringement or misappropriation claim as described in Section 6.3 above arises, or if STRATEC reasonably believes that a claim is likely to be made, STRATEC, at its option and in lieu of indemnification, may: (i) modify the applicable deliverables or Instrument so that they become non- infringing but still reasonably comply with the applicable specifications set forth in the respective specifications for the Instrument, or (ii) replace the applicable deliverables with non-infringing functional equivalents; or (iii) obtain for QUOTIENT the right to use such deliverables upon commercially reasonable terms at STRATEC’s sole expense; or only if the three preceding remedies prove impractical or commercially impracticable, then (iv) remove the infringing deliverables and refund to QUOTIENT the fees paid for such deliverables that are the subject of such a claim. This Section 6.3 sets forth the exclusive remedy and entire liability and obligation of each party with respect to intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, including patent, copyright or trademark infringement claims and trade secret misappropriation.

 

  e. Intellectual Property Rights Exclusions . STRATEC shall have no obligation under Section 6.3 or other liability for any infringement or misappropriation claim resulting or alleged to result from: (i) any claim arising from any instruction, information, design or other materials furnished by QUOTIENT to STRATEC hereunder; or (ii) QUOTIENT’S continuing the allegedly infringing activity after or after being informed and provided with modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement.

Article 6 shall only apply to the extent that (i) STRATEC shall only be liable to the proportional degree of its fault, as ruled by a final court decision ; (ii) QUOTIENT provides STRATEC with prompt notification after it receives information about a claim and wishes to request indemnification from STRATEC ; (iii) STRATEC shall have the right to participate during all settlement meetings, mediation, arbitration, trial in relation to the claim ; (iv) STRATEC shall have the right to approve or disapprove any settlement agreement whereas STRATEC shall not unreasonably withhold its approval; (v) STRATEC shall only be held liable as per a settlement agreement, or a final court judgment, or an arbitration decision establishing the actual liability of STRATEC.

7. SECTION 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  7.1. Rights of Inspection . QUOTIENT shall have the right, during normal business hours and at reasonable intervals, not to exceed one (1) per calendar year, to visit STRATEC’s facility to conduct evaluations of the performance by STRATEC under this Agreement at QUOTIENT’S own expenses. QUOTIENT shall provide reasonable prior written notice of at least twenty (20) business days to STRATEC of the time and date of each such visit. STRATEC shall use its best efforts to permit and enable QUOTIENT to have access, during normal business hours and with reasonable advance notice, to STRATEC approved agents and subcontractors, including their facilities and records, retained by STRATEC for the purposes hereof.

 

  7.2.

Independent Contractors. The Parties are, act, and shall act at all times as independent contractors in carrying out their respective obligations under this Agreement and nothing contained herein shall be construed, deemed or interpreted otherwise. In performing

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

22

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  hereunder, neither Party is an agent, employee, employer, joint venturer or partner of the other Party. Neither Party shall enter into or incur, or hold itself out to any third party as having the authority to enter into or incur, on behalf of the other Party, any contractual expenses, liabilities or obligations whatsoever.

 

  7.3. Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing. Notice to a party shall be deemed to have been given if and when delivered by either party to the other in person or if and when mailed by registered or certified mail to the address shown below, or at such other address as each party instead may from time to time designate in writing to the other party.

 

If to QUOTIENT:    QUOTIENT LIMITED
   PO Box 1075
   9 Castle Street
   St Helier JE4 2QP
   Jersey
   Attention: Chief Executive Officer
   With a Copy to: Company Secretary
If to STRATEC:    STRATEC Biomedical AG
   Gewerbestrasse 37
   D-75217 Birkenfeld
   Germany
   Attention: Vorstand / Board of Management
   With a Copy to: Rechtsabteilung / Law and Patents

 

  7.4. Adverse Information. The Parties hereto warrant that if either one develops or discovers adverse information regarding the development of the Instrument the other party will be notified immediately.

 

  7.5. Noninterference. Both Parties represent and warrant that no provision of this Agreement is in any way in conflict with or impairs performance of any present contractual obligation to any third party and neither Party nor any persons employed by a Party or who assists Party in this project will assume any obligation or restriction which will conflict with or prevent them from performing any of the services called for by this Agreement.

 

  7.6. Assignments, Succession and Waivers. Except where the assignee is a successor in business or an Affiliate, this Agreement or any part thereof shall not be assignable, and any attempted assignment shall be null and void, without first obtaining the express written consent of the other party, provided, however, that either party may assign this Agreement

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

23

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  to an Affiliate or to a purchaser of substantially all of the assets of the business to which this Agreement relates without the prior consent of the other party. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties, their successors and permitted assignees. No express waiver or any prior breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach hereof and no waiver shall be implied.

 

  7.7. Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable in damages for, nor shall this Agreement be terminable or cancelable by reason of, any delay or default in such party’s performance hereunder if such default or delay is caused by events beyond such party’s reasonable control including, but not limited to, acts of God, acts of terrorism or other attacks launched as acts of war against the United Kingdom, Germany or Switzerland or any other relevant country regulation or law or other action of any government or agency thereof, insurrection, civil commotion, destruction of production facilities or materials by earthquake, fire, flood or storm, labor disturbances, or epidemic. Each party agrees to use its best efforts to resume its performance hereunder if such performance is delayed or interrupted by reason of such forces majeure as listed above

 

  7.8. Integration. This Agreement and the Supply Agreement express the entire understanding between QUOTIENT and STRATEC with respect to the subject matter addressed and merge all prior oral discussions or written correspondence between them. This Agreement and the Supply Agreement shall be read and interpreted together. The Project Proposal attached as Exhibit 1 is attached only for reference as to the state of the instrument design and the preliminary work allocation between the parties as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, and the commercial terms set forth in the Project Proposal are superseded in their entirety by this Agreement. No notification, extension, or waiver of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be binding unless agreed to in writing by the Parties.

 

  7.9. Publication. Neither Party shall disclose the existence of this Agreement or the contents thereof to the public or any third parties without the prior written consent of the other Party. However, either Party shall have the right to disclose information, after written agreement by the other Party, including, if applicable, the Agreement or the contents thereof, to any of its advisors or consultants, to any persons necessary on an IPO or for the purposes of M&A or licensing deals or otherwise as necessary to meet its legal obligations. Unless required by law, the Parties hereto shall use their best effort to reach agreement on the contents and the scheduling of the public disclosure of any such information.

 

  7.10. Governing Law. The present Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Swiss law, with the exception of the rules of the private international law. The parties agree that the United Nations Convention on the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement. The Parties shall first attempt to resolve any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement in good faith through an amicable settlement.

 

  7.11. Legal Counsel. Each party is a sophisticated business entity which has involved legal counsel of its own choosing in the drafting, negotiating and concluding of this Agreement and any presumption in statutory or common law against the drafter of any particular provision herein, or against the drafter of this Agreement as a whole, shall be of no effect whatsoever and each party covenants to, and shall, refrain from asserting or relying upon any such presumption.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

24

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  7.12. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held unenforceable or in conflict with the law of any jurisdiction, it is the intention of the Parties that the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be affected by such holding.

 

  7.13. Non-Waiver. Failure of either party hereto to insist on strict performance shall not constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement or waiver of any future default of STRATEC.

 

  7.14. Arbitration. Any dispute, controversy or claim between the Parties arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement, including, without limitation, any dispute regarding validity or termination, or performance or breach thereof, including non-contractual claims to the extent not resolved by the Parties’ negotiations, shall be finally resolved by arbitration administered by the Handelskammer Chamber of Commerce in Zurich (the “HCC”). The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the ICC Rules of Arbitration in effect at the time, except as they may be modified herein or by agreement of the Parties. The arbitral tribunal (hereafter the “Tribunal”) shall consist of one arbitrator for each Party to this Agreement that is a Party to the dispute to be arbitrated (hereafter an “Arbitration Party”), and one neutral arbitrator. One arbitrator shall be nominated by each Arbitration Party within thirty (30) days of the commencement of arbitration proceedings, and those arbitrators shall agree upon the neutral arbitrator, who shall act as chair of the Tribunal; provided, however, that (i) if, at the end of the thirty-day period immediately following the nomination of the arbitrators nominated by each Arbitration Party, such arbitrators are unable to agree upon the neutral arbitrator, such neutral arbitrator shall be appointed by the HCC and (ii) if any Arbitration Party refuses to nominate an arbitrator, such arbitrator shall be appointed by the HCC. The place of arbitration shall be in Geneva, Switzerland.

The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. All submissions to the Tribunal shall be made in English.

Any award of the Tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Arbitration Parties, their successors and permitted assigns and all other Parties to this Agreement, their successors and permitted assigns. The Arbitration Parties waive to the fullest extent permitted by law any rights to appeal to, or to seek review of such award by, any court or tribunal. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

  7.15. Headings. All Sections and paragraph captions or titles are intended only for reference purposes and arc without contractual significance or effect.

 

  7.16. Survivability. Sections 1,4.1,4.2,5,6 and 7 shall survive termination of this Agreement regardless of reason for termination.

 

  7.17. Injunctive Relief. The parties agree that injunctive relief is appropriate in enforcing the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement. In the event of any such action to construe this provision, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover, in addition to any charges fixed by the court, its costs and expenses of suit, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

25

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


  7.18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more copies, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument; however, this Agreement shall have no force or effect until executed by both Parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date as stated on the first page of this Agreement:

 

QUOTIENT     STRATEC Biomedical AG
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

    By:  

/s/ Marcus Wolfinger

Name:   Paul Cowan     Name:   Marcus Wolfinger
Title:   Chairman & CEO     Title:   CEO

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

26

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT 1    Proposed Project Parameters
   B1-1: Preliminary Product Requirements Document (draft)
   B1-2: Design Plan (draft)
   B1-3: Project Plan (draft)
   B1-4: Project Proposal
EXHIBIT 2    Core team members
EXHIBIT 3    STRATEC’s Change Control SOPs
EXHIBIT 4    Supply Agreement (draft)
EXHIBIT 5    Quotient Deliverables (draft)
EXHIBIT 6    Timeline Quotient Deliverables (draft)

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

27

 

STRATEC Development Agreement    Signature version


Exhibit 2:

Core Team Members

 

STRATEC:   
Programme Manger:    [***]
HW Lead Engineer:    [***]
SW Lead Engineer:    [***]
System Integration Specialist:    [***]
Quotient:   
Programme Director:    [***]
Principal Scientist:    [***]
Project Manager:    [***]

 

[***] CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE COMMISSION.

 

 

  

Exhibit 10.10

Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 16 day of February, 2012, by and among Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited, a no par value liability company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands with registered number 109886 (the “ Corporation ”), each holder of the Corporation’s A Preference Shares (“ Series A Preferred ”) and B Preference Shares (“ Series B Preferred ” and together with the Series A Preferred, the “ Preferred Stock ”) listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investors ”), and the holders of the Corporation’s Ordinary Shares, A Deferred Shares, B Deferred Shares, C Deferred Shares, A Ordinary Shares and B Ordinary Share (collectively, the “ Common Stock ”) listed on Schedule B hereto (the “ Key Holders ” and together with the Investors, the “ Shareholders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Key Holders, the holders of Series A Preferred (the “ Series A Holders ”) and the Corporation desire to induce the Series B Holders (as defined below) to purchase shares of Series B Preferred pursuant to the Investment Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and among the Corporation and certain of the Investors (the “ Investment Agreement ”) by entering into this Agreement in order to provide the Investors with the rights and privileges as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation, the Key Holders and the Investors, including the Series A Holders, each hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of: or shares the same management Corporation with, such Person.

Agreement ” shall mean this Shareholders Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Articles of Association ” shall mean the Corporation’s Articles of Association, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

Board ” shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

Closing Date ” shall mean the date of closing of the Investment Agreement.


Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Corporation ” shall mean Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, its successors and assigns.

Derivative Securities ” shall mean any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

Exit Event ” means (i) a Sale of the Corporation (other than pursuant to Section 3) where the Series B Holders will receive an aggregate cash consideration at such closing less than US$2.1O per share; (ii) or any application for admission to trading or listing of the Corporation’s shares (or any class of shares) on NASDAQ or any recognized investment exchange or other stock market approved by the Requisite Series B Holders where the price per share on listing or admission to trading is less than US$5.25 (both as adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like). For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to clause (i), the term “Exit Event” shall be deemed to include any Sale of the Corporation (other than pursuant to Section 3) in which the Series B Holders receive less than two (2) times their aggregate gross investment in the Corporation as set forth in the Investment Agreement, and, with respect to clause (ii), the term “Exit Event” shall be deemed to include any application for admission to trading or listing of the Corporation’s shares (or any class of shares) on NASDAQ or any recognized investment exchange or other stock market approved by the Requisite Series B Holders where the Series B Holders receive less than five (5) times their aggregate gross investment in the Corporation as set forth in the Investment Agreement.

Founder Director ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles.

Galen ” shall mean, collectively, Galen Partners Y, L.P. and Galen Partners International V, L.P. and their respective Affiliates.

Indemnified Tax Amount ” means the additional amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax due to (A) the inclusion of any amount in the income of an Investor under Sections 951(a)(I)(A) and (B) of the Code, (B) the recharacterization of a capital gain as a dividend under Section 1248 of the Code (whether by operation by operation of Section 1248 or any other section of the Code), (C) the application of Section 367(b) of the Code, or (D) the treatment of any amount as an excess distribution under Section 1291 of the Code due to the Corporation meeting the Asset Test due to its status as a “controlled foreign corporation” as such terms are defined in the Tax Memorandum; provided that, in each such case, the additional tax is the result of the Corporation being a “controlled foreign corporation” due to the direct or indirect sale of Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited stock. The additional amount of U.S. federal, state and local tax for a taxable year shall equal the amount of income included in the Investor’s gross income under (A), (B), (C) and (D) multiplied by the highest applicable U.S. federal, state and local statutory tax rates applicable to any Galen partner or any member of the general partner of

 

2


Galen in effect for such year. The tax so calculated with respect to any amount described in (B) shall be reduced by the amount of tax that such Galen partner or member of the general partner of Galen would have paid had the income in question been characterized as capital gain.

Investment Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.

Investor Director ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Articles.

New Securities ” shall mean, collectively, equity securities of the Corporation, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

Permitted Share Issue ” means an issue of shares pursuant to:

 

    agreements entered into pursuant to Sections 5(b), (c) or (d); or

 

    the warrants and options referred to in the Investment Agreement and as set forth in the Capitalization Table set out in Schedule C;

Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability Corporation, association, organization or other entity.

QBDG ” shall mean Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited, incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands with company number 103254.

Requisite Series B Holders ” shall mean the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred.

Sale of the Corporation ” shall mean a “Sale” as such term is defined in the Articles of Association.

Series A Preferred ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Series B holders ” shall mean the holders of shares of Series B Preferred as set forth on Schedule A hereto.

Series B Preferred ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Shares ” shall mean and include any securities of the Corporation the holders of which are entitled to vote for members of the Board, including without limitation, all shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred, and Series B Preferred, by whatever name called, now owned or subsequently acquired by a Shareholder, however acquired, whether through stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise.

 

3


Tax Memorandum ” means a memorandum on the U.S. federal income tax regimes governing “controlled foreign corporations” and “passive foreign investment companies” as attached hereto as Schedule D.

SECTION 2. Exercise of Voting Powers . Each Shareholder agrees to vote or cause to be voted all Shares owned or controlled by them as may be necessary, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to (a) increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock from time to time to ensure that there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock available for conversion of all of the shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at any given time, and (b) implement the Exit provisions contained in articles 6.2 and 6.3 of the Articles of Association

SECTION 3. Galen Unilateral Rights .

(a) Accelerated Sale .

(i) Commencement of Accelerated Sale . If, at any time following the date that is twenty four (24) months following the Closing Date or if, at any time before such date the cash balance of the Corporation drops below $1,000,000 at any time for a continuous period of 60 days within the period extending from the Closing Date through the second anniversary of the Closing Date, Galen may, in its sole discretion and without the need for additional approval by the Board or Shareholders, request (i) a Sale of the Corporation or (ii) that a third party be found to purchase the shares of Series B Preferred then held by the Series B Holders (each, an “ Accelerated Sale ”). For the avoidance of doubt, Galen’s request for an Accelerated Sale shall not be subject to any conditions or contingencies. In order to initiate an Accelerated Sale, Galen shall deliver written notice (an “ Accelerated Sale Notice ”) to either the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Board. The Accelerated Sale Notice shall specify whether Galen desires to proceed with a Sale of the Corporation or to effect a sale of the Series B Holders’ shares of Series R Preferred to a third party.

(ii) Effecting an Accelerated Sale . Following the receipt by the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer or the Board, as applicable, of an Accelerated Sale Notice, the Corporation shall have a period of one (1) month to appoint an advisor to help coordinate and effect the Accelerated Sale (the “ Accelerated Sale Advisor ”) and otherwise to begin the process of effecting an Accelerated Sale. The appointment of the Accelerated Sale Advisor shall be subject to the mutual agreement of Galen and QHDG. Subject to Section 3(a)(iii), each of the Shareholders, including, without limitation, QBDG, hereby agree that such Shareholder will use all reasonable efforts to effect the Accelerated Sale in a timely manner, including, without limitation, taking the following actions: (a) if such Accelerated Sale requires shareholder approval, with respect to all Shares that such Shareholder owns or over which such Shareholder otherwise exercises voting power, to vote (in person, by proxy or by action by written consent, as applicable) all Shares in favor of, and adopt, such Accelerated Sale (together with any related amendment to the Articles required in order to implement such Accelerated Sale) and to vote in opposition to any and all other proposals that could delay or impair the ability of the Corporation to consummate such Accelerated Sale; (b) to execute and deliver all related documentation and take such other action in support of the Accelerated Sale as shall reasonably be requested by the

 

4


Corporation, the Accelerated Sale Advisor or Galen in order to carry out the terms and conditions of this Section 3(a) , including, without limitation, executing and delivering instruments of conveyance and transfer, and any purchase agreement, merger agreement, indemnity agreement, escrow agreement, consent, waiver, governmental filing, share certificates duly endorsed for transfer (free and clear of impermissible liens, claims and encumbrances) and any similar or related documents; (c) not to deposit, and to cause their Affiliates not to deposit, except as provided in this Agreement or the Articles, any Shares of the Corporation owned by such Shareholder or Affiliate in a voting trust or subject any Shares to any arrangement or agreement with respect to the voting of such Shares, unless specifically requested to do so by the acquiror in connection with the Accelerated Sale; (d) to refrain from exercising any dissenters’ rights or rights of appraisal under applicable law or preemption or similar rights contained in the Articles of Association at any time with respect to the Accelerated Sale; and (e) in the event that a shareholder representative (the “ Shareholder Representative ”) is appointed in connection with the Accelerated Sale with respect to matters affecting the Shareholders under the applicable definitive transaction agreements following consummation of such Accelerated Sale, (x) to consent to (i) the appointment of such Shareholder Representative, (ii) the establishment of any applicable escrow, expense or similar fund in connection with any indemnification or similar obligations, and (iii) the payment of such Shareholder’s pro rata portion (from the applicable escrow or expense fund or otherwise) of any and all reasonable fees and expenses to such Shareholder Representative in connection with such Shareholder Representative’s services and duties in connection with such Accelerated Sale and its related service as the representative of the Shareholders, and (y) not to assert any claim or commence any suit against the Shareholder Representative or any other Shareholder with respect to any action or inaction taken or failed to be taken by the Shareholder Representative in connection with its service as the Shareholder Representative, absent fraud or willful misconduct.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision of this agreement or the Articles of Association, in the event Galen exercises its Accelerated Sale right pursuant to this Section 3 , the Corporation (in the event the Corporation receives an definitive offer from a third party with respect to such Accelerated Sale) or Galen (in the event Galen receives a definitive offer with respect to such Accelerated Sale), as applicable, shall provide QBDG with notice of such offer and for a period of twenty eight (28) days following delivery of such notice QBDG shall have the right to consummate the Accelerated Sale with the Corporation or the Series B Holders, as applicable, at the same price offered by such third party and on terms substantially similar to those offered by such third party.

(iv) Liability in Accelerated Sale Documents . No Shareholder shall be required to comply with Section 3(a)(ii) or (iii) above in connection with an Accelerated Sale unless: (1) any representations and warranties to be made by such Shareholder in connection with the Accelerated Sale are limited to representations and warranties related to authority, ownership and the ability to convey title to such Shareholder’s shares or other securities in the Corporation, including but not limited to representations and warranties that (i) the Shareholder holds all right, title and interest in and to the shares or securities such Shareholder purports to hold, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (ii) the obligations of the Shareholder in connection with the transaction have been duly authorized, if applicable, (iii) the documents to be entered into by the Shareholder have been duly executed by the Shareholder and delivered to

 

5


the acquirer and are enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with their respective terms and (iv) neither the execution and delivery of documents to be entered into in connection with the transaction, nor the performance of the Shareholder’s obligations thereunder, will cause a breach or violation of the terms of any agreement, law or judgment, order or decree of any court or governmental agency; and (2) the liability for indemnification, if any, of such Shareholder in the Accelerated Sale and for the inaccuracy of any representations and warranties made by the Corporation or its Shareholders in connection with such Accelerated Sale, is several and not joint with any other Person (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breach of representations, warranties and covenants of the Corporation- as well as breach by any stockholder of any of identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), and is pro rata in proportion to, and does not exceed, the amount of consideration paid to such Shareholder in connection with such Accelerated Sale.

(v) Termination of Accelerated Sale . Notwithstanding the foregoing, Galen, in its sole discretion, may elect to cease the Accelerated Sale process at any time by delivering written notice to the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer or the Board, in which event the rights to effect an Accelerated Sale shall lapse and not be available for a second or subsequent sale.

(b) Failure to Effect Accelerated Sale or Redeem Series B Preferred; Reconstitution of Board and Appointment of Executive Chairman . In the event that (1) the Corporation has failed to effect an Accelerated Sale within twelve (12) months following the delivery by Galen of the Accelerated Sale Notice to the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer or Board or (2) the Corporation has failed to redeem or register the transfer of any shares of Series B Preferred in accordance with Article 12 of the Articles (each of the foregoing events, a “ Unilateral Event ”), then the size of the Board shall be increased, and Galen shall have the right to appoint any and all directors to fill any vacancies created by such increase, until such time as the Galen representatives on the Board constitute a majority of the Board (the “ Galen Board Increase ”). In addition, upon the occurrence of a Unilateral Event, Galen shall have the right to appoint an Executive Chairman of the Board (the “ Executive Chairman Appointment ”). Each Shareholder hereby agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Shareholder, or over which such Shareholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to effect the Galen Board Increase and/or the Executive Chairman Appointment in accordance with the terms of this Section 3(b) .

SECTION 4.

(a) Matters Requiring Investor Approval . Subject to Galen’s rights and privileges set forth in Section 3 above, the Corporation hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Series B Holders and QBDG that it shall not, without the prior written consent or affirmative vote of the Requisite Series B Holders and QBDG, take, or cause any of its subsidiaries to take, any of the following actions (directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

(1) alter the Corporation’s Memorandum of Association or Articles or the rights attaching to any Shares (other than the conversion of any shares in accordance with the Articles);

 

6


(2) issue any new Shares other than for a Permitted Share Issue;

(3) grant any options or other equity interests other than for the purpose of a Permitted Share Issue;

(4) declare, make or pay any dividend or other distribution;

(5) pass any resolution to wind up, dissolve or liquidate the Corporation or any of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, including, without limitation, close down any business operation or dispose of or dilute its interest in any of its subsidiaries;

(6) amalgamate or merge with any other Corporation or business undertaking or enter into, vary or terminate any partnership, consortium or joint venture;

(7) acquire any business or shares (other than in a group Corporation) or interest other than in a corporate or other entity;

(8) make, increase or amend any borrowing (other than from banks in the ordinary course of business not in excess of £100,000 above the principal amount outstanding at Closing);

(9) sell, transfer or dispose of or grant an option or other right over all or a substantial part of the Corporation’s undertakings and assets,

(10) enter into any agreement to carry out or complete an Exit Event;

(11) enter into or vary any transaction, arrangement or agreement with any director or shareholder of the Corporation or its subsidiaries or any person connected with any such director or shareholder, other than an arms’ length employment agreement or agreement for services in the ordinary course of business;

(12) establish or amend any material profit-sharing, share option, bonus, employee trust or other incentive schemes of any nature for directors or employees other than for a Permitted Share Issue;

(13) increase the number of shares or equity securities reserved for issuance under any option plan or other equity incentive scheme, including, without limitation, the Management Pool and the Independent Director Pool (each as defined below), in excess of the number of shares reserved in the Capitalization Table set out in Schedule C;

(14) establish or amend any pension scheme; or grant any material pension rights to any director, employee, former director or employee or any member of such person’s family;

(15) engage in any business other than the business of developing, manufacturing and selling transfusion diagnostic products; or expend any monies or incur any liabilities other than in good faith for the purpose or in connection with the carrying on of the business or enter into any arrangement, contract or transaction outside the normal course if its business or otherwise than on an arms length basis;

(16) enter into any commitment outside the ordinary course of business which would involve the Corporation or its subsidiaries in the payment or receipt of consideration having an aggregate value in excess of £100,000 or enter into any commitment within the ordinary course of business which would involve the Corporation or its subsidiaries in the payment of consideration having an aggregate value in excess of £100,000;

 

7


(17) grant, create or permit to be created any new encumbrance on any material asset or any shares in the Corporation or its subsidiaries other than liens arising in the ordinary course of business;

(18) give any guarantee, suretyship or indemnity to secure any liability of any other person (other than the Corporation or its subsidiaries) or assume any of the obligations of any other person;

(19) enter into any operating lease for a duration exceeding five (5) years or involving aggregate premium and annual rental payments for the Corporation or its subsidiaries in excess of £100,000;

(20) grant any rights (by license or otherwise) in or over any intellectual property owned or used by the Corporation or its subsidiaries;

(21) change either its auditors or its accounting reference date;

(22) make or permit to be made any material change in the accounting policies adopted by the Corporation or its subsidiaries;

(23) make any loan or grant any credit or give any guarantee or indemnity, other than in the ordinary course of business;

(24) agree to remunerate any officer of or consultant to the Corporation at an annual rate in excess of £100,000;

(25) enter into or vary or (subject to any breach justifying termination) terminate any contract of employment providing for the payment of remuneration in excess of £100,000 per annum;

(26) enter into any transaction reasonably likely to result in the Corporation becoming a “controlled foreign corporation” for US tax purposes as further set out in the Tax Memorandum;

(27) subject to the rights of Galen and QBDG to appoint and remove directors pursuant to Article 32 of the Articles of Association increase or decrease the size of the Board; or

(28) effect or commit to any of the items listed in (1) through (27) above by a subsidiary of the Corporation.

(b) Relationship with Articles of Association . For as long as this Agreement continues in force, in the event an action or matter requiring the consent of the Requisite Series B Holders and QBDG pursuant to Section 4(a) has received Preference Consent (as defined in the Articles of Association) such action or matter shall be deemed to have been approved by the Requisite Series B Holders and QBDG solely with respect to that specific instance in accordance with Section 4(a).

 

8


SECTION 5. Additional Covenants .

(a) Board Matters . Unless otherwise determined by the vote of a majority of the directors then in office (including the Founder Director and at least one (1) Investor Director), the Board shall meet at least quarterly (either in person or via teleconference) in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule; provided that the Board shall meet in person at least one (I) time each calendar quarter. The Corporation shall reimburse the non-employee directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board (or any meetings of the board of directors of any of the Corporation’s subsidiaries) or other Corporation business. When trans-Atlantic travel is required by Corporation business, reasonable travel expenses shall be deemed to include the cost of business class fare. The Corporation shall cause to be established, as soon as practicable following the Closing, and will maintain, an audit and compensation committee, each of which shall include the Founder Director and at least one (1) Investor Director. Upon reasonable notice to each member of the Board, each of Galen and QBDG shall have the right to convene a teleconference meeting of the Board.

(b) Management Pool and Independent Director Pool . On the Closing, a total of 2,081,675 shares shall be reserved for the Corporation’s equity incentive option pool (the “ Management Pool ”) which shall include 250,182 Ordinary Shares for issuance to future independent directors (the “ Independent Director Pool ”). Each Shareholder hereby agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Shareholder, or over which such Shareholder has voting control in whatever manner as shall be necessary to effect the increases to the Management Pool and the Independent Director Pool as set forth in this Section 5(b) . As from Closing the share capital structure of the Corporation shall be as set out in Schedule C.

(c) Equity Interests Granted to Directors . Unless otherwise approved by the Board, including at least one (1) Investor Director, all directors of the Corporation who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Corporation’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for the exercise of such options on an Exit Event (as defined in the Articles of Association) on terms consistent with standard QBDG option grants outstanding as of the date hereof. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board, including at least one (1) Investor Director, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any shares issued from the Independent Director Pool at the then fair market value of such shares as determined in good faith by the Board and otherwise on terms set out in the Articles of Association.

 

9


(d) Equity Interests Granted to Employees and Consultants Prior to Closing . All options and deferred shares granted to employees and consultants of QBDG, Alba (as defined in the Investment Agreement), QBD Inc. (as defined in the Investment Agreement), the Corporation or its subsidiaries which are in issue and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, shall continue in accordance with the terms applicable to such options and deferred shares as in effect immediately prior to Closing subject only to those amendments arising pursuant to the new option agreements with the Corporation to be entered into on or promptly following the date of this Agreement or on such later date as the Board may determine; provided that aforementioned options and deferred shares are set forth in the Capitalization Table set forth out on Schedule C.

(e) Insurance . The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, within ninety (90) days of the date hereof, from financially sound and reputable insurers Directors and Officers liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board, and will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board determines that such insurance should be discontinued.

(f) Successor Indemnification . If the Corporation or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Corporation assume the obligations of the Corporation with respect to indemnification of members of the Board as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Articles, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

(g) Registration Rights . In the event the Corporation grants any future rights or privileges to any existing or future holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not also applicable to the Series B Holders, the Corporation shall grant to the Series B Holders such additional rights or privileges. Without limiting the foregoing, if, following the Closing, the Corporation sells or issues any securities, whether or not currently authorized (including securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock), that entitles any holder thereof to registration rights, including, without limitation, demand and piggyback registration rights, with respect to such securities (or any shares of capital stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of such securities) (the “ Registration Rights ”), then the Corporation shall grant the same Registration Rights to the Series B Holders (or Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred).

(h) Passive Foreign Investment Company . The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid being a “passive foreign investment company” or “PFIC” as such term is described in the Tax Memorandum. The Corporation shall make due inquiry with its U.S. tax advisors at least annually regarding the Corporation’s status as a PFIC and if the Corporation becomes a PFIC, or if there is a likelihood of the Corporation being a PFIC for any taxable year, the Corporation shall promptly notify Investors of such status or risk, as the case may be. The Corporation shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each taxable year of the Corporation (but in no event later than sixty (60) days following the end of each taxable year) provide Investors with an accurate and complete PFIC Annual Information Statement in the form set out in the Tax Memorandum.

 

10


(i) Controlled Foreign Corporation . The Corporation shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid being a “controlled foreign corporation” or “CFC” as such term is described in the Tax Memorandum. The Corporation shall make due inquiry with its U.S. tax advisors at least annually regarding the Corporation’s status as a CFC and if the Corporation becomes a CFC, or if there is a likelihood of the Corporation being a CFC for any taxable year, the Corporation shall promptly notify Investors of such status or risk, as the case may be. In the event the Corporation is a CFC, it shall provide the Investors with any information that may reasonable request in order to allow the Investors to properly file their U.S. federal income tax returns.

(j) Indemnified Tax Amount . If the Corporation engages in any transaction that causes any Indemnified Tax Amount to be payable by any Investor, the Corporation shall indemnify such Investor with an amount equal to the Indemnified Tax Amount provided that:

 

  a. The Corporation shall be kept fully and timely informed of all matters relating to the tax reporting of any income or gain that gives rise to an Indemnified Tax Amount and shall in good faith consider adopting any tax reporting position proposed by the Corporation that reduces any Indemnified Tax Amount; provided, however, that the Investor shall not adopt any such position unless, in the opinion of the Investor’s tax counsel and its tax return preparer, the Investor would be more likely than not to prevail if such position were challenged by the Internal Revenue Service and the Investor fully exhausted all administrative and judicial remedies available to it in order to sustain such filing position;

 

  b. Payment of the Indemnified Tax Amount shall be made no later than five (5) business days before the date of which the Investor (or its partners) is obliged to make the payment of tax to which the Indemnified Tax Amount relates; and

 

  c. The Investor shall not make any admission of liability, settlement or compromise of the Tax Claim, or agree to any matter in the conduct of such Tax Claim which may affect the amount of the Indemnified Tax Amount without the prior approval of the Corporation, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

SECTION 6. Third Party Financing.

(a) In the event of an offer to finance (a “ Financing Offer ”) the Corporation or any successor or assignee of the Corporation established or operating to hold all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (the “ Corporation Successor ”) that (i) is made on bona fide arms’ length terms approved the Board, (ii) includes any offer of securities in the Corporation or Corporation Successor, as applicable, (iii) is in compliance with the provisions of Article 8 of the

 

11


Articles of Association (Further Issue of Shares) (which shall be deemed to apply to any subsidiary of the Corporation or Successor Corporation) (the “ Preemption Rights ”), and (iv) either Galen or QBDG has declined to participate (a “ Non-Participating Investor ”) in accordance with the Preemption Rights, then the Non-Participating Investor shall not exercise any of such Non-Participating Investor’s rights under Section 4(a) or as set forth in the Preemption Rights in respect of such Financing Offer.

(b) If, following closing of the Financing Offer, the Non-Participating Investor holds less than 25% of the total voting rights of the Corporation or the Corporation Successor, as applicable, such Non-Participating Investor’s rights under this Agreement and such Non- Participating Investor’s rights as Investor or Founder, as applicable, under the Articles of Association (including with respect to voting and Minimum Return (as defined in the Articles of Association)) shall terminate and such Non-Participating Investor shall exercise all voting rights and other powers of control and execute all documents and carry out all acts required by Galen or QBDG, as applicable, to carry out and complete such Financing Offer, provided that the terms of Section 3(a)(iv) shall apply with respect to any such documents entered into by a Non- Participating Investor mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 6. Remedies

(a) Grant of Proxy: No Conflicting Agreements . Upon the failure of any Shareholder to vote its Shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Shareholder hereby grants to a shareholder designated by the Board a proxy coupled with an interest in all Shares owned by such Shareholder, which proxy shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates pursuant to its terms or this Section 6(a) is amended to remove such grant of proxy in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof, to vote all such Shares in the manner as provided herein. Each Shareholder hereby revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to such Shareholder’s Shares and shall not hereafter, until this Agreement terminates pursuant to its terms or this Section 6(a) is amended to remove this provision in accordance with Section 7(e) hereof: grant, or purport to grant, any other proxy with respect to such Shares, deposit any of such Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of such Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth in this Agreement.

(b) Specific Enforcement . It is agreed and understood that monetary damages would not adequately compensate an injured party for the breach of this Agreement by any other party, that this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable, and that any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement shall be the proper subject of a temporary or permanent injunction or restraining order. Further, each party hereto waives any claim or defense that there is an adequate remedy at law for such breach or threatened breach.

(c) Remedies Cumulative . All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

12


(d) Exercise of Remedies. Where any right or remedy hereunder accrues to the holders of any class of share in the Corporation, such rights shall be exercisable only with the consent of holders of the majority of the shares in such class from time to time.

(e) Conflict with Articles . If there shall be any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Articles of Association, as between the Shareholders the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

SECTION 7. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail (including PDF) or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5)  days after having been sent by first class mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices and other communications shall be sent to the Corporation at its principal office, Attention: Chairman, and to the other parties at the addresses set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B , as applicable (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by notice given in accordance with this Section 7(a) ).

(b) Assignment of Rights .

(i) The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement

(ii) Any successor or permitted assignee of any Key Holder shall deliver to the Corporation and the Investors, as a condition to any transfer or assignment, an instrument of adherence hereto pursuant to which such successor or permitted assignee shall confirm their agreement to be subject to and bound by all of the provisions set forth in this Agreement that were applicable to the predecessor or assignor of such successor or permitted assignee.

(iii) The rights of the Investors hereunder are not assignable without the Corporation’s written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), except (i) by an Investor to any Affiliate, partner, retired partner, member or retired member of such Investor, or (ii) to an assignee or transferee who acquires all of the Shares then held by a particular Investor, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such assignment, including an assignment contemplated by the preceding clauses (i) or (ii) shall be subject to and conditioned upon any such assignee’s delivery to the Corporation and the other investors of an instrument of adherence hereto pursuant to which such assignee shall confirm their agreement to be subject to and bound by all of the provisions set forth in this Agreement that were applicable to the assignor of such assignee.

(iv) Except in connection with an assignment by the Corporation by operation of law to the acquirer of the Corporation, the rights and obligations of the Corporation hereunder may not be assigned under any circumstances.

 

13


(c) Future Issuances to Key Holders . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Corporation’s Key Holders with respect to future issuances to Key Holders by the Corporation of additional Shares.

(d) Term . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect until and shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the consummation of an Exit Event (as defined in the Articles of Association), or (b) termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 6 or 7(e) below.

(e) Consent Required to Amend, Terminate and Waive . This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by (a) the Corporation, (b) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred then held by all of the Investors and (c) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred then held by all of the Investors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 3 , 4 , 5 and 6 shall be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Requisite Series B Holders and QBDG. Any termination, amendment or waiver so effected shall be binding upon all the parties hereto and all parties’ respective successors and permitted assigns, whether or not any such party, successor or assign entered into or approved such amendment or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision hereof may be waived by the waiving party on such party’s behalf, without the written consent of any other party. Any waiver of any specific right or benefit hereunder shall not prejudice the enforcement or exercise of any similar right or remedy in the future.

(f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Jersey in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Jersey residents entered into and performed entirely within Jersey, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof.

(g) Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

(h) Title and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and arc not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

(i) Attorneys’ Fees . If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

14


(j) Aggregation of Stock . All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

(k) Additional Key Holders . In the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Corporation issues shares of capital stock to any person or entity, which shares constitute one percent (1%) or more of the Corporation’s then outstanding capital stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted), the Corporation shall, as a condition to such issuance, cause such person or entity to execute an instrument of adherence hereto, as a Key Holder, in a form approved by the Board, and such person or entity shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to a Key Holder.

(l) Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including any Exhibits and Schedules hereto), the Articles, the Investment Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Investment Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

(n) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

(o) Stock Split . All references to numbers of shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, split, combination or other recapitalization affecting the Shares occurring after the date of this Agreement.

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY :
QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS HOLDINGS LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

Name:   P AUL C OWAN
Title:   DIRECTOR
INVESTORS :
QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS GROUP LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Paul Cowan

Name:   P AUL C OWAN
Title:   DIRECTOR

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HAREHOLDERS A GREEMENT ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS :
GALEN PARTNERS V, L.P.
By:   Galen Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:   /s/ Zubeen Shroff
Name:   Zubeen Shroff
Title:   Managing Director
GALEN PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL V, L.P.
By:   Galen Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Zubeen Shroff

Name:   Zubeen Shroff
Title:   Managing Director
THOMAS BOLOGNA
 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HAREHOLDERS A GREEMENT ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS :
GALEN PARTNERS V, L.P.
By:   Galen Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:    
Name:   Zubeen Shroff
Title:   Managing Director
GALEN PARTNERS INTERNATIONAL V, L.P.
By:   Galen Partners V, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:    
Name:   Zubeen Shroff
Title:   Managing Director
THOMAS BOLOGNA
  /s/ Thomas Bologna

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HAREHOLDERS A GREEMENT ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KEY HOLDERS :   

/s/ Paul Cowan

   BY HIS DULY AUTHORISED ATTORNEY

 

  

Paul Cowan

  

/s/ Paul Cowan

   BY HIS DULY AUTHORISED ATTORNEY

 

  

Paul Cowan

  

/s/ Paul Cowan

   BY HIS DULY AUTHORISED ATTORNEY

 

  

Paul Cowan

  

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO S HAREHOLDERS A GREEMENT ]


Schedule A

Investors

Series B Holders

Galen Partners V, L.P.

680 Washington Boulevard

11th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attn: David Azad

Galen Partners International V, L.P.

680 Washington Boulevard

11th Floor

Stamford, CT 06901

Attn: David Azad

Thomas Bologna

148 Hodge Road

Princeton, NJ 08540

Series A Holders

Quotient BioDiagnostics Group Limited

PO Box 1075

Elizabeth House

9 Castle Street

St Helier

Jersey

JE4 2QP


Schedule B

Key Holders

Jeremy Stackawitz

1551 Wexford Court

Newton

PA 18940

USA

Michael Hannan

703 Damascus Church Road

Chapel Hill

NC 27516

USA

William Brady

606 Meadowmount Lane

Chapel Hill

NC 27517

USA


Schedule C

Capitalization Table

 

Shareholder Name

  

Class of Share

   Shares to be
Issued on
Closing
     Warrants    Shares in
issue post-
Warrant
exercise
     Options    Shares in
issue post-
option
exercise
     % of fully-
diluted
Equity
    % of
Votes
 

Jeremy Stackawitz

   A Deferred Shares      39,539            39,539            39,539         0.13     0.00
   A Ordinary Shares      138,386            138,386            138,386         0.45     0.00
   B Deferred Shares      118,617            118,617            118,617         0.38     0.00
   C Deferred Shares      300,000            300,000            300,000         0.97     0.00

Michael Hannan

   A Deferred Shares      9,885            9,885            9,885         0.03     0.00
   A Ordinary Shares      19,769            19,769            19,769         0.06     0.00
   C Deferred Shares      112,855            112,855            112,855         0.37     0.00


William Brady

   A Deferred Shares      9,885           9,885            9,885         0.03     0.00
   A Ordinary Shares      19,769           19,769            19,769         0.06     0.00
  

C Deferred Shares

     112,855           112,855            112,855         0.37     0.00

QBDG

   A Preference      12,469,954        

 

950,060

(Series A

  

    13,420,014            13,420,014         43.54     48.17

Galen Partners

   B Preference      10,450,653        

 

3,762,316

(Series B

  

    14,212,969            14,212,969         46.11     51.01

Tom Bologna

   B Preference      190,011        

 

37,921

(Series B

  

    227,932            227,932         0.74     0.82

Total Shares

        23,992,178           28,742,475            28,742,475         93.25     0.00

Shares Reserved for Issue Against Current QBDG Share Options (to be replaced by QBDH Share Options

   Ordinary Shares              505,009         505,009         1.64     0.00


Shares Reserved for Issue Against Options to be granted to Directors

                                                                            

John Wilkerson

   Ordinary Shares               62,546         62,546         0.20     0.00

David Azad

   Ordinary Shares               62,546         62,546         0.20     0.00

Tom Bologna

   Ordinary Shares               125,091         125,091         0.41     0.00

Fred Hallsworth

   Ordinary Shares               42,546         42,546         0.14     0.00

Paul Cowan

   Ordinary Shares               62,546         62,546         0.20     0.00

Independent Board Member

   Ordinary Shares               125,091         125,091         0.41     0.00

Shares Reserved for Future Share Option/Management Equity Issues

   Various               1,096,300         1,096,300         3.56     0.00
              

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

                 2,081,675         30,824,150         100.00     100.00
              

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 


Schedule D

Tax Memorandum

MEMORANDUM

 

 

 

TO:    The Board of Directors of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited
FROM:    Mark Hrenya
DATE:    January 30, 2012
RE:    Tax Memorandum

 

 

IRS Circular 230 disclosure : To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any U.S. federal tax advice contained in this analysis is not intended or written by us to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of avoiding tax penalties under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

B ACKGROUND

This memorandum is the “Tax Memorandum” as defined in the Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited Shareholders Agreement dated January     , 2012. It discusses the “controlled foreign corporation” (“CFC”) and “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”) anti-deferral regimes in the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and is being issued in conjunction with the acquisition of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited (“QBDH”) B Preference Shares by Galen Partners V, L.P. and Galen Partners International V, L.P.

The memorandum provides a very general and very high level overview of these two very complex tax regimes. It defines the terms “controlled foreign corporation” and “passive foreign investment company” in order to assist the Board of Directors of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited (“QBDH”) with identify transactions 1 that could result in QBDH being a CFC or PFIC. It also provides steps QBDH may take to mitigate the adverse tax consequences on its U.S. shareholders due to its status as a CFC or PFIC. This discussion does not address all possible situations in which QBDH could become a CFC or PFIC or all steps it might take to mitigate the related tax consequences on its U.S. shareholders. Hence, it is not intended to be used, and it should not be used, as a substitue for professional tax advice on prospective transactions.

C ONTROLLED F OREIGN C ORPORATION R EGIME

Income Inclusion Rules . A “U.S. Shareholder” of a CFC must include in gross income for the purpose of calculating its U.S. federal income tax, its pro rata share of the undistributed CFC’s “Subpart F income” and any increase in the CFC’s earnings invested in “U.S. property”. Gain realized by a U.S. Shareholder on the sale of stock of a CFC is characterized as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. Shareholder’s pro rata share of the CFC’s accumulated earnings and profits and taxed at ordinary income tax rates. Thus, if QBDH becomes a CFC Galen Partners V, L.P. (and its U.S. partners) will be taxed on certain undistributed income earned by QBDH and its subsidiaries. In addition, gain recognized from the sale of QBDH stock would be classified as ordinary income (currently taxed at rates up to 35%) to the extent of Galen’s allocable share of QBDH accumulated earnings, as opposed to being classified as long-term capital gain (currently taxed at rates up to 15%). As a consequence, QBDH and its shareholders should avoid any transactions that result in QBDH and its subsidiaries being classified as CFCs.

 

1   The term “transactions” for this purpose includes transactions and contractual arrangements among QBDH group members.


In the event they are classified as CFCs, steps should be taken to avoid whenever possible, transactions that will result in an income inclusion.

“United States Shareholder” A “U.S. Shareholder” is any U.S. person (including a partnership organized in the United States) that owns or is treated as owning 10% or more of the total voting power of a foreign corporation’s stock. The regulations generally measure the voting power of each class according to the percentage of the board of directors that the class can elect or replace and then divide the voting power of the class among the persons that own shares of that class. A U.S. person is treated as meeting the 10% threshold if that person owns 20% or more of the number of shares of a class of stock that has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors. The following rules are applied for the purpose of determining whether these thresholds are satisfied.

 

    Foreign Entity Attribution . Stock owned by or for a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate is treated as owned proportionately by the entity’s shareholders, partners, or beneficiaries. The attribution does not stop until the stock is attributed to a foreign individual or a U.S. person.

 

    Constructive Ownership . Stock actually owned by an individual’s spouse, children, grandchildren, and parents is treated as owned by the individual except when the rule would treat a U.S. citizen or resident alien individual as owning stock owned by a nonresident alien individual. The constructive ownership rules also attribute stock between domestic entities and their owners and treat options on stock of a corporation as having been exercised, but only to the extent that such treatment would result in a U.S. person being a U.S. Shareholder or the foreign corporation a CFC.

Controlled Foreign Corporation. A foreign corporation is a CFC if more than 50% of either the total combined voting power of its stock entitled to vote or the total value of its stock is owned (or treated as owned) by “U.S. Shareholders” on any day during the foreign corporation’s taxable year.

 

    Voting-power test . If U.S. Shareholders own more than 50% of the voting power of the stock of a foreign corporation, it is a CFC, regardless of the value of such stock. A foreign corporation is a CFC if U.S. Shareholders can elect, appoint, or replace a majority of the board of directors. The same result occurs if the U.S. Shareholders can elect half of the board and one or more of those directors has the power to cast a vote to break any deadlock. If a foreign corporation has a class of stock with the power to elect over half of the corporation’s directors, a U.S. shareholder may have over half of the total voting power simply by owning over half of that class of stock.

 

    Value test . A corporation may also be a CFC if U.S. Shareholders own over half its stock by value, even if they do not satisfy the voting power test. As a result, the word “controlled” is a misnomer in some cases. The value test can be applied only if the relative values of FC’s preferred and common shares are known. If the preferred stock held by C is worth over 50 percent of the total value of all the common and preferred stock, FC is a controlled foreign corporation. Because the relative values of preferred and common stock may shift over time, a foreign corporation may become a CFC without a change in stock ownership.

 

    Example . Assume Galen Partners V, L.P. owns stock representing 40% of the voting power and 40% of the value of the stock of QBDH. A Quotient Bioscience shareholder sells 50% of the shares of Quotient Bioscience’s only class of stock to a U.S. citizen. The U.S. citizen will be deemed to own 10.6% of the voting power of QBDH stock and therefore the U.S. citizen will be a U.S. Shareholder. QBDH will also be a CFC because the U.S. citizen and the Galen fund will own more than 50% of the voting power of the stock of QBDH.


Subpart F Income . If QBDH is a CFC, each U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income, its’ pro rata share of QBDH’s Subpart F income which includes “Foreign Base Company Income” or “FBCI”. Under a de minimis exception, a CFC’s FBCI is zero if it is less than both (i) 5% of the CFC’s gross income, and (ii) U.S. $1,000,000. Income is not FBCI if it is taxed at an effective foreign tax rate that exceeds 31.5%. In addition, a U.S. Shareholder is not required to pick up its pro rata share of FBCI in any year in which a CFC has a deficit in its earnings and profits.

QBDH’s FBCI is likely to fall within two (of several) FBCI categories: (i) foreign personal holding company income (“FPHCI”) and (ii) foreign base company sales income (“FBCSI”).

 

    Foreign Personal Holding Company Income . FPHCI generally consists of passive income comprised of the following:

dividends, interest, royalties, rents, and annuities;

net gains from certain property transactions;

net gains from certain commodities transactions;

certain foreign currency gains;

income equivalent to interest;

income from notional principal contracts;

certain payments in lieu of dividends; and

amounts received under certain personal service contracts.

 

    Exceptions. There are several exceptions that apply to income earned from the active conduct of a trade or business provided certain conditions are satisfied. These exceptions generally do not apply to income received by a CFC from a group company organized in another country.

 

    Example. Assume that QBDG through its subsidiary Alba develops certain intellectual property for which it obtains a patent. Alba makes an election to be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal tax purposes and therefore its development activities are treated as development activities of QBDG. QBDG grants two licenses: one to Company X located in country Y and another to its U.S. subsidiary Quotient. Royalties received from Company X would not be FPHCI but royalties received from Quotient would be FPHCI.

 

    Foreign Base Company Sales Income . FBCSI may come in a variety of forms, including profits, commissions, fees, or other income, and may involve a CFC that either buys and sells for its own account or acts as the agent for a related person. FBCSI always involves the purchase or sale of personal property. A CFC may have FBCSI as a result of participating in any of four basic types of transactions. The property involved in each transaction must be made and used outside the country in which the CFC is organized.

 

    Categories of FBCSI. The four basic types of transactions that give rise to FBCSI include transactions in which –

 

    A CFC buys personal properly from a related person and sells it to anyone. FBCSI results, however, only if (1) the property is manufactured outside the country under the laws of which the CFC is organized, and (2) the property is sold for use, consumption, or disposition outside that foreign country.

 

    A CFC buys personal property from anyone and sells it to related person. FBCSI results, however, only if (1) the property is manufactured outside the country under the laws of which the CFC is organized, and (2) the property is sold for use, consumption, or disposition outside that country.


    A CFC buys personal property from anyone on behalf of related person (i.e., it functions as a purchasing agent), FBCSI results, however, only if (I) the property is manufactured outside the country under the laws of which the CFC is organized, and (2) the property is sold for use, consumption, or disposition outside that country.

 

    A CFC sells personal property on behalf of related person (i.e., it functions as a sales agent). FBCSI results, however, only if (1) the property is manufactured outside the country under the laws of which the CFC is organized and (2) the property is sold for use, consumption, or disposition outside that country.

 

    Exception. FBCSI does not result if the CFC manufactures the property. Thus, if a CFC buys property, transforms it in some way, and then sells it the resulting income will not be FBCSI. The key issue is whether the CFC should be treated as buying and selling the same property or as selling property it manufactured. A CFC may be treated as manufacturing property manufactured by a third party for it pursuant to a contract if the CFC substantially participates in the manufacturing process.

 

    Example. Q-Screen purchases product from an unrelated manufacturer located in India which Q-Screen does not manufacture under U.S. tax principles. Q-Screen sells product to Alba which in turn sells product to a company located in the United Kingdom. The income earned by Q-Screen is FBCSI under the second category of FBCSI described above.

Increase in Earnings Invested in U.S. Property . A U.S. Shareholder of a CFC generally must include in gross income its pro rata shares of the increase in the earnings invested by the CFC in “U.S. property” for the taxable year. “U.S. property” is defined to include four basic types of property: (1) tangible property located in the United States; (2) stock of a domestic corporation; (3) obligations of U.S. persons; and (4) certain items such as patents and copyrights used in the United States.

Very generally, the amount of the income included in the U.S. Shareholder’s gross income under this provision is equal to the lesser of the adjusted basis of the U.S. property and the earnings and profits of the CFC. A U.S. Shareholder generally disregards any U.S. property that was acquired by the CFC before the first day on which it was treated as a CFC. The amount disregarded may not exceed the earnings accumulated in periods before the first day the foreign corporation became a CFC. Thus, QBDH’s investment in Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc. could result in Galen Partners V, L.P. being required to include an amount in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, if QBDH becomes a CFC and additional QBDH earnings are invested in the subsidiary thereafter.

P ASSIVE F OREIGN I NVESTMENT C OMPANY R EGIME

Passive Foreign Investment Company . A foreign corporation is a PFIC if at least (i) 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of passive income (the” Income Test”), or (ii) 50% of the average value of its assets for the year produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “Asset Test”). Passive income is comprised of FPHCI as defined under the CFC rules. Asset values are generally determined using fair market values at the end of each fiscal quarter, but adjusted tax basis must be used if the foreign corporation is a CFC, (increasing the risk that the corporation will be a PFIC because the foreign corporation has no adjusted tax basis in its intellectual property – a non-passive asset). While cash and temporary investments may in fact represent a company’s working capital, they are considered passive assets.

 

    CFC/PFIC Overlap Rule : A foreign corporation is not a PFIC with respect to a particular U.S. investor if the foreign corporation is (i) a CFC and (ii) the U.S. investor is a U.S. Shareholder.


    PFIC Taint. Except as noted below, if a foreign corporation is a PFIC at any time when a U.S. shareholder hold stock of such corporation, the stock will continue to be PFIC in the hands of the U.S. shareholder (the “PFIC Shareholder”) notwithstanding that the foreign corporation never meets the Income Test or Asset Test again.

 

    Example. Assume QBDH is a CFC. As a result, its must use the adjusted tax basis of its assets to determine whether it meets the Asset Test. After a financing transaction, the cash and other passive assets QBDH represent more than 50% of its assets because no value is assigned to its intellectual property and other intangible assets. QBDH will not be considered a PFIC with respect to Galen Partners V, L.P., because Galen Partners V, L.P. is a U.S. Shareholder. However, QBDH will be a PFIC with respect to Thomas Bologna because Thomas is not a U.S. Shareholder.

Excess Distribution Regime . A PFIC Shareholder is taxed under the “excess distribution” regime. An excess distribution is (i) the amount of a distribution received by a PFIC Shareholder from a PFIC during the taxable year over 125% of the average distributions received in respect of such stock during the 3 preceding taxable years, and (ii) any gain recognized from the disposition of PFIC stock. If a PFIC Shareholder receives an excess distribution, the amount of the distribution is spread ratably to each day in the PFIC Shareholder’s holding period. The tax thereon is calculated by multiplying the income spread to each year by the highest ordinary income tax rate in effect for such year. An interest charge is added to the tax as if the tax were due and payable with the return filed for that year and the tax is being paid late.

 

    Dispositions of PFIC Stock. With very limited exceptions, gain realized upon a sale or exchange of PFIC Stock, including those which normally quality for nonrecognition treatment, e.g. tax-free reorganizations, is recognized and taxed under the excess distribution regime.

Qualified Electing Funds . A U.S. shareholder is not taxed under the excess distribution regime, if the shareholder makes an election to treat a PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” or “QEF”. A shareholder of a QEF must include in gross income, its pro rata share of the QEF’s earnings and profits. This inclusion is divided between ordinary earnings and long-term capital gain. An investor must include its pro rata share of the QEF’s earnings and profits in gross income only for those years in which the QEF meets the PFIC Income Test or Asset Test. If neither test is met in a particular year, the investor has no income inclusion for that year.

 

    Election. A QEF election can be made only if the foreign corporation agrees before the election is made that it will make the information available to the U.S. shareholder necessary to file the U.S. shareholders federal income tax return. The election must generally be made on or before the due date, including extensions, of the tax return the U.S. shareholder files for the first year in which the foreign corporation meets the PFIC Income Test or Asset Test.

 

   

Benefit of Election. The PFIC Income Test is based on gross income, (i.e., gross receipts less cost of goods sold but before the deduction of period expenses such as R&D, administrative and marketing expenses). In contrast, a U.S. shareholder who has made a QEF election must include an amount in income only if the company has earnings and profits, (i.e., gross income in excess of period expenses). Accordingly, a QEF election made with respect to an early stage technology company will seldom result in an income inclusion for a U.S. shareholder. While an early stage technology company may meet the PFIC Income Test (because its only gross income consists of interest on funds in its bank account) or, the PFIC Asset Test (because it is a CFC and has significant cash on hand after a financing), it often fails to generate earnings and profits in those


 

years. Accordingly, a QEF election is generally advisable for an early stage foreign technology company if the foreign company meets the Income Test or Asset Test in order to avoid taxation under the excess distribution regime when the U.S. shareholder sells its shares of company stock.

Annual Determinations. It seems unlikely that QBDH will meet the Income Test in light of the fact that it currently has sales. It may however meet the Asset Test if it becomes a CFC and is required to use the adjusted tax basis of its assets to make this determination. While it is less likely that QBDH will be a PFIC if it is not a CFC, it may nevertheless satisfy one of the tests under certain circumstances. Accordingly, it should (i) agree to provide each U.S. shareholder with the information necessary to prepare its U.S. federal income tax return should the U.S. shareholder make a QEF election (to enable the U.S. shareholder to make the election), and (ii) determine annually whether it is a PFIC and if so, the pro rata share of each U.S. shareholders ordinary income and capital gain. The statement attached as Exhibit I should be provided to the U.S. shareholder each year before the due date of its U.S. federal income tax return (March 15 th for Galen Partners V, L.P).


Exhibit I

PFIC A NNUAL I NFORMATION S TATEMENT

Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited

1. This Information Statement is for the taxable year of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited (the “ Company ”) beginning on [                    ] and ending on [                    ] (the “ Taxable Year ”) and is issued to [U.S. shareholder’s name] (“ Investor ”).

2. For the Taxable Year, the Company:

     was a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”).

     was not a PFIC (Skip Sections 3 and 4).

3. The Investor’s pro-rata share of the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) for the Taxable Year follows:

Ordinary Earnings:                             

Net Capital Gain :                             

4. The amount of cash and fair market value of other property distributed or deemed distributed by the Company to the Investor during the Taxable Year was -

Cash: U.S. $        

Fair Market Value of Property; U.S. $        

5. The Company will permit the Investor, its direct or indirect owners to inspect and copy the Company’s permanent books of account, records, and such other Company documents as are necessary to establish that the Company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gain are computed in accordance with U.S. income tax principles.

Date: [                    ]

 

Company
By:  

 

Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 10.11

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Services Agreement (“ Agreement ”), effective as of April 1, 2013 (“ Effective Date ”), is between Future Diagnostics BV, a Dutch Company having its registered office at Nieuweweg 279, 6603 BN Wijchen, The Netherlands (“ Future ”), and QBD (QSIP) Limited, having its registered office at Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE4 2QP, Channel Islands, and its subsidiaries (“ Client ”). Client and Future may be referred to individually as a “ Party ,” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

RECITALS

 

  A. Future is in the business of developing diagnostic assays and performing contract manufacturing services for its clients.

 

  B. Client is in the business of developing and commercializing diagnostic products.

 

  C. Client wishes to engage Future to either develop diagnostic assays for Client commercialization, and/or to perform certain contract manufacturing services for Client, as further specified herein; and Future is willing to perform such services, all under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

1. Definitions.

1.1. “ Affiliate ” means any entity that is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, a Party hereto, for so long as such control exists, where “control” for purposes of this definition only means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

1.2. “ Applicable Laws ” means federal, state local, national and supra-national laws, statutes, rules and regulations, including any rules, regulations, guidance, guidelines or requirements of regulatory authorities, national securities exchanges or securities listing organizations, that are in effect from time to time during the term of this Agreement to the extent the same apply to a particular activity hereunder and have binding force on the relevant Party.

1.3. “ Client Technology ” means all Technology Controlled by Client as of the Effective Date and/or during the term of this Agreement, and all Improvements thereto. Client Technology includes Developed Technology.

1.4. “ Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to Technology and all associated intellectual property and industrial right, the possession by a Party of the right to grant a license or sublicense to such Technology as provided herein without the payment of additional consideration to, and without violating the terms of any agreement or arrangement with, any third party and without violating any Applicable Laws.

1.5. “ Developed Technology ” means any Technology other than Future Technology that is developed, conceived or first reduced to practice by Future specifically for Client and using Client Confidential Information in its performance of a Statement of work. Developed Technology includes Deliverables (defined in Section 2.5) and excludes Joint Technology.

1.6. “ Development Services ” means contract assay development services performed by Future for Client pursuant to a Statement of Work.


1.7. “ Future Technology ” means all Technology that is used by Future, or provided by Future for use, in the performance of Services that is (a) Controlled by Future as of the Effective Date or (b) authored, invented, developed, conceived or first reduced to practice by Future after the Effective Date either (x) other than in performance of the Services; and/or (y) without the use of any Materials or Client Confidential Information; and Improvements to the foregoing (a) and (b). Without limiting the foregoing, Future Technology includes analytical methodology (including, without limitation, testing methods, practices, procedures or other methodological innovations, and reagents and materials related thereto, excluding Materials), methods and processes of manufacturing, and modifications to Future’s facilities and equipment.

1.8. “ Improvement ” means any improvement, modification, enhancement, derivative work, additive element or extension to any technology, invention, discovery or work of authorship.

1.9. “ Joint Technology ” means any Technology that is invented jointly by Future and Client in their performance of a Statement of Work, and that does not use Client Confidential information.

1.10. “ Manufacturing Services ” means contract manufacturing services performed by Future for Client pursuant to a Statement of Work.

1.11. “ Materials ” means materials, equipment, instruments, reagents, biological materials, consumables, and any other tangible items provided by Client to Future as described in the applicable Statement of Work, as well as all information concerning the stability, storage and safety requirements of such materials and other information related to such materials as may be needed by Future to perform the Services.

1.12. “ Product ” means a product manufactured by Future for Client in performance of Manufacturing Services.

1.13. “ Purpose ” means, with respect to any given Statement of Work, Client’s use of the Deliverables solely for the purpose identified in such Statement of Work.

1.14. “ Services ” means the services performed by Future for Client pursuant to a Statement of Work, including without limitation Manufacturing Services.

1.15. “ Specifications ” means the requirements, standards, quality assurance and control parameters, and other specifications provided by Client to Future for the Development Services or Manufacturing Services as detailed in a Statement of Work.

1.16. “ Technology ” means all inventions, discoveries, Improvements, trade secrets and proprietary methods, and all technology, works of authorship, designs, processes, techniques, formulations, processes, know-how, computer programs, databases, trade secrets, designs, marketing plans, product plans, design plans and business strategies, and in each case whether patentable or not, or susceptible to copyright, trade secret, or any other form of legal protection under Applicable Law, and all right, title and interest in and to such items, including, without limitation, all copyrights, patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks, moral rights and all other applicable proprietary and intellectual property rights throughout the world.

2. Services .

2.1. Request for Services . Client may, from time to time, request Future to perform Services pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. When such requests are made, Client and Future will work together to develop a statement of work describing such Services as described more fully in Section 2.2.

 

2


2.2. Statements of Work . Future will provide Client the Services as specified in a written statement of work signed by both parties (“ Statement of Work ” or “ SOW ”). A form of SOW is attached hereto as Exhibit A. Each SOW should include, as applicable, the following details regarding the Services: scope, deliverables, Specifications (whether for contract Development Services or Manufacturing Services), fees and compensation, timelines, and such other details as the Parties may agree. Upon execution by the Parties, each SOW will become part of this Agreement and be subject thereto. If the terms of any SOW conflict with the terms of this Agreement, then the terms of this Agreement will govern unless specifically otherwise stated in the SOW, in which case the SOW term shall govern only with respect to such SOW. If Client requests any changes to the Services, Future will inform Client of the cost and impact of such changes and will not implement any change without a fully executed amendment or change order to the relevant SOW. Prior to commencement of Services under any SOW, Client shall either submit a written purchase order or include a purchase order in the SOW, and such purchase order or purchase order number will be valid for all invoicing under such SOW.

2.3. Project Team . Each Party will identify a project leader (“ Project Leader ”) who will be such Party’s primary point of contact under this Agreement to manage the SOW process. The Project Leaders will meet and confer to discuss, negotiate, draft and execute Statements of Work, and who will regularly meet and confer to discuss the progress of the SOW and conduct all administrative efforts involved in performing the SOW. The Project Leader of each Party does not have the power or authority to represent such Party for purposes of amending this Agreement or any SOW.

2.4. Materials . Client will provide certain Materials to Future in connection with the Services. Future shall use reasonable care in safeguarding, inventorying and handling the Materials and will not use Materials for any purpose other than as permitted by the relevant SOW and this Agreement. Client will provide Future with information relevant to the safe and authorized use, storage or handling of Materials, other than routine laboratory risks for materials of the same nature. Future acknowledges the Materials are made available for research use only and may not be used in humans. Future shall retain control of the Materials and shall not distribute or release the Materials to any person or entity other than employees and agents of Future who are: (a) under Future’s direct supervision and control and (b) have a need to access the Material in connection with the Services. Future will retain all Materials during the conduct of the Services and, upon Client’s written request and expense, will return unused Materials to Client. Absent such request, Future will dispose of such unused Materials. For Materials that constitute equipment or instruments (“ Equipment ”), Client shall purchase, insure and retain ownership of the Equipment, and shall, as between the Parties, be the sole and exclusive owner of the Equipment. Future shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the Equipment in proper working condition. Client shall be responsible for the risk of loss of Materials except where such loss is caused by Future’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

2.5. Deliverables . For assay development Services, Future will provide the direct results of its performance of the Services to Client, including but not limited to data, assays, reports and other deliverables as set forth in each SOW (“ Deliverables ”), and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and deliver the Deliverables in accordance with the timetable established in such SOW. Future will notify Client if Future determines that there are likely to be substantial delays. Client acknowledges that, due to the nature of the Services, Future cannot guarantee that any Deliverable will be developed or delivered. Future shall keep Client reasonably informed of Future’s progress in developing and delivering Deliverables, provide Client a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on interim draft reports, and take account of any such comments with respect to such Deliverables. Client’s use (including without limitation copying, modification and distribution) of Deliverables is subject at all times to the restrictions in Section 6.4.5.

2.6. Client Obligations . Client acknowledges that its timely provision of, and Future’s access to, all relevant Client assistance, cooperation, and complete and accurate information and data and Materials is essential to the performance of the Services, and that Future shall not be liable for any deficiency or delay in performing the Services if such deficiency or delay results from Client’s failure to provide full cooperation as required in this Section.

 

3


Client shall provide Future with all information available to Client regarding known or potential hazards associated with the use of any materials or substances supplied to Future by Client.

2.7. Non-exclusivity . Client acknowledges that all Services are provided on a non-exclusive basis, and Future reserves all rights for itself and its Affiliates to provide third parties with deliverables that are identical or similar to Deliverables, including results or work product generated using materials that are similar or identical to Materials, provided however that Future shall not use any Client Confidential Information, Developed Technology or Materials to perform Services for any third party.

3. Conduct of Services .

3.1. General . Future will conduct the Services: (a) in a diligent and professional manner, (b) with reasonable due care and in conformity with current generally accepted standards and procedures for such type of services; and (c) in compliance with Applicable Laws; provided, however, that Future is not obligated to perform the Services in compliance with Applicable Laws where such conduct is pursuant to Client’s written instructions or Specifications and/or in reliance upon or use of Materials in accordance with this Agreement. For contract manufacturing Services, Future will use commercially reasonable efforts to manufacture the Product in accordance with the Specifications and the relevant SOW. Future will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform Services and deliver Deliverables pursuant to each SOW.

3.2. Quality Assurance . Future shall, in performing Services, maintain internal quality processes, including without limitation design control, that are (i) International Standards Organization (ISO) 13485 registered; and (ii) in compliance with the In Vitro Diagnostics Directive (IVDD) and the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (QSR) for medical devices or substantially similar registration or regulation. Upon request, Future shall provide Client a copy of Future’s internal guidelines for testing, quality control, documentation, record-keeping and standard and general operating procedures used in connection with the Services, and shall share with Client the results of any inspection by a government agency that may affect the Services.

3.3. Inspections . Upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice and during Future’s regular business hours, Future will allow Client authorized representatives, at any time during the term of an applicable SOW to: (a) inspect that portion of Future’s facility used in the performance of the Services; (b) monitor the conduct of such Services; and (c) communicate with Future personnel performing the Services. Such examination may be conducted so long as it does not unreasonably interfere with Future’s operations. Future shall not be obligated to provide Client representatives with access to information or facilities not directly related to the Services, and Future may require that Client’s representatives conducting any such examination or inspection first execute Future’s form of non-disclosure agreement.

3.4. Records . Future will collect and prepare records and reports generated in performance of the Services, and will maintain such records and reports during the term of this Agreement. Designated representatives of Client shall, upon reasonable notice to Future, have access to and shall be permitted to review such records. Upon termination of this agreement, or earlier, if requested by Client, Future will, as instructed by Client, either (a) return the Records in such form as is then currently in the possession of Future, or (b) destroy the Records; provided, however, that Future may retain copies of any Records as are reasonably necessary for regulatory or insurance purposes or for compliance with Applicable Laws, subject to Future’s obligations of confidentiality. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that Future’s lab notebooks contain Deliverables or Client Confidential Information, such Deliverables and Confidential Information will continue to be the property of the Client, and such portions of such notebooks and records will be subject to Future’s obligations of nonuse and confidentiality as set forth in Section 5.

3.5. Research Management Committee . As soon as practicable upon the effective date of any given Statement of Work, the Parties shall establish a research management committee (“ RMC ”) comprised of up to four

 

4


(4) members, with an equal number of representatives designated by each Party. The RMC shall: (i) coordinate cooperation between the Parties with respect to the SOW, (ii) monitor performance of the SOW, (iii) attempt to resolve disputes between the Parties with respect to performance of the SOW; and (iv) perform such functions as appropriate to further the purposes of this Agreement and as the Parties may designate from time to time. The RMC shall meet in person or by teleconference on a quarterly basis, or more or less frequently as its members may mutually agree. If the RMC is unable within thirty (30) days of resolving a decision or dispute as to any matter, an executive officer of each Party shall meet and seek diligently and in good faith to resolve the deadlock. For the avoidance of doubt, RMC decisions do not qualify as binding third-party rulings and the RMC may not enter into or agree upon any decision binding the Parties, but acts only as a mediator for the Parties’ convenience.

4. Payment .

4.1. Terms . Client will compensate Future for its performance of the Services in accordance with the terms set forth in each SOW. Client will also reimburse Future for reasonable, necessary and documented expenses directly incurred in connection with the Services.

4.2. Invoices . Except for revenue sharing or earn-out fees payable by Client to Future (if at all) under a SOW, Future will invoice Client for fees and costs payable under each SOW and send such invoices to the attention of Client’s Accounts Payable Department or such other department or person as specified in the relevant SOW. All invoices will contain an itemization of fees and expenses. Client shall pay invoices conforming to this Section within thirty (30) days from receipt. All payments shall be made in Euros by wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank and account designated in writing by Future or by check made payable to Future, unless otherwise specified in the SOW or invoice. All payment obligations are stated and shall be paid net of any taxes. Client may not set off or deduct any amounts from fees owed to Future hereunder without Future’s prior written consent.

4.3. Late Payment . If any payment due hereunder is not made when due, then, without limiting Future’s other available remedies, (a) Future may suspend performance of Services until all past due amounts are received and/or (b) the underpayment shall accrue interest from the date due at the maximum legal annual commercial interest rate per month per article 6:119a of the Netherlands Civil Code.

5. Confidentiality .

5.1. “ Confidential Information ” means all business and proprietary information relating to each Party’s and its Affiliates’ scientific, technical, business, financial or personnel information that is obtained by or given to the other Party hereunder, whether or not labeled or identified as “Confidential,” including, without limitation, Materials (for Client), Future Technology (for Future), Deliverables and Joint Technology.

5.2. Exceptions . Confidential Information does not include information that (a) the receiving Party previously knew about or obtained outside of any contractual relationship with the disclosing Party, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s regularly maintained records; (b) is generally available to the public or publicly divulged through no fault of the disclosing Party, (c) is subsequently disclosed to the receiving Party by a third party, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s regularly maintained records, where such third party is not under any obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party, and (d) information independently developed by the receiving Party without access to or use of the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information, as evidenced by the receiving Party’s regularly maintained records.

5.3. Permitted Disclosures and Uses . Each Party may use the other Party’s Confidential Information solely in furtherance of the performance of this Agreement and for no other purpose. Each Party will use the same degree of care to protect the other Party’s Confidential Information as it uses to protect its own confidential information of like nature, but in no circumstances with less than reasonable care. Each Party agrees not to disclose

 

5


the other Party’s Confidential Information to any person or entity other than: (a) employees, agents, subcontractors or consultants of the receiving Party on an as-needed basis, provided such persons have entered into written confidentiality agreements consistent with this Section 5 or otherwise are bound under substantially similar confidentiality restrictions; (b) to the extent required by court order, legal process or Applicable Law, provided that the receiving Party provides prompt advance written notice thereof (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) to the disclosing Party; or (c) otherwise solely as expressly authorized in writing by the disclosing Party.

5.4. Return of Confidential Information . Upon the disclosing Party’s request or upon any earlier termination of this Agreement, the receiving Party will return or destroy the disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in its possession, as instructed by the disclosing Party.

5.5. Residual Knowledge . Nothing contained in this Agreement, except as set forth in this Section 5, shall restrict Future from the use of any general ideas, concepts, know-how, methodologies, processes, technologies, algorithms, or techniques of a general nature retained in the unaided mental impressions of its personnel which it develops or learns under this Agreement, provided that in doing so Future does not breach its obligations under this Section 5.

5.6. Equitable Relief . Each Party acknowledges that, during the course of performing Services hereunder, it will receive and gain access to Confidential Information relating to the other Party’s business, which is extremely competitive, and that such Party’s unauthorized disclosure of any such Confidential Information would result in serious harm to the other Party. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions set forth in Section 5 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party, and, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of Section 5, the other Party will be authorized and entitled to request from any court of competent jurisdiction equitable relief, whether preliminary or permanent, and specific performance, without posting a bond or other security and without proving damages.

6. Intellectual Property; Client Restrictions .

6.1. Retained Rights . Each Party will retain all right, title and interest in all Technology that is Controlled by it prior to the Effective Date and no license grant or assignment is implied (by estoppel or otherwise) with regard thereto. As between the Parties, Materials and Products are the sole and exclusive property of Client. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Client shall not by virtue of this Agreement or either Party’s performance thereof obtain any intellectual property or other ownership rights in any methods or processes used or developed by or for Future in or for the provision of Services, or any documentation (other than Specifications), records, raw data, materials (other than Materials), specimens, work product, concepts, information, inventions, Improvements, designs, programs, formulas, know-how, or writings related thereto.

6.2. License Grants .

6.2.1. By Client . Client hereby grants to Future a worldwide, limited, non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment as permitted in Section 13.6), non-sublicensable, nonexclusive royalty-free, fully paid up license to use Client Technology, Client’s interest in Joint Technology, Specifications and Materials solely to perform the Services in accordance with the relevant SOW.

6.2.2. By Future . Subject to Client’s fulfillment of its payment obligations pursuant to the relevant SOW and compliance with this Agreement, and unless specifically stated otherwise in a relevant Statement of Work, Future hereby grants to Client a worldwide, limited, non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment as permitted in Section 13.6), non-sublicensable, nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up license under Future’s right, title and interest in and to Future Technology to use Future Technology solely to the extent reasonably necessary to practice and commercialize the Developed Technology in furtherance of the Purpose.

 

6


6.3. Developed Technology . As between the Parties, and subject to Client’s fulfillment of its payment obligations pursuant to the relevant SOW (which payment may include earn-out or other fees) and compliance with this Agreement (including without limitation Section 6.4.5), Client will solely and exclusively own all right, title and interest in and to any and all Developed Technology. Future hereby assigns to Client all right, title and interest in and to any and all Developed Technology, whether existing now or at any time in the future by way of assignment of future copyright or other intellectual property rights.

6.4. Joint Technology .

6.4.1. Each Party shall have a complete and undivided ownership interest in all Joint Technology, and shall have the right, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to practice and to grant licenses under Joint Technology without the consent of, or compensation or accounting to, the other Party, subject at all times to the restrictions in Section 6.4.5.

6.4.2. Client hereby grants to Future a worldwide, nonexclusive, sublicensable, royalty-free, fully paid up license under Client’s right, title and interest in and to Joint Technology to use and practice the Joint Technology without restriction. Unless specifically stated otherwise in a relevant Statement of Work, Future hereby grants to Client a worldwide, limited, non-transferable (except in connection with an assignment as permitted in Section 13.6), non-sublicensable, nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid up license under Future’s right, title and interest in and to Joint Technology to use Joint Technology solely to the extent reasonably necessary to practice and commercialize the Developed Technology in furtherance of the Purpose, or for any other Client purpose, as mutually agreed-upon by both Parties.

6.4.3. The Parties shall together determine whether, to what extent, and how to file, prosecute or maintain any patent or patent application that claims any Joint Technology, or whether to maintain as a trade secret any Joint Technology, and the allocation of costs and fees with respect to any such protection. Unless agreed to otherwise by the Parties in writing, all costs and expenses incurred in the drafting, filing, prosecution and maintenance of any Joint Patent shall be shared equally by the Parties. Should a Party wish not to bear its share of the cost of filing, prosecuting or maintaining any Joint Patent, it shall notify the other Party in writing, and the Parties shall discuss whether to maintain the subject Joint Technology as a trade secret, allow the other Party to bear all costs of filing, prosecuting and/or maintaining such Joint Patent, or other arrangement.

6.4.4. Subject to contractual obligations of confidentiality, if any, each Party will promptly notify the other in writing of any alleged or threatened misappropriation or infringement by any third party, direct or indirect, of any Joint Technology of which it becomes aware, and shall provide the other Party with all available evidence, if any, of such infringement or misappropriation, and the Parties shall together determine the method, manner and allocation of costs in taking appropriate action against any such third party.

6.4. 5. Neither Party shall enter into any settlement, consent judgment, or other voluntary final disposition of any infringement action with respect to Joint Technology without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or denied.

 

  6.5.

Restrictions on Use . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Client may use Joint Technology solely for the Purpose, or for any other Client purpose, as mutually agreed-upon by both Parties, and may not make, use, sell, have sold, offer for sale, transfer, lease, or otherwise distribute any product or service that is covered by or practices or embodies Joint Technology (or any portion thereof or any derivative thereof or any Improvement thereof) in any other manner or for any other purpose. Client may not assign, sell, transfer, lease, license or otherwise convey or encumber any of its rights, title or interest in and to Joint Technology to any third party or Affiliate without Future’s prior express written consent, except in

 

7


  connection with an assignment as permitted in Section 13.6. Client agrees its breach of this Section will result in irreparable and continuing damage to Future for which there will be no adequate remedy at law; therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of this Section, and without limiting its other available remedies, Future shall be entitled to equitable relief, whether preliminary or permanent, and specific performance, without posting a bond or other security and without proving damages, and Client shall not oppose the granting of such relief.

6.6. Assistance . Future will, and will cause its employees and representatives to, execute all documents and perform all reasonable and necessary acts to evidence ownership by Client of the Developed Technology and Deliverables, at Client’s expense.

7. Warranties and Disclaimer .

7.1. Express Warranty . Future warrants to Client that Future shall perform the Services in accordance with the standards of Section 3.1 and Section 3.2. Any Services provided by Future that do not conform to the foregoing express warranty will be corrected by Future without charge to Client, or Future will refund to Client amounts paid in respect of such nonconforming Services, in each case provided that Client provides written notice of the nonconformity within (90) days after completion of the relevant portion of the Services. The parties acknowledge and agree that Future does not warrant or represent that Products Developed Technology or any other results of the Services will be acceptable to any regulatory governmental agency to which they are presented nor that the Products, Developed Technology, or any other results of the Services will enable Client to market or otherwise exploit any given product or service. The foregoing re-performance or refund constitute Client’s sole and exclusive remedy for a breach of warranty.

7.2. Client Warranties . Client represents and warrants to Future that Client has the right to provide the Specifications and the Materials to Future as contemplated by this Agreement.

7.3. Disclaimer . Except as expressly set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS SUBJECT MATTER, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CLIENT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ALL PRODUCTS AND DELIVERABLES ARE MADE AVAILABLE BY FUTURE “AS IS” AND WITHOUT WARRANTY, AND FUTURE MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION THAT ANYTHING MADE, USED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNDER ANY LICENSE GRANTED OR ASSIGNMENT MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT IS OR WILL BE FREE FROM INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT RIGHTS OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

8. Indemnification .

8.1. Future Indemnification . Future will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Client and its Affiliates from and against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Losses ”) resulting from any third-party claim, suit, action, investigation or proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) brought against Client or its Affiliates to the extent such Losses are caused by Future (a) breach of the express warranty made by Future in Section 7.1 except where such breach is a result of Future’s reliance upon Specifications or Client’s written instructions; and/or (b) gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.2. Client Indemnification . Client will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Future and its Affiliates from and against any and all Losses relating from any Action brought against Future or its Affiliates to the extent such Losses are caused by or are related to (a) the Materials and/or the Specifications, including without limitation Future’s use thereof or reliance thereon in accordance with the respective SOW; (b) any product or service based in

 

8


whole or in part on the Specifications; (c) Client’s reliance on or use of Developed Technology or any portion thereof, or any derivative thereof (including without limitation the manufacture, use, sale and/or import of Developed Products, if any as defined in the relevant SOW; (d) Client’s breach of the express warranty made by Client in Section 7.2; and/or (e) Client’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

8.3. Indemnification Conditions . Indemnification under Section 8.1 and Section 8.2 will be provided on the condition that: (i) the indemnified Party gives written notice to the indemnifying Party as soon as possible upon the indemnified Party becoming aware of the subject Action (provided failure to give such notice within such period will not bar a claim for indemnification except to the extent such failure has materially prejudiced the indemnifying Party); (ii) the indemnifying Party has sole control of the defense and all related settlement negotiations, provided any settlement that would impose any admission of liability by the indemnified Party will be subject to such Party’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld; and (iii) the indemnified Party provides cooperation and information in furtherance of such defense, as reasonably required by the indemnifying Party, at the indemnifying Party’s expense.

9. Limitation of Liability . To the maximum amount permitted under Applicable Laws, and except for (i) amounts owed by the indemnifying Party to a third party pursuant to the indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations under Section 8, or (ii) claims arising under Section 5 and/or Section 6.4.5: (a) in no event will either Party be liable to the other for special, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages (including, but not limited to, loss of profits, cost of cover, loss of data or loss of use damages) even if such Party has been advised of the possibility of such damages or losses, and regardless of legal theory (whether based on breach of contract, breach of warranty, negligence or any other legal theory); and (b) except for amounts owed by Client hereunder, the entire liability of each Party to the other in connection with this Agreement will not exceed, in the aggregate, the total amount of fees paid by Client to Future under the Statement(s) of Work under which the liability arose. This Section is without prejudice to Section 7.1, with respect to which Future’s entire liability is limited to re-performance or refund as specified therein.

10. Insurance . Each Party shall, at its sole expense, obtain and maintain appropriate public liability and casualty insurance with insurance companies having an A. M. Best Rating of “A-, VII” or better, or adequate levels of self insurance, to insure against any liability caused by such Party’s performance under this Agreement. Each Party shall furnish the other Party with certificates of insurance showing compliance with all requirements set forth in this Section upon receipt of written request.

11. Term and Termination .

11.1. Duration . This Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and continue in effect until terminated in accordance with this Section 11 or by delivery of written notice of termination by either Party to the other after completion of performance or termination of all SOWs in accordance with their terms.

11.2. Mutual Termination Rights . Each Party may terminate this Agreement, or any SOW, immediately upon written notice if the other Party: (i) becomes insolvent; (ii) becomes the subject of a petition in bankruptcy which is not withdrawn or dismissed within 120 days thereafter; (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (iv) breaches any material obligation under this Agreement (including but not limited to payment obligations) and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after delivery of notice thereof by the non-breaching Party.

11.3. Client Termination Right . Client may terminate this Agreement or any SOW for any reason upon ninety (90) days written notice to Future.

 

9


11.4. Future Termination Right . If Future, in its reasonable discretion, applying analytical methods reasonably selected by it and accompanied by documentation, determines that continuing performance of the Services in accordance with the SOW is not likely to result in delivery of any given Deliverable or achievement of any given milestone, then Future shall so notify Client, and Future’s obligation to perform Services under such SOW shall be suspended. Client shall notify Future within five (5) business days whether or not Client agrees with Future’s position. If Client does not agree, then the Parties shall submit the dispute to the Resolution Management Conference (RMC) for resolution. If the RMC does not resolve the dispute within ten (10) business days, then Future may terminate the relevant SOW upon notice to Client. If Future terminates a SOW pursuant to this Section and if the SOW included milestone payments, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith to allocate fees payable to Future in respect of the next-occurring milestone, which fees shall be reasonable and prorated, taking into account the work actually performed by Future in efforts to achieve the next-occurring milestone, and Client shall pay such fees in response to Future’s invoice therefor.

11.5. Payments Due Upon Termination . Upon termination of this Agreement or any SOW, Client will pay Future all fees and expenses due and incurred through the effective date of termination. If the termination was effected by Client under Section 11.3 or by Future under Section 11.2, then (a) Client shall reimburse Future for all non-cancellable commitments incurred by Future in connection with the performance of the Services prior to the effective date of such termination; and (b) if the terminated SOW included milestone payments, then Client will pay Future the amount due for the next-occurring milestone.

11.6. SOW Terminations . The provisions of this Agreement will remain unaffected by any termination of an individual SOW. Termination of this Agreement shall immediately and automatically terminate all outstanding SOWs.

11.7. Survival . Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.7, all payments, if any, payable by Client to Future under a Statement of Work, and Sections 4 through 13 (inclusive) of this Agreement will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason.

12. Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Netherlands, except that matters pertaining to patents and other intellectual property rights shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which such intellectual property rights exist. The Agreement shall not be governed by the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods nor by the Vienna Sales Convention, nor by title 7:1 of the Netherlands Civil Code. All disputes arising out of this Agreement are subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, and the parties hereby submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of these courts; provided, however, that either party may seek injunctive relief and the enforcement of judgments in any court of competent jurisdiction, no matter where located. The prevailing party in any action or proceeding brought at law or equity (where for purposes of this sentence the granting of equitable relief shall be considered “prevailing”) shall be entitled to recover from the other party such party’s costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in relation to such action or proceeding.

13. Miscellaneous .

13.1. Independent Contractors . The Parties are independent contractors, and nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed to place the Parties in the relationship of employer and employee, partners, principal and agent or joint venturers. Neither Party will have the power to bind or obligate the other Party, nor will either Party hold itself out as having such authority.

13.2. Publicity . The Parties agree that each shall obtain the other’s prior written approval before using the other’s name, logos and/or marks in any form of publicity. Such obligation shall not apply to disclosures which

 

10


either Party is required by Applicable Law to make, provided that the disclosing Party shall notify the other Party of any such disclosure prior to such disclosure.

13.3. Waivers . To the extent consistent with the laws of the Netherlands, the failure of either Party to take action as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the other Party will constitute neither a waiver of the particular breach involved nor a waiver of either Party’s right to enforce any provision of this Agreement through any remedy granted by law or this Agreement. All rights and remedies, whether conferred hereunder, or by any other instrument or law, unless otherwise expressly stated, will be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.

13.4. Severability . If any of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be severed and deleted, and such finding will not invalidate any other terms of this Agreement, and those terms will remain in full force and effect.

13.5. Integration and Amendments . This Agreement, including each SOW, contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous written or oral communications. This Agreement and each SOW may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both Parties. No pre-printed terms of any subsequent purchase order or invoice will add to, modify, or supersede the terms of this Agreement.

13.6. Assignment . Except as expressly provided below, the rights and license granted by Future to Client in this Agreement are personal to Client (and do not, for example, extend to any Affiliate of Client or any other entity), except as expressly permitted in this Section. Neither Party may assign this Agreement or any part hereof without the prior written consent of the other Party; provided , however , that each Party may, upon notice to the other Party, assign this Agreement in its entirety without the other Party’s consent in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of such Party’s business or assets to which this Agreement relates to a third party, whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise, including pursuant to a Change of Control. “ Change of Control ” means, with respect to a Party, (a) a merger, consolidation, share exchange or other similar transaction involving such Party and any Third Party which results in the holders of the outstanding voting securities of such Party immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, share exchange or other similar transaction ceasing to hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the surviving, purchasing or continuing entity immediately after such merger, consolidation, share exchange or other similar transaction, (b) any transaction or series of related transactions (other than an investment transaction by an entity not engaged in the pharmaceutical or biotechnology business, the purpose of which is to raise capital for a Party) in which a third party, together with its Affiliates, becomes the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding securities or such Party, or (c) the sale or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of such Party’s assets which relate to this Agreement. This Agreement binds and benefits the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

13.7. No Third-Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended to be solely for the benefit of the Parties hereto and is not intended to confer any benefits upon, or create any rights in favor of, any other person.

13.8. Notices . A notice or consent that occurs will become effective when the intended recipient receives it. All such notices and consents must be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile transmission with answer back confirmation or by overnight commercial courier, to the Parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers:

 

If to Client :         If to Future :
QBD (QSIP) Limited    Future Diagnostics BV   
Suite S-204       Nieuweweg 279, 6603 BN Wijchen

 

11


301 South State Street       The Netherlands
Newtown, Pa, 18940, USA       Attention: MIKE MARTENS
Attention: Jeremy Stackawitz       Facsimile: +3124 6452899

13.9. Force Majeure . Except with respect to payment obligations, and to the extent consistent with the laws of the Netherlands, if either Party is delayed or prevented from fulfilling its respective obligations under this Agreement by any cause beyond its reasonable control, then such performance shall be excused to the extent of the delay or failure, and that Party will not be liable under this Agreement for that delay or failure.

13.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts all of which taken together will constitute one agreement.

[T HE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK .]

 

12


To evidence the Parties’ agreement to this Agreement, they have signed and delivered it effective as of the Effective Date.

 

[Client]     Future Diagnostics BV
  QBD (QSIP) Limited    
 

/s/ Jeremy Stackawitz

     

/s/ Mike Martens

 

 

     

 

Name:  

Jeremy Stackawitz

    Name:  

MIKE MARTENS

Title:  

President

    Title:  

MANAGING DIRECTOR

Date:  

April 1, 2013

    Date:  

April 2, 2013

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.12

LEASE AGREEMENT

(the “ Agreement ” or the “Lease”)

dated as of 10 th  March 2010

by and between

Nemaco Fléchères B.V., a company constituted under the laws of the Netherlands whose registered office is at Diepenbrockstraat 54, 1077WB, Amsterdam, Netherlands

(“Nemaco Fléchères”)

jointly and severally with

Nemaco Suisse SA, a company constituted under the laws of Switzerland whose registered office is at Chemin de Terre Bonne 1,1262 Eysins, Switzerland

(“Nemaco Suisse”)

(together “Nemaco” or the “Landlord”)

and

Cadbury Europe SA , a company constituted under the laws of Switzerland whose registered office is at Avenue des Uttins 3,1180 Rolle, Switzerland

(“Cadbury” or the “Tenant”)

(each referred to as a “Party” and collectively referred to as the “Parties”)

regarding the lease of

a building, located Chemin de Terre Bonne, Building B1, 1262 Eysins (the “Premises”), situated on the properly registered under n° 179 in the Land Register of the municipality of Eysins (the “Property”), Switzerland


WHEREAS:

 

(A) Nemaco Fléchères is the owner of the Premises and the Property ( Annex 1 ).

 

(B) Nemaco Suisse manages the Premises and the Property for the account of Nemaco Fléchères and is willing to enter into the Agreement jointly and severally with Nemaco Fléchères.

 

(C) Between October 2008 and March 2010 (the “Construction Phase”), the Landlord is to carry out construction works (the “Construction Works”) required by the Tenant. These Construction Works relate to the building’s shell and structure and fit-out equipment and are the subject of a separate development agreement, entered into between the parties on the date hereof (the “Development Agreement”).

 

(D) Subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, the Landlord agrees to lease the Premises to the Tenant, which agrees to enter into such lease.

NOW THEREFORE, THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

Article 1

OBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT

 

1.1 The Landlord leases to the Tenant, who accepts, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and its Annexes, the following Premises as delineated on the attached plans ( Annex 2 ):

In addition, the Premises include:

 

  (i) 35 adequate external parking facilities located on or adjacent to the Premises; and

 

  (ii) standard and special Fit-out Equipment required by the Tenant, which are listed in the Inventory referred to in Article 3.

Article 2

SIGNAGE & DEVELOPMENT OF SITE

 

2.1 Signage

Nemaco Suisse and the Tenant will together select the signage related to the Tenant, such signage to be installed in the business park in which the Premises are located by the Landlord at least 7 calendar days before the beginning of the Lease (Clause 4.1.1) and at his own cost. For the rest, the Landlord hereby authorizes the Tenant to place, at his own costs, signage on the Premises themselves, in particular on the top of the roof and the facade of the Premises.

 

-2-


2.2 Development of the Site

For the purpose of this provision, the term “Site” means, the parcel n° 179 and any other adjacent parcels currently or that may in the future be owned by the Landlord or any other entities of the Nemaco group. The term “Development” means any construction works, developments or facilities whatsoever on the site.

The Landlord hereby undertakes to take all steps:

 

  (i) to ensure that the Development of the Site shall not preclude or hinder the Tenant from performing its contemplated activities on the Premises, in particular as a result of vibrations, smoke emission, noxious fume, noise;

 

  (ii) to maintain to the Tenant a full and permanent access way of a reasonable standard to the Premises and to the outside parking facilities.

 

  (iii) to guarantee all utility supply (e.g. water, electricity, gas, telephone, data, etc.)

Article 3

INVENTORY

Before the beginning of the Lease as set out under Clause 4.1.1, the Parties undertake to draw up a complete inventory listing the standard and special Fit-Out Equipment, which has to be agreed to in writing by all parties and will be attached as Annex 3. The inventory shall form an integral part of the Lease.

Article 4

DURATION

 

4.1 Beginning of the Lease

 

4.1.1 The Lease shall begin on March 15th, 2010.

 

-3-


4.1.2 Notwithstanding commencement of the Lease as of March 15th, 2010, the Tenant’s obligation to pay rent shall not commence until the end of the Rent Free Period specified in clause 6.1.3.

 

4.2 Initial duration of the Lease

 

4.2 The Lease is concluded for an initial duration of 10 years, starting as of the date set out under Clause 4.1.1.

 

4.3 Renewal Periods

 

4.3.1 After the expiration of the initial duration, the Tenant shall have the option to extend the Lease for two additional successive 5-year periods (the “Renewal Periods”), by giving written notice to the Landlord at least 12 months before the expiration of the previous term. The renewal of the Lease shall continue on the same terms and conditions as the initial term, except for the Rent which is to be adjusted as per Clause 6.4.

Article 5

EARLY TERMINATION RIGHT OF THE TENANT

 

5.1 The Tenant shall have the option to terminate the Lease for the end of a 7.5 year time-period running as of the date of the beginning of the Lease as set out in clause 4.1.1, by giving written notice to the Landlord at least 12 months before the expiry of the 7.5 year time-period.

 

5.2 The exercise of the early termination option is subject to the payment by the Tenant of a penalty amounting to CHF 1,500,000.—. At the end of the Lease, the Tenant shall return the Premises to the Landlord in accordance with Clause 7.5.

Article 6

RENT

 

6.1 The initial Rent

 

6.1.1 The Tenant hereby undertakes to pay to the Landlord an annual initial net rent (the “Initial Rent”) fixed at CHF 1,220,000.—, exclusive of VAT.

 

6.1.2 The Initial Rent is subject to adjustments as set out under Clause 6.5.

 

-4-


6.1.3 The Tenant shall benefit from a Rent Free Period which will expire on September 15 th , 2010, except that if Landlord has not provided Tenant with access to the GMP areas of the Premises for installation of laboratory and pilot plant equipment by January 29 th , 2010, the Rent Free Period shall be extended by one day for each day beyond January 29 th , 2010 by which such access is delayed.

 

6.2 The Service Charges

 

6.2.1 The Rent may be subject to Service Charges, to be paid as an estimated amount in advance for such as 1) common and general services, 2) insurance of the Fit-out Equipment, 3) utilities like, water consumption, energy, heating, telephones, data and internet services (the “ Services Charges ”) in accordance with the PDD (which, for the purposes of this Agreement, shall be defined as in the Development Agreement) at net cost paid by the Landlord and with no profit or margin of any kind for the Landlord. Prior to the commencement of the Lease, the parties will agree which services are to be provided under this clause and record their agreement in Annex 5.

 

6.3 Time and place of payment

 

6.3.1 The Rent is due as of the date on which the Rent Free Period expires, as specified in clause 6.1.3.

 

6.3.2 The Rent is to be paid quarterly in advance to the bank account of the Landlord at BCGE, 1211 GENEVE 2, CH46 0078 8000 U330 3017 2, NEMACO FLECHERES BV (the first such payment, calculated as a proportion of the annual Rent, to be paid on the date on which the Rent Free Period expires, in respect of the period from that date to December 31 st , 2010).

 

6.3.3 The Service Charges are to be paid at the same term as the Rent (save that Services Charges for services provided by the Landlord during Rent Free Period will be payable, notwithstanding that no Rent is payable). The Tenant shall pay quarterly provisional installments, which amounts are set in advance. The Landlord will establish an annual breakdown of the effective Services Charges on June 30 at the latest. Based on this breakdown, the Landlord will reimburse any overpaid amount to the Tenant or the Tenant will pay any outstanding amount to the Landlord.

 

6.4 Revision of the Rent

 

6.4.1 The Rent shall not be increased during the first year of the lease for any reason whatsoever.

 

6.4.2 As of the second year of the Lease, the Rent is to be adjusted in accordance with the evolution of the Swiss Consumer Price Index (the “ CPI ”). The first adjustment shall take as a starting point the CPI at the date of the beginning of the Lease and, whereas, subsequent adjustments shall be based upon the CPI used for the last notification.

 

-5-


6.4.3 At least 18 months before each of the two Renewal Periods, the Parties shall renegotiate the Rent in order to adjust it to the then prevailing market rent. The new Rent is to be capped at a maximum of 5 % (plus or minus) by comparison to the previous Rent. For the other years, the Rent is only to be adjusted in accordance with the CPI as set out under Clause 6.4.2. The adjustments set out under this Clause shall be agreed upon in writing by the Parties.

 

6.4.4 In the event the Parties should not reach an agreement at least 16 months before each of the Renewal Periods, the Parties shall appoint an independent expert affiliated to the Swiss Chamber of experts in real estate estimates ( in French: Chambre Suisse d’experts en estimations immobilères (the “ Expert ”) who will determine the new Rent in accordance with this Clause. The decision of the Expert shall be final and binding upon the Parties. Shall this decision be given less than one year before the expiration of the term the Tenant shall retain the option to extend the Lease as set out under Clause 4.3.1, by giving written notice to the Landlord within 30 calendar days after the date of receipt of the decision.

 

6.4.5 Should the Site Development during the Construction Phase or the Lease materially and adversely impact the value or use of the Site or the Premises or the interest of the Tenant, the Rent shall be reduced as referred to under Clause 8.3.3.

 

6.4.6 However, in the event the Tenant makes (i) amendments to the PDD as defined in the Development Agreement or (ii) alterations to the Premises as set under Clause 7.4, the Rent shall not be subject to any specific adjustment, except from those as referred to here above.

 

6.4.7 During the Lease the Rent shall not be adjusted in the event the lettable area or the Fit-out Equipment are modified, in particular no adjustment will occur in case the Tenant made alterations as set out under Clause 7.4. The sole revisions of the Rent are set out under Clause 6.4.

Article 7

DUTIES OF THE TENANT

 

7.1 Bank guarantee

To guarantee the execution of the obligations hereunder, the Tenant is to supply a standard bank guarantee in favour of the Landlord in an amount of CHF 305’000— at the beginning of the Lease. This guarantee shall not vary during the lease and its renewals periods for any reason whatsoever.

 

7.2 Duty of care, maintenance and repairing

 

7.2.1 The Tenant undertakes to maintain the Premises properly in order to keep them in good condition and clean within the meaning of Article 257f et seq. of the Swiss Code of Obligations (the “ SCO ”).

 

-6-


7.2.2 Under the terms of Article 259 SCO and the PDD the Tenant is responsible for the maintenance and the repair of the Fit-Out Equipment and the elements subject to renewal from reasonable wear and tear and to remedy the defects that may be removed by minor cleaning works. For the rest, the Landlord is responsible for all maintenance and repair, as set out under Clause 8.1.

 

7.3 Insurances

 

7.3.1 The Tenant shall subscribe, at his own cost, a civil liability insurance covering the Tenant in the event the Tenant (or any third party whose actions or omissions are attributable to the Tenant) causes any damage whatsoever to the Premises and/or to the Fit-Out Equipment, such insurance covering the full replacement value of the Premises and/or the Fit-Out Equipment ( “assurance-responsabilité civile locataire” ) .

 

7.3.2 In addition, the Tenant shall, at his own cost, subscribe a civil liability insurance covering the Tenant against any third party claim that may be brought against the Tenant as a result of the Tenant’s operation of its activities.

 

7.4 Alterations to the Premises

 

7.4.1 The Tenant is allowed to make minor alterations to the Premises, without the approval of the Landlord.

 

7.4.2 The Landlord authorized in advance the Tenant to later transform at a later point in time, at the Tenant’s choice and costs, the laboratory and service area and the plant area and production kitchens facilities within the Premises into office and office-related space.

 

7.4.3 The Tenant is allowed to make other structural alterations to the Premises, subject to the prior written approval of the Landlord (requested at least 30 days in advance), such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

7.5 Return of the Premises at the end of the Lease

 

7.5.1 Upon termination of the Lease, the Tenant shall return the Premises, including the standard Fit-Out (except for the special Fit-Out, which have been acquired by the Tenant pursuant to the Development Agreement), in good condition, subject to ordinary wear and tear. The standard and special Fit-Out might remain in the Premises, however the laboratory and pilot plant equipment installed by Tenant must be removed at Tenant’s cost.

 

7.5.2 The Tenant shall not be required to carry out any reinstatement as regards to the alterations made by the Tenant to the Premises in accordance with Clause 7.4. However, the Landlord shall indemnify the Tenant for any structural alterations that improved the value of the Premises, in accordance with Article 260a par. 3 SCO and computed as per the PDD.

 

-7-


7.5.3 No other obligation is imposed on the Tenant as regards the condition of the Premises at the end of the Lease.

Article 8

DUTIES OF THE LANDLORD

 

8.1 Duty of maintenance and repair

 

8.1.1 The Landlord is responsible for the maintenance and the repair of all elements of the shell and the structure of the Premises, in accordance with Articles 259a et seq. SCO and the PDD. The Landlord is liable for damages, including loss of profits, incurred as a result of any defect in accordance with Article 259e SCO. In addition, in accordance with clause 1.1.7.1 of the Development Agreement, Landlord has agreed that, if and to the extent that, at any time during the term of the Lease, the PVC used as cladding for the piping systems in the Property shows signs of actual or imminent deterioration, Landlord will without delay following written notice from the Tenant specifying the signs of deterioration, at its own cost, repair or replace the same, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Tenant.

 

8.1.2 The Parties have agreed upon defects that are characterized as emergencies and which are listed in Annex 4 . The Landlord shall respond in writing within 24 hours to an emergency defect notified in writing by the Tenant. The Landlord shall remedy to such an emergency defect, to all extent possible and at his own cost, within 2 calendar days.

 

8.1.3 For any other defect which is not listed in Annex 4 , the Landlord shall respond within 2 calendar days as of receipt of the written notice of the Tenant. The Landlord shall remedy to such defects, to all extent possible and at his own cost, within 5 calendar days.

 

8.2 Insurances

 

8.2.1 The Landlord shall subscribe, at his own cost, an insurance cover for the Premises, including the Fit-Out Equipment but for the accordance of doubt, excluding the laboratory and pilot plant equipment installed by the Tenant, for full replacement value, against loss or destruction because of fire, water, flood or other causes normally insured by an “All Risks” policy, such policy to name the Tenant as an insured party. Further, the Landlord shall subscribe, at his own cost, an insurance cover the exterior signage as set out under Clause 0 for full replacement value, against any cause whatsoever (in particular, vandalism).

 

8.2.2 In addition, the Landlord shall, at his own cost, subscribe a civil liability insurance against any claim brought against the Landlord in its capacity as owner of the Premises (in French: assurance-responsabilité civile propriétaire d’immeuble ).

 

-8-


8.2.3 The Landlord shall also subscribe, at his own cost, a civil liability insurance for full replacement value covering the Landlord in the event the Landlord (or any third party whose actions or omissions are attributable to the Landlord) should cause any damage, loss of profit or other prejudice whatsoever to the property or the operations of the Tenant.

 

8.2.4 The Landlord undertakes to provide the Tenant with a copy of all the abovementioned insurance policies, within 10 calendar days of the start of each insurance period.

 

8.3 Development of the Site

 

8.3.1 For the purpose of this provision, the term “Site” and “Development” have the same meaning as defined under Clause 2.2.

 

8.3.2 As of the date of the signature of the Agreement and during the whole duration of the Lease, the Landlord undertakes to ensure that:

 

  - the Development of the Site will not preclude the Tenant from conducting its contemplated activities;

 

  - the Development of the Site will not preclude the Tenant from transforming the Premises into office space as set out under Clause 7.4.

 

8.3.3 Should the Site Development, as set out here above or under Clause 2.2, cause a reduction of the value of the Site or the Premises or the interest of the Tenant in relation with the Site as set out in the PDD, the Rent shall be reduced in a measure appropriate in respect to the prejudice suffered by the Tenant.

Article 9

ASSIGNMENT

 

9.1 The Landlord hereby approves and consents to any assignment of the Lease to an entity forming part of the Cadbury Group (i.e. a legal entity that is controlled by the Tenant, that controls the Tenant or that is under the same common control with the Tenant).

 

9.2 The assignment of the Lease to a third party that does not form part of the Cadbury Group is subject to the prior approval of the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in accordance with Articles 262 and 263 SCO. The Landlord is to respond within 20 calendar days following receipt of the terms and conditions of the assignment, failing which he will be deemed to have accepted such proposed assignment.

 

9.3 Such assignment may relate, at the Tenant’s choice, to all or part of the Premises.

 

-9-


9.4 In case of assignment made pursuant to this Article 9, the assignee shall assume all rights and obligations deriving from the Lease to the Tenant’s entire discharge.

Article 10

SUBLEASE

 

10.1 The Landlord hereby approves and consents to the sub-lease of the Premises to an entity forming part of the Cadbury Group ( i.e. a legal entity that is controlled by the Tenant, that controls the Tenant or that is under the same common control with the Tenant).

 

10.2 The sub-lease of the Premises to a third party that does not form part of the Cadbury Group is subject to the approval of the Landlord, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Landlord is to respond within 20 calendar days following receipt of the terms and conditions of the sublease, failing which he shall be deemed to have accepted the sublease.

 

10.3 The Tenant is entitled to sub-lease all or parts of the Premises for a rent fixed as follows as per Clause 6.1: (i) above the actual rent level, or (ii) above the market rent level, or (iii) below the actual rent level, but not below the market rent level. The Tenant is entitled to retain 100% of any subleasing profits.

 

10.4 Such sublease may, at the Tenant’s choice, relate to all or part of the Premises.

Article 11

ENTRY IN THE LAND REGISTRY

 

11.1 The Landlord allows the Tenant, at its own discretion and expenses and at any time, to register with the Swiss land register (in French: “Registre foncier”) in accordance with Article 261b SCO, (i) the Lease for the initial duration of the Lease and for the duration of the two Renewals Periods thereof and (ii) any successive amendments to the Lease as set out under Clause 6.5.

 

11.2 The Landlord hereby authorizes and empowers the Tenant to take any necessary steps, to sign any form and to complete any formalities with the land register in order to record the Lease in the manner set out in Clause 11.1 thereof.

 

11.3 In case the Premises were to be sold, the Landlord undertakes to obtain from the acquirer the confirmation that the latter (i) will take over the Lease, (ii) will not terminate the Lease for any reason whatsoever and (iii) shall maintain the Lease on the same terms. Should the purchaser regardless thereof terminate the Lease, the Landlord agrees to fully compensate the Tenant for any damages he may suffer as a result thereof, including legal fees, higher rent and relocation costs.

 

-10-


Article 12

CONDITION PRECEDENT

This Agreement is subject to the condition precedent of obtaining binding construction authorizations and permits covering the construction of the Premises as per the specifications set out in the PDD. Should such authorizations or permits not be obtained, the Landlord or any entity forming part of the Nemaco Group shall not be entitled to any compensation or payment of damages it may have suffered in connection with this Agreement.

Article 13

MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1 Amendments : This Agreement shall only be modified or amended by a document signed by all Parties, and any provision contained in this Agreement may only be waived by a document signed by the Party waiving such provision.

 

13.2 Notice : All notices and other communications to be given under or in connection with this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be delivered by hand or by registered mail to the other Party, or any person duly authorized to represent it, to the following addresses:

If to the Landlord:

Nemaco Suisse SA

Chemin de Terre Bonne 1,

1262 Eysins

Switzerland

and

Nemaco Fléchères B.V., Amsterdam

Diepenbrockstraat 54

1077WB Amsterdam

Netherlands

If to the Tenant:

Cadbury Europe SA

Avenue des Uttins 3

1180 Rolle

Switzerland

or to any such other address as shall be communicated by any Party to the other Party in the form provided in this Article.

 

-11-


13.3 Current amendments to the structure of Nemaco Suisse SA : As set out in the application filed with the trade register on September 19, 2008, Nemaco Suisse SA warrants having taken all relevant measures in order to extend its corporate purpose to make it encompass the entering into of this Lease. Further, Nemaco Suisse SA applied for a change of its address. Upon receipt of the urgent excerpt as well as the definitive excerpt of the trade register, Nemaco Suisse SA undertakes to provide the Tenant with a copy of these two documents. Should the amendment of its corporate purpose be refused by the trade register, Nemaco Suisse SA undertakes to take all relevant measures to have its extended purpose, acceptable to Cadbury, registered with the trade register at the latest 30 calendar days as of the date of signature of this present Lease. In view of the change of address of Nemaco Suisse SA, this Agreement refers to new address as filed by Nemaco Suisse SA. In this respect, Nemaco Suisse SA warrants that at the time of signature of this Lease, its new address will have been registered to the “Journal” of the trade register.

 

13.4 No covenants, restrictions, security interests, easements of the Premises : The Landlord warrants that the Premises are not encumbered by any covenants, restrictions, security interests, easements (in French: servitudes ) that would have a negative impact on the Tenant’s intended use of the Premises. Further, the Landlord warrants that the Tenant does not need any easement on adjacent properties in order to fully use the Premises in accordance with the intended use (except as regards the mutual traffic areas of the business park in which the Premises are located). In addition, the Landlord undertakes not to enter into any future covenants, restrictions, security interests, easements whatsoever, expect for the legal mandatory restrictions to the title.

 

13.5 No other Agreements : Each of Nemaco Fléchères and Nemaco Suisse SA hereby undertakes not to negotiate, enter into or conduct with any third party any lease, sale or other disposal of the Premises which would, if effected, replace or interfere with or prevent the good execution of the Lease.

 

13.6 Stamp duty : The Landlord shall be responsible for any stamp duty, if any, arising in connection with the Lease and any other public contribution related to the Lease or the Premises.

 

13.7 VAT : All amounts stated in the Lease are exclusive of VAT.

 

13.8 Legal costs : The Tenant and the Landlord shall each bear 50% of the legal costs related to the preparation of the Heads of Terms and the Lease, up to a maximum amount of CHF 25,000.— (exclusive of costs and VAT, if applicable) ( i.e. each Party is to pay up to CHF 12,500.—, exclusive of costs and VAT, if applicable). Any fees exceeding this amount will be borne solely by the Tenant. Each Party shall bear their own internal legal costs incurred in connection with the negotiation and the execution of the Lease.

 

-12-


13.9 Confidentiality : The Parties, along with MM. Ernst Berg and Rembert Berg hereby undertake to keep the terms of this Agreement strictly confidential, subject only to (A) any disclosure obligation imposed as a matter of law or regulation as applicable to either of the Parties or to MM. Ernst Berg and Rembert Berg, (B) any disclosure required to enforce the Parties’ rights arising under this Agreement, in particular the assignment of the Lease and the registration of the Lease with the trade register.

 

13.10 Calendar days : “calendar days” refer to any day of the year, including public holidays, Saturdays and Sundays.

 

13.11 Execution in Counterparts : The Parties, MM. Ernst Berg and Rembert Berg agree that this Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, with the counterparts being exchanged among the Parties, MM. Ernst Berg and Rembert Berg, and with each counterpart having the same force and effect as a single document containing the signatures of all Parties and of MM. Ernst Berg and Rembert Berg.

 

13.12 Entire Agreement: This agreement supersedes entirely all other agreements between the Parties in connection with construction, fit out and leasing of the Premises (including but not limited to the Lease Agreement dated September 23 rd , 2008), with the exception of the Development Agreement.

Article 14

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

14.1 Governing law : This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with Swiss law.

 

14.2 Jurisdiction: Any dispute in connection to the present agreement shall be submitted to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Lausanne, the competence of the conciliation authority and the right of appeal to the Swiss Federal Court being reserved. However, the Parties may by mutual agreement decide to submit their dispute to an arbitral tribunal of their choice.

(signature page follows)

 

-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement in five (5) original copies.

 

Signed by

for and on behalf of

CADBURY EUROPE SA

      LOGO
     

 

      Place: Rolle
      Date: 10/3/2010
      LOGO
     

 

      Place: Rolle
      Date 10/3/10

Signed by Ernst Berg

for and on behalf of

NEMACO SUISSE SA

     

/s/ Ernst J.H. Berg

      Ernst J.H. Berg
      Place: Eysins
      Date: 12/22/09

Signed by Ernst Berg

for and on behalf of

NEMACO FLECHERES B.V.

     

/s/ Ernst J.H. Berg

      Ernst J.H. Berg
      Place: Eysins
     

Date: 12/22/09

Signed by ERNST BERG acting individually

for the purpose of Clauses 13.9 and 13.11

     

/s/ Ernst J.H. Berg

      Ernst J.H. Berg
      Place: Eysins
     

Date: 12/22/09

Signed by REMBERT BERG acting individually

for the purpose of Clauses 13.9 and 13.11

     

/s/ Rembert G.A. Berg

      Rembert G.A. Berg
      Place: Eysins
     

Date: 12/22/09

 

-14-


Annex 1

Excerpt of the Land Register regarding the Property

 

-15-


Annex 1

 

Office du registre foncier

Nyon

 

Extrait du registre foncier

 

Bien-fonds Eysins / 179

 

Tenue du registre foncier: fédéral

   LOGO

Etat descriptif de I’immeuble:

Attention: les Indications marquées d’un ‘*’ ne jouissent pas de la fol publique.

 

Commune:

   237 Eysins

No immeuble:

   179

Parcelle de dépendance:

 

Adresse*:

   Terre Bonne

No plan(s) suivant(s)*:

   6

No plan*:

   7

Surface*:

   48179 m2, numérique

Mutation*:

   14.05.2002 2002/1970/0 Division de bien-fonds (à P. 402), 25.06.2002 2002/2727/0 Division de bien-fonds (à P. 418), 12.12.2003 2003/5872/0 Division de bien-fonds (à P. 418), 27.01.2004 2004/262/0 Cadastration, 30.03.2007 2007/1390/0 Cadastration

Genre de culture*:

   Place-jardin, 38885 m2

Bâtiments*:

  

Bâtiment industriel (usine et bureau), No. ass. 268 A, 8427 m2

Bâtiment industriel (atelier), No. ass. 268 B, 204 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 C, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 D, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 E, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 F, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 G, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 H, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 I, 7 m2

Bâtiment (silo), No. ass. 268 J, 7 m2

Bâtiment industriel (halle de stockage), No. ass. 333, 607 m2

Mentions de la mens, officielle*:

 

Estimation fiscale*:

 

Observations*:

   Fr. 15’155’000.–, 2006

 

Propriété:

 

Propriété individuelle

   Nemaco Fléchères B.V., Amsterdam

   07.11.2006 2006/5572/0 Achat

 

Mentions:

 

31.01.1974 144538

18.08.1978 163661

     

# Précarité de construction, ID.2001/000387

Accessoires, Fr. 2’823 516.–, ID.2001/000388

Servitudes:      
26.11.1963 145027    (C)   

Passage et utilisation de voie ferrée, ID.2004/002681
en faveur de Eysins/177

26.11.1963 145027    (D)   

Passage et utilisation de voie ferrée, ID.2004/002681
à la charge de Eysins/177

26.11.1963 145028    (D)   

Usage: Utilisation embranchement ferroviaire,

ID.2004/002682
à la charge de Eysins/177

03.04.1981 178217    (C)   

Canalisation(s) d’égouts, ID.2003/000306
en faveur de Association Intercommunale d’Epuration des

Eaux Usées du Boiron, Eysins

03.04.1981 178219    (C)   

Canalisation(s) d’égouts, ID.2004/002741
en faveur de Eysins la Commune, Eysins


Office du registre foncier

Nyon

 

Extrait du registre foncier

 

Bien-fonds Eysins / 179

 

Tenue du registre foncier: fédéral

   Page 2 de 2

 

Servitudes:

 

26.09.1990 244834

 

  

(C) Canalisation(s): Câbles électriques, ID.2004/002889
en faveur de Nyon la Commune, Nyon

25.06.2002 2002/2728/0   

(C) Canalisation(s) quelconques, ID.2002/003841
en faveur de Eysins/418

25.06.2002 2002/2728/0   

(D) Canalisation(s) quelconques, ID.2002/003841
à la charge de Eysins/418

Charges foncères:   

12.12.1963 145029

  

(D) Zone/quartier: Obligation de créer et maintenir un rideau
d’arbres, ID.2004/002683

à la charge de Eysins/177

Annotations: (Profitent des cases libres voir droits de gages immobillers)

Aucune

Exercice des droits: (Pour les droits dont I’exercice ne figure pas ci-dessous, voir le registre foncier)

Selon registre foncier

Droits de gages immobiliers:

Selon registre foncier

Affaires en suspens:

Affaires du journal jusqu’au 14 Juillet 2008:             aucune

 

1260 Nyon, le 16 juillet 2008

 

LOGO Le Conservateur du registre foncier

   LOGO   

Emoluments:

 

LOGO                 


Annex 2

Detailed Plans of the Premises

 

-16-


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


Annex 4

List of “ emergencies ” defects

 

1. Any defect that breaches the physical security of the facility to allow non-authorised personnel entry

 

2. Any defect that breaches the hygiene or GMP integrity of the GMP areas

 

3. Any defect that puts any personnel at risk of harm to themselves or others

 

4. Any defect that prevents the operation of the pilot plant or associated areas

 

5. Any defect that disrupts data or communications services to, from or within the facility

 

6. Any defect that disrupts access to or from the facility.


Annex 5

Services & Service Charges (to be agreed)

 

-19-

Exhibit 10.13

L EASE A SSIGNMENT A GREEMENT

dated December 9, 2009

relating to

Building B1, Terre Bonne Park, 1262 Eysins (Switzerland)

made by and among

FidFund Management SA

Mondelez Europe GmbH

Quotient Suisse SA

And

Quotient Limited


This lease assignment agreement (“Agreement”) is dated December 9, 2013, and entered into by and among (1)  FidFund Management SA, chemin de Précossy 11, 1260 Nyon, Switzerland (“Landlord”) , (2)  Mondelez Europe GmbH , Lindebergh-Allee 1, 8152 Glattpark, Switzerland (“Assignor”) , (3)  Quotient Suisse SA , Rue du Grand-Chêne 2, c/o LexartisAvocats, 1003 Lausanne, Switzerland (“Assignee”) and (4)  Quotient Limited, Elizabeth House, 9, Castle Street, St. Helier JE4 2QP. Jersey, Channel Islands (“Guarantor”, collectively with Landlord, Assignor and Assignee, “Parties” and each individually a “Party”).

***

Preamble

 

A) On March 10, 2010, Cadbury Europe SA, acting as tenant, entered into a lease agreement with Nemaco Fléchères B.V., Diepenbrockstraat 54, 1077WB, Amsterdam, Netherlands and NEMACO SUISSE SA, Route de Crassier 11, 1262 Eysins, Switzerland, acting collectively as the then landlords, regarding the office premises (the “Premises”) located in Building B1, Terre Bonne Park, 1262 Eysins (Switzerland) (the “Lease Agreement”).

The Lease Agreement, and its annexes, is attached hereto as Schedule A) .

 

B) Landlord is the current owner of the Premises, and as such has succeeded to Nemaco Fléchères B.V. and NEMACO SUISSE SA in the Lease Agreement.

 

C) Assignor is the legal and universal successor of Cadbury Europe SA, further to the amalgamation of said company into the Assignor which was at the time of such amalgamation known as Kraft Foods Europe GmbH; as a result, Assignor succeeded to Cadbury Europe SA as tenant in the Lease Agreement.

 

D) The Parties intend to enter into a lease assignment agreement regarding the Premises, whereby Assignee will become the new tenant of the Lease Property, with Guarantor guaranteeing payment of the rent.

Based on the foregoing, the Parties agree as follows:

 

1. LEASE ASSIGNMENT

 

1.1 Assignment

 

1.1.1 Pursuant to articles 9 of the Lease Agreement and 263 of the Swiss code of obligations, Assignor hereby assigns and transfers to Assignee, which accepts, all the Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to the Lease Agreement and the Premises, subject to all the conditions and terms contained in the Lease Agreement.

 

1.1.2 The assignment takes effect on January 1, 2014 (the “Effective Date”).

 

1.1.3 Assignee agrees to pay all rent due after the Effective Date and to assume and perform, as from the Effective Date, all duties and obligations required by the terms of the Lease Agreement.

 

1


1.1.4 Currently, the amount of the rent is CHF [            ]. Assignor will provide to Assignee a copy of all increases of rent received or negotiated and accepted by Assignor with Landlord.

 

1.2 Bank Guarantee

 

1.2.1 To guarantee the execution of the obligations towards the Landlord under the Lease Agreement, Assignee is to supply, prior to or on the Effective Date at the latest, a standard bank guarantee in favor of the Landlord in an amount of CHF 305’000.—, in replacement of the guarantee supplied by Assignor.

 

1.2.2 The bank guarantee supplied by Assignor shall be released at the latest within two years after the Effective Date in accordance with Art. 263, par. 4 of the Swiss code of obligations.

 

1.3 Guarantee by Guarantor

 

1.3.1 In addition to the Bank Guarantee supplied by Assignee pursuant to Section 1.2, Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

  (a) guarantees to the Landlord punctual performance by the Assignee of all the Assignee’s obligations under the Lease Agreement; and

 

  (b) undertakes with the Landlord that, whenever the Assignee does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with the Lease Agreement, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if the Guarantor was the first obligor.

 

1.4 Inventory

 

1.4.1 Prior to the Effective Date, the Parties shall visit the Premises and shall establish an inventory. During this inventory process, the Parties shall validate the Schedule 1.4.1 attached hereto, and shall, to the extent necessary, amend it whereas such amendment shall not take place any later than the Effective Date

 

2. MISCELLANEOUS

 

2.1 Amendments and Modifications

 

2.1.1 This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented, in whole or in part, except by a written agreement signed by the Parties.

 

2.2 Notices

 

2.2.1 Any notice required to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and in English. Delivery shall be made by registered mail or by an internationally recognized courier that verifies delivery to the relevant address set out on the first page of this Agreement or to such other address of which either Party notifies the other pursuant to this provision.

 

2


2.3 Severability

If any provision of this Agreement is found by any competent authority to be void, invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force. In this event, the Agreement shall be construed, and, if necessary, amended in a way to give effect to, or to approximate, or to achieve a result which is as close as legally possible to the result intended by the provision hereof determined to be void, illegal or unenforceable.

 

2.4 Waivers

The rights of a Party shall not be prejudiced or restricted by any indulgence or forbearance extended to any other Party. A waiver to pursue any breach of contract by a Party shall not operate as a waiver of the respective right or as a waiver to claim any subsequent breach. Any provision of this Agreement may be waived only by a written statement of the waiving Party.

 

2.5 Assignment

The rights of the Parties under this Agreement are not assignable and shall not be transferred without the prior written consent of the other Parties.

 

3. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

3.1 Choice of Law

This Agreement, including the jurisdiction clause shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of Switzerland.

 

3.2 Jurisdiction

Any dispute in connection to this Agreement shall be submitted to the ordinary jurisdiction of the Courts of the Canton of Vaud.

( signature page follows )

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement in three original copies.

 

 

   

Glattpark, December 12, 2013

Place, Date     Place, Date

FidFund Management SA

    Mondelez Europe GmbH

 

   

/s/ P. Koossemand

By:

     

By:

  P. Koossemand

Title:

     

Title:

  MEU Gum & Candy RD Director

 

   

 

By:

     

By:

 

Title:

     

Title:

 

New York, December 9, 2013

   

New York, December 9, 2013

Place, Date

   

Place, Date

 

Quotient Suisse SA     Quotient Limited

/s/ Paul Cowan

   

/s/ Paul Cowan

By:   Paul Cowan     By:   Paul Cowan
Title:   sole director     Title:   Chairman & CEO
     

/s/ Edward Farrell

      By:   Edward Farrell
      Title:   Director

 

4


List of Schedules

 

Schedule A)    Lease Agreement, and its annexes
Schedule 1.4.1    Definition of the Inventory and the Warrantees, updated as of the Effective Date

 

5


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO


 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.14

07/39360

Books of Council and Session

Extract Registered 8 Oct 2007

LEASE

SCOTTISH MINISTERS

DALGLEN (NO.1062) LIMITED

SHEPHERD & WEDDERBURN LLP

LP 1 EDINBURGH 6


 

LOGO

07/39360

AT EDINBURGH the Eighth day of October Two thousand and seven the Deed hereinafter reproduced was presented for registration in the Books of the Lords of Council and Session for preservation and execution and is registered in the said Books as follows:-

CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page No  

1.

  Definitions And Interpretation      1   
 

1.1           Definitions

     1   
 

1.2           Interpretation

     5   

2.

  The Grant      7   
 

2.1           The Grant

     7   
 

2.2           Break Option

     7   

3.

  Not Used      7   

4.

  Tenants’ Monetary Obligations      7   
 

4.1           Monetary Obligations

     7   

5.

  Tenants’ Non-Monetary Obligations      11   
 

5.1           Repairing

     11   
 

5.2           Plant and Equipment

     11   
 

5.3           Maintenance Contracts

     12   
 

5.4           Insured Risks Exclusion

     12   
 

5.5           Cleaning windows etc.

     12   
 

5.6           External Painting

     12   
 

5.7           Internal Painting

     13   
 

5.8           Dilapidations

     13   
 

5.9           Compliance with Statute

     13   
 

5.10        Evidence of Compliance

     14   
 

5.11        Compliance with Title

     14   
 

5.12        Insurers’ Requirements

     14   
 

5.13        Planning

     14   
 

5.14        Alterations

     16   
 

5.15        The CDM Regulations

     16   
 

5.16        Value of Alterations

     17   
 

5.17        Signs and Displays

     17   
 

5.18        TV Aerials

     17   
 

5.19        User

     17   
 

5.20        Machinery

     18   
 

5.21        Overloading

     18   


LOGO

 

 

5.22        Drains

     19   
 

5.23        Air Pollution

     19   
 

5.24        Not to cause Obstructions etc.

     19   
 

5.25        Not to acknowledge third party rights

     20   
 

5.26        Fire/Emergency Systems

     20   
 

5.27        Temperature

     20   
 

5.28        Re-letting/For Sale Boards

     20   
 

5.29        Security

     21   
 

5.30        Other Insurances

     21   
 

5.31        Application for Consent

     21   
 

5.32        Inform Landlords of Notices

     21   
 

5.33        Advise Landlords of Damage

     21   
 

5.34        Inform Landlords of Defects

     21   
 

5.35        Remedy Breaches by Sub-Tenants

     22   
 

5.36        Assignation etc. of Part

     22   
 

5.37        Assignation/Sub-letting of Whole

     22   
 

5.38        Sub-Letting

     22   
 

5.39        Copy Documents

     23   
 

5.40        Facilitate Access etc

     23   
 

5.41        Indemnity

     23   
 

5.42        Removal

     24   

6.

  Landlords’  Warranty      25   
 

6.1           Quiet Enjoyment

     25   
 

6.2           No Warranty

     25   
 

6.3           Services

     26   

7.

  Schedule  of  Dilapidations      26   
 

7.1           Landlords’ Entitlement

     26   

8.

  Insurance      26   

9.

  Reinstatement      27   

10.

  Lease to Continue in Full Force and Effect      27   

11.

  Irritancy      .28   
 

11.1        Landlords’ Entitlement to Irritate

     28   
 

11.2        Remediable Breach

     29   

 

(ii)


LOGO

 

12.

  Acceptance  of  Rent/No Waiver/No Compensation      29   
 

12.1        Acceptance of Rent

     29   
 

12.2        No Compensation

     29   

13.

  No Implied  Servitudes      29   

14.

  Disclaimer  of Liability      30   

15.

  Exclusion  of Representations      30   

16.

  Notices      30   

17.

  Arbitration      31   

18.

  Registration      31   

Schedule

     32   

Part 1 The Premises

     32   

Part 2 The Reserved Rights

     33   

Part 3 List of Fixtures

     34   

 

(iii)


LOGO

 

LEASE

between

THE SCOTTISH MINISTERS (who and whose successors are hereinafter referred to as “the Landlords”); and

DALGLEN (NO.1062) LIMITED, (registered in Scotland, no. SC310584), having its registered office at Dalmore House, 310 St Vincent Street, Glasgow (who and whose permitted successors and assignees are hereinafter referred to as “the Tenants”)

 

1. Definitions And Interpretation

 

1.1 Definitions

 

In this Lease (including this sub-clause and the Schedule) the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:-
“Base Rate”   

the Base Rate for the time being and from time to time of the Bank of Scotland (or in the event of said Base Rate ceasing to exist, such other equivalent rate as the Landlords may

determine);

“the Car Park Plan”

   the plan marked Car Park Plan annexed and executed as relative hereto;

“the CDM Regulations”

   the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 1994;

“the Conduits”

   the drains, sewers, pipes, cisterns, tanks, pumps, gutters, ducts, wires, cables, conductors, transmitters, meters, aerials and all other conducting and service media and connections and associated parts, which are used, designed or adapted for use in carrying electricity, water, gas, telecommunications and other services for the time being and from time to time lying in or on or passing through, over, under or across the Premises (save insofar as the same serve exclusively the Premises) as the same may be altered, improved or extended from time to time;

 


LOGO

 

“the Date of Entry”

   the date of Completion as defined in the SPA;

“the Duration”

   the period of 5 years from (and including) the Date of Entry subject to Clause 2.2;

“the Full Cost of Reinstatement”

   the whole costs which would be likely to be incurred at any time during the Duration, including the cost of demolition, site clearance, shoring up, propping, temporary hoarding and other temporary works and incidental expenses and architects’, surveyors, and other professional fees, together with any Value Added Tax properly chargeable on such costs and others, in relation to the repairing, rebuilding, renewing and reinstatement of the Premises, having regard to any expected increases in building costs pending and during the period of reinstatement, all as shall be determined by the Landlords from time to time;

“the Insured Risks”

   fire, lightning, storm, tempest, flood, earthquake, subsidence, explosion, impact, damage by aircraft (other than hostile aircraft) and flying objects and articles dropped therefrom, riot, civil commotion, strikes, labour or political disturbance, terrorism bursting or overflowing of water tanks, apparatus or pipes, malicious damage, theft and/or such other normal commercial risks and insurances as the Landlords may from time to time deem necessary in respect of the Premises (but in each case only for so long as and to the extent that the Landlords are able to obtain cover for the Insured Risks at reasonable commercial rates and subject to such excesses, exclusions and limitations as the Landlords’ insurers may require or impose);

“the Lease Plan”

   the plan of the Premises annexed as relative to this Lease which plan is demonstrative only;

“the Option Dales”

   each of the 2 nd, 3 rd and 4 th anniversaries of the Date of Entry;

 

2


LOGO

 

“the Planning Acts”

   the Town and Country Planning (Scotland) Act 1997, the Planning (Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas) (Scotland) Act 1997, the Planning (Hazardous Substances) (Scotland) Act 1997, the Planning (Consequential Provisions) (Scotland) Act 1997, the Local Government and Planning (Scotland) Act 1982 and the Town and Country Planning Act 1984, the Planning and Compensation Act 1991, and any other legislation from time to time in force relating to planning matters;

‘the Plant and Equipment”

   all (if any) electrical, mechanical and other plant, machinery and equipment, including, without prejudice to the generality, heating equipment, lighting equipment (including emergency lighting and automatic controls and all external lighting and flood lighting and all controls and cabling relating thereto), cleaning equipment, fire precaution and fire fighting equipment (including sprinkler systems), transport equipment, ventilation equipment, compactors, air conditioning and cooling plant and equipment, internal and public telephone systems, public address systems and radiopaging equipment, security and intruder alarm systems and equipment (including remote control and/or closed circuit television equipment with monitors), water supply, gas and other installations, connections and meters, hot water systems and boilers, sanitary apparatus, goods and passenger lifts and escalators (if any), television aerials and all connecting media and circuitry pertaining thereto and all other such equipment (including standby and emergency systems and equipment), in, on under, over or passing through and exclusively serving the Premises or any part thereof for the time being and from time to time;

“the Premises”

   those subjects described in Part One of the Schedule;

 

3


LOGO

 

“Quarter Days”

   the Date of Entry and the dates falling 3, 6 and 9 months after the Date of Entry in each year and the expressions “Quarter Day” and “the relevant Quarter Day” shall be construed accordingly;

“the Reserved Rights”

   the rights and reservations set out in Part Two of the Schedule;

“the Schedule”

   the Schedule of Two Parts annexed as relative hereto;

“the Schedule of Condition”

   the photographic Schedule of Condition of the Premises prepared by CB Richard Ellis dated 2 March 2007;

“Service Charge”

   means such equitable proportion attributable to the Premises of the Service Expenditure as the Landlords shall from time to time determine, acting reasonably, and which equitable proportion shall be final and binding save in the case of manifest or demonstrable error or omission, and may differ in respect of different elements of the Service Expenditure;

“Service Charge Year”

   means any period of twelve months (or longer or shorter when there is a change of the date for commencement of such period) as the Landlords may from time to time select as the relevant period for calculation of the Service Expenditure;

“Service Expenditure”

   means the whole costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Landlords during any Service Charge Year in respect of any and/or all of the following:-
  

(i)       the electricity, the emergency electricity supply, gas, steam, water, sewerage;

  

(ii)      plumbed-in water dispensers;

  

(iii)     maintenance costs for the access control system;

  

(iv)     Close Circuit Television maintenance and any other security measures including the cost of employing any security staff used in common by the Premises and other adjoining, neighbouring or nearby properties; and

  

(v)      the provision and maintenance of plants, shrubs, trees and grassed and other landscaped areas which are used in common by the Premises and other adjoining, neighbouring or nearby properties and keeping these areas tidy, free from weeds and with the grass cut; (items (i) – (v) above shall be herein referred to as “the Services”).

 

4


LOGO

 

“SPA”

   the Agreement among The Common Services Agency, acting through the Scottish National Blood Transfusion Service, the Tenants and Quotient Bioresearch Limited dated 26 July 2007;

“Specified Rate”

   the rate of four per cent per annum above Base Rate;

“the Surveyor”

   an independent Chartered Surveyor qualified for not less than ten years in the profession who shall be a Fellow or Professional Associate of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors and shall have had substantial and recent working knowledge and experience in the letting and valuation and rental values of properties similar in type and location to the Premises, to be agreed upon by the Landlords and the Tenants and failing such agreement to be nominated and appointed by the Chairman or other Senior Office Holder for the time being of the Scottish Branch of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of either party.

 

1.2 Interpretation

In this Lease: -

 

  1.2.1 Words importing the singular shall include the plural and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa and where there are two or more persons included in the expression “the Tenants”, obligations expressed or implied to be undertaken by the Tenants shall be deemed to be undertaken by such persons jointly and severally. The word “person” shall mean an individual, partnership, company, public authority or any other body whatsoever;

 

  1.2.2 If the Tenants consist of a firm or partnership the obligations of the Tenants shall be binding jointly and severally not only on all persons who are partners of the firm at the time that this Lease is executed but also on all persons who shall become partners of the firm at any time during the Duration and their respective executors and representatives whomsoever as well as on the firm and its whole stock, funds, assets and estate without the necessity of discussing them in their order and such

 

5


LOGO

 

  assets and estate without the necessity of discussing them in their order and such obligations shall subsist and remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any change or changes which may take place in the name of the firm or the constitution of the partnership whether by the assumption of a new partner or partners or by the retiral, death or outgoing for any other cause of any individual partner; Declaring that the retiral, death or outgoing of any individual partner shall not of itself discharge such partner or his executors from such partner’s joint and several liability in terms of this Lease.

 

  1.2.3 All obligations undertaken by the Tenants shall be binding on them and in substitution therefor their permitted successors and assignees during the entire Duration; If the Tenants comprise more than one person the Landlords shall be entitled to discharge any of the persons so comprised without in any way discharging any of the remaining persons so comprised in terms of this Lease;

 

  1.2.4 Any reference to a statute or subordinate legislation shall include any modification, extension or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force and shall also include all instruments, orders and regulations for the time being made, issued or given thereunder or deriving validity therefrom;

 

  1.2.5 Any obligation by the Tenants not to do an act or thing shall be deemed to include an obligation not to agree or suffer or permit such act or thing to be done by any agent, employee, invitee, contractor, licensee or others for whom the Tenants are responsible in law;

 

  1.2.6 Any reference to an act, omission or default of the Tenants shall be deemed to include an act, omission or default of their sub-tenants, agents, employees, invitees, contractors, licensees and others for whom the Tenants are responsible in law and/or the Tenants’ or their sub-tenants’ respective predecessors in title;

 

  1.2.7 Any reference to any right or reservation exercisable by or for the benefit of the Landlords shall be deemed to include the exercise of such right or reservation by any person or persons authorised by the Landlords, and further, such right or reservation may be exercised with agents, employees, professional advisers, workmen, contractors and others;

 

  1.2.8 The clause, paragraph and schedule headings in this Lease are for reference only and shall not affect the construction or interpretation of this Lease.

 

6


LOGO

 

2. The Grant

 

2.1 The Grant

 

   The Landlords hereby let to the Tenants (but excluding assignees legal or conventional and sub-tenants and managers for creditors except as hereinafter provided), the Premises under reservation of the Reserved Rights and that for the Duration at an initial rent of TWO HUNDRED AND FORTY EIGHT THOUSAND POUNDS (£248,000) STERLING per annum payable in equal quarterly instalments in advance on the Quarter Days; but providing that the first payment will fall due on the date falling 6 months after the Date of Entry (such date being herein called the “6 Month Date”) and the rent that would have been payable in respect of the said 6 month period shall be added to the rent payable by the Tenants in respect of the period from the 6 Month Date until the 2 nd anniversary of the Date of Entry such that the sum of £20,667 STERLING shall be paid in addition to the installment of rent payable on each Quarter Date occurring from and including the 6 Month Date until and including the 2 nd anniversary of the Date of Entry;

 

2.2 Break Option

 

   Notwithstanding Clause 2.1, either party shall have the option to terminate the Lease on the Option Dates by giving not less than 6 months’ prior notice in writing to the other party to that effect; Provided always that the Tenants shall not be entitled to terminate the Lease by notice as aforesaid where the Tenants are in breach of any of the monetary obligations incumbent upon them in terms of this Lease and the Tenants’ option to terminate as aforesaid shall in every case be subject and without prejudice to the whole obligations on the Tenants whether in respect of dilapidations or otherwise relating to removal on expiry or earlier termination of the Lease hereinafter contained.

 

3. Not Used

 

4. Tenants’ Monetary Obligations

 

4.1 Monetary Obligations

 

   The Tenants bind and oblige themselves:-

 

  4.1.1 To pay the rent from time to time payable in terms of this Lease without deduction, retention or demand in equal quarterly instalments in advance on the Quarter Days by Banker’s Order or such other method as the Landlords may from time to time direct; and if so required by the Landlords forthwith to complete and deliver to

 

7


LOGO

 

  the Landlords all forms provided by the Landlords for the purpose of setting up a Banker’s Order for payment of rent to such bank account as the Landlords may direct in writing and not, without the prior written consent of the Landlords, to vary, amend or cancel any Banker’s Order form completed by the Tenants in pursuance of this provision;

 

  4.1.2 To pay all existing and future rates (including water rates), taxes, duties, charges, assessments, impositions, outgoings and outlays whatsoever charged, assessed or imposed on or in respect of the Premises whether payable by the owner or occupier but excluding any taxes due and payable personally by the Landlords resulting directly from any disposal of or dealing by the Landlords with the Landlords’ interest under this Lease;

 

  4.1.3 To pay charges (including connection charges) for, telecommunications and other services used or consumed in or upon the Premises (but not water, gas or electricity charges which form part of the Services and which shall be paid for by the Tenants as part of the Service Charge)

 

  4.1.4 To pay on demand without deduction the premiums incurred by the Landlords in complying with the Landlords’ obligations under Clause 8, as such premiums shall be determined by the Landlords’ insurers from time to time, whose decision shall be final and binding and to pay (i) any amount which may be deducted or disallowed by the insurers pursuant to any excess provision in any insurance policy effected by the Landlords in terms of this Lease upon settlement of any claim by the Landlords (ii) any costs incurred by the Landlords in obtaining insurance valuations of the Premises from time to time (but not more than once in every calendar year) and (iii) any insurance taxes;

 

  4.1.5 To pay or reimburse the Landlords on demand:-

 

  (i) any shortfall in any insurance monies (including professional and other fees) which would otherwise have been recovered by the Landlords but only where and to the extent that such shortfall arises as a consequence solely or in part of some act, omission or default of the Tenants; and

 

  (ii) any increase in the cost of insuring the Premises or any other property in which the Landlords have an interest above the rate which would otherwise be payable arising as a consequence of any act or omission or default of the Tenants or their predecessors in title or the use to which the Tenants or their foresaids have put the Premises whether at the Date of Entry or at any later date;

 

8


LOGO

 

  4.1.6 To pay on demand all expenses, costs, charges, fees and outlays (including but without prejudice to the foregoing generality Solicitor’s costs, Counsel’s, Architect’s and Surveyor’s and other professional fees and commission payable to a Messenger-at-Arms or Sheriff Officer) incurred by the Landlords

 

  (i) in the negotiation, preparation and completion of any subsequent documentation in connection with this Lease (but not this Lease itself) (including any stamp duty land tax on any land transaction pursuant to which this Lease and any such subsequent documentation is entered into and the costs of registering this Lease and any such subsequent documentation in the Books of Council and Session and obtaining three Extracts (two of which shall be for the use of the Landlords) and the Tenants will submit a Land Transaction Return (SDLT 1 and 4) in respect of the Lease to the Inland Revenue within 21 days of the Date of Entry and will deliver to the Landlords a Land Transaction Return Certificate (SDLT5) in respect of the Lease as soon as the same is received from the Inland Revenue in order to allow the Landlords to register the Lease and any such subsequent documentation;

 

  (ii) relating to the enforcement of, or procuring the remedy of any breach of, any obligation of the Tenants hereunder notwithstanding that any steps taken hereunder be rendered unnecessary by the Tenants’ subsequent compliance with the provisions of this Lease and the preparation and service of any Schedule of Dilapidations in terms of this Lease and the preparation and service of all other notices served in terms of this Lease; and

 

  (iii) in relation to every application for consent or approval made in terms of this Lease or otherwise, whether such consent or approval is granted or refused or the application withdrawn;

 

  4.1.7 To pay to the Landlords on demand any charges, assessments or other similar outlays including management, factoring or administration charges whether or not of a recurring nature exigible in respect of the Premises (or such proportion as is applicable to the Premises of any such charges and others as aforesaid exigible in respect of larger subjects of which the Premises form part) whether in terms of the title deeds or otherwise;

 

9


LOGO

 

  4.1.8 To pay or reimburse to the Landlords such proportion as is applicable to the Premises the Landlords acting reasonably and in accordance with good estate management whether in terms of the title deeds or by statute, common law or otherwise of the costs and expenses of making, laying, repairing, maintaining, renewing, rebuilding, lighting and cleansing the Conduits and all roads, pavements, vaults, walls, fences and any other structure or thing owned or used in common by the Premises and other adjoining, neighbouring or nearby properties (together with any related management, factoring or administration charges);

 

  4.1.9 To pay to the Landlords any Value Added Tax and/or any other tax or charge of a similar nature as shall be properly chargeable in respect of all monies (including rent) undertaken to be paid by the Tenants under this Lease all of which monies are for the avoidance of doubt expressed exclusive of Value Added Tax or such other tax as aforesaid;

 

  4.1.10 To pay to the Landlords on demand without deduction the sums referred to in Clause 5.8 and Clause 7 hereof (but only in the event of default of the Tenants as specified at the said Clauses 5.8 and 7);

 

  4.1.11 Without prejudice to any other right, remedy or power available to the Landlords, to pay to the Landlords on demand interest at the Specified Rate on all sums due to the Landlords under this Lease from the due date for payment thereof until the date of actual receipt of payment in full by the Landlords, and as well before as after decree such interest to be calculated on a daily basis on the balance then outstanding and compounded quarterly on the Quarter Days;

 

  4.1.12 The Tenants shall pay to the Landlords the Service Charge, without deduction, retention or demand on the basis of the estimated Service Expenditure for each Service Charge Year and that in equal quarterly instalments in advance on the Quarter Days by Banker’s Order or such method as the Landlords may from time to time direct, the first payment being due on the Date of Entry for the period up to the next Quarter Day.

 

10


LOGO

 

  4.1.13 As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each Service Charge Year, the Landlords shall procure the production and delivery to the Tenants of a statement summarising the actual Service Expenditure properly incurred by the Landlords in such year, which statement shall be final and binding save in the case of manifest or demonstrable error or omission. The Tenants shall pay to the Landlords any shortfall between the sums demanded from the Tenants in terms of Clause 4.1.12 and the Service Charge calculated in respect of the actual Service Expenditure for that year, and that within fourteen working days of demand. Alternatively, any overpayment by the Tenants shall be credited by the Landlords towards the next quarterly payment of Service Charge due by the Tenants.

 

5. Tenants’ Non-Monetary Obligations

 

     The Tenants bind and oblige themselves:-

 

5.1 Repairing

 

     To accept the Premises as being in good, substantial and tenantable condition and repair and wind and water tight and in all respects fit for full occupation and use by the Tenants subject always to the items specified in the Schedule of Condition and to put and keep the Premises in like condition and repair and subject as aforesaid to the Schedule of Condition throughout the Duration well and substantially to repair, maintain, cleanse, replace, renew, rebuild and reinstate the same all to the satisfaction of the Landlords and irrespective of the cause of the damage or deterioration necessitating such repair, maintenance, cleansing, replacement, renewal, rebuilding or reinstatement; and without prejudice to the foregoing but subject as aforesaid to carry out and perform all the obligations otherwise incumbent upon the Landlords and/or the owner of the Premises whether at common law or by statute or otherwise but provided always that the Tenants shall not be obliged to keep any part of the Premises in any better condition than as evidenced by the Schedule of Condition.

 

5.2 Plant and Equipment

 

     To keep the Plant and Equipment in good working order, repair and condition commensurate with its age and design to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlords and from time to tie to replace the same or any of them with suitable articles or equipment of equal or greater value, quality and functionality to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlords and within a time specified by the Landlords acting reasonably.

 

11


LOGO

 

5.3 Maintenance Contracts

 

     To enter into and thereafter to keep in force at the Tenants’ sole expense, with maintenance engineers previously approved by the Landlords, maintenance contracts in terms also to be approved by the Landlords, providing for the regular inspection, maintenance and repair of the Plant and Equipment, and when and as often as requested to do so by the Landlords, to produce such evidence as the Landlords may reasonably require to satisfy the Landlords that the foregoing obligations have been and are being fully implemented by the Tenants;

 

5.4 Insured Risks Exclusion

 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Clauses 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3, but subject to complying with Clauses 4.1.4 and 4.1.5, the Tenants shall not be liable for any repair or renewal required as a result of the occurrence of any of the Insured Risks save to the extent that the insurance monies are rendered irrecoverable in consequence of some act, omission or default of the Tenants;

 

5.5 Cleaning windows etc.

 

     To clean the inside and outside of the windows and glass doors (if any) in the Premises once in every calendar month and generally to keep the Premises clean and tidy and free from weeds, deposits of material and refuse and not to bring or keep or suffer to be brought or kept upon the Premises anything which in the opinion of the Landlords is or may become unclean, unsightly or detrimental to the Premises and not to permit goods and other articles or rubbish to be stored or left lying around or outside the Premises but to place or cause to be placed any rubbish or scrap in containers to be provided by and at the cost of the Tenants and as directed by the Landlords for this purpose and to remove all refuse from the Premises at least once a week;

 

5.6 External Painting

 

    

In every third year of this Lease and also, unless otherwise agreed by the Landlords in writing, within the period of 3 months prior to the date of expiry or earlier termination of this Lease in a proper and workmanlike manner to strip down, prepare, paint and/or treat as appropriate all the outside wood and metalwork of the Premises, and all other parts of the exterior of the Premises which are usually or ought to be so painted and/or treated and all additions thereto in such colours and with such preservatives and/or decorative materials as may be approved in writing by the Landlords prior to the commencement of the work (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and also in like manner as often as in the opinion of the Landlords shall be necessary to clean the stonework and other finishes to the

 

12


LOGO

 

  exterior of the Premises by such method as shall previously have been approved in writing by the Landlords and to keep clean all tiles, glazed bricks and similar washable surfaces. In the last year of this Lease (howsoever determined) the tints, colours and patterns of all such works of external decoration and treatment shall be such as shall have been specified or approved in writing by the Landlords at their sole discretion.

 

5.7 Internal Painting

 

     In every fifth year of this Lease and also, unless otherwise agreed by the Landlords in writing within the period of 3 months (but not more than once in any calendar year) prior to the date of expiry or earlier termination of this Lease to strip down, prepare, paint and/or treat as appropriate all the inside wood surfaces and metalwork of the Premises and all other parts of the interior of the Premises which are usually or ought to be so painted and/or treated and all additions thereto in such colours and with such preservatives and/or decorative materials as may be approved in writing by the Landlords prior to the commencement of the work (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). In the last year of this Lease (howsoever determined) the tints, colours and patterns of all such works of internal decoration and treatment shall be such as shall have been specified or approved in writing by the Landlords at their sole discretion.

 

5.8 Dilapidations

 

     Upon notice being served by or on behalf of the Landlords to execute all repairs, renewals, replacements, removals and other works to the Premises as the Landlords may require to procure compliance by the Tenants with the terms of this Lease, within 2 months (or sooner if practicable) from the date of such notice, and that to the satisfaction of the Landlords and in case of default by the Tenants timeously to execute such works the Landlords may execute all such works as aforesaid and the proper costs and expenses incurred by the Landlords in so doing (including their solicitors’ and surveyors’ charges and other charges) shall, on demand be due and payable by the Tenants to the Landlords;

 

5.9 Compliance with Statute

 

    

To comply at their own expense with the provisions and requirements of all European Union United Kingdom and Scotland statutes and subordinate legislation, regulations and directives (including without prejudice to the foregoing generality the Planning Acts, the Factories Act 1961, the Offices, Shops and Railway Premises Act 1963, the Fire (Scotland) Act 2005 the Health and Safety at Work etc Act 1974, the Environmental Protection Act 1990, the Environment Act 1995, the Disability Discrimination Act 1995, the CDM Regulations and the

 

13


LOGO

 

  Control of Asbestos Regulations 2006) and any notices and directions issued thereunder and to carry out all works directed or required by any local or public authority by virtue of any such statute or subordinate legislation, regulation or directive, in each case relating to the Premises or the occupation and use of the Premises and whether the obligation to comply be imposed on the Landlords or the Tenants and in particular but without prejudice to the generality to comply with any rule or regulation relating to the storage of hazardous or combustible goods or materials and to indemnify the Landlords from and against all fees, penalties, charges, claims, costs and expenses incurred as a consequence of any breach or non-observance of any statutes and subsidiary legislation herein referred to or payable for obtaining any approval of works or matters to be done in respect of the Premises by virtue thereof.

 

5.10 Evidence of Compliance

 

     To provide to the Landlords on request and at the Tenants’ expense copies of the fire safety risk assessments and fire safety records, the Health and Safety file and any Certificates, consents, warrants, notices and other documentation relating to the Premises as the Landlords may require as evidence of compliance with Clause 5.9;

 

5.11 Compliance with Title

 

     To comply at their own expense with the whole burdens, provisions, obligations, conditions and restrictions contained or referred to in the title deeds and/or any Land Certificate relating to the Premises and that whether the said provisions are imposed on the owner or the occupier of the Premises;

 

5.12 Insurers’ Requirements

 

     To execute timeously all requirements and stipulations made by the Landlords’ Insurers (and intimated to the Tenants);

 

5.13 Planning

 

  5.13.1 Not to do or omit or permit to be done or omitted anything on or in connection with the Premises (or any building of which the Premises form part) the doing or omission of which shall or might be a contravention of the Planning Acts (or of any notices, orders, licences, consents, permissions and conditions (if any) granted or imposed thereunder or under any enactment repealed thereby) and to free and relieve the Landlords from the costs of any application by the Tenants for planning permission and the works and things done in pursuance thereof;

 

14


LOGO

 

  5.13.2 In the event of permission from any planning authority under the Planning Acts and/or other statutory consent being required for any purpose including without prejudice to the foregoing generality, the rebuilding, repair, reinstatement, erection, addition, alteration or change of use of, in or to the Premises to apply at their own expense to the local planning authority and such other authorities or bodies as may be requisite for all licences, consents and permissions which may be required in connection therewith provided that no such application shall be made without the prior written consent of the Landlords, and to give full particulars to the Landlords of the grant or refusal (as the case may be) of all such licences, consents and permissions forthwith on the receipt thereof and (free of cost to the Landlords) to supply a copy thereof for retention by the Landlords;

 

  5.13.3 In the event of any planning authority refusing any consent or agreeing to grant the desired planning permission only with modifications or subject to conditions, not to accept such modifications or conditions without the consent in writing of the Landlords and forthwith to give to the Landlords full particulars of such modifications or conditions and if such modifications or conditions shall, in the opinion of the Landlords, be undesirable, then not to implement said consent and forthwith if the Landlords so require and request but at the expense of the Tenants, to lodge the necessary notice of appeal and at the Tenants’ cost to pursue diligently such appeal and at all times at the request of the Landlords to keep the Landlords informed as to the progress thereof;

 

  5.13.4 Immediately on receipt to give notice to the Landlords of any notice, order or proposal for a notice or order served on the Tenants under the Planning Acts and if so required by the Landlords to produce the same and at the request of the Landlords but at the equal cost of the Landlords and the Tenants to make or join in making such objections or representations in respect of any proposals as the Landlords may require;

 

  5.13.5 If the Tenants shall receive any compensation with respect to their interest under this Lease because of any restriction placed upon the use of the Premises under or by virtue of the Planning Acts then if and when the Tenants’ interest under this Lease shall be determined howsoever that event may occur, forthwith to make such provision as is just and equitable for the Landlords to receive their due benefit if any from such compensation; and

 

  5.13.6 If and when called upon to do so to produce to the Landlords or the Landlords’ Surveyor all such plans, documents and other evidence as the Landlords may require in order to satisfy themselves that the provisions of this Clause 2 have been complied with in all respects;

 

15


LOGO

 

5.14 Alterations

 

     Not to cut, remove or divide the Premises nor to make or permit to be made any alterations or additions or improvements to the Premises or change or permit to be changed the design, layout, external appearance or architectural features of the Premises or the shape or style of the windows or window frames or external decoration scheme of the Premises, nor to place or permit to be placed on or adjacent to the Premises any erection or building except with the prior written consent of the Landlords and only in accordance with plans and specifications (to be submitted in duplicate) approved in writing by the Landlords in advance of commencement of the works, which consent and approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or a decision thereon unduly delayed in the case of non-structural internal alterations only but which consent may otherwise be withheld or granted subject to such conditions as the Landlords may in their reasonable discretion consider appropriate. In the event of the Tenants failing to observe the terms of this Clause it shall be lawful for the Landlords or their agents to enter upon the Premises with or without workmen and equipment and to remove any alteration, addition or carry out such other works as are required to restore the Premises to their former state and condition and the whole cost and expense thereof (including surveyors’ and other professional fees) shall be due and payable by the Tenants to the Landlords on demand;

 

5.15 The CDM Regulations

 

     Where the CDM Regulations apply to any works carried out by the Tenants to the Premises:-

 

  5.15.1 to plan and carry out those works (subject always to Clause 5.14) strictly in accordance with the CDM Regulations;

 

  5.15.2 to act as the sole client in relation thereto, in questions with the Landlords, and to make a Declaration to the Health and Safety Executive to that effect prior to commencing the works in question;

 

  5.15.3 to send to the Landlords a copy of the said Declaration at the same time it is made and to send to the Landlords, as soon as received, a copy of the acknowledgement thereof from the Health and Safety Executive;

 

  5.15.4 to permit the Landlords to enter the Premises and to inspect the Health and Safety file from time to time;

 

16


LOGO

 

  5.15.5 on request to provide the Landlords with a full and complete copy of the Health and Safety file for the Premises updated to reflect properly all works carried out by the Tenants; and

 

  5.15.6 to grant to the Landlords a full and free right and licence to copy and use for their own purposes in relation to the Premises all information contained in the Health and Safety file for the Premises;

 

5.16 Value of Alterations

 

     To provide the Landlords at all times with sufficient information with regard to the value of any replacement of or alteration or addition to any part of the Premises and to supply the Landlords with any further information which the Landlords shall require for insurance purposes;

 

5.17 Signs and Displays

 

     Not without the previous consent in writing of the Landlords (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or a decision thereon unduly delayed but if given may be given subject to such conditions as to the style and type and positioning thereof as the Landlords may in their sole discretion consider appropriate) to affix, paint, write, place, attach or otherwise exhibit on the exterior of the Premises (or any building of which the Premises form part) or the interior of the Premises in such a position as to be visible from outside the Premises any figure or letter or any sign, notice, placard, poster, advertisement or others whatsoever (and in default the Landlords may enter and remove the same at the Tenants’ sole cost) and if the Landlords shall give consent as aforesaid, to obtain at the Tenants’ own expense all other requisite consents (including but not limited to consent of the Planning Authority) which may be required by law;

 

5.18 TV Aerials

 

     Not to install any television or other aerials, antennae or satellite receiving dishes serving the Premises or any part thereof;

 

5.19 User

 

     Not to use or permit or suffer the Premises or any part thereof to be used otherwise than for the development, manufacture and distribution of blood grouping reagents, haematology reagents and controls, and/or pharmaceutical manufacturing utilising cold storage, laboratories, plant rooms, offices and staff facilities on the Premises save with the prior written consent of the Landlords, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or a decision thereon unduly delayed in the case of any other use falling within Class 4 of the Schedule to the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) (Scotland) Order 1997, and without prejudice to the foregoing: -

 

17


LOGO

 

  5.19.1 not to use or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used as residential or sleeping accommodation or for any noxious, noisy, dangerous, offensive, illegal or immoral trade, business, manufacture or occupation nor for gaming or gambling nor as a betting shop or amusement arcade nor for any sale by auction, exhibition or public meeting or entertainment nor for any purpose which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlords may be or grow to be a nuisance or annoyance or cause disturbance or inconvenience to the Landlords or any of their tenants or sub-tenants or to any owner or occupier of premises in the neighbourhood;

 

  5.19.2 not to do or permit or suffer on the Premises or any part thereof any act or omission whereby any insurance policy effected by the Landlords relating to the Premises or any other property in which the Landlords have an interest may be or become void or voidable or prejudiced in whole or in part or whereby the insurance premiums payable in respect thereof may become increased or whereby the risk of the Premises or any such other property or any part thereof being destroyed or damaged may be increased;

 

  5.19.3 not to bring or permit or suffer to be brought into or onto the Premises or to place or store or permit to be placed or stored or to remain in or about the Premises any materials or goods which are or may be explosive;

 

  5.19.4 to ensure that any materials or goods which are or may become hazardous, contaminating, offensive, dangerous, combustible, radioactive or inflammable are safely stored on the Premises;

 

5.20 Machinery

 

     Not without the prior written consent of the Landlords such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed to install any electrical and/or mechanical plant, engine or machinery or other tenants’ or trade fixtures and fittings except such as is commonly found or used in subjects which are used in a similar way to the Premises and does not give rise to undue noise, vibration or interference with any other equipment operated in the vicinity of the Premises;

 

5.21 Overloading

 

    

Not to bring into, place or keep or permit to be brought into, placed or kept in the Premises any heavy articles in such position or in such quantity or otherwise in such manner howsoever

 

18


LOGO

 

  as to overload or cause damage to or to be in the reasonable opinion of the Landlords or their advisers likely to overload or cause damage to the Premises or any adjoining or neighbouring property and not to permit or suffer any of the Conduits or the Plant and Equipment or any other conducting media serving the Premises to be or become overloaded;

 

5.22 Drains

 

     Not to pass or allow to pass into the Conduits or the Plant and Equipment or the pipes, drains, sewers or other conducting or service media serving the Premises any polluting agent or noxious or deleterious effluent or other substance which might cause any obstruction or injury to the Conduits or to the Plant and Equipment or to said pipes or others or otherwise cause contamination and in the event of such obstruction or injury or contamination occurring, forthwith to make good and remedy the same to the satisfaction of the Landlords, or at the Landlords’ discretion to pay to the Landlords on demand the costs incurred by the Landlords in making good all such damage; and to install and use such plant for treating any deleterious effluent as the Landlords shall reasonably require;

 

5.23 Air Pollution

 

     Not to permit or suffer any smoke, effluvia, vapour or grit to be emitted from the Premises nor to permit any fuel burning or other smoke-emitting apparatus or appliance to be installed within the Premises without the Landlords’ prior written consent and to maintain any such apparatus or appliance to the entire satisfaction of the Landlords;

 

5.24 Not to cause Obstructions etc.

 

     Not by building or otherwise to stop up or darken any window or light in or enjoyed by the Premises nor to permit any new wayleave, servitude, privilege or encroachment to be made or acquired into, against or upon the Premises and in case any such servitude right, privilege or encroachment shall be made or attempted to be made, to give immediate notice thereof to the Landlords and to permit the Landlords and their agents to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of ascertaining the nature of any such servitude right, privilege or encroachment and at the request of the Landlords but at the equal cost of the Landlords and the Tenants, to adopt such means as may reasonably be required or deemed proper for preventing any such encroachment or the acquisition of any such servitude right, privilege or encroachment;

 

19


LOGO

 

5.25 Not to acknowledge third party rights

 

     Not to give to any third party any acknowledgement that the Tenants enjoy the access of light to any of the windows or openings in the Premises by the consent of such third party nor to pay to such third party any sum of money nor to enter into any agreement with such third party for the purpose of inducing or binding such third party to abstain from obstructing the access of light to any windows or openings and in the event of any of the owners or occupiers of adjacent land or buildings doing or threatening to do anything which obstructs the access of light to any of the said windows or openings, to notify the same forthwith to the Landlords and to permit the Landlords to bring such proceedings as they may think fit in the name of the Tenants but at the equal cost of the Landlords and the Tenants against any of the owners and/or occupiers of the adjacent land in respect of the obstruction of the access of light to any of the windows or openings in the Premises;

 

5.26 Fire/Emergency Systems

 

     To provide and maintain all fire detecting, fire fighting, alarm and extinguishing plant, systems and apparatus and emergency lighting required by the Landlords (having regard to statutory requirements) or their insurers to be installed within or serve the Premises and to operate and maintain the same all in accordance with the directions of the Landlords, their insurers and the local Fire and Rescue Authority and any other competent authority and not to obstruct the access to or means of operating such plant, systems and apparatus and to take promptly all requisite action to carry out or review any fire safety risk assessment required in respect of the Premises and maintain fire safety records;

 

5.27 Temperature

 

     To keep the temperature in the Premises at a level sufficient to prevent the freezing of water and other pipes;

 

5.28 Re-letting/For Sale Boards

 

     To allow the Landlords or their agents to enter the Premises

 

  5.28.1 at any time during the last year of this Lease (howsoever determined) to fix and keep on the Premises in a position to be selected by the Landlords (but not so as to obstruct materially any window or ventilator) a noticeboard for re-letting the same and

 

  5.28.2 at any time during the period of this Lease to fix and keep on the Premises in a position to be selected by the Landlords (but not so as to obstruct materially any window or ventilator) a noticeboard for selling the Premises and not to obscure any such noticeboard and to permit all persons authorised by the Landlords or their agents to view the Premises at all reasonable hours by prior appointment without interruption or interference;

 

20


LOGO

 

5.29 Security

 

     Not to permit the public access to or egress from the Premises outside the hours that the Tenants are open for business and in addition to the foregoing to ensure that all entrances and exits to and from the Premises are held lockfast and secure outwith such times as an employee of the Tenants is actually present in the Premises;

 

5.30 Other Insurances

 

     Not to effect nor permit nor suffer to be effected any insurance against any of the Insured Risks, and in default any insurance monies received by or payable to the Tenants shall be the property of and forthwith paid over to the Landlords;

 

5.31 Application for Consent

 

     Upon making any application for any consent or approval which is required under this Lease, to disclose to the Landlords such information as the Landlords may reasonably and relevantly require;

 

5.32 Inform Landlords of Notices

 

     Upon the happening of any occurrence or upon the receipt of any notice, order, proposal, requisition, direction or other thing which may be capable of adversely affecting the Landlords’ interest in the Premises, forthwith at the Tenants’ own expense to deliver full particulars or a copy thereof to the Landlords and at the request of the Landlords but at the equal cost of the Landlords and the Tenants to make or join with the Landlords in making such objections or representations against such notice, order, proposal, requisition, direction or other thing as the Landlords may deem necessary;

 

5.33 Advise Landlords of Damage

 

     In the event of the Premises being destroyed or damaged, to give notice thereof immediately to the Landlords stating whether and to what extent such destruction or damage was brought about directly or indirectly by any of the Insured Risks;

 

5.34 Inform Landlords of Defects

 

     To inform the Landlords in writing immediately upon becoming aware of any defect in the Premises which might give rise to a duty or liability imposed on the Landlords to any person whether by common law, statute or otherwise;

 

21


LOGO

 

5.35 Remedy Breaches by Sub-Tenants

 

     In the event of a breach, non-performance or non-observance of any of the obligations, conditions, agreements and provisions contained or referred to in this Lease by any subtenants of the Tenants, forthwith upon discovering the same, to take and institute at their own expense all necessary steps and proceedings to remedy or procure remedy of such breach, non-performance or non-observance (without prejudice, however, to the Landlords’ right to irritate this Lease on account of such breach, non-performance or non-observance);

 

5.36 Assignation etc. of Part

 

     Not to assign this Lease in respect of part only of the Premises nor to sub-let part only of the Premises nor to part with or share possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises nor to charge, grant rights over the same in favour of any third parties nor otherwise to dispose of or deal with the Tenants’ interest in the Premises, except with the prior written consent of the Landlords;

 

5.37 Assignation/Sub-letting of Whole

 

     Not to assign or attempt to assign this Lease in respect of the whole of the Premises nor to sub-let the whole of the Premises without the prior written consent of the Landlords, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or a decision thereon unduly delayed in the case of a responsible and respectable assignee or sub-tenant who in the opinion of the Landlords is of sound financial standing and demonstrably capable of fulfilling the Tenants’ obligations under this Lease;

 

5.38 Sub-Letting

 

     Without prejudice to clauses 5.36 and 5.37 above, in relation to any permitted sub-lease:-

 

  5.38.1 not at any time to sub-let or agree to sub-let the Premises nor permit any person to occupy the Premises except at a rent which at the date when occupation shall commence is not less than the higher of the then market rent of the Premises (all grassums, premiums, fines and lump sum commutations of rent being prohibited) and the rent for the Premises payable under this Lease at the said date when occupation commences;

 

  5.38.2 to ensure that the rent payable under any such permitted sub-lease shall be payable not more than quarterly in advance;

 

  5.38.3 to ensure that any such permitted sub-lease shall contain obligations incumbent upon the sub-tenant similar to and consistent with the obligations undertaken by the Tenants under this Lease and shall include an obligation not to assign such sub-lease or further to sub-let or in any way deal with the sub-tenant’s interest under such sub-lease without the prior written consent of the Landlords and any permitted further sub-under-lease shall contain similar provisions;

 

22


LOGO

 

  5.38.4 to procure that any such permitted sub-lease shall provide:

 

  (i) for re-entry by the Tenants in the case of breach by the sub-tenant of any of its obligations under the sub-lease, and

 

  (ii) that the sub-tenant is prohibited from doing, permitting or suffering any act or thing on or in relation to the Premises or any part thereof which is a breach of, or is inconsistent with, any of the obligations imposed upon or undertaken by the Tenants under this Lease;

 

  (iii) Not to vary the terms of any such permitted sub-lease without the Landlords’ consent;

 

  (iv) To ensure that the rent payable under any such permitted sub-lease is not reduced nor commuted nor is paid further in advance than provided for in that sub-lease; and

 

  (v) To ensure that the rent payable under any such permitted sub-lease is reviewed strictly in accordance with its terms;

 

5.39 Copy Documents

 

     Within 21 days after every permitted assignation, transfer, charge or other devolution of the Tenants’ interest under this Lease and the grant of every permitted sub-lease of the Premises or any part thereof or other document pursuant thereto, to give written notice of the date of entry thereunder and of the name, identity and place of abode or registered office of the assignee, transferee, creditor or sub-tenant to the Landlords and to deliver to the Landlords or their agents a certified copy of the deed, document or instrument effecting the same and within a further twelve weeks to deliver two official Extracts thereof from the Books of Council and Session;

 

5.40 Facilitate Access etc.

 

     To take all reasonable steps to facilitate the exercise by the Landlords and others of the Reserved Rights;

 

5.41 Indemnity

 

    

To free, relieve and indemnify the Landlords from and against liability in respect of any injury to or the death of any person, damage to any property, heritable or moveable, any interdict or court action, the infringement, disturbance or destruction of any right, servitude or privilege or

 

23


LOGO

 

  otherwise by reason of or arising directly or indirectly out of the repair, state of repair or condition of the Premises or any alteration or addition or improvement to the Premises or the use of the Premises and from any act, omission or default of the Tenants in the implementation and observance of the obligations contained in this Lease and from all fees, penalties, charges, proceedings, costs, claims, expenses and demands of whatsoever nature in respect of any such liability or alleged liability or any such act, omission or default; in the event of any damage being caused to the Premises or any other property directly or indirectly through any act, omission or default on the part of the Tenants, forthwith at the Tenants’ own expense to restore and repair the same to the entire satisfaction of the Landlords and further to pay and so free, relieve and indemnify the Landlords of and from any liability and all loss, injury or damage which may be sustained by any third parties;

 

5.42 Removal

 

     On the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease howsoever determined:-

 

  5.42.1 to flit and remove from the possession and use of the Premises and the Landlords’ fittings and fixtures therein without any process of removal being used against them to that effect;

 

  5.42.2 to surrender the Premises and all Landlords’ fixtures and fittings therein and thereon to the Landlords with vacant possession and leaving the same in good and substantial condition and repair and fit for use all in accordance with the Tenants’ obligations under this Lease subject always to the items specified in the Schedule of Condition, and in the event of any Landlords’ fixtures and fittings or any of the Plant and Machinery being broken or missing, to replace the same with items of equal or greater value, quality and functionality, and to carry out any works required by the Landlords in terms of Clause 5.8, and that all without payment of any compensation by the Landlords;

 

  5.42.3 to make good to the Landlords’ reasonable satisfaction any damage caused by the removal of trade or Tenants’ fixtures and fittings or otherwise attributable to the Tenants removing;

 

  5.42.4 to pay to the Landlords all monies due in terms of this Lease up to the expiry or earlier termination thereof including but not limited to all rent and insurance premiums;

 

24


LOGO

 

  5.42.5 to pay to the Landlords the whole cost and expense of carrying out the works referred to in Clause 5.8 and Clause 7 (but only in the event of the default of the Tenants as specified in the said Clauses 5.8 and 7) together with a sum equivalent to rent at the rate payable under this Lease as at the date of expiry or earlier termination calculated on a daily basis over a year for the period from the date of expiry or earlier termination until completion of such works as aforesaid but subject to a maximum period of three months;

 

  5.42.6 unless otherwise agreed by the Landlords in writing at the entire cost of the Tenants to remove any alterations, additions, signs, fittings or fixtures which may have been made or installed by or on behalf of the Tenants or any sub-tenants whether prior or subsequent to the Date of Entry and to restore the Premises to their condition prior to such alterations, additions, signs, fittings or fixtures having been carried out or installed, to the Landlords’ reasonable satisfaction;

 

  5.42.7 to deliver to the Landlords the full and complete principal copy of the Health and Safety file for the Premises under the CDM Regulations; and

 

  5.42.8 to remove all signs, notices, placards, posters, advertisements and others installed by the Tenants and make good any damage caused by such removal all to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlords.

 

6. Landlords’ Warranty

 

6.1 Quiet Enjoyment

 

     The Landlords warrant that the Tenants may on paying the rent and performing the obligations herein contained, and subject to the rights reserved to the Landlords and others in terms of this Lease, quietly enjoy the Premises during the Duration.

 

6.2 No Warranty

 

     Nothing contained in this Lease or in any consent or approval granted by the Landlords under this Lease shall be deemed to constitute any warranty by the Landlords that the Premises or any part thereof are authorised for use under the Planning Acts or otherwise for any specific purpose or that the Premises are fit for any of the Tenants’ purposes under this Lease and the Tenants shall remain fully bound and liable to the Landlords in respect of the Tenants’ obligations under this Lease without any compensation, recompense or relief of any kind whatsoever.

 

25


LOGO

 

6.3 Services

 

     The Landlords shall use reasonable endeavours to provide the Services at all times, subject to Clause 14 of this Lease.

 

7. Schedule of Dilapidations

 

7.1 Landlords’ Entitlement

 

     The Landlords shall be entitled at any time throughout the Duration or after the date of expiry or earlier termination of this Lease:-

 

  7.1.1 to enter upon the Premises on giving prior notice (except in the case of emergency) to inspect and examine the same, to view the state of repair and condition thereof and to take a Schedule of Landlords’ fixtures;

 

  7.1.2 to compile a Schedule of Dilapidations being a list of those works which are in the opinion of the Landlords required to restore the Premises to good, substantial and tenantable condition and repair and fit for use all in accordance with the whole provisions of this Lease and at the determination or earlier expiry of this Lease to remove all alterations, additions, fixtures and fittings which have been carried out or installed by or on behalf of the Tenants or any sub-tenants whether prior or subsequent to the Date of Entry; and

 

  7.1.3 to make a reasonable estimate of the whole costs and expenses of having such works as are referred to in Clause 5.8 and/or 7.1.2 carried out to the entire satisfaction of the Landlords if such works have not been carried out by the Tenants within the period of 2 months of notice of the same.

 

8. Insurance

 

    

The Landlords shall (unless prevented from doing so by any act, omission or default of the Tenants or otherwise) keep the Premises (other than the Tenants’ fixtures and fittings and, in the case of any permitted alteration or addition, provided that the value thereof has been intimated to the Landlords) constantly insured in the name of the Landlords (and such other names as the Landlords may require with the Landlords using best endeavours to procure the interest of the Tenants is noted on the insurance policy) against loss or damage by or in consequence of the Insured Risks (but only for so long as and to the extent that the Landlords are able to obtain cover for the Insured Risks at reasonable commercial rates and subject to

 

26


LOGO

 

  such excesses, exclusions and limitations as the Landlords’ insurers may require or impose), for such sum or sums as represents the Full Cost of Reinstatement together with such sum as the Landlords may estimate represents the loss of rent payable by the Tenants hereunder for 3 years, all in such insurance office or with such underwriters and through such agency as the Landlords may from time to time determine. In addition, the Landlords shall effect insurance in respect of the Landlords’ liability for property owners’ and third party liability and against such other risks as the Landlords may require for such amounts and on such terms as the Landlords may require. On the request of and at the expense of the Tenants the Landlords shall provide the Tenants with a summary of the risks insured against and amount of cover provided by the Landlords’ insurances.

 

9. Reinstatement

 

     If and whenever during the Duration the Premises are damaged or destroyed by any of the Insured Risks and provided always that the relative policy of insurance is not vitiated nor payment of any of the policy monies refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission or default of the Tenants, then as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter the Landlords shall, subject to all requisite statutory or other consents being obtained and subject also to receiving from the Tenants the sum or sums referred to in Clause 4.1.5, apply all monies received under the policy of insurance (other than monies in respect of (i) loss of rent insurance and (ii) property owners’ and third party liability insurance) in reinstating the Premises or such part of the Premises as shall have been so destroyed or damaged, so as to provide-accommodation approximately equivalent to that which existed prior to such destruction or damage (but not so as to provide accommodation identical in layout if it would not be reasonably practicable so to do). Any shortfall in the insurance proceeds not caused by the Tenants’ act or omission shall be made up by the Landlords.

 

10. Lease to Continue in Full Force and Effect

 

    

This Lease shall not be determined by reason of any damage to or the destruction in whole or in part of the Premises by any of the Insured Risks or otherwise but shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect for the Duration, provided however that, without prejudice to the foregoing, in the event that the Premises or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by any of the Insured Risks so as to be unfit for occupation and use, and provided

 

27


LOGO

 

  always that the relative policy of insurance shall not have been vitiated nor payment of any of the policy monies refused in whole or in part by reason of any act, omission or default of the Tenants, the loss of rent insurance monies received by the Landlords shall be applied by the Landlords in satisfaction pro t anto of the annual rent hereunder until the Premises shall again be rendered fit for occupation and use or, if earlier, until the expiry of 3 years from the date of such damage or destruction. If the Premises are not rendered fit for occupation and use after expiry of the said 3 year period the Landlords and the Tenants shall be entitled to terminate the Lease at any time thereafter by serving one months prior written notice on the other.

 

11. Irritancy

 

11.1 Landlords’ Entitlement to Irritate

 

     If the rent or any other sum due to the Landlords under this Lease shall remain unpaid for 14 days after the same shall have become due (whether or not the same has been demanded) or if the Tenants shall fall to perform or observe any of the other obligations undertaken by them in this Lease or if the Tenants (being a corporation) shall go into liquidation, (whether compulsory or voluntary), or have a receiver or administrator appointed or in the event that the Tenants (being a company with unlimited liability) apply to limit their liability or in the event that the Tenants or any of them enter into a composition for the benefit of creditors or shall make any arrangement with their creditors, or shall become insolvent or apparently insolvent or have a curator or judicial factor appointed then and in any of these events it shall be in the power of the Landlords by notice to bring this Lease to an end forthwith without any declarator or process of law to that effect and to remove the Tenants from possession of the Premises, and repossess and enjoy the same as if this Lease had not been granted and that without prejudice to any other remedy of the Landlords in respect of any antecedent breach of any of the Tenants’ obligations hereunder, and under reservation of all rights and claims competent to the Landlords in terms of this Lease (including those in respect of rent, insurance premiums and other monies due to the date of such removal and termination), which irritancy is hereby declared to be pactional and not penal and shall not be purgeable at the bar.

 

28


LOGO

 

11.2 Remediable Breach

 

   In the case of a breach, non-observance or non-performance by the Tenants which is capable of being remedied, the Landlords shall not exercise any such option to irritate this Lease unless and until they shall first have given written notice to the Tenants specifying the breach, non-observance or non-performance and requiring the same to be remedied and intimating their intention to exercise their option of irritancy in the event of said breach, non-observance or non-performance not being remedied within such period as may be stated in the notice (being such reasonable period of time as the Landlords shall stipulate in the notice which in the case of rent and other monetary payments shall be a period of 14 days only from the date of service of the notice) and the Tenants shall have failed to remedy the same within said period.

 

12. Acceptance of Rent/No Waiver/No Compensation

 

12.1 Acceptance of Rent

 

   The demand for or acceptance of rent (or other sums) by the Landlords or their agents at any time shall not in any circumstances constitute nor be construed to be a waiver of any of the Tenants’ obligations under this Lease nor of the Landlords’ remedies for breach thereof;

 

12.2 No Compensation

 

   The Tenants on removing from the Premises shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from the Landlords under any statute or subsidiary legislation in force before or after the expiry or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

13. No Implied Servitudes

 

   Nothing herein contained shall by implication of law or otherwise operate or be deemed to confer upon the Tenants any servitude right or privilege whatsoever over or against any adjoining or neighbouring property which now or hereafter shall belong to the Landlords which would or might restrict or prejudicially affect the future rebuilding, alteration or development of such neighbouring or adjoining property and the Landlords shall have the right at any time to make such alterations to or pull down and rebuild or redevelop any such adjoining property as they may deem fit without obtaining any consent from or making any compensation to the Tenants but the Landlords shall (i) use all reasonable endeavours to minimise any disruption caused to the Tenants as a result of making any alterations, rebuilding and redevelopment of any such adjoining property and (ii) make good any physical damage caused thereby to the Premises.

 

29


LOGO

 

14. Disclaimer of Liability

 

   The Landlords shall not be liable to the Tenants for any loss, damage or expense sustained by the Tenants by or through any defect, decay, inadequacy, want of repair or decoration or otherwise in the Premises (or any building of which they form part) or in or arising from the choking, bursting, overflow, leakage, stoppage or failure of any gas, water or soil pipes, ducts and cisterns or of the drains, sewers, gutters, rhones or conductors or the failure, fusing or breakdown of any electric wires or appliances or other service media or for any injury, damage or expense or financial or consequential loss whether to persons, property or goods arising directly or indirectly through any act or omission of the proprietors, tenants or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring properties or the act, neglect or default of any person authorised by the Landlords to enter the Premises or arising out of the condition of the Premises.

 

15. Exclusion of Representations

 

   The Tenants acknowledge that this Lease has not been entered into in reliance wholly or partly upon any statement or representation made by or on behalf of the Landlords save in so far as any such statement or representation is expressly set out in this Lease.

 

16. Notices

 

  

All notices which require to be given in terms of this Lease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be sufficiently given if sent by recorded delivery post addressed (One) in the case of the Tenants, to the Tenants (if a body corporate) at their Registered or Head Office or (if an individual) at his last known address in the United Kingdom or (if a partnership) to the partnership or any one or more of the partners thereof at the Premises or (in any case) at such other address as the Tenants may have notified in writing to the Landlords and (Two) in the case of the Landlords, to the Landlords (if a body corporate) at their Registered or Principal Office or (if an individual or partnership) at their last known address in the United Kingdom or in either case to such other address as the Landlords may have notified in writing but so long as the Landlords are the Scottish Ministers notices should also be copied to Steve

 

30


LOGO

 

  Taylor, Director of Facilities Management, NHS National Services Scotland, Gyle Square, 1 South Gyle Crescent, Edinburgh, EH2 9EB, and any such notice shall be deemed to have been served on the second business day after the date on which the same was posted (excluding weekends and public and statutory holidays). In proving service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing the notice was duly addressed to the Landlords or the Tenants, as the case may be, in accordance with this Clause and posted to the place to which it was so addressed.

 

17. Arbitration

 

   Any dispute or difference arising between the Landlords and the Tenants relating to the interpretation or implementation of this Lease or arising in any way therefrom shall (except as otherwise provided in this Lease) be referred to the decision of a sole arbiter to be appointed jointly by them or in default of agreement shall be appointed on the application of either the Landlords or the Tenants by the President or other Senior Office Holder of the Law Society of Scotland for the time being and the award of such arbiter shall be final and binding on the Landlords and the Tenants. Such reference to arbitration shall take effect subject to and in accordance with the Arbitration (Scotland) Act 1894 and the submission of a stated case to the Court in the course of arbitration proceedings shall be excluded. The costs of the arbitration shall be as determined by the arbiter which failing shall be apportioned equally between the Landlords and the Tenants.

 

18. Registration

 

   The Landlords and the Tenants consent to registration hereof and of any document pursuant hereto for preservation and execution: IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents consisting of this and the preceding thirty pages together with the schedule of three parts, car park plan and lease plan annexed are subscribed as follows: they are subscribed for and on behalf of the Scottish Ministers by Stuart Baird one of their Authorised Signatories at Edinburgh on the Twenty Sixth day of July Two Thousand and Seven in the presence of this witness Keith Thompson of Caiyside, Edinburgh and they are subscribed for and on behalf of Dalglen (No. 1062) Limited by Paul Cowan one of their Directors at Glasgow on the Thirty First day of July Two Thousand and Seven, in the presence of this witness, Jonathan Williamson of 52 Bedford Row, London

 

LOGO

 

31


LOGO

 

This is the Schedule referred to in the foregoing Lease between The Scottish Ministers and Dalglen

(No. 1062) Limited relative to 21 Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh

SCHEDULE

Part 1

The Premises

ALL and WHOLE the building at 21 Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh being part of the subjects described in (One) the Disposition by The Board of Management for the Edinburgh Southern Hospitals in favour of The Secretary of State for Scotland dated 3 April 1969 and recorded in the General Register of Sasines for the County of Midlothian on 17 April 1969; and (Two) the Disposition by Lothian Health Board in favour of The Secretary of State for Scotland dated 21 March 1990 and recorded in the General Register of Sasines for the County of Midlothian on 3 April 1990 and shown coloured yellow on the Lease Plan.

TOGETHER WITH:-

 

1. a non exclusive right of pedestrian and vehicular access to and from the Premises along the road shown coloured red on the Lease Plan;

 

2. the 35 car parking spaces as shown delineated in blue on the Car Park Plan for the parking of private motor vehicles of the Tenants and their customers only together with a non exclusive right of pedestrian and vehicular access to and from such spaces along the said access road shown coloured red on the Lease Plan and the parts of the car park area not designated as car park spaces;

 

3. the Landlords’ fixtures and fittings of every kind from time to time installed or fixed therein or thereon including without limitation the fixtures detailed in the List of Fixtures comprised in Part 3 of the Schedule;

 

4. the Plant and Equipment;

 

5. any drains, sewers, pipes, cisterns, radiators, tanks, pumps, gutters, ducts, wires, cables and all other conducting and service media which are designed to serve the Premises exclusively and all necessary servitudes and wayleaves relative to the same; and

 

6. all permitted additions, alterations and improvements thereto (except tenants’ and trade fittings and fixtures);

and reference in the Lease to the Premises shall in the absence of any provision to the contrary include any part or parts of the Premises.

 

32


LOGO

 

Part 2

The Reserved Rights

There are excepted and reserved to and in favour of the Landlords and all others authorised by the Landlords or who are otherwise entitled thereto the following rights:-

 

1. The free and uninterrupted passage and running of ventilation, heating, water, soil, gas, electricity, telecommunications and other services in and through the Conduits in, on, under, over or passing through the Premises;

 

2. To construct and to maintain in, upon, through, under or over the Premises at any time during the Duration the Conduits;

 

3. Of light, air, support and protection for any adjoining or neighbouring property of the Landlords;

 

4. Of inspecting, repairing, maintaining, altering, renewing and/or replacing the Conduits;

 

5. To erect (or to consent to any person erecting) any new building or to demolish, alter, rebuild or otherwise deal with (or to consent to any person demolishing, altering, rebuilding or otherwise dealing with) any building on any land adjacent to, neighbouring or opposite the Premises, and to make or permit to be made any excavation on any land adjacent to neighbouring or opposite the Premises, and to undermine, underpin or shore up the Premises in a proper and secure manner as the Landlords think fit;

 

6. To erect scaffolding on the exterior of the Premises if so required by the Landlords, provided that such scaffolding will not temporarily interfere with the access to or use and enjoyment of the Premises by the Tenants;

 

7. To enter into and upon the Premises with or without workmen or equipment on all necessary occasions on giving prior notice to the Tenants (except in the case of an emergency) for any of the foregoing purposes, and for all other necessary purposes (including without prejudice to the generality, those specified in the foregoing Lease).

The foregoing rights shall be exercised subject to any physical damage thereby caused to the Premises being made good and causing the least possible disturbance to the Tenants, but otherwise without the consent of or compensation to the Tenants or any other parties in right of occupation of the Premises.

 

33


LOGO

 

Part 3

List of Fixtures

 

Department

   Item
No
  

Description

   Date of
Acquisition
   Notes
      -    -    -
Support Systems    1    Time Recording Equipment    2002    -
   2    Clearstore Shelving & Filing System    2005    -
            -
Building & Engineering Systems    3    Building Management System (TREND)    1996    Upgraded 2002
   4    Air Handling 1    1996    -
   5    Air Handling 2    2002    -
   6    RO Water System    1996    Upgraded 2002
   7    Air Compressor    1996    Not in operation @
June 2007
   8    Steam Generator - 2 off    1996    Not in operation @
June 2007
   9    Steam Pipeline    2005   
   10    Heating System    1996   
   11    Hot Water System    1996   
   12    Hot Water System    2002   
Laboratories    13    Laboratory Furniture    1996 &
2002
  
Refrigeration    14    +4 Cold Room    2002    Development
   15    +4 Cold Room    1996    Main Corridor
   16    -30 Freezer Room    1996    Main Corridor
   17    +4 Cold Room    2002    Despatch
   18    -40 Freezer Room    2002    Despatch
   19    +4 Cold Room    2002    Manufacturing
Sterilisation    20    Autoclave 1    1996   
   21    Autoclave 2    2002   

 

LOGO

 

34


LOGO

 

LOGO

 


LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO

 

 

 

MINUTE OF VARIATION OF LEASE AND GUARANTEE

among

THE SCOTTISH MINISTERS

and

ALBA BIOSCIENCE LIMITED

and

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS GROUP LIMITED(Guarantor)

Subjects :- 21 Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh

CLO File Ref:- XT2/495 JD/NL

FAS 7290 (8290)

© 2011

Central Legal Office

NHS National Services Scotland

Anderson House

Breadalbane Street

Bonnington Road

EDINBURGH, EH6 5JR

DX ED154

 

 

 


MINUTE OF VARIATION OF LEASE AND GUARANTEE

among

The SCOTTISH MINISTERS (“Landlords”)

and

ALBA BIOSCIENCE LIMITED (formerly DALGLEN (No. 1062) LIMITED conform to Change of Name Certificate dated 31 August 2007), incorporated under the Companies Acts (Registered Number SC310584) and having their Registered Office formerly at Dalmore House, 310 St Vincent Street, Glasgow and now at Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh (“ Tenants ”)

and

QUOTIENT BIODIAGNOSTICS GROUP LIMITED , incorporated in Jersey (Registered Number 103254) and having their Registered Office at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey (“ Guarantors ”)

WHEREAS:-

 

(A) The Landlords are the landlords under the Lease;

 

(B) The Tenants are the tenants under the Lease;

 

(C) The Landlords and Tenants have agreed to vary the terms of the Lease and to record the said variations of the terms of the Lease;

 

(D) The Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the obligations of the Tenants under the Lease as varied by these presents;

NOW THEREFORE it is hereby CONTRACTED and AGREED by the Parties as follows:-

 

1. Definitions

 

1.1 In this Minute of Variation of Lease and Guarantee:-

Date of Variation ” means the last date of execution hereof;

Lease ” means the lease between the Scottish Ministers and Dalglen (No.1062) Limited dated 26 and 31 both July Two thousand and Seven and registered in the Books of Council and Session on 8 October Two thousand and Seven;

Guarantee ” means the provisions of Clause 3 hereof;

Guaranteed Obligations ” means the obligations of the Tenants under the Lease as amended by these presents referred to in Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 hereof;

Parties ” means the Landlords and the Tenants and the Guarantors;


“Property” means ALL and WHOLE the building at 21 Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh being the subjects more particularly described in the Lease;

“Relevant Event” means any of the following events or circumstances:

 

  (i) The Tenants going into liquidation and the liquidator refusing to adopt or otherwise disclaiming the Lease;

 

  (ii) The Tenants having a receiver or administrator appointed;

 

  (iii) The Tenants being dissolved, struck off or otherwise ceasing to exist;

 

  (iv) The Landlords serving notice on the Tenants that an event has occurred which entitles the Landlords to irritate the Lease; or

 

  (v) The Lease being terminated by reason of irritancy.

 

1.2 Unless the context otherwise requires words expressions which are defined in the Lease will bear the same meanings for the purposes of this Minute of Variation of Lease.

 

2. Variation

With effect from the Date of Variation:-

 

2.1 The definition of “the Date of Entry” in terms of Clause 1.1 of the Lease shall be delete and replaced with “31 August 2007”.

 

2.2 The definition of “the Duration” in terms of Clause 1.1 of the Lease shall be delete and replaced with “the period of 7 years from (and including) the Date of Entry until (and including) 30 August 2014 subject to Clause 2.2”.

 

2.3 At the definition of “the Option Dates” in terms of Clause 1.1 of the Lease the numerals and letters “4 th ” shall be deleted and there will be added after the word “Entry” the following words and numbers “and 1 September 2013”.

 

2.4 The definition of “the Quarter Days” in terms of Clause 1.1 shall be delete and replaced with “1st January, 1st April, 1st July and 1st October in each year and the expressions “Quarter Day” and “the relevant Quarter Day” shall be construed accordingly”.

 

2.5 There shall be paid by the Tenants to the Landlords within 7 days of the Date of Variation a proportionate payment of the rent due in terms of the Lease for the period from the Date of Variation until the Quarter Day following (as herein varied).

 

2.6 At Clause 2.2 of the Lease the number “6” where it occurs on the second line thereof shall be deleted and replaced with the number “12”.

 

3. Guarantee

 

3.1 Guarantee Obligations

 

2


The Guarantors irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee to the Landlords:

 

3.1.1 full and punctual payment by the Tenants of all rent and other sums which are now or may at any time be or become due by the Tenants to the Landlords under the Lease; and

 

3.1.2 full and punctual performance by the Tenants of the whole other obligations which are now or may at any time hereafter be or become due or prestable by or against the Tenants under the Lease.

 

3.2 If the Tenants fail to pay or perform any of the Guaranteed Obligations as and when they fall due the Guarantors will on demand by the Landlords make payment or effect performance of the Guaranteed Obligations in question and will pay in addition:

 

3.2.1 all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses incurred by the Landlords by reason of or in connection with any failure by the Tenants to make payment or to effect performance of the Guaranteed Obligations in question together with interest at the Specified Rate; and

 

3.2.2 all costs and expenses properly and reasonably incurred by the Landlords in connection with the enforcement of this Guarantee together with interest at the Specified Rate.

 

3.3 Primary Obligation

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Guarantee will be independent primary obligations and not merely those of guarantor or cautioner and if any of the Guaranteed Obligations are not, or cease to be valid and enforceable for any reason whatever (whether or not known to the Landlords) or for any reason are not recoverable from or capable of performance by the Guarantors under Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 hereof the Guarantors will still be liable to the Landlords in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations as if they were fully valid and enforceable and/or recoverable or capable of performance and the Guarantors were principal debtor in place of the Tenants.

 

3.4 Indemnity

 

3.4.1 The Guarantors undertake to indemnify the Landlords on demand against all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses which the Landlords may incur by reason of or in connection with any failure by the Tenants to make payment of or perform any of the Guaranteed Obligations as and when they fall due or as a result of any of the Guaranteed Obligations being or becoming void or unenforceable for any reason or the Guaranteed Obligations for any reason not being recoverable or capable of performance under Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 hereof together with interest at the Specified Rate.

 

3.4.2 The Guarantors undertake to indemnify the Landlords on demand against all liabilities, losses, costs, damages and expenses which the Landlords may incur by reason of or in connection with the Tenants proposing or entering into any company voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or other scheme having or purporting to have the effect of impairing, compromising or releasing any or all of the obligations of the Guarantors contained in this Guarantee, together with interest at the Specified Rate.

 

3


3.5 Guarantors to take new lease

Without prejudice to any other provision of this Guarantee if a Relevant Event occurs, the Landlords shall be entitled to serve notice on the Guarantors within six months after the Relevant Event requiring the Guarantors to accept, as required by the Landlords, either:-

 

3.5.1 a new lease of the Property for a period equal to the residue of the term of the Lease which would have remained if the Relevant Event had not occurred, at the same rent and on the same terms as the Lease commencing on the date of the Relevant Event, except that any works carried out by or on behalf of the Tenants (or their predecessors as tenants under the Lease) shall be treated by reference to the Date of Entry and not the date of the Relevant Event; or

 

3.5.2 an assignation to them of the Tenants’ interest under the Lease, effective from the date of the Relevant Event.

 

3.6 Duration of Guarantee

This Guarantee will remain in force so long as any liability (including any future or contingent liability):

 

3.6.1 on the part of the Tenants under the Lease (including during any period of tacit relocation or continuation of the term of the Lease by virtue of any statutory provision), or

 

3.6.2 on the part of the Guarantors under this Guarantee

remains unfulfilled unless discharged by the Landlords in accordance with Clause 3.8 hereof.

 

3.7 No Exclusions

This Guarantee will not be discharged or prejudiced by:-

 

3.7.1 the Landlords holding, acquiring, failing to perfect, releasing or giving up any obligation, security or remedy (present or future) for the obligations of the Tenants under the Lease or any neglect, delay or forbearance on the part of the Landlords in enforcing such obligation, security or remedy;

 

3.7.2 the Landlords giving time or any other indulgence to the Tenants;

 

3.7.3 any variation, whether formal or informal, of the terms of the Lease;

 

3.7.4 the Landlords irritating the Lease;

 

3.7.5 any other act, omission or event whereby (but for this Clause) the Guarantors would be discharged in whole or in part from this Guarantee

in each case with or without intimation to or the agreement of the Guarantors.

 

4


3.8 Restriction of Guarantee

If the Tenants assign their interest under the Lease in accordance with the terms of the Lease, or the Landlords accept a renunciation of the tenants’ interest under the Lease, the Landlords will at the request and cost of the Guarantors grant a valid discharge of this Guarantee as at the date of valid intimation of such assignation or the effective date of such renunciation (as the case may be) provided that there are no outstanding claims under the Guarantee, or if there are any such claims, upon such claims being satisfied in full.

 

3.9 Assignation

 

3.9.1 The Landlords have the right to assign this Guarantee to their successors as landlords under the Lease without the consent of the Guarantors.

 

3.9.2 The Guarantors do not have the right to assign or transfer their rights or obligations under this Guarantee.

 

3.10 Postponement of Claims by Guarantors

 

3.10.1  Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and unconditionally paid or discharged, the Guarantors shall not be entitled to share any security held or money received by the Landlords on account of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

3.10.2  Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and unconditionally paid and discharged, the Guarantors waive their rights of subrogation, reimbursement and indemnity against the Tenants and any other person and any other right they may have to stand in the place of the Landlords in respect of any security from or money payable by the Tenants or any other person.

 

3.10.3  Until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully and unconditionally paid and discharged, the Guarantors shall have no recourse, nor be entitled to pursue any right or remedy, against the Tenants arising from the performance of any of the Guarantors’ obligations under this Guarantee.

 

3.10.4  In the event of the liquidation, administration or other insolvency or dissolution of the Tenants the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to continue to be due and outstanding until fully and unconditionally paid and discharged. The Landlords will be entitled to claim in the liquidation, administration or other insolvency of the Tenants for the full amount of the Guaranteed Obligations and to retain the whole of the dividends from such claim to the exclusion of any rights of the Guarantors as guarantor in competition with the Landlords until the Landlords’ claim is satisfied in full.

 

3.11 Exclusion of Set Off

All payments due by the Guarantors under this Guarantee will be made without any retention, deduction or set-off or counterclaim and free from any deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes or other charges in the nature of taxes imposed by any competent authority. If any such deduction or withholding shall be required by law the Guarantors will pay the Landlords such additional amount as may be necessary to ensure that the Landlords receive the full amount of the relevant payment as if such deduction or withholding had not been made.

 

5


3.12 Certificate

A certificate signed by any authorised signatory on behalf of the Landlords will, save in the case of manifest error, conclusively constitute the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations at the relevant time for the purposes of Clause 3.1.1 and all other purposes of this Guarantee.

 

3.13 Costs

 

3.13.1  The Guarantors will pay to the Landlords within five Working Days after written demand the legal fees and expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Landlords in connection with the preparation and completion of any new lease or assignation entered into in terms of, or pursuant to, Clause 3.5 hereof including the registration dues on such new lease or assignation and of obtaining three extracts (one of which will be delivered to the Guarantors’ solicitors), together with all Value Added Tax on any of the costs and expenses set out above.

 

3.13.2  If the amounts demanded under Clause 3.13.1 are not paid within 14 days of demand the Guarantors will pay interest on such amounts at the Specified Rate.

 

3.13.3  The Guarantors will be responsible for any Stamp Duty Land Tax chargeable on any such new lease or assignation.

 

3.14 Notices

Any notice, demand, request or certificate required by this Guarantee will be made in accordance with Clause 16 of the Lease and in the case of the Guarantors shall be deemed to be sufficiently given if sent by recorded delivery post addressed to the Guarantors at their Registered or Head Office or at such other address as the Guarantors may have notified in writing to the Landlords.

 

4. Costs

 

4.1 The Tenants will pay within five working days after written demand the costs and expenses reasonably and properly incurred by the Landlords in connection with the preparation and completion of this Minute of Variation of Lease and Guarantee.

 

4.2 The Tenants will be responsible for any Stamp Duty Land Tax chargeable by reason of these presents.

 

4.3 The Tenants will pay within five working days after written demand the costs of registering this Minute of Variation of Lease in the Books of Council and Session and obtaining three Extracts two for the Landlords and one for the Tenants.

 

5. Lease

Except as otherwise provided for in this Minute of Variation of Lease and Guarantee, the Landlords and Tenants confirm that the whole provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and the Parties confirm the whole clauses and content of the Lease as herein amended.

 

6


6. Consent to Registration

The Parties consent to registration of this Minute of Variation of Lease and Guarantee for preservation and execution: IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents typewritten on this and the six preceding pages are subscribed as follows: they are subscribed for and on behalf of Alba Bioscience Limited and Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited by Desmond Joseph Paul Edward Cowan, a Director of both Alba Bioscience Limited and Quotient Biodiagnostics Group Limited at Edinburgh on Twenty first September Two thousand and eleven before this witness John Allan, care of Alba Bioscience Limited, Ellen’s Glen Road, Edinburgh; and they are subscribed for and on behalf of the Scottish Ministers by Simon Leo Belfer, Director of Finance of the Common Services Agency, and as such an official authorised to sign on behalf of the Scottish Ministers, at Edinburgh on Third October Two thousand and eleven before this witness, Lianne Emily Scott, of 1 South Gyle Crescent, Edinburgh.

 

7

Exhibit 10.17

June 2013

Quotient Limited

Enterprise Management Incentive Plan

Plan Rules

 

Page 1 of 27


June 2013

 

RULES OF THE QUOTIENT LIMITED

ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

CONTENTS

 

1.   Definition and Interpretation
2.   Grant of Options
3.   Conditions of Exercise
4.   Individual Limits
5.   Plan Limits
6.   Rights of Exercise and Lapse of Options
7.   Exercise of Options
8.   Takeover Post Listings, Reorganisation and Winding Up
9.   Exchange of Options
10.   Variation of Share Capital
11.   Administration
12.   Amendments
13.   General

 

Page 2 of 27


June 2013

 

RULES OF THE QUOTIENT LIMITED

ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 In this Plan, the following words and expressions shall, where the context so permits, have the following meanings:

 

“AIM”    The Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange;
“Associated Company”    the meaning given by Section 416 of the Taxes Act;
“Committed Time”    the meaning given by paragraph 26 of Schedule 5;
“The Company” or “QL”    Quotient Limited registered in Jersey, Channel Islands with number 109886;
“Connected Person”    the meaning given by Section 839 of the Taxes Act;
“Control” and cognate expressions    the meaning given by Section 840 of the Taxes Act;
“Controlling Interest”    an interest in shares in a company conferring in aggregate more than 75% of the total voting rights conferred by all the issued shares in that company;
“Date of Grant”    the date on which an Option is granted as evidenced by the Option Agreement;
“Directors”    the board of directors for the time being of the Company or, if applicable, a duly authorised committee of it;
“Eligible Employee”    any employee of the Company or of a Qualifying Subsidiary who as such is required to devote to the business of any Group Company at least 25 hours per week or, if less, 75% of his “working time” (as defined in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5) and for this purpose there shall be regarded as time devoted to the business of such Group Company any time which the employee in question would have been required to devote but for injury, ill health or disability, pregnancy, childbirth,

 

Page 3 of 27


June 2013

 

   maternity or paternity leave or parental leave, reasonable holiday entitlement or time not required to be worked during a period of notice of termination of employment but excluding any employee who has a “material interest” (as determined for the purposes of paragraph 29 of Schedule 5) in any group Company;
“EMI Option”    an Option which is a qualifying option within the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 5;
“Employer Company”    the Company or any other Group Company by which the Option holder is employed;
“Exercise Price”    the price determined by the Directors at which each Share subject to an Option may be acquired (subject to Rule 10 – variation of share capital) and specified at the Date of grant provided that if Shares are to be subscribed, it may not be less than the nominal value of a Share;
“Exit Event”    the first to occur of a Share Sale or a Trade Sale;
“FSMA”    The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and every statutory modification or re-enactment of such Act for the time being in force;
“Grantor”    the Company (acting through the Directors) or any other person who, with the prior written consent of the Directors, grants an Option under this Plan;
“Group”    the Company and its subsidiaries;
“Group Company”    the Company or any Subsidiary;
“Internal Reorganisation”    any event, scheme or arrangement whereby:
  

(i)     another company obtains a Controlling Interest in the Company; and

  

(ii)    immediately afterwards the issued ordinary share capital of such company is owned substantially by the same persons who were equity shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such event, scheme or arrangement; and

  

(iii)  such company offers to grant new options in accordance with Rule 9 in exchange for the release of any Options which have not lapsed;

 

Page 4 of 27


June 2013

 

“ITEPA”    the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;
“Listing”    the admission of all or any of the shares to the Official List or the admission of such shares to trading on AIM or any Recognised Investment Exchange’s market for listed securities, and “Listed” shall be construed accordingly;

“the London Stock

Exchange”

   London Stock Exchange plc or any of its successors;
“Market Value”    on any day the market value of a Share determined in accordance with paragraphs 5, 55 and 56 of Schedule 5;
“Model Code”    the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Companies published by the UK Listing Authority;
“Official List”    the official list of the UK Listing Authority;
“Option”    a right to acquire Shares pursuant to this Plan and where the contexts so requires, such term includes EMI Options and Unapproved Options;
“Option Agreement”    the agreement in writing granting an Option pursuant to this Plan entered into by an Eligible Employee and the Grantor in such form as the Directors shall from time to time determine, substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 to these Rules and in any event containing the information required by Schedule 5;
“Optionholder”    an individual to whom an Option has been granted which has neither lapsed nor been surrendered or exercised;
“Plan”    the Quotient Limited Enterprise Management Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time;
“Qualifying Exchange of Shares”    the meaning given in paragraph 40 of Schedule 5;
“Qualifying Subsidiary”    the meaning given in paragraph 11 of Schedule 5;

 

Page 5 of 27


June 2013

 

“Recognised Investment Exchange”    the meaning given in Section 841(1) of the Taxes Act;
“Relevant Person”    A Group Company, the Employer Company, the Grantor or the trustees of any trust which is intended to be an employee’s share scheme pursuant to Section 743 of the Companies Act 1985;
“Rules”    the rules of the Plan as amended from time to time;
“Schedule 5”    Schedule 5 of ITEPA;
“Share Sale”    other than an Internal Reorganisation, the sale of any shares in the capital of the Company (in one transaction or as a series of transactions) which will result in the purchaser of such shares and persons Connected with him together having an interest directly or indirectly in shares in the Company conferring in aggregate more than 50% of the total voting rights conferred by all the issued shares in the Company;
“Shares”    fully paid Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company which are non-redeemable within the meaning of paragraph 35 of Schedule 5 and the expression “Share” shall be construed accordingly;
“Start Date”    the date of commencement of the Optionholder’s employment with the Company or a Qualifying Subsidiary
“Subsidiary”    any company which the Company Controls (on its own or together with any Connected Person);
“Trade Sale”    the sale of the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking, business of the Group;
“Taxes Act”    the Corporation Taxes Act 2009;
“Tax Liability”    Any liability to account for any tax, national insurance, social security or other levy in respect of the Option by a Relevant Person whether arising by reason of grant, exercise, cancellation or otherwise, including for the avoidance of doubt:
  

(i)     any liability to pay secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions for which an agreement has been entered into under paragraph 3A or 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992; and

  

(ii)    any liability arising after termination of an Optionholder’s employment for whatever reason and which may arise or be incurred in any jurisdiction whatever, and by the law of the same jurisdiction may or shall be recovered from the person entitled to the Option but subject to (a) above, not including any secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions;

 

Page 6 of 27


June 2013

 

“UK Listing Authority”    the Financial Services Authority acting in its capacity as the component authority for the purposes of FSMA and in the exercise of its functions in respect of the admission to the Official List otherwise than in accordance with the FSMA including, where the context so permits, any committee, employee, officer or servant to whom any function of the UK Listing Authority may for the time being be delegated;
“Unapproved Option”    an Option which at the date of Grant is not an EMI Option;
“Vested”    in relation to an Option, that the Option has become exercisable in whole as a result of vesting conditions specified by the Directors in accordance with Rule 2.9 and set out in a schedule (“ Vesting Schedule ”) to the Option Agreement having been satisfied and “Vesting” shall be construed accordingly;
“Working Time”    the meaning given in paragraph 27 of Schedule 5.

 

  1.2 The Interpretation Act 1978 shall apply hereto as it does to an Act of Parliament. Any references to any statutory provision are to that provision as amended or re-enacted from time to time.

 

  1.3 Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and vice versa and the headings set out below are for guidance only and shall not be used as an aid to the construction of these provisions.

 

  1.4 For the purposes of Unapproved Options, the provisions of Schedule 5 (as from time to time amended) shall not apply.

 

Page 7 of 27


June 2013

 

2. GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

  2.1 Subject to the limitations set out in this Rule 2, the directors, from time to time in their absolute discretion may select any number of persons who are, at the intended Date of Grant, Eligible Employees and invite each such Eligible Employee to enter into an Option Agreement. The invitation shall be substantially in the form set out in Schedule 1 to these Rules and shall be accompanied by the proposed Option Agreement.

 

  2.2 Provided an Option Agreement is duly executed by the Grantor and the Eligible Employee in question within the number of days specified in the letter of invitation sent to the Eligible Employee, the Date of Grant of such Option shall be the date on which that Option Agreement is executed.

 

  2.3 The Option Agreement shall serve as evidence of the grant of the Option and accordingly no further certificate shall be issued to the Optionholder. If an Option Agreement is not duly executed by the Grantor and the Eligible Employee in question within the number of days specified in the letter of invitation sent to the Eligible Employee the invitation shall lapse and no Option shall be granted or be deemed to have been granted to that Eligible Employee.

 

  2.4 Subject to any rights of a deceased Optionholder’s Personal Representatives every Option shall be personal to the Eligible Employee to whom it is granted and shall not be capable of being transferred, assigned or charged or otherwise alienated.

 

  2.5 The Grantor may grant an EMI Option to an Eligible Employee only if all of the following conditions are satisfied immediately prior to the grant of the proposed EMI Option:

 

  (a) the Directors have satisfied themselves that it is being granted for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain the Eligible Employee and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, (or one of the main purposes), of which is the avoidance of tax;

 

  (b) the Company meets the independence requirement of paragraph 9 of Schedule 5;

 

  (c) the Company meets the trading activities requirement of paragraph 13 of Schedule 5 (where it has no subsidiaries) or paragraph 14 of Schedule 5 (where it has one or more Subsidiaries)

 

  (d) the gross assets of the Company do not exceed £30 million (or such other amount as may at the time specified in paragraph 12 of Schedule 5). For these purposes “gross assets” means:

 

  (i) the sum of all fixed and current assets of the Company; or

 

  (ii) if the Company is a member of a group of companies, the sum of the fixed assets and current assets of all the group companies excluding any member’s rights against, or share in the securities of, another group company

 

Page 8 of 27


June 2013

 

determined in accordance with HM Revenue & Customs Statement of Practice 2/00 or its successors; and

 

  (e) the qualifying subsidiaries requirement of paragraph 10 of Schedule 5 is satisfied.

 

  2.6 An Option shall not be granted unless the Grantor is satisfied at the relevant time (if then applicable) that such grant would not be in breach of the Model Code or any other applicable laws, codes or regulations relating to the acquisition of securities including an internal code of the Company.

 

  2.7 If HM Revenue and Customs gives notice to the Company and/or the Optionholder that the requirements of Schedule 5 have not been satisfied in relation to an EMI Option and any appeal against such decision is unsuccessful, then upon the date of such notice or, if an appeal against the decision is made, upon the date on which such appeal fails, that Option may at the discretion of the Directors be deemed never to have been granted.

 

  2.8 It shall be a term of the Option that if so requested by the Directors the Optionholder shall immediately upon exercise of the Option enter into an irrevocable joint election with the Company pursuant to section 431 of ITEPA in a form specified by the Directors that for the relevant tax purposes the market value of the Shares acquired is to be calculated as if the shares were not restricted securities (as defined in section 423 of ITEPA) and sections 425 to 430 of ITEPA are not to apply to such Shares.

 

  2.9 The Directors may, as they think fit, impose conditions as to the extent to which an Option shall become exercisable on specific events occurring and/or after specified periods of time and the effect of such vesting conditions shall be that, unless otherwise set out in these Rules, the provisions for exercise of any Option under these Rules shall have effect only to the extent that such Option has Vested in accordance with such conditions. Any Vesting conditions that apply to an Option shall be set out in the Vesting Schedule to the Option Agreement.

 

  2.10 Each Option shall be granted on terms that each Optionholder agrees to indemnify and keep indemnified the Company, and any other Group Company and any other relevant person to the extent permitted by law in respect of any Tax Liability, and that upon exercise of an Option the provisions of Rule 7.5 shall apply. The Option Agreement shall include provisions to this effect.

 

  2.11 The Shares subject to the Option shall, following exercise be subject to (a) the Company’s articles of association as in force from time to time and (b) any agreement between the Company and its shareholders and any document amending or replacing the same and such other restrictions as may be set out in the Option Agreement.

 

Page 9 of 27


June 2013

 

3. CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE

 

  3.1 An Option shall only be exercisable to the extent that the Option has Vested provided that notwithstanding anything else in these Rules where events happen which cause the Directors to consider that the Vesting conditions are no longer appropriate, the Directors may vary the conditions or criteria to the extent that it considers appropriate provided that it reasonably considers the conditions or criteria as varied are no more difficult nor easier to satisfy than when first imposed.

 

  3.2 The Grantor shall notify all relevant Optionholders in writing of any amendment, relaxation or waiver of any conditions made pursuant to Rule 3.1.

 

4. INDIVIDUAL LIMITS

Any EMI Option granted under this Plan shall be limited and take effect so that immediately following such grant it does not exceed the limits specified in paragraphs 5 and 6 of Schedule 5.

 

5. PLAN LIMITS

 

  5.1 At any time, the aggregate Market Value of Shares subject to

 

  (a) all unexercised EMI Options; and

 

  (b) all other unexercised qualifying option within the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 5,

shall not exceed £3 million (or such other amount as may from time to time be specified in paragraph 7 of Schedule 5).

 

  5.2 For the purposes of Rule 5.1 above, the Market Value of the Shares subject to an EMI Option or other qualifying option shall be their Market Value at the date on which the relevant EMI Option was granted.

 

Page 10 of 27


June 2013

 

6. RIGHTS OF EXERCISE AND LAPSE OF OPTIONS

 

  6.1 Subject to Rule 7.2, an Option may only be exercised:

 

  (a) save where exercise is allowed pursuant to Rule 6.2, 6.3, or Rule 8 on or after the occurrence of the earliest of the following:

 

  (i) an Exit Event; or

 

  (ii) the date (if any) no later than ten years after the Date of Grant as determined by the Directors and set out in the Option Agreement;

 

  (b) in the event of a Share Sale (or in the case of Rule 6.3 where there is expected to be a Share Sale), provided the Optionholder has agreed in writing prior to exercise in a manner acceptable to the Directors to sell the Shares the Optionholder obtains on exercise to the purchaser or offeror (or one of them) of the share capital of the Company on terms that are no less favourable to those applying to holders of the Shares immediately prior to the Share Sale;

 

  (c) in the event of a Listing, subject to Rule 7.8, in three equal instalments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant of option,

 

  (d) by an Optionholder while he is an officer or employee of a Group Company except where exercise is allowed as described in Rules 6.2;

 

  (e) except where otherwise provided in Rules 6.2, 8 and 9, if any vesting conditions is satisfied or waived;

 

  6.2 If an Optionholder ceases to hold office or employment with a Group Company for any reason then he may only exercise his Option (if at all) in relation to such Shares and within such time period, as the Directors shall in their absolute discretion determine and notify to him. The Option will lapse and cease to be exercisable, to the extent not exercised, at the end of any period so notified to him.

 

  6.3 If the Directors become aware that another company or person or persons have made an offer or offers to acquire such proportion of the issued share capital of the Company as would on completion amount to a Share Sale, the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, allow Options to be exercised either;

 

  (a) prior to such event but conditional on the event occurring; or

 

  (b) where to do otherwise would result in a loss of a corporation tax deduction pursuant to Schedule 23 of the Finance Act 2003, immediately prior to such event.

 

Page 11 of 27


June 2013

 

Should the Directors determine that this Rule will apply the Optionholder shall be notified in writing as soon as possible and in any event with sufficient time to exercise their Options. Such exercise of Options shall be done in accordance with any procedure set down by the Directors but shall, notwithstanding Rules 7.1 and 7.2, only become effective and unconditional on the occurrence of the event in question (where Rule 6.3 (a) applies) or at the date and time specified in the notice (where Rule 6.3 (b) applies). If such event does not occur (where Rule 6.3 (a) applies) or if, at the date and time specified in the notice to Optionholders such event has, in the opinion of the Directors, become unlikely (where Rule 6.3 (b) applies) then the exercise of the Options shall be deemed to be invalid and any funds paid by the Optionholders to the Company shall be returned immediately.

 

  6.4 Notwithstanding any other provision of these Rules an Option shall lapse on the occurrence of the earliest of the following:

 

  (a) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant;

 

  (b) one year after the death of the Optionholder;

 

  (c) the date on which the Optionholder ceases to hold any office or employment with a Group Company or gives or is given notice to cease his office or employment with a Group Company for any reason other than those given pursuant to Rule 6.2;

 

  (d) forty days after an employee ceases to hold any office or employment with a Group Company in circumstances where Rule 6.2 applies;

 

  (e) except where there has been an exchange of options in accordance with Rule 9 or Rule 6.3 has been invoked, forty days after the date of an Exit Event;

 

  (f) where Rule 6.3 is invoked, a Share Sale, except to the extent an Option exchanged (or the Optionholder has conditionally agreed to such exchange where Rule 9.5 applies), in accordance with rule 9;

 

  (g) the expiry of any of the applicable periods specified in Rule 8 except to the extent an option is exchanged in accordance with Rule 9;

 

  (h) two months following an Internal Reorganisation except to the extent an Option is exchanged in accordance with Rule 9;

 

  (i) subject to Rule 8.5 the date on which a resolution is passed, or an order is made by the Court, for the compulsory winding up of the Company; and

 

  (j) the date on which the Optionholder becomes bankrupt or does or omits to do anything as a result of which he is deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Option.

 

Page 12 of 27


June 2013

 

  6.5 For the purposes of this Rule 6 the Optionholder ceases to hold office or employment with a Group Company on the date that the Optionholder no longer holds any office or employment with any Group Company.

 

  6.6 For the purposes of determining an Optionholder’s entitlement to exercise an Option pursuant to this Plan, an Optionholder shall not be treated as having ceased to hold employment solely by reason of being absent during any period of parental or maternity leave taken in accordance with the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended by the Employment Relations Act 1999) and the Maternity and Parental Leave Etc Regulations 1999.

 

  6.7 An Optionholder who is absent from their office or employment because of any entitlement either by contract or by virtue of Chapter 11 of Part VIII of the Employment Rights Act 1996 to return to work shall be deemed for the purposes of these Rules not to have ceased to hold office or be employed by any Group Company until such time as the Optionholder is no longer entitled to return to work.

 

7. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

  7.1 Subject to Rules 7.4, 7.5 and 7.7 an Option shall be exercisable in whole (or in part) by notice in writing (in the form prescribed by the Company from time to time) given by the Optionholder to the Company. Unless and to the extent the Directors decide otherwise, the notice of exercise of the Option shall be accompanied by a remittance in cleared funds for the aggregate of the Exercise Prices payable.

 

  7.2 An Option shall only be exercisable to the extent that the Option has vested.

 

  7.3 Subject to Rules 7.4 and 7.5, within 30 days of the Option exercise the Directors shall allot or procure the transfer of the Shares in respect of which the Option has been validly exercised and shall issue a definitive certificate or such other acknowledgement of shareholding as is from time to time permitted in respect of the Shares allotted or transferred, unless the Directors consider that such allotment or transfer would not be lawful in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

  7.4 The Grantor may require as a condition of exercise that the Optionholder shall meet the Relevant Person’s Secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions due on the exercise, cancellation or release of the Option. For this purpose, the Optionholder may be required, if requested by the Relevant Person at any time before the exercise, cancellation or release of the Option, to enter into an agreement to reimburse or an election to transfer liability for such Secondary Class 1 National Insurance Contributions in a form approved by HM Revenue & Customs and acceptable to the Relevant Person and to enter into such arrangements as may be approved by HM Revenue & Customs in order to secure that the payment of such liabilities is made on a timely basis.

 

Page 13 of 27


June 2013

 

  7.5 The Optionholder shall be responsible for and shall indemnify the relevant person in respect of any Tax Liability which becomes due on the grant, exercise or release of an Option. Without prejudiced to the generality of the foregoing the Optionholder will be deemed to have given irrevocable instructions to the Company Secretary or the Company’s brokers (or any other person acceptable to the Company) for the sale of sufficient Shares acquired on the exercise of the Option to realize an amount equal to the Tax Liability, and for the payment of the Tax Liability to the Relevant Person unless:

 

  (a) the Relevant Person is able to deduct an amount equal to the whole of the Tax Liability from the Optionholder’s net pay for the relevant pay period; or

 

  (b) the Optionholder has paid to the Relevant Company an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

  (c) the Grantor determines otherwise

and, in the case of an exercise of an Option, that Option shall not be capable of exercise until this Rule 7.5 has been complied with.

 

  7.6 Shares allotted under this Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares of the same class for the time being in issue save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of allotment and in the case of a transfer of existing Shares the transferee shall not acquire any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of such transfer.

 

  7.7 If the Shares are listed on the London Stock Exchange or any similar exchange, the Company shall apply for any Shares allotted under this Plan to be admitted to the Official List or any similar list as the case may be.

 

  7.8 The exercise of any Option (in whole or in part) shall not be permitted at a time when (if the applicable) such exercise would be in breach of the Model Code or any other applicable laws, codes or regulations relating to the acquisition of securities, including the internal code of the Company.

 

8. TAKEOVER POST LISTING, REORGANISATION AND WINDING UP

 

  8.1 Following a Listing or where there has been an exchange of Options in accordance with Rule 9 (other than pursuant to an Internal Reorganisation) and in either case subject to Rules 8.3 and 8.7 below, if any person obtains Control of the Company as a result of making, either:

 

  (a) a general offer to acquire the whole of issued ordinary share capital of the Company (which is either unconditional or made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company); or

 

  (b) a general offer to acquire all the shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares, (in either case disregarding any shares already owned by it or by any company associated with it),

 

Page 14 of 27


June 2013

 

the Options may be exercised within forty days of the time when the person making the offer has obtained Control of the Company and any condition subject to which the offer is made has been satisfied.

 

  8.2 For the purpose of Rule 8.1:

 

  8.2.1 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company if he and others acting in concert (as defined by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers) with him have together obtained Control of it; and

 

  8.2.2 a person shall be deemed to have obtained Control of the Company as a result of making a general offer where such person acquires more than 50% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company pursuant to an agreement to acquire the same (the “Sale Agreement”) between such person and one or more shareholders of the Company and in such circumstances the forty day period referred to in Rule 7.1 shall run from the date the Sale Agreement is completed.

 

  8.3 Following a Listing or where there has been an exchange of Options in accordance with Rule 9 (other than pursuant to an Internal Reorganisation) and in either case subject to Rule 8.7, if any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, Options may be exercised at any time within the period of four weeks beginning on the date on which that person first becomes so bound or entitled.

 

  8.4 Except in the case of an Internal Reorganisation, if under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 it is proposed that the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement for the purposes of or in connection with the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies the following shall apply:

 

  8.4.1 the Company shall notify all Optionholders at the same time as it sends notices to members of the Company calling the meeting to consider such a compromise or arrangement;

 

  8.4.2 subject to Rule 8.7, Options may then be exercised conditional on such compromise or arrangement being sanctioned by the Court and becoming effective;

 

  8.4.3 to the extent unexercised Options shall lapse conditionally on the compromise or arrangement being sanctioned by the Court and becoming effective; and

 

  8.4.4 after exercising an Option the Optionholder shall transfer or otherwise deal with the Shares issued to him so as to place him in the same position (so far as possible) as would have been the case if such Share had been subject to such compromise or arrangement.

 

Page 15 of 27


June 2013

 

  8.5 If notice is duly given on a resolution for the voluntary winding-up of the Company, the Company shall notify all Optionholders. Subject to Rule 8.7, Options may then be exercised until the resolution is duly passed or defeated or the meeting concluded or adjourned sine die provided that the exercise of an Option pursuant to this Rule shall be conditional upon the resolution being duly passed. If the resolution is duly passed all Options shall, to the extent that they have not been exercised, lapse immediately.

 

  8.6 If the Directors become aware that the Company is expected to be, or has been, affected by any demerger, dividend in specie, super dividend or other transaction which, in the opinion of the Directors, could affect (or has affected) the current or future value of any Option, the Directors may, acting fairly, reasonably and objectively, allow Options to be exercised to such extent and subject to such conditions as it determines. The Directors will specify the period of exercise of such Options and whether the Options will lapse at the end of the period. The Directors will notify any Optionholder who is affected by this Rule.

 

  8.7 Where Rules 8.1, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 apply, an Option may only be exercised having regard to the extent to which any Vesting condition has been satisfied at the date of the relevant event unless and to the extent the Directors determine otherwise.

 

9. EXCHANGE OF OPTIONS

 

  9.1 If

 

  (a) Options become exercisable by reason of a Share Sale or under Rules 8.1, 8.3, 8.4 and a company obtains Control of the Company; or

 

  (b) a Company obtains Control as a result of an Internal Reorganisation; or

 

  (c) there is a Qualifying Exchange of Shares;

any Optionholder, may with the agreement of the relevant Company (the Acquiring Company) at any time within 40 days of the Acquiring company obtaining Control of the Company release his Option (“the Old Option”) in consideration of the grant to him of a new option (“the Replacement Option”) which is equivalent to the Old Option.

 

Page 16 of 27


June 2013

 

  9.2 In the case of an Old Option that is an EMI Option, a new option shall only qualify as a Replacement Option if there is a “company reorganization” as defined in paragraph 39(2) of schedule 5 and the requirements of Rule 9.1 above are met, and:

 

  (a) the Replacement Option is granted to the holder of the Old Option by reason of his employment:

 

  (i) with the Acquiring Company; or

 

  (ii) if the Acquiring Company is a parent company, with that company or any other company which the Acquiring Company controls (on its own or together with any Connected Person)

 

  (b) at the time of the release of rights under the Old Option, the requirements of:

 

  (i) paragraph 4 of Schedule 5 (purpose of granting the option); and

 

  (ii) paragraph 7 of Schedule 5 (Maximum value of options in respect of relevant company)

are so far as relevant met in relation to the Replacement Option;

 

  (c) at that time, the independence requirement and the trading activities requirement as set out in paragraphs 9 and 13 to 23 (inclusive) respectively of Schedule 5 are met in relation to the Acquiring Company;

 

  (d) at that time, the individual to whom the Replacement Option is granted is an Eligible individual in relation to the Acquiring Company;

 

  (e) at that time, the requirements of Part 5 of Schedule 5 are met in relation to the Replacement Option;

 

  (f) the total Market Value, immediately before the release, of the Shares which were subject to the Old Option is equal to the total Market Value, immediately after the grant, of the Shares in respect of which the Replacement Option is granted; and

 

  (g) the total amount payable by the Eligible Individual for the acquisition of Shares in pursuance of the Replacement Option is equal to the total amount that would have been payable for the acquisition of Shares in pursuance of the Old Option.

 

  9.3 Unless and to the extent that the Directors shall in their discretion decide otherwise where an Old Option is released pursuant to Rule 9.1 any conditions imposed or dates determined by the Grantor pursuant to Rule 3.1 shall cease to apply forthwith.

 

Page 17 of 27


June 2013

 

  9.4 Where any Replacement Options are granted pursuant to Rule 9.1 they shall be regarded for the purposes of the subsequent application of the provisions of this Plan as having been granted at the time when the corresponding Old Options were granted and, with effect from the date on which the Replacement Option is granted:

 

  (a) references to “the Company” (including the definition in Rule 1) shall subject to Rule 9.5 be construed as being references to the Company whose shares the Replacement Option relates; and

 

  (b) references to “Shares” (including the definition in Rule 1) shall be construed as being references to Shares in the Acquiring Company to which the Replacement Option relates.

 

  9.5 If circumstances arise which in the reasonable opinion of the Directors are likely to result in Rule 9.1 applying, the relevant company may in its absolute discretion and with the agreement of the Directors offer New Options conditional on the event in Rule 9.1 occurring. Where such offer is made the Optionholders shall be notified in writing as soon as possible and in any event with sufficient time to accept the New Options. Such exchange of Options shall be done in accordance with the procedure set down by the relevant Company and the Directors but shall only become effective and unconditional on the occurrence of the event in question. If such event does not occur then the conditional exchange of Options shall be deemed to be invalid and the Old Options shall continue unaffected.

 

10. VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

  10.1 In the event of any capitalization, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision, reduction or other variation of the share capital of the Company:

 

  (a) the number of Shares comprised in an Option;

 

  (b) the Exercise price in respect of such Shares; and

 

  (c) where an Option has been exercised pursuant to the provisions of these Rules but no Shares have been allotted or transferred in satisfaction of such exercise, the number of Shares to be so allotted or transferred and the Exercise price in respect of such Shares,

may, subject to the prior approval of HM Revenue & Customs in the case of EMI Options only, be varied in such manner as the Directors shall, acting fairly and reasonably, determine provided that (except as provided in Rules 10.2 and 10.3) no variation shall be made which would result in the Exercise Price for an allotted Share being less than its nominal value.

 

Page 18 of 27


June 2013

 

  10.2 Any adjustment made to the Exercise price of unissued Shares which would have the effect of reducing the Exercise price to less than the nominal value of the Shares shall only be made if and to the extent that the Directors are authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercisable exceeds the adjusted Exercise Price. The Directors may apply such sum in paying up such amount on such Shares so that on the exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made, the Directors shall capitalise such sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up such amount as aforesaid.

 

  10.3 Where an Option subsists over both issued and unissued Shares, an adjustment may only be made under Rule 10.2 if the reduction of the Exercise Price in relation to Options over both issued and unissued Shares can be made to the same extent.

 

  10.4 The Directors may take such steps as they consider necessary to notify Optionholders of any adjustment made under this Rule 10 and to call in, cancel, endorse, issue or re-issue any Agreement consequent upon such adjustment.

 

11. ADMINISTRATION

 

  11.1 The Directors shall have power from time to time to make and vary such regulations (not being inconsistent with this Plan) for the implementation and administration of this Plan and/or the Agreement as they think fit.

 

  11.2 The decision of the Directors shall be final and binding in all matters relating to this Plan.

 

  11.3 The costs of establishing and administering this plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

  11.4 The Company may, but shall not be obliged to, provide Employees or Optionholders with copies of any notices, circulars or other documents sent to shareholders of the Company.

 

  11.5 Within 92 days (or such longer periods as may from time to time be permitted by Schedule 5) of granting an EMI Option under this Plan notice shall be given to HM Revenue & Customs by the Employer Company which shall contain:

 

  (a) information required by HM Revenue & Customs pursuant to paragraph 44 of Schedule 5;

 

  (b) a declaration from a Director or the Company Secretary of the Employer Company, that in his option the requirements of Schedule 5 have been met in relation to an EMI Option under this Plan and that to the best of his knowledge the information provided is correct and complete; and

 

  (c) a declaration from the Optionholder to whom the EMI Option is granted that he meets the Committed Time requirement.

 

Page 19 of 27


June 2013

 

12. ADMENDMENTS

 

  12.1 Notwithstanding Rule 12.2, if HM Revenue & Customs raise a notice of enquiry pursuant to paragraph 46 of Schedule 5 and conclude that the requirements of Schedule 5 have not been met in relation to this Plan and/or the Agreement (as the case may be) the Directors may alter the Rules of this Plan as may be necessary to ensure that the requirements of Schedule 5 have been met.

 

  12.2 The Directors may alter or add to all or any of the Rules of this Plan in any respect with effect from a current, future or past date by a resolution of the Directors provided that where any alteration would abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of an Optionholder it will not be effective unless such alteration is made with the consent in writing of the Optionholder.

 

  12.3 The Directors may alter or add to all or any of the provisions of this Plan and/or Agreement and the terms of any Options as they consider necessary or desirable in order to:

 

  (a) make the administration of this Plan more effective or easier;

 

  (b) comply with or take account of the provisions of any proposed or existing legislation;

 

  (c) obtain or maintain favourable tax or regulatory treatment for the Company or any Group Company or any Optionholder,

without the need for the prior approval of the Company in General Meeting or the consent of Optionholders provided that such amendments or additions do not affect the basic principles of this Plan and/or Agreements.

 

  12.4 Written notice of any amendment to this Plan shall be given to all Optionholders affected thereby.

 

13. GENERAL

 

  13.1 This plan shall commence upon the date the Company adopts this Plan and shall terminate on the expiry of the period of ten years from such date. On termination no further Options may be granted but such termination shall be without prejudice to any accrued rights in existence at the date thereof.

 

  13.2 The Company will at all times keep available sufficient authorised and unissued Shares, or shall ensure that sufficient Shares will be available, to satisfy the exercise to the full extent still possible of all Options not lapsed pursuant to the provisions of these Rules, taking account of any other obligations of the Company to issue Shares.

 

Page 20 of 27


June 2013

 

  13.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan;

 

  (a) this Plan shall not form part of any contract of employment between any Group Company and any employee of any such Company and the rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Company shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it and this Plan shall afford such an individual no additional rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of such office or employment for any reason whatsoever, including if such termination of employment was lawful or unlawful;

 

  (b) no Optionholder shall be entitled to any compensation or damages for any loss or potential loss which he may suffer by reason of being unable to exercise an Option in consequence of the loss or termination of his office or employment with any Group Company for any reason whatsoever including if such termination of employment was lawful or unlawful;

 

  (c) this Plan shall not confer on any person any legal or equitable rights (other than those constituting the Options themselves) against any Group Company directly or indirectly, or give rise to any cause of action at law or in equity against any Group Company.

 

  13.4 Save as otherwise provided in this Plan any notice or communication to be given by the Company to any Eligible Employee or Optionholder may be personally delivered or sent by fax or by ordinary post to his last known address. Where a notice or communication is sent by post it shall be deemed to have been received 48 hours after the same was put into the post properly addressed and stamped and where a notice or communication is sent by fax it shall be deemed to have been received at the time when it was sent. Share Certificates and other communications sent by post will be sent at the risk of the Eligible Employee or Optionholder concerned and the company shall have no liability whatsoever to any such person in respect of any notification, document, Share Certificate or other communication so given, sent or made.

 

  13.5 Any notice to be given to the Company shall be delivered or sent by either post or fax to the Company at its registered office and shall be effective upon receipt.

 

  13.6 This Plan and all Options granted under it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

Page 21 of 27


June 2013

 

Invitation

[On Headed Notepaper of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited]

Dear Name of employee

QUOTIENT LIMITED - ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN (“PLAN”)

I am pleased to advise you that the board of directors of Quotient Limited ( “Company” ) has resolved to invite you to apply for the grant of an Option pursuant to the terms of the Plan to acquire such number of Ordinary shares of nil par value ( “Shares” ) at a price of £ per Share.

The attached written Agreement ( “Agreement” ) is in the form of a deed between the Company and you which sets out that the terms upon which the Option is granted. Also enclosed is a copy of the rules of the Plan.

You should read the enclosed Agreement and the rules carefully and, if you wish to accept the Option, sign the Agreement in the presence of an independent witness (who should add his or her name, address and occupation where indicated) and then return the Agreement to { insert name} no later than { insert date – see Rule 2.2}. If you do not return the duly signed Agreement to {insert name} by { same date} then this invitation will lapse and you will no longer be entitled to the Option. If you do return a duly signed Agreement to { insert name} by { same date} the Option will be granted to you on the date upon which the Agreement is executed (which will be the date on which the Company enters a date on the Agreement).

You should note in particular that the agreement includes a requirement that you make a payment to the Company or your employer or certain other persons (as appropriate) in respect of any income tax collectable under PAYE and employee’s and employer’s national insurance contributions which may arise on the exercise, assignment or release of, or receipt of a benefit in connection with, your Option. This is referred to in Rules 7.4 and 7.5, which you should read.

Following receipt of the duly executed Agreement by { insert name} , a copy will be returned to you for your safekeeping. This will be evidence of your entitlement to the Option.

Please address any queries which you may have about the operation of the Plan or the Agreement to { insert name} .

Yours sincerely

 

 

 

for and on behalf of Quotient Biodiagnostics Holdings Limited

 

Page 22 of 27


June 2013

 

Dated    2013            

(1) QUOTIENT LIMITED

And

(2) [EMPLOYEE]

DEED OF AGREEMENT

Granting an EMI Option pursuant to the

Quotient Limited

Enterprise Management Incentive Plan

 

Page 23 of 27


June 2013

 

Option Agreement

This Deed of Agreement is made on              2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) QUOTIENT LIMITED (Company Number 109886) whose registered office is at PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier, Jersey JE4 2QP, Channel Islands (the “Company” ); and

 

(2)                      of                      ( “Employee” ).

BACKGROUND

A. This Option is granted:

 

  (a) pursuant to and subject to the rules of the Quotient Limited Enterprise Management Incentive Plan ( “Plan” ) established pursuant to schedule 5 ( “Schedule 5” ) to the Income Tax (Earning and Pensions) Act 2003 ( “ITEPA” ) a copy of the rules which are available on request (which provides for the grant of options for commercial reasons in order to recruit and retain employees); and

 

  (b) under the provisions of Schedule 5 to ITEPA.

B. The market value of a Share for the purposes of this Plan on the date of grant of this Option is £ per Share.

C. The articles of association of the Company form part of this agreement and are available on request.

D. The Employee is employed by a Group Company at the date of this agreement.

BY THIS DEED IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

In this agreement:

 

  1.1 unless the context requires otherwise words and expressions defined in the Rules of the Plan shall have the same meanings in this agreement.

 

  1.2 The following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

“Date of Grant” means the date of grant of the Option being the date of this agreement;

“Option Price” means £ per Share;

“Share” means a fully paid up ordinary share of nil par value each in the capital of the Company having the rights and being subject to the provisions and restrictions set out in the Company’s articles of association a copy of which are available on request;

 

  1.3 the provisions of Rules 1.2 to 1.4, Rule 11.5 and Rule 12 of the Plan shall apply mutatis mutandis to this agreement.

 

Page 24 of 27


June 2013

 

2. GRANT OF OPTION

The Company grants to the Employee the Option to acquire Shares at the Option Price.

 

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION

 

  3.1 The Option is exercisable in accordance with Rules 6, 7 and 8 of the Plan.

 

  3.2 In the event of a Listing, the Option is exercisable in three equal instalments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

  3.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for purposes of Rule 6.1 (a)(ii), the Optionholder may, in the absence of an earlier Exit Event or a Listing, exercise his Option in the six-month period prior to the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

  3.4 For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors have not imposed any additional vesting Conditions pursuant to Rule 2.9 of the Plan.

 

4. PAYE AND EMPLOYEE’S NATIONAL INSURANCE CONTRIBUTIONS

 

  4.1 In accordance with rules 7.4 and 7.5 of the Plan, the Employee agrees that he shall reimburse the Relevant Person for any Tax Liability including any secondary Class 1 national insurance contributions payable on the exercise, assignment or release of the Option and the definition of “Tax Liability” in the Rules shall be construed accordingly. It is a condition of the exercise of the Option that, if required by the Company the Optionholder enters into an election pursuant to paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 or such other agreement as may be necessary to ensure such liability is properly transferred.

 

  4.2 The Employee agrees that if requested to do so by the Directors he shall immediately upon exercise of the Option enter into an irrevocable joint election with the Company pursuant to section 431 of ITEPA in a form specified by the Directors that for the relevant tax purposes the market value of the Share acquired is to be calculated as if the Share were not restricted securities (as defined in section 423 of ITEPA) and sections 425 to 430 of ITEPA are not to apply to such Shares.

 

Page 25 of 27


June 2013

 

5. EMI QUALIFYING STATUS

Whilst it is intended that this Option shall constitute a qualifying Option for the purposes of Schedule 5, the Employee acknowledges that the Company does not warrant that the Company is, nor that it shall remain, as a qualifying company for the purposes of Schedule 5 and the Company does not warrant that the Employee will benefit from any particular tax relief in relation to the Option. The Employee shall not have any claim against the Company or any Subsidiary in the event that the Option is not at the Date of Grant, or subsequently ceases to be, a qualifying option within Schedule 5.

 

6. RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES

A person who is not a party to this agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this deed.

 

7. GENERAL

 

  7.1 The shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be subject to (a) the Company’s articles of association as in force from time to time, and (b) any agreement between the Company and its shareholders and any document amending or replacing the same.

 

  7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England. The Employee, the Company and any other Group Company shall submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts in relation to anything arising or under the Plan or the Agreement.

 

8. STAMP DUTY

It is certified that the transaction effected by this agreement falls within category L in the Schedule to the Stamp Duty (Exempt Instruments) Regulations 1987.

 

Page 26 of 27


June 2013

 

EXECUTED as a deed (but not delivered until the first date written on this deed) by QUOTIENT LIMITED:    
    Director
    Signature:
    Name (block capitals):
    Director/Secretary
    Signature:
    Name (block capitals):

EXECUTED as a deed by

(but not delivered until the first date written on this deed) in the presence of:

   
Witness signature:    

Witness Name:

   

Address:

   

Occupation:

   

 

Page 27 of 27

Exhibit 10.21

First Amendment to the Development Agreement

Between

STRATEC Biomedical AG (“STRATEC”) Gewerbestr. 37, 75217 Birkenfeld, Germany

and

Quotient QS IP Ltd. (“QBD”) , PO Box 1075, Elizabeth House, 9 Castle Street, St Helier

JE4 2QP, Jersey, Channel Islands

(hereinafter referred together as “Parties”)

WHEREAS on January, 7 st 2014 the Parties have signed a Development Agreement (“Development Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE STRATEC and QBD hereby agree to amend the Development Agreement of January 7 st 2014 in the following way:

 

1. Amendment to Exhibit 1.

The Project Proposal (Exhibit 1 B 1-4) will be removed from the Exhibit list of the Development Agreement.

 

2. The Definition of the Project Proposal will be adapted as follows:

“Project Proposal. As used herein Project Proposal” shall mean the project proposal dated June 11, 2013 previously provided by STRATEC to Quotient.”

All remaining terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement that are not amended hereby shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

 

STRATEC Biomedical AG     Quotient QS IP Ltd
  /s/ Robert Siegle       /s/ Edward Farell
 

 

     

 

Name:  

Dr. Robert Siegle

    Name:  

Edward Farell

Title:  

Member, Board of Management

    Title:  

PRESIDENT

Date:  

March 3, 2014

    Date:  

3 MARCH 2014

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of Quotient Limited

 

Name

   Place of Incorporation

QBD (QSIP) Limited

   Jersey, Channel Islands

Quotient Biodiagnostics, Inc.

   Delaware, USA

Alba Bioscience Limited

   Scotland

Quotient Suisse SA

   Switzerland

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated January 21, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Quotient Limited dated March 6, 2014.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Belfast, United Kingdom

March 6, 2014